You are on page 1of 514

STEEL FABRICATION

Our modern fabrication facility produces a wide range of products in mild steel, aluminium and stainless steel to our customers specifications. We have over 35 years experience of working closely with clients to provide solutions to requirements from fine engineered items through to heavy steel structural work and steel constructions.

Our facilities include: • MIG, TIG and ARC welding facilities • CNC facility for machining, turning and milling

• We have an in-house spray booth and can offer epoxy powder coating or specialist finishing • Our representatives are able to visit you to discuss product designs and technical details

BESPOKE PRODUCTS
We have been working together with our customers to design, manufacture and provide equipment best suited to their applications for many years. Our experienced sales staff will liaise with buyers, engineers and operatives to provide cost effective solutions.
• Technical representatives available. • Design and specifying service. • Computer aided design (CAD). • Specialist materials and finishing. • Quantity batch supply. • Prototypes can be provided.

Storage pallet Drum storage units

Heavy duty motorbike pallet

Automotive industry trailers

Shelf tow trucks

Heavy duty storage pallets

1

WAREHOUSE RACKING AND EQUIPMENT
We have over 40 years of experience in helping our customers use their space more effectively, making storage systems more efficient and ensuring that goods are handled in the most cost effective way.
• We can create the ideal storage and handling solution for your application. • Major warehouse projects can easily be specified, costed, supplied and installed. • Racking, shelving, offices, partitioning, conveying, palletisation and handling systems can all be integrated by using our knowledge and experience PLEASE CALL US FOR OUR ASSISTANCE.

SITE WORK
Our on site capacity is most extensive. We offer the following services:
• Loading docks fabricated and installed. • Pipework and ducting installations. • Structural alterations and steelwork erecting. • Erection of mezzanine floors. • Office and factory refurbishments. • Mechanical and electrical installations. • Internal and external stairways. • Internal staircase

PROJECT MANAGEMENT
• A Project team are responsible for any work carried out on customers premises. Typically our Project Team will organise the fulfilment of contracts for steel structural work, on site welding, installations including mezzanine floors and office partitioning, refurbishments and storage/handling systems that include racking, shelving, conveyors and automated equipment. • A Project Manager will be appointed to work with our customers to ensure complete satisfaction. • Integrated offices • Our team can also arrange and monitor permanent or temporary on site maintenance contracts that can include full mechanical and electrical facilities. • A project can include the co-ordination of a multitude of varying requirements so that our customers can enjoy the benefits of a ‘One Stop Shop’ approach to a large contract. We are happy to work in tandem with other contractors or manage the contracts on our customers behalf.

• Loading dock installation for the Royal Mail

• Steel structural work incorporating a mezzanine floor

2

PRICES INCLUDE DELIVERY ON ORDERS OVER £100

MAINTENANCE, REPAIRS AND SERVICING
We operate maintenance and repair teams that are able to attend site throughout most of the UK.
• All makes of materials handling equipment from pallet trucks, warehouse steps and lifting equipment through to loading bay and warehouse equipment can be serviced or repaired. • Short or long term service contracts can be undertaken and competitively priced. • Bespoke repairs and return to base repairs are available. • Contact our sales department for details.

ARE YOU AWARE THAT YOUR COMPANY HAS A LEGAL REQUIREMENT?
Lifting Operations and Lifting Equipment Regulations 1998 (LOLER 98) In force from 05/12/1998 from the Health and Safety Commission LOLER regulations state that all lifting equipment has to be thoroughly examined: • At least every six months (If lifting persons, or a lifting attachment). • At least every 12 months (For all other lifting equipment). • After installation and before first time of use. • If the lifting equipment has been involved in exceptional circumstances that could jeopardise safety of the equipment. Provision and Use of Work Equipment Regulations 1998 (PUWER) In addition to LOLER 98 and also since 05/12/2008 PUWER regulations require that equipment provided for use at work is: • Suitable for intended use. • Safe for use, serviced and maintained in a safe condition and in certain circumstances inspected to ensure this remains the case and a record kept. • Used only by people who have received adequate info, instruction and training. • People involved in using the equipment should also have suitable safety measures in place ie: protective clothing, markings and warning signs.

SPILL MANAGEMENT SERVICES
We are now able to offer customers complete environmental protection with a comprehensive range of environmental services and products including:
• EMERGENCY SPILL RESPONSE A non-contract service available to companies throughout the UK for the provision of spill control products and spill response strategy. • SPILL IMPACT ASSESSMENT Our team are ideally placed and trained to provide an assessment of the broader environment impacts of an incident and where necessary recommend, design and implement an effective response. • POLLUTION INCIDENT RESPONSE PLANNING We can assist companies to achieve the objectives of pollution prevention guidance and other environmental legislation compliance issues. We can supply pollution prevention equipment and formulate a full site specific pollution incident response plan (PIRP). • BUND INSPECTION, CLEANING AND MAINTENANCE We can offer bund maintenance packages including: inspection, cleaning, decontamination, repairs, preparation, sealing and coating. • SPILL TRAINING COURSES We can provide a range of spill training courses to ensure the understanding of current legislation, how to respond to and recover from an incident.

• How can you deal with a major spill or pollution incident? Give our sales office a call.

PRICES INCLUDE DELIVERY ON ORDERS OVER £100

3

ECONOMY PALLET TRUCK
• Capacity 2000Kg. • CE approved and marked. • Maximum lift 202mm. Lowered height 85mm. • Powder coated high visibility finish. • Choice of 5 fork sizes: 1000 x 455, 1000 x 540, 1000 x 685, 1150 x 540 or 1150 x 685mm. • Fitted with tandem nylon rollers except for 1000 x 455mm model which has single rollers. • Brake systems are available as an extra. • Servicing and repairs available.

All sizes REF PRICE TX2000 £189.95

2000KG HAND PALLET TRUCK
Tough hard wearing hand hydraulic pallet truck fitted on nylon steer wheels and nylon single load rollers with entry/exit rollers on forks. • 2000Kg capacity. • Choice of fork sizes as detailed. • CE approved. • Servicing and repair maintenance available. • Totally sealed pump unit with overload release valve. • One piece ‘C’ section folded forks for extra strength. • Fully adjustable push rods. • Extra long fork sized model available - see AHE2000/15/20. REF AHE2000 AHE2000/15 AHE2000/20 Fork size options W x L mm 450x900, 450x1000, 450x1220, 530x1000, 530x1150, 530x1220, 685x1000 or 685x1220 Extra long 540x1500 or 680x1500 Extra long 540x2000 or 680x2000 PRICE £236.60 £418.60 £502.60

2500KG HAND PALLET TRUCK
The 2500Kg hand hydraulic pallet truck has all the features as the model above plus a full 2500Kg capacity and: • Rubber ‘soft comfort touch’ handle. • Standard tandem load rollers. • Standard polyurethane on nylon wheels for smoother running and better wear. • Entry/exit rollers on forks. • CE approved. • Service and repairs available.

REF AHE2500

Fork size options W x L mm 540x1000, 540x1220, 680x1000 or 680 x 1220

PRICE £259.00

OPTIONAL PALLET TRUCK BRAKES
We can fit three types of brake to both the AHE2000 and AHE2500 models above. REF AHE/FB AHE/HB AHE/DB Type of brake Foot brake (not shown) Handle brake Deadman brake PRICE £68.60 £138.60 £194.60

Deadmans brake

Handle brake

4

PRICES INCLUDE DELIVERY ON ORDERS OVER £100

ARE YOU AWARE THAT IT IS NOW LAW!
In accordance with HSE HS (9) all lifting equipment supplied must have a minimum of one service per annum. We are pleased to offer you our superb service facility. We operate three levels of service for hand pallet trucks (gold, silver & bronze service levels) plus annual service contracts for hydraulic scissor lift tables, stackers and electric stackers.

Gold Service Level

ts Two service visi one free plus call out p.a. PRICE - £84.83 per truck, per annum.

Silver Service Level
ts Two service visi annum, per no call out. PRICE - £76.95 per truck, per annum.

Bronze Service Level
t One service visi annum, per no call out. PRICE - £54.38 per truck, per annum.

Prices include: • Service by a fully qualified service engineer. • Labour and travelling. • Minor repairs and adjustments. • Replacement of any badly worn wheels. • Full nationwide coverage of UK mainland.

OTHER SERVICE CONTRACTS q Hand Scissor Lift Table - One visit per annum. PRICE - £56.63 per table, per annum. q Hand Stacker Truck - One visit per annum. PRICE - £88.00 per truck, per annum. q Electric Lift Manual Stacker - One visit per annum. PRICE - £115.00 per truck, per annum. q All Electric Stacker - One visit per annum. PRICE - £145.00 per truck, per annum. Excludes battery and motor. q Chain Test Cert PRICE - £35.60 per chain. Certificate supplied. All other lifting equipment can be serviced - enquire for prices.

HEAVY DUTY PALLET TRUCKS

• Choice of 2500 or 3000Kg capacity. • Choice of two fork sizes: 1150 x 540mm or 1150 x 685mm. • Tandem nylon wheels. • Alternative wheeling systems and special fork sizes available. • CE approved. • Servicing and repairs available.

BF25

REF BF25 BF30

Cap Kg 2500 3000

PRICE £247.50 £312.00

BF30

EXTRA HEAVY DUTY PALLET TRUCKS
A choice of two heavy duty pallet trucks with either 3000Kg or 5000Kg capacity. • Range of fork sizes. • Totally sealed pump unit. • CE approved. • Three brake optional extras. • Built for the toughest of work and the heaviest of loads.

5000Kg 3000Kg

Deadmans brake

REF AHE3000 AHE5000 AHE/FB/EHD AHE/HB/EHD AHE/DB/EHD

Cap Kg 3000 5000 -

Fork size options WxL mm 540x1000, 540x1220, 680x1000, 680x1220 580 x 1150 Foot brake (AHE3000 only) Handle brake (AHE3000 only) Deadmans brake (AHE3000 only)

Wheels Single nylon Tandem nylon -

PRICE £390.60 £824.60 £68.60 £138.60 £194.60 Handle brake

PRICES INCLUDE DELIVERY ON ORDERS OVER £100

5

GALVANISED PALLET TRUCK
• Galvanising process gives durable corrosion protection that stands up to the constant abrasion of pallet entry and exit. • Fully galvanised mainframe, wheel forks, brackets, push rods and handle. • Fully sealed hydraulic nickel coated pump. • Pressure relief valve. • Three position handle - lift, neutral and lower. • Tandem nylon load rollers and steering wheels.

REF Capacity Min/Max Fork Height Fork Length Width Over Forks Fork Width HPTGALNTN 2000Kg 85/200mm 1150mm 540mm 160mm

PRICE £387.50

LOW PROFILE HAND PALLET TRUCK
• Many goods are now supplied on low profile pallets so we are able to offer 2 models to deal with this situation. • Tandem polyurethane rollers & nylon steer wheel. • Choice of two closed heights: 57mm or 36mm. • Choice of two fork sizes - 540 x 1000, 685 x 1000, 540 x 1150 or 685 x 1150mm. • Capacity: 57mm - 2000Kg, 36mm - 1000Kg. • Raised height: 57mm - 180mm, 36mm - 159mm. • CE approved. • Servicing and repairs available.

REF LP2000 SLP2000

Cap Kg 2000 1000

Closed Height 57mm 36mm

PRICE £340.38 £490.95

QUICK LIFT HAND PALLET TRUCK
The Quick Lift is a great tool for warehouses where multiple lightweight pallets need moving. The Quick Lift pump operates up to a capacity of 150Kg - thereafter the truck reverts to its normal pump speed. In quick lift mode it will raise a pallet to full height in 5 strokes. • Normal capacity 2000Kg. • Quick Lift cap 150Kg. • Single nylon rollers. • Fork sizes: 530 x 1000, 530 x 1150, 530 x 1220, 685 x 1000 or 685 x 1220. REF AHE/QLHPT Fork Sizes LxW mm Choose from above PRICE £404.55

SPECIAL FORK SIZES AND WHEEL OPTIONS
We are able to supply pallet trucks with special fork sizes to suit individual applications along with a variety of wheeling systems designed for all floor surfaces. Rubber, steel and non-conductive wheels are available. Please enquire for details.

6

PRICES INCLUDE DELIVERY ON ORDERS OVER £100

STAINLESS STEEL PALLET TRUCK
For use in corrosive environments where acids and saline solutions are used. Also used in the food industry and hygiene areas. All parts are made of stainless steel including hydraulic pump, fork frame, handle, push rod, bearings, pins and bolts. Tandem load rollers and wheels are nylon. • 2000Kg capacity. • Minimum lowered fork height - 85mm. • Choice of two fork sizes.

REF HPS20S HPS20L

Fork size L x W mm 1150 x 540 1150 x 680

PRICE £1188.60 £1188.60

TRAVERSE PALLET TRUCK
An innovative pallet truck that not only can be used as a standard truck but can also traverse at a 90° angle. This means that it can move from side to side at 90° as well as the normal direction of travel. This is a superb benefit in confined spaces. • Load capacity 2000Kg in normal mode and 1000Kg in traverse mode. • Manufactured and approved to European GS Standards. • Fork height: 85mm lowered, 205mm raised. • Black nylon wheels and rollers. REF GN505T GN506T Fork size mm 1000 x 520 1000 x 685 PRICE £467.86 £480.64

ADJUSTABLE FORKS PALLET TRUCK
Hand pallet truck with adjustable width forks allows movement of different sized pallets by one machine. • 2500Kg capacity. • Choose between two width ranges: 400-520mm or 530-680mm. • Choose length of forks: 910, 1060 or 1160mm. • Optional extras: Foot pedal pump to raise load (useful in tight areas) or tandem rollers. • Polyurethane wheels fitted as standard. REF PTA25 PTA25/FP PTA25/TW Description Pallet truck - choose any fork size Foot pedal Tandem load rollers PRICE £298.99 £352.32 £332.33 Narrow setting Wide setting

FOLDING HAND PALLET TRUCK
• Folded hand pallet truck that can be folded up for storage. • Easy to transport around from point to point. • Simple pull handle operation raises load. • Only 25kg/30Kg weight. • No hydraulic pump means - no maintenance. • Choice of two fork sizes. • 300Kg capacity.

REF Capacity Lowered fork height Total lift height Fork length Width over the forks Steering wheel Fork wheel Weight PRICE Kg mm mm mm mm mm mm Kg

MX0608 300 85 145 800 420 80x40 80x40 25 £134.82

MX0610 300 85 145 1100 420 80x40 80x40 30 £134.81

PRICES INCLUDE DELIVERY ON ORDERS OVER £100

7

FULLY ELECTRICAL ROUGH TERRAIN PALLET TRUCK
• Electric travel (forward and reverse) and electric lift. • Easy to use over rough terrain found on building sites, farms, garden centres etc. • Electrics, batteries protected in metal casings, cables in tubes to avoid possible damage. • Supplied with batteries and charger, overnight charge for a full days work. Easy maintenance. REF H2/E • Security brake complying to EC standards • Key operated for security and safety. • Contamination free of noise or fumes. • Minimum operators effort required, easy to use and time saving.

Specifications Load capacity 1200Kg. Fork elevation 200mm. Fork length 890mm. Max pallet width 1200mm. O/A width 1640mm. O/A length 1430mm.

PRICE £6804.97

ROUGH TERRAIN PALLET TRUCK
The Rough Terrain Pallet Truck is ideal for those outdoor applications where a conventional industrial truck just won't do! Mounted on large pneumatic tyred wheels all round the truck rides over the undulating surfaces you find in some applications. With a capacity of 1200Kg and an inside straddle width of 1277mm the RTT12 will handle most pallets. Ideal for garden centres, building sites, farmyards and all sorts of other rough terrain applications. REF Capacity Overall width Inside straddle width Overall length Overall height Fork length Adjustable forks Fork width PRICE RTT12 1200Kg 1605mm 1277mm 1375mm 1200mm 860mm 212-735mm 100mm £819.00

WEIGH SCALE PALLET TRUCK
• Capacity: 2000Kg in 1Kg steps. • Tolerance: ±2Kg. • Scale functions: zero correction, gross/net weighing, total weight. • Power supply: 4 x 1.5V AA batteries. • Low battery warning + auto shut off function after 3 minutes. • Total fork width 570mm width per fork 180mm, fork height 90mm, fork length 1150mm. • Polyurethane steering wheels. • Polyurethane tandem rollers. • Options: Printer, Memory, Parameter Settings and Parking Brake.

REF HPTSCALERTP

Capacity Kg 2000

Min/Max fork height 85 - 200mm

Length 1150

Fork size mm Width over forks 570mm

Fork width 182

PRICE £1077.25

PALLET DISPENSER
Makes pallet handling more efficient. • Use for the stacking and unstacking of pallets. • Decrease the time consumption per pallet. • Reduce the amount of damaged pallets. • Increase the productivity. • Avoid manual handling of pallets. • Avoid back injuries, stuck fingers and feet. • Reduce the number of days lost through sickness per employee. • Standard machines handle 1200 x 800mm or 1200 x 1000mm pallets. Special sizes to order. REF 102001 102401 102101 102501 Operation Manual Manual Automatic Automatic Capacity Kg/pallets 500/14 1000/25 500/14 1000/25 PRICE £7382.70 £9577.10 £9175.40 £11196.90 Manual

8

PRICES INCLUDE DELIVERY ON ORDERS OVER £100

MANUAL HIGH LIFT PALLET TRUCK
• Operation: Extremely easy to pump and use makes this unit very suitable as combined hand pallet truck and lift table. • Quick-lift as standard with automatic transfer to normal lifting with loads over 150Kg. • Automatic descending speed control by a uniquely hydraulic valve, the descending speed always keeps the same regardless of the truck with or without load. It will prevent cargo damage from fast descending. • Front support legs and adjustable stabilisers extended to the floor automatically when the forks reach a height of 420mm, to ensure maximum stability and optimum braking. • Conforms to EN1757-4. • Choice of 1000Kg or 1500Kg capacity. • Choice of fork sizes. REF Rated capacity Max lifting height Min fork height Fork overall width Fork length Net weight PRICE (Kg) (mm) (mm) (mm) (mm) (Kg) JL5210 1000 800 85 520 1140 105 £543.75 JL6810 1000 800 85 680 1140 112 £543.75 JL5215 1500 800 85 520 1100 118 £543.75 JL6815 1500 800 85 680 1100 125 £543.75

ELECTRIC HIGH LIFT PALLET TRUCK
• Operation: These electric high lift pallet trucks have further advantages when working with heavy items and constant daily use. They are ideal as combined hand pallet truck and lift table. • Adjustable stabilisers extended to the floor automatically when the forks reach a height of 420mm, to ensure maximum stability and optimum braking. • Ergonomic warm handle offers you simple and comfortable operation. • Top quality power unit made in Europe. • Conforms to EN1757-4 and EN 1175. • Choice of 1000Kg or 1500Kg capacity. • Choice of fork sizes. REF Rated capacity Max lifting height Min fork height Fork overall width Fork length Battery Battery charger Net weight PRICE (Kg) (mm) (mm) (mm) (mm) (Kg) JE5210 1000 800 85 520 1140 140 £1295.00 JE6810 1000 800 85 680 1140 70Ah/12V 10A/12V 147 £1295.00 JE5215 1500 800 85 520 1100 149 £1295.00 JE6815 1500 800 85 680 1100 157 £1295.00

HEAVY DUTY HIGH LIFT PALLET TRUCK
Our premium quality range of high-lift pallet trucks features innovative design features. The range is ergonomically designed and built to the highest standards for the rigours of all day use. This truck is able to work in the same manner as a pallet truck but allows the load to be lifted to 800mm for comfortable loading and unloading of the pallet without constant bending. • Capacity 1000Kg. • Lift height 800mm. • Fork widths 540 & 680mm. • Fork length 1165mm. • Alternative lengths and widths made quickly to order. • Single lift ram. • Quick lift function for loads over 250Kg. • Choice of manual or electric lift. • Nylon steer and load wheels. • When raised, the truck locks itself to the floor with extended outriggers - stable loading. • Electric models come complete with a 12 volt/60Ah integral battery and 12 volt/10Ah external charger.

Type of lift Manual pump Manual pump Electric lift Electric lift

Fork size W x L mm 540 x 1165 680 x 1165 540 x 1165 680 x 1165

REF PRICE HL1000/540 £471.25 HL1000/680 £471.25 HLE1000/540 £1242.50 HLE1000/680 £1242.50

PRICES INCLUDE DELIVERY ON ORDERS OVER £100

9

STAINLESS STEEL MANUAL HIGH LIFTER
Optimum hygiene with a stainless steel construction, the risk of bacterial contamination is minimised. For use in hygiene environments and exposed aggressive environments. Three models to choose from: HL1000/3RF-S is a galvanised truck with stainless fork chassis and handle. HL1000/3RF-P has a stainless fork chassis, handle and forks plus yellow chromate pump. HL1000/3RF-P/EX is an explosion proof version of the above. • Easy to clean and optimum resistance. • Acid-resistant, sandblasted and electric polished fork chassis. • Strong surface. • Corrosion resistant. REF HL1000/3RF-S HL1000/3RF-P HL1000/3RF-P/EX HL1000/3/ADDW Cap Kg 1000 1000 1000 • Long operating life and low maintenance costs. • Reliable cylinder construction. • Strong construction. • AISI316L steel used on the fork chassis. Wheel type nylon or poly nylon or poly nylon or poly PRICE £2391.20 £3089.80 £3449.60 £264.60

Lift height O/S LxH mm Forks LxW Lowered height 800mm 1480x1195 1140x540 90mm 800mm 1480x1195 1140x540 90mm 800mm 1480x1195 1140x540 90mm Extra for increased fork width to 680mm

STAINLESS STEEL ELECTRIC HIGH LIFTER
Optimum hygiene with a stainless steel construction, the risk of bacterial contamination is minimised. Particularly designed for use in hygiene environments and exposed aggressive environments. Two models to choose from: EHL1000/3RF-S is a galvanised truck with stainless fork chassis and handle. EHL1000/3RF-P has a stainless fork chassis, handle and forks plus a part stainless lifting cylinder. • Electric lift with built in battery and charger. • Easy to clean and optimum resistance. • Acid-resistant, sandblasted and electric polished fork chassis. • Strong surface. • Corrosion resistant. • Long operating life and low maintenance costs. • Reliable cylinder construction. • Strong construction. • AISI316L steel used on the fork chassis. PRICE £3626.00 £5919.20 £266.00

REF Cap Kg Lift height O/S LxH mm Forks LxW Lowered height Wheel type EHL1000/3RF-S 1000 800mm 1580x1195 1140x540 90mm nylon or poly EHL1000/3RF-P 1000 800mm 1580x1195 1140x540 90mm nylon or poly EHL1000/3/ADDW Extra for increased fork width to 680mm

LIFT AND TILT WORK POSITIONER
The design focuses on the safety and ergonomic working conditions of the user - the Logitilt can tilt boxes and crates up to 90°. The user does not have to bend down or stretch up to reach the components in the bottom of the crate or box - this applies both to standing and sitting work positions. The handle can be turned to the side and locked to ease operator access to products. • Electric lift with built in battery and charger. • Choice of narrow or straddle wheel arms. • Fitted on polyurethane wheels. • Fork size 800/1150 x 560mm. • Optimum safety for the user: • Foot protectors. • Parking brake. • Safety valve. • Emergency stop.

REF LT1000TE LT750TE LT1000TES

Wheel arms narrow narrow straddle

Cap Kg 1000 750 1000

Tilt height 750-950mm 750-950mm 750-950mm

O/S HxLxWmm 1090x1410x780 1090x1410x780 1090x1410x1016/1472

PRICE £3788.40 £3788.40 £4457.60

STAINLESS STEEL LIFT AND TILT WORK POSITIONER
The stainless-semi machine is developed for environments where severe hygiene is needed on the surfaces that are in direct contact with the goods being handled eg meat, fish or medicine. The design focuses on the safety and ergonomic working conditions of the user - the Logitilt can tilt boxes and crates up to 90°. The user does not have to bend down or stretch up to reach the components in the bottom of the crate or box - this applies both to standing and sitting work positions. • Easy to clean and optimum resistance. • Acid-resistant, sandblasted and electric polished fork chassis. • Strong surface. • Corrosion resistant. • Long operating life and low maintenance costs. • Strong construction. • AISI316L steel used on the fork chassis.

REF Cap Kg LT1000TERF-SEMI 1000

Tilt height 750-950mm

Forks LxW 800x560

O/S HxLxWmm 1090x1410x780

PRICE £6258.00

10

PRICES INCLUDE DELIVERY ON ORDERS OVER £100

WORK POSITIONERS
These machines are designed to reduce operator fatigue by positioning a pallet at the correct level to ergonomically assist loading and unloading. Repetitive bending and stretching is limited to assist the operator. The pallet can be lifted up to 920mm in either a side tilt position or a back tilt position.

SIDE TILTING WORK POSITIONER
The tilt facility allows up to 20° in either direction. Supplied as standard with parking brake and foot protectors. Manual pump lift operation. • Capacity 800Kg. • Manual lift/tilt. • Max fork height 920mm. • Min fork height 88mm. • Fork dimensions 1150mm x 540mm. • Net weight 210Kg.

REF CTM-T

PRICE £991.20

BACK TILT WORK POSITIONERS
Forks can be tilted up to 90°. Supplied as standard with parking brake and foot protectors. • Choose between manual or electric operation. • Capacity 1000Kg. • Manual/electric lift/tilt. • Vertical lifting height 285mm/920mm. • Min fork height 85mm. • Fork dimensions 800mm x 560mm. • Net weight 178Kg (manual) and 185Kg (electric).

REF CTILT CTILT-E

Type Manual Electric

PRICE £970.20 £2436.00

PRICES INCLUDE DELIVERY ON ORDERS OVER £100

11

SEMI ELECTRIC PALLET TRUCK
The semi electric pallet truck gives all the advantages of a full electric truck but at a far more economical cost due to utilising the same manual pump action of a hand hydraulic truck. • Capacity 1500Kg. • Choice of four fork sizes. • Low maintenance, low weight and low profile for good visibility. • Electro magnetic disc brake mounted on motor shaft.

FULLY ELECTRIC PALLET TRUCKS
• Choice of 1500Kg or 2000Kg machines. • Pedestrian operation with the option or rider platform, rider seating and order picker. • Polyurethane wheels. • Built in charger system. • Heavy duty 24 volt system provides better travel and lift speeds. • 3 phase AC drive motor. • CE conformity. • Electro magnetic braking. • Choice of fork sizes.

REF Capacity Lowered height Max fork height Fork overall width Fork length Load centre Load distance Wheel base Net weight (no battery) Overall length Overall width Overall height PRICE

SE15S Kg 1500 mm 85 mm 205 mm 520 mm 1000 1150 mm 600 650 mm 795 945 mm 1240 1390 Kg 215 223 mm 1635 1785 mm 660 mm 1310 £2154.60

SE15L 1500 85 205 680 1000 1150 600 650 795 945 1240 1390 225 235 1635 1785 680 1310 £2154.60

REF Capacity Fork height min/max O/Dim LxWxH Turning radius Load distance Weight inc battery PRICE Kg mm mm mm mm Kg

TKLPT15AC 1500 85/120 1660x700x1235 1550 1054 286 £3130.55

TKLPT22AC 2200 85/120 1885x726x1323 1710 1033 520 £4696.55

SEMI ELECTRIC PALLET TRUCK
The semi electric hydraulic pallet truck is a new product designed on the base of a normal hydraulic pallet truck. The merit of this product is that it has a motor drive that requires no manpower for pushing or pulling of the truck. This means that the truck is very easily manoeuvred in tight spaces and especially easy for the operator to use. • The controller is a Curtis controller unit and the speed controller is non-polar. • The capacity is 1500Kg while other similar products only can offer a capacity of 1000Kg and only offer two fixed speed options instead of non-polar speed control. REF Capacity to full height At load centre Wheels Lift height Closed fork height Fork length Fork width Fork spacing Overall length Overall height Driving speed Driving motor power Battery voltage/capacity Wheels - load roller steer wheel PRICE Kg mm type mm mm mm mm mm mm mm km/h w v/Ah mm mm SPR15 1500 600 polyurethane 202 85 1150 540 207 1560 1310 3.0/3.3 400 2 x 12/40 80 x 70 (tandem) 220/70 £2028.60

12

PRICES INCLUDE DELIVERY ON ORDERS OVER £100

PANTHER MINI ELECTRIC PALLET TRUCK
Fully powered truck with a really easy and smooth operation. It is designed for light pallet transport like in-store supermarkets and stock areas. Design features include rounded corners to limit damage to surroundings, pallets and goods. The design focuses on the safety and ergonomic working conditions of the user. As an example, the ergonomically correct handle ensures the user a relaxed hold. • Optimum space utilisation. • Length behind the forks of 450mm. • Tight turning angle of 210°. • Narrower than the width of a EUR pallet - it can operate in aisles as narrow as a pallet width. • Lift height 195mm. • Fork size 1140 x 520 or 680mm. Other sizes available. • Rubber and vulkollan wheels. • Battery 2 x 12v 60Ah, other capacities available.

REF PANTHERMINI

Cap Kg 1400

O/S L x W x Hmm 1590 x 600 x 1296

Drive speed 5 Km/h

PRICE £3052.00

PANTHER MAXI ELECTRIC PALLET TRUCK
The Maxi truck is designed for heavy pallet transport like vehicle loading and multiple load operations. It has the same features as the Mini truck and additional benefits for the user: • AC technology. • Easy service and setting of eg driving speed, acceleration and deceleration. • Long operation time per charge. • Motor brake - optimum safety. • No brushes in the wheel motor - reduced maintenance. • Fork size 1140 x 520 or 680mm. Other sizes available. • Vulkollan wheels. • Battery 1 x 24v 120Ah, other capacities available. • Lift height - 200mm.

REF PANTHERMAXI

Cap Kg 1800

O/S L x W x Hmm 1590 x 680 x 1296

Drive speed 6 Km/h max

PRICE £5334.00

STAINLESS STEEL MAXI PALLET TRUCK
The stainless steel fully powered model is ideal for wet, aggressive and clean environments in the food and pharmaceutical industries. The truck is designed to work in environments with severe hygiene demands and where it is exposed to thorough cleaning as well as low temperatures (down to -30°). It helps minimise the risk of bacterial contamination. All electronic parts and motor have water-tight casings. • Optimum space utilisation. • Short length behind the forks. • Highly manoeuvrable. • Flexible, practical and compact. • Tight turning angle 210° • Ingress protection, IP54. • Strong and solid construction. • Steel type EN1.4301. • Fork size 1170 x 560mm. • Vulkollan wheels. • Battery 1 x 24v 156Ah. • Lift height - 175mm.

REF Cap Kg LOGIINOXMAXIPLUS 1600

O/S L x W x Hmm 1676 x 685 x 1490

Drive speed 6 Km/h max

PRICE POA

PRICES INCLUDE DELIVERY ON ORDERS OVER £100

13

HYDRAULIC LIFT
The ultimate equipment for alleviating problem on site handling issues. It allows professional transportation of heavy and awkward loads likes safes, cabinets, switchgear, vending machines, machinery weighing up to 1800Kg. Supplied in pairs (one for each end of load) and when strapped together around a load (using the 5m securing straps supplied) can lift the load to a max of 250mm and then be manually propelled around corridors, into lifts etc. They can be easily transported around due to their low individual weight 43Kg. The lifting toe is fitted with a rubber covering to eliminate slippage. Units are finished in orange powder coating and zinc chromate. Mounted on non marking polyurethane swivel castors all round.

REF FM180A Load capacity 1800Kg per pair Lifting height 100mm Lifting plate (width x depth) 600x60mm Polyurethane wheels 150mm dia Overall size (LxWxH) 680x420x1070mm Net weight 80Kg PRICE £1036.75

MINI STACKER
• Lightweight design, very easy to operate by hand winch. • Suitable for supermarket, office, warehouse, narrow area etc. • Adjustable fork. • Conforms to EN1757-1.

MINI WINCH STACKER
• Robust, lightweight steel construction. • Manoeuvrable, extremely easy to use. • Cable winch lifting system with fully cable housing. • Adjustable fork from 132mm to 520mm, width. • Platform is a standard accessory.

REF Capacity (Kg) Lifting height (mm) Min fork height (mm) Fork width (mm) Individual fork width (mm) Fork length (mm) Load wheel (mm) Steering wheel (mm) Net weight (Kg) PRICE

PM120 120 1050 95 adjustable 345-485 50 400 Ø50x20 Ø200/50-140 31 £484.50

REF LS80 LS150 Capacity (Kg) 80 150 Lifting height (mm) 1100 1100 Min fork height (mm) 70 70 Fork length (mm) 500 500 Platform size (mm) 500x530x90 500x530x90 Fork overall width, adj (mm) 132-520 132-520 Overall dimensions (mm) 865x550x1470 830x580x1475 Net weight (Kg) 52 52 PRICE £598.50 £748.50

14

PRICES INCLUDE DELIVERY ON ORDERS OVER £100

MINI PORTABLE WINCH OPERATED LOADER
• Wheels 200mm dia. Bright zinc centres with roller bearings, solid rubber. • Finish fully powder coated throughout. Colours orange and grey. • All models with load retention frame and anchor points for retention straps. • Protective hand grips are fitted as standard. • Easy to operate in confined space. ELP 125 107 ELP 200 107

ELP 200 122

RPP6

REF ELP12575 ELP12590 ELP125107 ELP125122 ELP20090 ELP200107 ELP200122 RPP6 ELBS1

Cap Kg 125 125 125 125 200 200 200

Height lift mm 750 915 1070 1220 915 1070 1220

Overall dimensions mm Fork dimensions mm lowered ht raised ht width width projection lowered ht 1130 1155 680 315 450 65 1195 1315 680 315 450 65 1350 1510 680 315 450 65 1500 1660 680 315 450 65 1195 1315 680 315 450 65 1350 1510 680 315 450 65 1500 1660 680 315 450 65 Detachable platform 485mm wide x 470mm long Foot operated braking system

PRICE £616.70 £634.20 £638.19 £659.89 £647.50 £653.80 £686.00 £62.58 £73.42

Platform ELBS1

Braking System

EURO RANGE WINCH LOADER
• Two wheeled version for confined areas and can double up as a sack truck. • Four wheeled with rear support version to handle bigger loads over longer distances. • Optional braking system as detailed above. • Standard supplied with a detachable steel platform. VL125 VL200S

Type REF Max load capacity Kg Max lift height mm Load centres mm O/A dim. lowered height mm Fully raised height mm O/A dim. front to rear Width mm Platform width mm Platform projection mm Platform lowered height mm Main rubber wheels mm PRICE Rear Support Closed

Two Wheel Model VL125 125 1070 305 1350 1515 730 630 485 470 70 200 £699.72 VL200 200 1070 305 1350 1515 790 720 575 470 70 250 £735.77

Rear Support Model VL200S 200 1070 305 1350 1515 790 720 575 470 70 250 £879.83

Rear Support Open

PRICES INCLUDE DELIVERY ON ORDERS OVER £100

15

LOAD LIFTER
Ideal lightweight lifter for parcels, electrical goods, appliances, cartons and common handling tasks. • Capacity 91Kg but weighs only 20Kg. • Legs and platform fold away for storage and transportation. • Fitted with rear stair glides for handling goods on stairways. • Choice of 200mm dia rubber non marking or pneumatic wheels. • Max lift height 1700mm. • Platform size 410 x 430mm. • Overall size 730L x 520W x 1140Hmm. • Loading minimum height 5mm. REF LL5.5/R LL5.5/P LL5/BRAKE Description Rubber non mark wheels Pneumatic wheels Foot brake PRICE £910.51 £929.25 £185.40

SUPER HOIST
A portable telescopic pneumatic hoist that can be set up in seconds. No special tools are required and the legs fold out from the base to aid stability. Great for lifting, positioning and installing air ducts, plumbing, sprinklers, ceiling panels, electric appliances etc. • Detachable platform. • Pistol grip control handle. • Operates off CO2 or compressed air - bracket accepts any common bottle size. • Easy to transport - weighs 31Kg. • Choice of two lifting heights. • Recommended PSI - 5.86 bar. • Platform size - 480 x 610mm. • Base width - 1350mm.

REF GH3.8 GH5.6

Lift height mm 3800 5600

Cap Kg 136 113

Height mm 1040 1370

Stored dimensions mm 360 x 360 x 1000 360 x 360 x 1000

PRICE £1409.10 £1541.40

MATERIALS LIFTER
• This new improved design provides many years of reliable service. • Easy to load into any size pickup vehicle to go wherever needed. • The lift comes either standard, straddle or counterweight base options. • Safety brake winch automatically locks load in place. • Legs, forks, platform boom attachments etc, all remove without tools. • Reversible forks can be used in two positions for greater versatility. • Easy to store or transport. • Durable steel forks. • Reversible winch handle. • Winch operates while ladder is stowed or in use. • Hold down mechanism to secure for transporting. Options and Accessories • Load platform. • Aluminium ladder - standard or straddle base. • Electric winch - straddle or counterbalanced base. • Pneumatic rear wheels - standard or straddle base. • Foot release brake - standard or straddle base. • Castor options. • Stair rollers - standard base. Standard base REF GL4 GL8 GL4/SB GL8/SB GL10/SB GL12/SB GL4/CB GL8/CB GL10/CB Type Standard base Straddle wheel arms Counterbalance base Cap Kg 227 181 227 181 159 159 227 181 159 Lift height mm 1800 3100 1800 3100 3600 4200 1800 3100 3600 Overall stowed size LxWxH mm 305 x 730 x 1715 305 x 730 x 1715 489 x 730 x 1715 489 x 730 x 1715 489 x 730 x 1969 489 x 730 x 2305 724 x 730 x 1715 724 x 730 x 1715 724 x 730 x 1969 Weight Kg 51 60 57 66 68 70 178 186 188 PRICE £943.09 £1089.79 £1067.26 £1255.52 £1296.41 £1363.27 £1580.96 £1793.03 £1867.77

Counterbalanced model

Straddle base model with ladder

Jib attachment option REF GL/BA GL/SP GL/RB GL/AL

Steel platform - option PRICE £224.03 £224.03 £200.13 £260.75

Optional extras Jib/boom attachment Sheet steel platform Rear brakes (on standard only) Aluminium ladder

16

PRICES INCLUDE DELIVERY ON ORDERS OVER £100

SUPERLIFT CONTRACTOR
• Ideal tool for contractors and for positioning any high loads. • Heavy duty design, yet lightweight and portable. • Quick set-up requires no tools. • Loads easily into a pickup truck for transporting. • Rear transport wheel assembly. Optional extras: • Fixed front castor option. • Two speed winch. • Stabiliser set (standard on SLC-18 and SLC-24). • Wide range of accessories.

REF SLC12 SLC18 SLC24

Cap Kg 82-295 73-295 73-295

Lift height mm 3940 5640 7320

Width mm 1680 1680 1680

Overall stowed size LxWxH mm 864x800x2184 864x800x2184 864x800x2184

Weight Kg 93 139 170

PRICE £1381.20 £1833.75 £2115.15

REF SLC/W2 32564 33667 32550 32568 32569

Accessories Two speed winch Adjustable forks Boom Fork extensions Load platform Pipe cradle

PRICE £142.50 £252.28 £231.88 £231.88 £210.12 £181.56

MANUAL SUPERLIFT
The Superlift is a flexible lifting and positioning tool for construction and industrial applications. It is easily stored and transported and can be moved through narrow doorways. • Standard or straddle base. • Choice of 4 lift heights. • Choice of forks: standard, adjustable and flat. • Stabilisers for increased stability with heavy loads are standard on SLA20/25. • Telescopic mast and fold up legs for easy storage. • Interchangeable handling attachments. Straddle base

The Superlift has a wide range of attachments like adjustable forks, drum grabs, flat forks, two speed winch plus the other popular ones priced below. REF SLA10 SLA15 SLA20 SLA25 SLA10/SB SLA15/SB Type Standard base Straddle base Cap Kg 454 363 363 295 454 363 Lift height mm 3000 4500 5900 7400 3000 4500 Overall stowed size LxWxH mm 737 x 800 x 1994 737 x 800 x 1994 737 x 800 x 1994 737 x 800 x 1994 737 x 800 x 1994 737 x 800 x 1994 Weight Kg 118 144 184 204 137 163 PRICE £1993.35 £2225.40 £2412.30 £2798.70 £2130.90 £2362.95

Standard base

REF SLA/BA SLA/PC SLA/FE SA/LP

Optional extras Jib/boom attachment Pipe cradle Fork extensions Load platform

PRICE £231.88 £210.12 £231.88 £210.12

PRICES INCLUDE DELIVERY ON ORDERS OVER £100

17

MINI FORK STACKERS
• Low profile forks for lifting small loads. • Easy foot pump hydraulic operation. • Optional detachable platform. • Conforms to EN1757-1.

ELECTRIC MINI FORK STACKERS
• Low profile forks can lift the pallet easily. • Easier and faster lifting operation. • High quality hydraulic motor. • Service free battery. • Option platform available. • Conforms to 1757-1 and EN1757-1.

Fixed Fork REF PRICE Adjustable Fork REF PRICE Capacity (Kg) Min fork height (mm) Max fork height (mm) Load roller dia (mm) Steering wheel (mm) Net weight (Kg) Optional platform REF

PF4120A £742.50 PJ4120A £778.50 400 80 1200 Ø75 Ø125 81 LP20 PRICE

PF4150A £787.50 PJ4150A £823.50 400 80 1500 Ø75 Ø125 85 £102.00

Fixed Fork REF PRICE Adjustable Fork REF PRICE Capacity (Kg) Min fork height (mm) Max fork height (mm) Power unit (Kw) Battery (Ah/V) Net weight (Kg) Optional platform REF

EF4120A £1498.50 EJ4120A £1543.50 400 1200 12V/80Ah 122 LP20 PRICE

EF4150A £1648.50 EJ4150A £1693.50 400 1500 12V/80Ah 127 £102.00

WORK POSITIONERS
• Ideal for use in narrow aisles and confined spaces. Perfect for all applications from pharmaceutical to catering, from packaging line to food processing, from warehouse to office, kitchens, laboratories, retail outlets etc. • Manual model: operated via a manual hand winch. Auto brake system prevents uncontrolled lowering. • Electric model: automatic electronic overload protection system ensures safety. Maintenance free and sealed batteries, automatic charger. • Quick change attachment options available - please enquire. • Conforms to EN1757-1 and EN1175-1.

M200A

E100A

E150A

REF Type Capacity Load centre Max height Min height Platform size Load wheel Steering wheel Battery, service free Net weight PRICE

Kg mm mm mm mm mm mm Ah/V Kg

M200A/NW Manual 200 235 1500 130 470x600 Ø75 Ø125 60 £742.50

E100A Electric 100 235 1700 130 470x600 Ø75 Ø125 24V/12Ah 66 £1342.50

E150A Electric 150 235 1500 130 470x600 Ø75 Ø125 24V/12Ah 63 £1485.00

Option attachments:

Spindle

Reel Rotator

V Block

18

PRICES INCLUDE DELIVERY ON ORDERS OVER £100

INDUSTRIAL WINCH STACKERS
• Winch operation - no electrics or hydraulics. • Choice of 300/500Kg capacity. • Fully welded channel and tube construction. • Fixed weld mesh guarding fitted as standard. • Steel straddle rollers 75mm dia with roller bearing. • Total stop brakes and foot protectors fitted as standard. • 300Kg capacity stackers fitted with 150mm dia nylon wheels with polyurethane tyres and ball bearing journals. • 500Kg capacity stackers fitted with 200mm dia nylon wheels with polyurethane tyres and ball bearing journals. • Finish: powder coated orange frame with grey forks.

Hand winch

REF Max load capacity Max lift height Load centres Overall dimensions Lowered height Fully raised height Width Front to rear Fabricated forks Width Projection Actual fork width Lowered height Height of straddle legs Ground clearance Approx vertical lift per one handle revolution PRICE Kg mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm

MS300 300 1500 300 1930 1930 630 1125 555 600 93 100 85 35 33/35 £1143.24

MSWB500 500 1725 300 2130 2130 750 1210 675 600 93 100 85 35 33/35 £1290.80

Removable platform

Forged forks with back frame REF RP/MS3 RP/MS5 FF/MS1 FF/MS2 Add on accessories Platform for MS300 Platform for MSWB500 Forged forks for MS300 Forged forks for MSWB500 PRICE £67.62 £71.75 £110.81 £115.43

HAND HYDRAULIC STACKER
This range of stackers comes in two capacities - 500Kg or 1000Kg. Both models have a very good turning circle making them ideal for use in tight areas. Pump up lift operation is easy to use. • C shaped steel profile for strength and rigidity. • Braked castors for locking. • Conforms to CE Safety Standard and EN1757-1.

REF Capacity Load centre Max fork height Lowered fork height Fork width Fork length Overall length Overall height Overall width Front wheel dia Rear wheel dia Ground clearance Weight PRICE Kg mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm Kg

0516G 500 550 1600 85 550 1050 1520 2010 820 74 150 28 156 £852.50

1016G 1000 575 1600 85 550 1150 1660 2010 740 74 180 25 172 £930.00

PRICES INCLUDE DELIVERY ON ORDERS OVER £100

19

HAND HYDRAULIC STACKER
• Heavy duty design. • Unique technology with quick lift system. • Compact design and strong, accurate steel construction. • Top quality hydraulic pump and cylinder. • Heavy duty one piece ‘C’ section forks for added strength. • Top of stroke bypass valve built in. • Conforms to EN1757-1:2001.

REF Capacity Load centre Max fork height Min fork height Fork length Single fork width Overall fork width Load roller Steering wheel Overall length Overall width Overall height Net weight PRICE (Kg) (mm) (mm) (mm) (mm) (mm) (mm) (mm) (mm) (mm) (mm) (mm) (Kg)

MT1015 1000 550 1500 90 1150 160 540 Ø78x80 Ø150x38 1595 680 1960 230 £1387.50

MT1029 1000 550 2850 90 1150 160 540 Ø78x80 Ø150x38 1595 680 2000 370 £1387.50

MT1015

HAND HYDRAULIC STACKERS
Great medium duty range of hand hydraulic stackers. Choice of three lift heights and two lift capacities. • Steel profile construction. • Sturdy and compact enough to fit through standard doors and to operate in congested areas. • Lift function operated by pump handle operation with adjustable lowering speed. • Fitted with push/pull handles.

ST104Y

ST103Y

REF Capacity Lifting height Load centre Min fork height Fork length Width over the forks Lifting speed Lowering speed Overall length Overall width Overall height Net weight PRICE (mm) (mm) (mm) (Kg) (Kg) (mm) (mm) (mm) (mm) (mm) (mm/time)

ST104Y 1000 1000 600 90 1100 550 25 1640 740 1490 185 £878.31

ST105Y 1000 2500 600 90 1100 550 25 Adjustable 1640 740 1800 276 £1357.92

ST103Y 1500 1600 400 90 1100 550 22 1650 755 2080 245 £1298.30

20

PRICES INCLUDE DELIVERY ON ORDERS OVER £100

MANUAL HYDRAULIC STACKER
• Steel profile construction. • An economical lift to handle tasks from transporting dies and molds skids and pallets. • Sturdy and compact enough to fit through standard doors and to operate in congested areas. • Precision engineered for smooth performance and exceptional durability. • Lifting function operated by foot and hand controls. • Allow the operator to work without having to perform extreme body movements. • ST101Y has adjustable width forks, ST102Y has fixed width wrapover forks.

REF Capacity (Q) Lifting height (H) Load centre (C) Lowered fork height (h) Fork length (L) Width over the forks (E) Lifting speed Lowering speed Overall length (A) Overall width (B) Overall height (F) Net weight PRICE

Kg mm mm mm mm mm mm/time mm mm mm Kg

ST101Y 1000 1600 400 90 800 950 20 adjustable 1340 1000 2095 251 £1031.67

ST102Y 1000 1600 400 90 1150 540 20 adjustable 1640 740 2050 230 £1031.67

MANUAL HYDRAULIC STRADDLE STACKER
An economical hand hydraulically operated stacker suitable to handle pallets that need to be straddled when moving and lifting them (the blue 'Chep' pallets are typical). There are two height sizes to choose from. • Capacity - 1000Kg. • Pump handle operation. • Steel profile construction. • Polyurethane steer wheels for hardwearing use and ease of movement. • Very manoeuvrable and easy to operate in tight areas.

REF Type Capacity Max fork height Min fork height Fork length Forks width Net weight PRICE

Kg mm mm mm mm Kg

GT1015 Straddle leg 1000 1500 60 1150 540 280 £1507.80

GT1029 Straddle leg 1000 2850 60 1150 540 400 £1647.80

PRICES INCLUDE DELIVERY ON ORDERS OVER £100

21

MANUAL HYDRAULIC STACKER
High flexibility and efficiency - with only one truck, goods can be transported, lifted and handled in many different ways. • 1000Kg capacity. • Choice of 2 lift heights from 920mm and 1600mm. The design puts focus on the safety and ergonomic working conditions of the user and can be adjusted to the individual user and the ergonomic correct handle ensures the user a relaxed hold. Optimum safety for the user through: • Central location of all control buttons on the handle. • Transparent and impact resistant safety screen on the mast. • Location of parking brake.

REF Capacity Kg Lifting height Fork length Overall height Overall width Fork span Length without forks Overall length with 1150 forks Overall height Lowered height Load centre Fork width PRICE

LF/920

LF/1600

1000 1000 920 1600 1150 other lengths to order 1330 1930 680 480,560,680 560, 680 415 1625 without telescopic mast 85 90 1/2 163 £1372.00 £1582.00

MANUAL HYDRAULIC STRADDLE STACKER
High flexibility and efficiency fitted with straddle legs that transports, lifts and handles goods on all types of pallets - also closed pallets. Large range of optional extras ensures optimum flexibility. No damage to surroundings, pallets and goods. Logiflex has an elegant design with rounded corners. Straddle legs make it possible to handle many different pallet types. Optimum safety through: • Central location of all control buttons on the handle. • Transparent and impact resistant safety screen on the mast. • Location of parking brake. • 1000Kg capacity. • Choice of 2 lift heights from 890mm and 1570mm.

REF Capacity Kg Lifting height with wrap-over forks Fork length Overall height Overall width Fork span min/max Length without forks Overall length with 1500 forks Overall height Lowered height, forks Load centre Width between legs Fork widthchisel: PRICE

LFS/890 1000 890

LFS/1570 1000 1570

1150 other lengths to order 1330 1930 1016 - 1472 wrap-over: 350/800 chisel and bar:230/680 415 1680 without telescopic mast chisel: 45 bar: 65 wrap-over: 65 1/2 850-942 942-1124 1124-1306 100 bar: 100 wrap-over: 163 £2265.20 £2525.60

22

PRICES INCLUDE DELIVERY ON ORDERS OVER £100

ELECTRO HYDRAULIC STACKER
• Fully welded channel and tube construction. • Fixed weld mesh guarding fitted as standard. • Steel straddle rollers 75mm dia with roller bearing. • Total stop brakes and foot protectors fitted as standard. • Fitted with 200mm dia nylon wheels with polyurethane tyres and ball bearing journals. • Finish: powder coated orange frame with grey forks. • All parts enclosed with easily removable cover for quick access. • Single lever raise and lower operation. • External plug socket allows charging without removing cover. • Automatic overload valve and flow control on return travel. • Battery (supplied with machine): 1 x 12v 75APH. Recharge via the fitted charging socket coupled to a standard car or similar battery charger.

REF Max load capacity Max lift height Load centres Overall dimensions Lowered height Fully raised height Width Front to rear Fabricated forks Width Projection Actual fork width Lowered height Height of straddle legs Ground clearance PRICE Kg mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm

MSEH500 500 1725 300 2130 2130 750 1210 675 600 93 100 85 35 £1936.90 REF RP/MS5A Add on accessories Removable platform PRICE £71.75

SEMI ELECTRIC STACKER
A very adaptable and sturdy straddle stacker that has light and easy manual steering and an electric lift. Suitable for pallets that can not be lifted with standard narrow forks. • Capacity - 1000Kg. • Five lift heights to choose from. • Forks are adjustable in width to suit varying size pallets. • Steel profile construction. • Supplied complete with a separate charger and 12v batteries.

REF Capacity Load centre Max fork height Min fork height Fork length Fork width - adjustable Leg width (inside) Lifting speed with load without load Power unit Battery Steering wheel Load roller Overall dimensions Net weight PRICE

Kg mm mm mm mm mm mm

MW1016 1000 500 1600 60 1000 230-790 1270 95mm/sec 120mm/sec 800w 135Ah/12v mm ø180x50 mm ø80x70 mm 1710x1505x2090 Kg 400 £3092.60

MW1024 MW1029 1000 1000 500 500 2450 2900 60 60 1000 1000 230-790 230-790 1270 1270 95mm/sec 95mm/sec 120mm/sec 120mm/sec 800w 800w 135Ah/12v 135Ah/12v ø180x50 ø180x50 ø80x70 ø80x70 1710x1505x1800 1710x1505x2000 490 520 £3358.60 £3485.16

MW1033 1000 500 3300 60 1000 230-790 1270 95mm/sec 120mm/sec 800w 135Ah/12v ø180x50 ø80x70 1710x1505x2225 580 £3582.60

PRICES INCLUDE DELIVERY ON ORDERS OVER £100

23

SEMI ELECTRIC LIFT STACKER
The MS Range has a compact design and small turning radius with the largest battery as standard. This gives many working hours per charging and high lifting/lowering speeds. Easy and smooth steering makes the stackers safe and easy to operate. Therefore the MS Range is the perfect choice for high productivity requirements in confined spaces. Three lifting heights 1600, 2400 and 3300mm. Nylon wheels only. Capacity is 1000Kg. The two high lift models have a welded and reinforced chassis, duplex 2 stage lifting mast with C section profiles, dual chains and single lift cylinder, maintenance free bushings and sealed bearings (RS) in lift mast, fork carriage and wheels. Separate hydraulic system with protected motor, pump, valves and tank. This gives a long and trouble free lifetime.

Service friendly assembly of hydraulics, electrics and batteries. Large battery on 135Ah/12v, for many working hours per charging.

REF Lifting Mast Capacity Load centre Lift height, min-max Fork width, outer-inner Fork length Lifting speed, no load-load Lifting motor Battery Charger Steer wheels Load wheels Turning radius (outside) Dimension (LxWxH) Weight PRICE MS1024

Kg mm mm mm mm mm/s W Ah/v Ah/v mm mm mm mm Kg

MS1016 MS1024 MS1033 Simplex 1-stage Duplex 2-stage Duplex 2-stage 1000 1000 1000 600 600 600 85-1600 (free lift) 85-2450 85-3300 540-160 540-160 540-160 1150 1150 1150 120-95 120-95 120-95 800 800 800 135/12 135/12 135/12 15/12 15/12 15/12 ø180x50 ø180x50 ø180x50 ø80x70 (single) ø180x70 (single) ø180x70 (single) 1600 1600 1600 1820x800x2130 1820x800x1800 1820x1090x2225 420 460 550 £2428.50 £2593.50 £2698.50

SEMI ELECTRIC STACKER
High flexibility and efficiency - with only one truck, goods can be transported, lifted and handled in many different ways. The design puts focus on the safety and ergonomic working conditions of the user and can be adjusted to the individual user and the ergonomic correct handle ensures the user a relaxed hold. Optimum safety for the user through: • Central location of all control buttons on the handle. • Transparent and impact resistant safety screen on the mast. • Location of parking brake. • 1000Kg capacity and 1200Kg on models up to 1600mm lift height. • Choice of 9 lift heights from 920 - 3300mm.

REF ELF/1001/920 ELF/1201/920 ELF/1001/1200 ELF/1201/1200 ELF/1001/1400 ELF/1201/1400 ELF/1001/1600 ELF/1201/1600 ELF/1001/1910 ELF/1001/2050 ELF/1001/2450 ELF/1001/2850 ELF/1001/3300

Cap Kg 1000 1200 1000 1200 1000 1200 1000 1200 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000

Lifting Fork Overall Overall Fork Overall height length height width span length 920 1330 1200 1400 1530 680 560, 680

Overall height

Lowered Load Fork height centre width 85

1150 1730 other 1600 lengths 1930 to 1910 order 2240 2050 1530 2450 1730 2850 1930 3300 2240

without 1800 telescopic mast 1/2 90 1810 2490 2890 3290 3740 163

932

PRICE £2685.20 £2937.20 £2937.20 £3227.00 £2937.20 £3227.00 £2937.20 £3227.00 £2937.20 £3381.00 £3381.00 £3381.00 £3381.00

24

PRICES INCLUDE DELIVERY ON ORDERS OVER £100

SEMI ELECTRIC STRADDLE STACKER
High flexibility and effiency with straddle legs. Transports, lifts and handles goods on all types of pallets - also closed pallets. Large range of optional extras ensures optimum flexibility. Straddle legs make it possible to handle many different pallet types. Optimum safety for user through: • Central location of all control buttons on the handle. • Transparent and impact resistant safety screen on the mast. • Location of parking brake. • Lowered height, forks chisel: 45 bar: 65 wrap-over: 65. • Length w/o forks: 590. • Load centre: 1/2.

REF ELFS/1001/870 ELFS/1001/1170 ELFS/1001/1370 ELFS/1001/1570 ELFS/1001/1880 ELFS/1001/2020 ELFS/1001/2420 ELFS/1001/2820 ELFS/1001/3270

Capacity Kg 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000

Lifting ht with wrap-over forks 870 1170 1370 1570 1880 2020 2420 2820 3270

Fork length

800 1067 1150

Overall height 1330 1530 1730 1930 2240 1530 1730 1930 2240

Overall width

Fork span min/max

Overall length with 1150 forks

Overall height without telescopic mast 2490 2890 3290 3740

Width between legs

1150 wrap-over: other 350/800 lengths chisel and bar: to 230/680 order

1855

850-942 942-1124 1124-1306

1865

PRICE £3649.80 £3738.00 £3738.00 £3738.00 £3738.00 £4179.00 £4179.00 £4179.00 £4179.00

FULLY ELECTRIC STACKER
The FE Range has electric travel and electric lift. There is a choice of 1200Kg or 1500Kg capacity and lift heights from 1600mm - 3300mm. • CE conformity and EN1757-1:2001. • Curtis Electronic Control System. • Power pack and drive wheel system manufactured in Europe. • Ergonomic controls and tiller system. • Polyurethane wheels and load rollers.

REF Capacity Kg Lifting height mm Min fork height mm Load centre mm Fork length mm Fork width mm Travelling speed Km/h Lifting speed mm/s Lowering speed mm/s Overall length LxW mm Closed/open H mm Battery (service free) Battery charger Front roller mm Rear roller mm Drive wheel mm Net weight Kg PRICE

FE1216 1200 1600

FE1529 1500 2900

FE1531 1500 3100

FE1533 1500 3300

90 600 1150 540 Without load 5.5. With full load 4.8. Without load 144. With load 95. Without load 150. With full load 65. 2710 x 1080 2090/2244 2025/3544 2125/3744 2225/3944 200/24 AH/V 20/24 A/V 78 x 700 150 x 75 250 x 80 614 692 705 714 £6238.50 £7327.50 £7695.00 £8038.50

PRICES INCLUDE DELIVERY ON ORDERS OVER £100

25

FULLY POWERED STACKERS
A range of all electric stackers that are flexible, efficient and ergonomic. They can be adjusted to suit the individual operator and have a large range of optional extras on offer. The truck is available as a narrow wheel arm model (self) or as a straddle version (SELFS) to handle all types of pallet including close boarded ones. • Available in 1000Kg and 1200Kg load capacities. • Lift heights from 870mm up to 3300mm. Full electronic controller ensures: • Infinitely variable speed control. • Soft acceleration. • Long operating time per charge. Strong construction ensures a long operating life and low maintenance costs.

Straddle stacker Narrow wheel arms stacker

Narrow Wheel Arm Stackers Capacity Lifting ht with Fork Overall Overall REF Kg wrap-over forks length height width SELF/1001/920 1000 920 1330 SELF/1201/920 1200 SELF/1001/1200 1000 1200 1530 SELF/1201/1200 1200 SELF/1001/1400 1000 1150 1400 1730 SELF/1201/1400 1200 other SELF/1001/1600 1000 635 1600 lengths 1930 SELF/1201/1600 1200 to SELF/1001/1910 1000 1910 order 2240 SELF/1001/2050 1000 2050 1530 SELF/1001/2450 1000* 2450 1730 SELF/1001/2450A 1000 2450 1730 SELF/1001/2850 1000* 2850 1930 890 SELF/1001/3300 1000* 3300 2240 Fork span Length Overall length w/o forks with 1150 forks Overall height Lowered height, forks Load centre Fork width PRICE £6388.20 £6566.00 £6564.60 £6829.20 £6564.60 £6829.20 £6564.60 £6829.20 £6564.60 £6918.80 £6918.80 £6918.80 £6918.80 £6918.80

1755 560 680 545

without telescopic mast 90 2490 2890 2890 3290 3740 1/2 163

1765

* Note - Load reduction at lifting heights - please check full specification of machine/forks etc. Straddle Wheel Arm Stackers Cap Lifting ht with Kg wrap-over forks 1000 890/870 1200 1000 1170/1150 1200 1000 1370/1350 1200 1000 1570/1550 1200 1000 1880 1000 2020 1000 2420 1000 2820 1000 3270 Width Fork Overall Overall Fork span Length Overall length Overall Lowered Load between Fork length height width min/max w/o forks with 1150 forks height height, forks centre legs width PRICE 1330 wrap-over: 850-942 £7420.00 350/800 942-1124 £7476.00 1530 bar and 1124-1306 £7506.80 without chisel: 1240-1422 chisel: £8059.80 1150 1730 166 + 1855 telescopic 230/680 850-942 100 £7506.80 other width chisel: 45 mast (1200Kg 942-1124 bar: £8059.80 lengths 1930 of 590 bar: 65 1/2 100 £7506.80 models are when to straddle wrap-over: 65 only capacity: wrap- £7506.80 order 2240 forks available 1000/ over: £7506.80 1530 2490 with chisel 1200Kg 163 £7947.80 1730 1865 2890 £7947.80 forks) 1930 3290 £7947.80 2240 3740 £7947.80

REF SELFS/1001/890 SELFS/1201/870 SELFS/1001/1170 SELFS/1201/1150 SELFS/1001/1370 SELFS/1201/1350 SELFS/1001/1570 SELFS/1001/1550 SELFS/1001/1800 SELFS/1001/2020 SELFS/1001/2420 SELFS/1001/2820 SELFS/1001/3270

26

PRICES INCLUDE DELIVERY ON ORDERS OVER £100

HAND HYDRAULIC STAINLESS STEEL STACKER
Optimum hygiene with the stainless steel stacker. The risk of bacterial contamination is minimised. The stainless steel products are developed for environments where severe hygiene is needed on the surfaces that are in direct contact with the goods being handled eg meat, fish or medicine. • Central location of all control buttons on the handle. • Transparent and impact resistant safety screen on the mast. • Location of parking brake. • Closed forks mean easy cleaning and few hiding places for bacteria.

REF HS1000/1200 HS1000/1400 HS1000/1600 HS1000/2050 HS1000/2450

Cap Lifting Fork Overall Overall Fork Length Overall length Overall Lowered Load Fork Kg height length height width span w/o forks by 1150 forks height height centre width 1000 1200 without 1530 1000 1400 1730 1650 telescopic 654 max 1000 1600 1150 560 390 90 163 1930 mast 600 1000 2050 1530 2490 1660 1000 2450 913 1730 2890

PRICE £6918.80 £6918.80 £6918.80 £8328.60 £8328.60

SEMI ELECTRIC STAINLESS STEEL STACKER
The semi electric version gives electric lift operation and easy to move push/pull movement control. Designed for severe hygiene areas where bacterial control needs to be minimised. The design focuses on the safety and ergonomic working conditions of the user. As an example, the ergonomically correct handle ensures the user a relaxed hold. • Central location of all control buttons on the handle. • Transparent and impact resistant safety screen on the mast. • Location of parking brake.

REF EHS1000/1200 EHS1000/1400 EHS1000/1600 EHS1000/2050 EHS1000/2450 EHS1000/2850

Capacity Kg 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000

Lifting height 1200 1400 1600 2050 2450 2850

Fork length

1150

Overall height 1530 1730 1930 1530 1730 1930

Overall width 670

Fork span

Length w/o forks

Overall length by 1150 forks 1715

560 930

500 1725

Overall height without telescopic mast 2490 2890 3290

Lowered Load Fork height centre width max 600

90

163

PRICE £7890.40 £7890.40 £7890.40 £9828.00 £9828.00 £9828.00

FULLY POWERED STAINLESS STEEL STACKER
The fully powered stacker is ideal for wet, aggressive and hygiene areas in the food and pharmaceutical industries. Goods can be moved in very confined areas with temperatures down to -30°. • Ingress protection, IP54. • Strong and solid construction. • Steel type EN1.4301. • Highly manoeuvrable. • Optimum utilisation of the space. • Operating down to -30°. • Initial lifting is optional. • All electronic parts and the motor have watertight casings. • Straddle wheel arm versions are also available.

REF ISELF/1700 ISELF/2400 ISELF/3200

Capacity Kg 1200 1200 1200

Lifting height 1700 2400 3200

Fork length 1120 1600

Overall height 2000 1700 2100

Overall width 850

Fork span 560, 680

Length w/o forks 615

Overall length 615 + 1

Overall height 2000 2800 3600

Lowered height 85

Load Fork centre width 1/2 180

PRICE POA POA POA

PRICES INCLUDE DELIVERY ON ORDERS OVER £100

27

We can offer a wide range of stacker attachments to suit any application that requires specialist handling. The following items are some of the popular ones that are regularly requested. Please note the model numbers of the stackers that these attachments will fit. For any other bespoke requirements, please contact us for assistance.

DRUM TURNER
The drum turner is available in a manual or electric rotation model. The electric drum turner has an electronic controller ensuring speed, acceleration and delicate control. • Capacity 250Kg. • Turning angle of 360°. • Standard steel and plastic drums.

DRUM LIFTER
The drum lifter has a maximum capacity of 250Kg and can lift and carry: • Steel drums with lid (lid has to be on during handling) and a capacity of 210 litres (EN209). • Steel drums with bung and a capacity of 216.5 litres (EN210). • Fits minimum fork span of 560mm.

REF 160330 160340 EDT160

Description Suits models PRICE Manual/steel drums LF, LFS, ELF, ELFS, SELF, HS, EHS £1764.00 Manual/pastic drums LF, LFS, ELF, ELFS, SELF, HS, EHS £1764.00 Electric/steel & plastic ELF, ELFS, SELF, HS, EHS £2823.80

REF 160380

Suits models LF, LFS, ELF, ELFS, SELF, HS, EHS

PRICE £336.00

PLATFORM
The platform can be fitted onto stackers with straddle wheel arms. The platform also lifts and carries non-palletised goods. • Equipment with wheels. • Small trolleys. • Office machinery. • Plant & equipment. • Max capacity of 1000Kg when the load is distributed evenly. • Width 1092mm. • Length 990mm or 1220mm.

CRANE ARM
The crane arm is designed to handle machine tools, moulds and components. It has a chain with a hook and has a quick shift system and can be quickly and easily fitted on all models with adjustable carriage. • Max capacity 500Kg. • Hook distance from carriage is 660mm.

REF 160310 160311

Length mm 990 1220

Suits models LFS, ELFS, SELFS LFS, ELFS, SELFS

PRICE £971.60 £971.60

REF 160011-1

Suits models LF, LFS, ELF, ELFS, SELF, HS, EHS

PRICE £530.60

28

PRICES INCLUDE DELIVERY ON ORDERS OVER £100

REEL SPINDLES
The reel spindle is made of stainless steel and aluminium and is suitable for food and pharmaceutical processing areas. It carries reels in vertical and horizontal position. • Fits models LF, LFS, ELF, ELFS, SELF, HS and EHS. It is available with or without gearbox. It has an expanding mandrel and is available with two standard diameters and with two lifting capacities.

REEL CLAMPS
The reel clamp is is made of stainless steel and aluminium and is suitable for food and pharmaceutical processing areas. Built in slip tongue mechanism ensures correct gripping pressure is applied preventing over tightening and damage. Both standing reels as well as horizontal and vertical reels that are clear of the floor can be gripped and rotated 360° by the reel clamp.

REF

VS2550

VS4506 with gear 200Kg 330 390 531 473 70:1 652 £3038.00

VS2800 w/o gear 250Kg 430 397 362 558 666 £2996.00

VS4507 with gear 250Kg 430 489 531 572 70:1 680 £3416.00

Gearing w/o gear Capacity 200Kg Length of expanding mandrel 330 Min free height above reel 298 (vertical mandrel) Width of reel spindle 362 Height of reel spindle 514 Gearbox ratio Load centre 638 PRICE £2363.20

REF 160624

Suits models LF, LFS, ELF, ELFS, SELF, HS, EHS

PRICE £3411.80

FULLY ELECTRIC HEAVY DUTY STRADDLE STACKER
A range of heavy duty stackers with straddle legs allowing the lifting of all pallet types. • Capacity 1600 & 2000Kg. • Duplex mast for visibility. • Lift heights 2800 - 3600 mm. • Built-in battery charger. • Heavy duty traction battery for 8 to 9 hours continuous work. • Smooth stepless drive control. • CE marked. • Optional rider platform. • Choose from 3 standard straddle widths: 1050, 1150 or 1250mm.

REF Capacity to 2000mm Kg Capacity to full height Kg At load centre Wheels Lift height mm Freelift mm Optional freelift mm Closed mast height mm Open mast height mm Mast configuration Drive Km/h Speeds Lift cm/sec laden/unladen Lower cm/sec Max gradient laden/unladen Battery v/Ah Charger v/Ah PRICE

CP16.28S 1500 1200 600 2900 160 1400 1900 3300 Duplex

CP16.32S 1500 1000 600 3600 160 1600 2100 4000 Duplex

£7640.10

£7722.00

CP16.36S 1500 800 600 Polyurethane 4600 160 1800 2300 4400 Duplex 4.5 / 6.0 10 / 17 20 / 13 8 / 13 24 / 240 24 / 30 £8274.50

CP20.28S 2000 1600 600 2800 160 1400 1900 3200 Duplex

CP20.36S 2000 1000 600 3600 160 1800 2300 4000 Duplex

Straddle Leg Overall Truck Gap Width 1050 1250 1150 1350 1250 1450 Other special straddle widths available on request, just ask...

POA

POA

Optional extra Rider Platform

PRICES INCLUDE DELIVERY ON ORDERS OVER £100

29

A superb range of fully electric stackers. The medium duty machines are intended for arduous applications and the heavy duty models are suitable for the most demanding types of work. All trucks are CE marked and comply with all current legislation. Comprehensive warranty and after sales service provided.

MEDIUM DUTY STACKERS
• Capacity 1000Kg. • Lift heights 920mm + 1610mm. • Medium duty battery for 4 hours continuous work. • Single mast for ease of use. • Optimum driving qualities and manoeuvrability. • Straddle legs, adjustable forks, side tilting forks available.

REF Capacity Kg At load centre mm Wheels Lift height mm Lowered height forks mm Overall height mm Mast configuration Battery V/Ah PRICE

CLC10.09 1000

CLC10.16 1000

600 Polyurethane 920 1610 90 1970 1970 Single 12/60 £2208.00 £3793.62

HEAVY DUTY STACKERS
• Capacity 1200Kg. • Lift height 2820mm, special orders: 3600mm + 2900mm full free lift. • High quality hydraulic pump assures very little noise, maximum efficiency and durability. • Lift limit switch operates at maximum lift height to shut off pump motor. • Electromagnetic braking that is spring applied and electronically released. • The CURTIS electronic controller provides plenty of low end torque while increasing the motor and battery life. • Polyurethane wheels used throughout.

REF CLC12.29 Capacity Kg At load centre mm Wheels Lift height mm 2820 Freelift mm 158 Lowered mast height mm 1946 Extended mast height mm 3276 Mast configuration Battery V/Ah 24/210 PRICE £4755.48

CLC12.29FFL CLC12.36 1200 600 Polyurethane 2820 3520 1490 158 1946 2296 3276 3976 Duplex 12/210 12/210 £6052.68 £5173.62

HEAVY DUTY STACKERS
• Capacity 1600Kg and 2000Kg. • Lift heights from 1600mm - 3600mm. • Duplex and Triplex mast configuration allows good sight through the mast uprights. • Ergonomic drive controls. • Heavy duty traction battery for 8 to 9 hours continuous work even when negotiating inclines. • Smooth stepless drive controls.

REF Capacity to full lift height Kg At load centre mm Wheels Lift height mm Freelift mm Optional freelift mm Closed mast height mm Open mast height mm Mast configuration Battery V/Ah PRICE

CLC15.29 1400 600 Polyurethane 2900 160 150 1700 2800 Duplex 24/280 £7544.46

CLC15.36FFL 850 600 Polyurethane 3600 160 1780 2300 4070 Duplex 24/280 £7606.56

CLC15.46FFL 1100 600 Polyurethane 4600 160 1505 2100 5115 Duplex 24/280 £8757.48

CLC15.50FFL 500 600 Polyurethane 5000 160 1660 2480 5520 Duplex 24/280 £8894.10

30

PRICES INCLUDE DELIVERY ON ORDERS OVER £100

Counterbalanced stackers are used when it is not suitable to use either straddle wheel armed stackers or conventional narrow wheel arms. The pallet may not be suitable for lifting by certain stackers or the area of operation may be tight on space. Counterbalanced stackers can solve that problem. They can also be used to load and unload onto mezzanine floors when stackers with wheel arms cannot get close enough to the load/unload point. • CE marked and compliant. • Ergonomic drive controls with smooth stepless facility. • Optional battery/charger capacities. • Vast range of attachments and extras available. • Comprehensive warranty, after sales and maintenance services provided.

COMPACT COUNTERBALANCED STACKER
• Capacity 600Kg (to lift height 2500mm). • Lift heights 2500mm or 3000mm. • High visibility Duplex mast. • Optional extras: sideshift forks and tilting mast.

REF Capacity to 1600mm Kg Capacity to full lift height At load centre mm Wheels Lift height mm Closed mast height mm Open mast height mm Battery V/Ah PRICE

CSLC06.25 CSLC06.30 600 500 400 500 Polyurethane 2500 3000 1800 2095 2920 3580 24/240 £10877.10 £10936.90

COMPACT COUNTERBALANCED STACKER
• • • • • • Capacity 1000Kg. Lift heights 2500mm, 3000mm and 4500mm. High visibility Duplex + Triplex mast. Power steering and tilting mast. Heavy duty traction battery for 8 to 9 hours continuous work. Optional extras: sideshift forks.

REF CSPC10.25 CSPC10.30 CSPC10.45 Capacity to 2500mm Kg 1000 Capacity to full lift height Kg 800 800 600 At load centre mm 500 Wheels Polyurethane Lift height mm 2500 3000 4500 Closed mast height mm 1800 2100 2100 Open mast height mm 2920 3600 5150 Battery V/Ah 24/240 24/240 24/240 PRICE £12365.60 £12608.70 £14725.10

HEAVY DUTY COUNTERBALANCED STACKER
• • • • • Capacity 1500Kg. Lift heights 2500mm, 3000mm and 4500mm. High visibility Duplex + Triplex mast. Built-in battery charger. Heavy duty traction battery for 8 to 9 hours continuous work even when negotiating inclines. • Optional extras: sideshift forks and tilting mast.

REF CSPC15.25 CSPC15.30 CSPC15.45 Capacity Kg 1500 Capacity to full lift height Kg 1200 1100 900 At load centre mm 500 Wheels Polyurethane Lift height mm 2500 3000 4500 Freelift mm 160 Closed mast height (h2) mm 1600 2100 2100 Open mast height (h3) mm 2920 3600 5150 Battery V/Ah 24/240 24/240 24/240 PRICE £13794.30 £13995.80 £16190.20

PRICES INCLUDE DELIVERY ON ORDERS OVER £100

31

FORK EXTENSIONS
Soundly constructed from mild steel channel section. Fork extensions heel shaped to fit truck without fouling carriage or mast. No sharp edges. Secured to forks by lock bolts. Painted Blue. Conform to 86/663/EEC. When ordering please state lifting capacity required at required centres.

Length of fork ext mm 1220 1372 1525 1600 1650 1829 1981 2134 2438

To suit 100x50mm thick forks (max.) REF PRICE IFE448 £170.40 IFE454 £188.86 IFE460 £208.74 IFE463 £211.58 IFE465 £215.84 IFE472 £218.68 IFE478 £228.62 IFE484 £237.14 IFE496 £262.70

To suit 125x50mm thick forks (max.) REF PRICE IFE548 £193.12 IFE554 £208.74 IFE560 £217.26 IFE563 £225.78 IFE565 £237.14 IFE572 £247.08 IFE578 £262.70 IFE584 £272.64 IFE596 £282.58

To suit 150x60mm thick forks (max.) REF PRICE IFE648 £208.74 IFE654 £218.68 IFE660 £237.14 IFE663 £242.82 IFE665 £248.50 IFE672 £257.02 IFE678 £266.96 IFE684 £279.74 IFE696 £305.30

NOTE: When ordering please specify overall length of extension shoe, existing fork length, width & thickness and whether slip on or bolt type. Triangular or conical shaped extensions can be supplied.

TELESCOPIC FORKS
Hydraulically operated Telescopic Fork Extensions are a fast and economic method of loading and unloading wagons from one side and cost saving on double pallet racking. The smooth and simple operation make them a must for high volume pallet movers.

REF TF2A10701770 TF2A12202020 TF2A13502350 TF2A16002600 TF3A10701770 TF3A12002000 TF3A13502350 TF3A16002600

Operating range 1070-1770 1220-2020 1350-2350 1600-2600 1070-1770 1200-2000 1350-2350 1600-2600

Capacity @500lc 4500 4500 4500 4500 4500 4500 4500 4500

Capacity @1500lc 1500 1500 1500 1500 1500 1500 1500 1500

PRICE £2983.40 £3057.60 £3189.20 £3234.00 £3159.80 £3322.20 £3424.40 £3542.00

Standard features: • Unique twin fork construction. • Smooth profiled extension pocket with built in wear plates. • Assembly complete with flow divider and all flexible hydraulic pipes to fork and truck. • Polyester powder coated finish.

FORK ARMS
We stock and distribute a wide range and variety of replacement forks to suit every make and model of forklift truck. Whether its a C1A-C4B fork, din type, bar type, drilled type of stainless steel/brass cladded. We are sure to have stock or alternatively they can be manufactured and delivered within 10 working days from receipt of order. Please enquire for prices and details in order to quote our best price. Please have the full specification of your forklift truck available.

FOUR FORK ATTACHMENT
Four Fork Attachments are designed to handle wide unpalletised loads, such as plastic pipes, timber or sheet steel, safely and helping to reduce the possibility of product damage. Standard features: • Zinc plated fork heel pins for safe attachment to truck. • Polyester powder coated bright orange for safety. Optional extras: • Six fork configuration. • Choice of intermediate width options. REF IFF-1 IFF-2 IFF-3 IFF-4 Width mm 1500 2000 2500 3000 Pocket length mm 1200 1200 1200 1200 Capacity Kg 1500 2000 2500 3000 Max fork size mm 150 x 60 150 x 60 150 x 60 150 x 60 PRICE £793.80 £925.40 £984.20 £1094.80

32

PRICES INCLUDE DELIVERY ON ORDERS OVER £100

COMBI SELF TIPPING SKIPS
Designed to simplify the holding, movement and disposal of material in confined areas with the unique '4 way entry' base. The skip is supplied as manual operation as standard but automatic tipping at high level can be achieved by ordering the conversion kit allowing the forklift driver to empty the skip without leaving the safety of his seat. Standard features: • Low loading height. • Reinforced leading edge and body sides. • 4 way fork pocket entry. • Secondary locking mechanism to prevent accidental discharge. • Fully seam welded for retention of fluids. • Manual handle override. • Zinc plated heel pins for safe attachment to truck. • Painted bright orange for safety.

Nominal Capacity Max fork Fork Body size mm REF capacity (m3) Kg mm centres mm length width ICUS-1 0.9 750 150 x 50 675 1600 1060 ICUS-2 1.2 960 150 x 50 675 1600 1300 ICUS-3 1.5 1100 150 x 50 675 1600 1560 Conversion kit for automatic operation ICUS/AUTO Castor base - 125mm dia nylon castors ICUS/CAS

Overall height 1035 1035 1035

PRICE £614.86 £641.84 £680.18 £134.90 £151.94

Optional features: • Conversion kit for automatic operation. • 125mm diameter nylon castors. • Colour finish for waste separation/department.

AUTOMATIC LOW LEVEL SKIPS
The skip can be easily positioned at the end of a conveyor, dross shoot or manufacturing line to collect bi-products that are below waste level. The unique automatic tipping mechanism enables the forklift driver to tip the skip at high level without leaving the safety of his seat, with the added benefit of a manual handle for low level tipping. Standard features: • Low loading height. • Reinforced leading edge and body sides. • 4 way fork pocket entry. • Secondary locking mechanism to prevent accidental discharge. • Fully seam welded for retention of fluids. • Manual handle override. • Zinc plated twist screws for safe attachment to truck. • Painted bright orange for safety. Overall height 700 700

Body size mm Nominal Capacity Max fork Fork capacity (m3) Kg mm centres mm length width REF 0.7 300 150 x 60 683 1380 910 IALS-1 1.0 600 150 x 60 683 1380 1300 IALS-2 IALS/CAS Castor base - 125mm dia nylon castors

PRICE £820.76 £959.92 £151.94

Optional features: • 125mm diameter nylon castors. • Colour finish for waste separation/department.

ROLL FORWARD SKIPS
Strategically placed in production or storage areas, roll forward skips keep working areas clear and allow safe and speedy removal of scrap or rubbish to the appropriate skip or waste compacter. All skips have unique twin locks and simple to operate release mechanism. • Regular 3mm body plate construction. • Safety retaining chain to secure skip onto truck. • Max fork size 150 x 65mm with 890mm spread. Optional extras include: • Standard castors. • Braked castors. • Heavy duty castors. • Heavy duty braked castors. • Lifting lugs. • Fork clamps. • Drain taps. • Auto retention. • Colour options.

REF RFS25L RFS40L RFS80L RFS120L RFS160L RFS200L

Volume Load cap Load centre capacity (m3) Kg mm 0.25 1000 575 0.40 1000 679 0.80 1000 735 1.20 1250 835 1.60 1500 835 2.00 1500 835

Overall length 1148 1410 1480 1710 1710 1710

Overall width 794 794 1300 1300 1700 2125

Overall height 678 781 834 985 985 985

PRICE £539.40 £590.15 £651.05 £746.03 £837.38 £1058.50

PRICES INCLUDE DELIVERY ON ORDERS OVER £100

33

HEAVY DUTY GALVANISED SKIPS
A heavy duty range of galvanised self tipping skips. Construction from 5mm steel body. Galvanised finish to withstand external or wet conditions, fitted with safety retaining chain. Maximum fork section 150mm x 65mm.

REF Capacity M3 RFS25L-HD/G 0.25 RFS40L-HD/G 0.40 RFS80L-HD/G 0.80 RFS120L-HD/G 1.20 RFS160L-HD/G 1.60 RFS200L-HD/G 2.00

Capacity Kg 1000 1000 1000 1250 1500 1500

Weight Kg 198 212 252 285 307 335

Load centres mm 601 685 735 835 835 835

PRICE £919.02 £970.53 £1120.21 £1255.41 £1389.00 £1474.30

SEMI STAINLESS STEEL SKIPS
Regular range of Roll Forward Skips with steel underframe, but fitted with a body manufactured from stainless steel. Its corrosion resistance makes it ideal for handling wet or corrosive products or for use in a harsh environment. Fitted with safety retaining chain. Body construction - 3mm. Max fork section 150mm x 65mm.

REF RFS25L-SB RFS40L-SB RFS80L-SB RFS120L-SB RFS160L-SB RFS200L-SB

Capacity M3 0.25 0.40 0.80 1.20 1.60 2.00

Capacity Kg 1000 1000 1000 1250 1500 1500

Weight Kg 100 110 145 170 180 225

PRICE £1199.08 £1232.88 £1385.78 £1828.39 £2222.72 £2673.38

FULLY STAINLESS STEEL SKIPS
This fully stainless steel skip is designed for use primarily in the food and drinks industry where corrosion resistance and the minimisation of contamination is vital. Every part is manufactured from stainless steel, making it suitable for pressure washing or steam cleaning. Construction in 3mm stainless steel. Fitted with safety retaining chain. Max fork section 150 x 65mm.

REF RFS25L-SS RFS40L-SS RFS80L-SS RFS120L-SS RFS160L-SS RFS200L-SS

Capacity M3 0.25 0.40 0.80 1.20 1.60 2.00

Capacity Kg 1000 1000 1000 1250 1500 1500

Weight Kg 100 110 145 170 180 225

PRICE £1812.30 £1879.90 £2044.07 £2531.74 £2977.58 £3326.84

SELF TIPPING SKIPS WITH LIDS
Standard range of skips but with a full lid fitted to prevent rubbish blowing about and reduce odours. Choice of painted or galvanised finish. The front of the lid folds back over the fixed rear portion. Construction in 3mm steel. Fitted with safety retaining chain. Max fork section - 150mm x 65mm.

REF PAINTED Capacity M3 Capacity Kg PRICE RFS25L-L 0.25 1000 £951.21 RFS40L-L 0.40 1000 £840.16 RFS80L-L 0.80 1000 £1004.33 RFS120L-L 1.20 1250 £1163.67 RFS160L-L 1.60 1500 £1310.13

REF GALV RFS25L-L/G RFS40L-L/G RFS80L-L/G RFS120L-L/G RFS160L-L/G

PRICE £1009.16 £1065.49 £1211.95 £1400.27 £1569.26

34

PRICES INCLUDE DELIVERY ON ORDERS OVER £100

MINI SKIPS
These skips are specifically designed for production areas where space is limited. Very easy to use and simple to remove unwanted production waste. Optional mesh top cage (200mm high) is available as a factory fitted extra. • CE marked and plated.

Mini Skip Only REF SK410Y SK415Y SK419Y Capacity M2 0.10 0.15 0.19 Size: LxWxH mm 850x450x480 850x600x480 850x750x480 Weight Kg 47 52 59 PRICE £458.77 £508.64 £542.77

Mesh Top Cage REF SK006Z SK007Z SK008Z PRICE £130.26 £132.09 £133.83

ROLL FORWARD PACKAGING SKIPS
Manufactured by adding 500mm mesh height extensions on three sides to give higher volume and added rigidity without a significant increase in the weight. Ideal for high volume, low weight material, such as paper, packaging materials etc. Maximum fork size 150mm x 65mm.

REF RFS40LP RFS80LP RFS120LP RFS160LP

Capacity M3 0.70 1.40 1.90 2.50

Capacity Kg 1000 1000 1250 1500

Overall height 1281 1334 1485 1485

Weight Kg 140 180 221 246

PRICE £801.53 £907.76 £1057.44 £1170.11

ROLL FORWARD FILTER SKIPS
A range of skips manufactured by adding a mesh panel toward the rear of the skip producing a 300mm gap. Supplied with a drain tap and fully welded, this skip is ideal for draining of wet material, such as potato peelings. The panel can be cleaned in position or removed. Maximum fork size 150mm x 65mm.

REF RFS25l-FS RFS40l-FS RFS80l-FS RFS120l-FS RFS160l-FS

Capacity M3 0.25 0.40 0.80 1.20 1.60

Capacity Kg 1000 1000 1000 1250 1500

Unfiltered capacity 0.16m2 0.3m2 0.58m2 0.92m2 1.2m2

Weight Kg 127 142 185 225 250

PRICE £873.96 £923.85 £1009.16 £1141.14 £1242.53

POLY TIPPA SKIPS
A unique design of tipping skip with a food grade polyethylene body. Body demounts for easy cleaning or replacement and is resistant to most acids, alkalis and chemicals. Castors are fitted as standard on all models. Operating temperature -20°C to +60°C. Choose between painted steel or stainless steel frame. Maximum fork size 150mm x 65mm.

Painted Steel Frame Stainless Steel REF Body size LxWxD Capacity M3 Capacity Kg Fork spread Weight Kg REF PRICE PRICE PTS38l 1250x650x650 0.38 500 890 140 £1906.14 PTS38l-SS £2588.25 PTS65l 1500x650x850 0.65 500 890 160 £2073.50 PTS65l-SS £2756.81 PTS90l 1650x750x900 0.90 500 890 170 £2205.13 PTS90L-SS £3474.56

PRICES INCLUDE DELIVERY ON ORDERS OVER £100

35

BOTTOM EMPTY SKIPS
Bottom empty dumping skips are designed to simplify the movement and disposal of factory waste. The unit is operated by lowering onto the side of your skip allowing the contents to be dumped automatically without the driver leaving his seat. • Polyester powder coated in bright orange for safety. • Zinc plated fork heel pins for safe attachment to truck. • Supplied with castors ready for use. • Fully tested with certificate.

REF IBE-1 IBE-2 IBE-3

Nom cap cu metre 0.80 1.20 1.45

Body thick 3mm 3mm 3mm

Fork spread mm 848 848 848

Size LxWxH mm 1050x850x900 1200x1050x900 1500x1050x900

PRICE £761.12 £867.62 £965.60

UNDER SLUNG SCOOP
The Under Slung Scoop is a perfect choice when space and manoeuvrability is at a premium as the scoop is positioned below the forks and with the added benefit of a reduced load centre. Ideally suited to the large non-calibrated volume movement of sand, gravel, top soil etc. Standard features: • Polyester powder coated in bright orange for safety. • Zinc plated fork heel pins for safe attachment to truck. • Secondary locking mechanism. Optional extras: • Left and right hand lever discharge. Nominal REF cap (m3) 0.3 IUSS-1 0.7 IUSS-2 Max fork Fork Scoop length Scoop width Scoop height size mm spread mm mm mm mm PRICE 150 x 60 848 1000 470 745 £1209.84 150 x 60 848 1000 725 1145 £1297.88

MULTIPURPOSE SCOOPS
Multipurpose Scoops are an essential all round mechanically operated attachment, ideal for handling a variety of loose materials such as sand, coal, grain, potatoes, ash, scrap metals and swarf etc where accurate measurement of volume is not essential. Standard features: • Operating mechanism protection. • Zinc plated fork heel pins for safe attachment to truck. • Polyester powder coated in bright orange for safety. • Secondary locking mechanism. • Removable toothed leading edge wear blade. Nominal cap (m3) 0.25 0.50 Max fork size mm 150 x 60 150 x 60 Fork spread mm 848 848 Length mm 900 900 Width mm 860 1300 Height mm 400 500

REF IMS-1 IMS-2

PRICE £759.70 £819.34

SIDE EMPTYING SKIP
This side emptying skip is capable of tipping its contents from either side. The balanced tipping action is engaged by the use of a foot operated release mechanism and incorporates a dampening system for controlled emptying. • CE marked and plated. • Four way entry fork pockets. • Load capacity of 400Kg (0.3 cu m). • Fully welded construction.

REF SK204Y

Overall dim L x W x H mm

Internal dim L x W x D mm

Weight Kg 78

1335 x 800 x 1110 1000 x 750 x 600

Wheels mm 2 fixed 2 swivel 125mm nylon

PRICE £768.11

36

PRICES INCLUDE DELIVERY ON ORDERS OVER £100

HEAVY DUTY INDUSTRIAL WASTE TRUCK
This heavy duty, sturdy waste truck is fitted with 6 x 4" nylon swivel castors for mobility whilst also being fork liftable under the handles. It features a hinged drop away base for easy emptying and can be supplied with a rodent-proof lid. • CE marked and plated. • Load capacity: 300Kg. • Fitted as standard with a deflector panel at the base of the waste truck to allow gradual safe and controlled emptying.

REF SK206Y SK206Z

Overall height mm 1460

Overall width Internal bin mm height x width mm 1150 1210 x 720 Lid for above

Load capacity 0.8 cu m

Weight Kg 100 17

PRICE £809.47 £142.40

PLOUGH ATTACHMENTS
Snow Plough attachments provide a vital handling solution for clearing snow falls, rubble and loose granular materials from access roads, car parks, forecourts and congested work areas etc. Standard features: • Fixed left or right hand sweep angle. • Detachable and reversible wear strip for longer blade life. • Secured safely to the forks with zinc plated thumb screws. Blade length mm 1250 1500 1800 Max fork size mm 150 x 60 150 x 60 150 x 60 • Polyester powder coated bright orange for safety. • Stand skids for ease of operation.

REF ISP-1 ISP-2 ISP-3

Fork spread mm 848 848 848

PRICE £756.86 £788.10 £842.06

Optional extras: • Castors. • Rubber blade inserts.

YARD SCRAPER
This attachment is a general purpose appliance suitable for a variety of scraping applications. Ideal for cleaning warehouse floors, exhibition halls, car parks and yards etc. Standard features: • Angled end wings to prevent rubbish from spilling out past the sides. • Detachable and reversible wear strip for longer life. • Secured safety to the forks with zinc plated thumb screws. • Polyester powder coated in bright orange for safety. Optional extras: • Rubber wear strip. REF Blade width mm Max fork size mm • Castors. IYS-1 1250 150 x 60 IYS-2 1500 150 x 60 IYS-3 1800 150 x 60

Fork spread mm 848 848 848

PRICE £746.20 £777.00 £957.60

FORK MOUNTED SWEEPER
The fork mounted sweeper is a quick and easy solution for reheaping your loose granule products such as sand, top soil, grain or similar. Optional left and right hand sweep gives you the versatility of clearing your yard, roadway, footpaths or warehouse. Standard features: • Interchangeable blue nylon brushes. • Facility to hang to fork mounted magnet from the frame. • Zinc plated twist screws for safe attachment to truck. • Painted bright orange for safety. Optional extras: • Left and right hand sweep bracket. Brush width mm No of brushes Max fork size mm Fork centres mm REF 1500 8 150 x 60 683 IFMS-1500 1800 8 150 x 60 683 IFMS-1800 2450 8 150 x 60 683 IFMS-2450 PRICE £555.22 £779.58 £850.58

PRICES INCLUDE DELIVERY ON ORDERS OVER £100

37

INDUSTRIAL SWEEPERS
• A new concept for fast cleaning. Proven to cut cleaning time by more than 90%. • Economical, practical and better than former methods. • Brushes require no maintenance or servicing. • Replacement brushes easy and quick to fit. • Brush life estimate: Valusweep 200-250 miles. Pro-broom 400-450 miles. • Various add-on fitments can be supplied to suit most models. Enquire price availability and suitability to your requirements: Debris collector ends. Debris, leaf pusher. Magnetic kit. Bucket and fork combi. Skid steer pivot hitch. Three point hitch.

Magnetic bar collects nails and metal pieces as you sweep

Make light work of warehouse waste

Easy replacement brush

Sweep anything from dust to small boulders

VALUSWEEP High performance for light-medium debris. Five rows of bristles. Complete with attachments. REF VS480 VS060 Description Width of sweep 1.22m Width of sweep 1.52m PRICE £372.00 £395.25

PRO-BROOM Heavy duty for indoor or outdoor use. Eight rows of bristles. Complete with integral forklift mount. REF PB600 PB720 Description Width of sweep 1.52m Width of sweep 1.83m PRICE £682.00 £868.00

FORK MOUNTED MAGNETIC SWEEPER
• Ideal for factory, warehouse or car parks etc to clear floors of swarf, nails, screws etc, to clear hazards to tyres and operators. • Stainless steel housing. • To suit forks of maximum section 150 x 50mm. • Thumbscrew locking clamping for safe attachment to fork. • Operating height 60mm.

REF IFMM-1220

Size LxWxHmm 1220x120x80

PRICE £303.05

38

PRICES INCLUDE DELIVERY ON ORDERS OVER £100

BEMA 25 SWEEPING MACHINE
A range of medium duty sweeping machines designed for everyday usage. Ideal for general factory, yard or road sweeping. • Swivels left or right. • 580mm diameter brush. • Heavy duty 200 x 50 support wheels. • Polypropylene brush. • Selection of mounting arrangements to suit different trucks. Optional Extras: • Steel (PPN mixed brush). • Water spray system (main brush). • Pressure pump. • Rotary side brush. • Water spray system (rotary side brush). Brush width (Hydraulic hopper release) REF 1250mm BEMA25-1250C 1850mm BEMA25-1850C 2050mm BEMA25-2050C 2750mm BEMA25-2750C Brush dia 580mm 580mm 580mm 580mm PRICE £5950.00 £6118.00 £6258.00 £7231.00

BEMA 35 SWEEPING MACHINE
The most technically advanced and versatile sweeping machine in the range, this unit has been specifically designed to match the rigours of the construction and plant hire industries. • Hopper lifts out of the way for free sweeping but remains fixed to the machine. • Widths over 2300 fitted with 2 motors. • Manufactured from 8mm plate. • Infinitely adjustable brush height. • 5 stage swivelling to 25°. • 660 brush (polypropylene). REF BEMA35-2050C BEMA35-2300C BEMA35-2600C BEMA35-2850C Optional Extras: • Water spray system (main brush). • Rotary side brush.

Brush width (Hydraulic hopper release) 2050mm 2300mm 2600mm 2850mm

Brush dia 660mm 660mm 660mm 660mm

PRICE £10605.00 £11095.00 £12656.00 £13657.00

BEMA 40 SWEEPING MACHINE
The ultimate in sweeping machines, this one has been designed primarily for industrial use, for mounting on the forks of an industrial lift truck. • Fully enclosed rigid machine casing. • Vulkollan strip seal between machine and ground. • Infinitely variable brush height. • Suits forks up to 180 x 70mm. • Hydraulic hopper. REF BEMA40-1250 BEMA40-1550 BEMA40-2050 Width 1250mm 1550mm 2050mm Optional Extras: • Steel/PPN mixed brush. • Water spray system (main brush). • Hydraulic rotary side brush. • Water spray system for side brush.

Height 660mm 660mm 660mm

PRICE £7903.00 £8617.00 £9177.00

BEMA 3 SWEEPING MACHINE
The most robust and universal free sweeping machine in the range, this unit has been specifically designed to withstand the heavy duty usage within the plant industry. Suitable for the most difficult terrain and applications. • 660mm diameter brush. • Polypropylene/steel brush. • Swivels left or right up to degrees. • 200 x 80 vulcanised rubber support wheels. REF BEMA3-2050 BEMA3-2300 Brush Width 2050mm 2300mm Optional Extra: • Water spray system (main brush).

Brush dia 660mm 660mm

PRICE £8666.00 £9156.00

PRICES INCLUDE DELIVERY ON ORDERS OVER £100

39

ACCESS PLATFORMS
Our range of access platforms provide a safe environment for a wide range of maintenance and inspections to be carried out from, with the reassurance that they have been manufactured in accordance with HSE document PM28 3rd edition. Standard features: • Automatic locking and unlocking gates (IAP-7 & 8 only). • Hinge back guard for ease of transportation and storage. • Safety harness attachment rings. • Self draining non-slip floor. • Zinc plated heel pins for safe attachment to truck. • Painted bright orange for safety.

REF IAP-6 IAP-7 IAP-8 IAP-TT IAP-SH

Personal access Lift-up bar Side gate Side gate

No of persons 2 2 2

Platform base size Capacity LxWxH mm Kg 950x950x2120 250 950x950x2120 250 1250x950x2120 250 Tool tray Safety harness

Max fork mm 150x50 150x50 150x50

Fork centres mm 525 525 525

PRICE £488.48 £594.98 £663.14 £56.80 £122.12

Optional features: • Tool tray. • Safety harness.

HEAVY DUTY ACCESS PLATFORM
The 'top of the range' platform incorporating every feature needed to carry out any maintenance or stocktaking, whatever the industry. Standard features: • Castors. • Tool tray. • Clip board. • Auto locking/unlocking to truck. • Strip light bulb holder. • Safety harness.

ORDERING INFORMATION Always check: • Truck capacity and type. • Max fork spread. • Fork width, thickness.

REF WP-ULTIMATE

Gate position Side gate

No of persons 2

Platform size WxL mm 1000x1200

Weight Kg 150

Max fork mm 150x50

Fork spread mm 794

PRICE £1135.57

FOLDING ACCESS PLATFORM
• Quick and safe. • Lightweight. • Easy to assemble. • No tools required. • Solid chequer deck for safety. • Provided with drainage holes. • High mesh rack for safety. • Non-slip safety device to prevent slip when on the forks. • Maximum stability. • Minimum truck rating 600kg @ 600mm centres. • Finish bright alert safety yellow.

Size folded Size in use Weight Max cap REF AFP/1A

215 x 1006 x 1006 1840 x 1006 x 1006 80Kg 2 persons. 200Kg PRICE £661.92

40

PRICES INCLUDE DELIVERY ON ORDERS OVER £100

ACCESS PLATFORM WITH EXTRA RAISED HEIGHT
• Compliant to HSE note PM28 and 86/663/EEC. • Platform from chequer plate self draining with floor sided kickplate to prevent tools etc from falling. • Fork heel locking pins for safe attachment to truck along with mesh protection. • Single side gate entry and access ladder. EPC finish. • Max fork size 150 x 50mm. Fork spread 690mm max. Cap 250Kg at 500mm load centre. • Options: larger sizes, castor base, tool tray, overhead guard.

REF IAP-3HL

Size LxWxHmm 950x950x2930

Platform height mm 900

Centre of gravity mm 525

PRICE £1075.90

CRANE ACCESS PLATFORMS
Designed for attachment via a minimum of four chains, each model in this range is constructed with 3mm durbar bases 40 x 40 box section framework and overhead mesh with centre bracing. Standard features (all models): • Fork liftable pockets. • Overhead mesh protection. • Multipoint harness attachment. • Occupant steadying handle. • Self draining durbar base. Standard features (ICAP-2/3 only): • Automatic locking gates.

REF ICAP-1 ICAP-2

Description Fixed bar Auto gate

Persons 1 2

Platform size mm 950x950 1200x1200

Mesh coverage 22% 50%

Hook attachments 4 4

Max fork size mm 150x60 150x60

Fork spread mm 690 690

PRICE £817.92 £1211.26

MATERIALS/GOODS CAGE
We are able to supply a variety of bespoke lifting cages to suit many on site applications. These cages can be lifted by overhead cranes, hoists and fork lift trucks. The model illustrated has the following specification: • 1000Kg UDL capacity. • Size 1200 x 1200 x 1800mm. • Sides infilled with 50 x 50mm mesh. • Sheet steel base with under bracing. • Double loading gates fitted on one side. • Supplied with health and safety lifting certificate.

REF AHE/MGC

Capacity 1000Kg

PRICE £1382.60

PRICES INCLUDE DELIVERY ON ORDERS OVER £100

41

FORK MOUNTED HOOKS
Choice of either adjustable or fixed. Both easily mounted on forks, complete with safety swivel hook. Maximum fork size 150 x 60mm for adjustable and 150 x 50mm for fixed. Maximum fork spread 600mm.

Adjustable Hooks REF IAH-1.0 IAH-1.5 IAH-2.0 IAH-2.5 IAH-3.0 IAH-4.0 IAH-5.0 Cap Kg 1000 1500 2000 2500 3000 4000 5000 PRICE £253.75 £268.25 £279.85 £292.90 £293.94 £323.76 £373.46

Fixed Hooks Capacity at 600mm load c.

REF IFH-1.0 IFH-2.0 IFH-3.0 IFH-4.0

Cap Kg 1000 2000 3000 4000

PRICE £240.70 £265.35 £285.65 £316.10

FORK MOUNTED JIB
Converts forklift truck into a crane. Comes complete with shackle and safety swivel hook. Multi hook positions up to 3000mm load centres. Secured to fork lift by safety lock bolts. Slings and chains can be supplied to assist lifting. Conforms to EEC directive 86/663/EEC. Capacity at centres shown mm To suit Fork Weight 1000 1250 1500 1750 Fork size mm spread mm Kg 1000 800 600 300 150 x 60 600 116 1500 1000 800 400 150 x 60 600 116 2000 1500 1000 600 150 x 60 600 118 3000 2000 1500 1000 150 x 60 600 119 4000 3000 2000 2500 150 x 60 600 120 5000 4000 3300 2800 150 x 60 600 125

REF IFJ-1.0 IFJ-1.5 IFJ-2.0 IFJ-3.0 IFJ-4.0 IFJ-5.0

PRICE £594.50 £619.15 £643.80 £675.70 £736.60 £777.20

TELESCOPIC FORK MOUNTED JIB

Telescopic version of the fork mounted jib (above). Designed to reach loads where fork truck cannot gain access. Multi load positions up to 3000mm load centres, otherwise as above. Other lengths, capacities and designs can be made to order. The jibs can be carriage mounted instead of fork mounted. Also high lift models are available. Capacity at 1000mm Capacity Kg jib fully load centres Kg extended at 3000mm load c. 1000 200 1500 400 2000 400 3000 700 4000 850 To suit forks mm 150 x 60 150 x 60 150 x 60 150 x 60 150 x 60 Weight Kg 180 180 182 183 185

REF IEJ-1.0 IEJ-1.5 IEJ-2.0 IEJ-3.0 IEJ-4.0

PRICE £775.75 £800.40 £825.05 £856.95 £917.85

LOW PROFILE JIBS
Low Profile Jibs are specifically designed to convert a forklift truck into a mobile crane. Allowing increased flexibility to reach and transport long and awkward loads where a height restriction may apply. Extending jib models are for particularly long loads. Standard features: • Multi-hook positioning. • All models suitable for a maximum 150 x 60mm forks. • Zinc plated fork heel pins for safe attachment to truck. • Supplied complete with safety swivel hook and bow shackle for immediate use. • Polyester powder coated in bright orange for safety. Extending Jib 500mm 1000 1500 2000 3000 4000 Capacity (Kg) @ centres shown mm Fork spacing mm 750mm 1000mm 1250mm 1500mm 1750mm 2000mm 2250mm 2500mm 2750mm 3000mm 450 900 700 500 400 250 260 230 190 150 100 450 1300 1100 900 650 450 400 350 300 220 150 450 1800 1600 1200 900 600 500 400 350 280 200 450 2700 2100 1600 1100 850 715 620 440 320 250 450 3800 3200 2500 1900 1100 975 850 650 500 400 Fixed jib REF PRICE ILP10 £453.85 ILP15 £474.15 ILP20 £506.05 ILP30 £542.30 ILP40 £568.40 Extending jib REF PRICE ILEP10 £635.10 ILEP15 £655.40 ILEP20 £687.30 ILEP30 £722.10 ILEP40 £749.65

Fixed Jib

42

PRICES INCLUDE DELIVERY ON ORDERS OVER £100

WHEELIE BIN AND DRUM ROTATOR
Designed for use in areas where drums and wheelie bins are used, this drum rotator has a special girdle that allows both to be clamped around their mid points and rotated. Can be rotated by either means of a crank handle or loop chain. Handles 210 litre drums and 120/240 litre wheelie bins. Bin/drum is located in the girdle by a ratchet and webbing strap.

REF DTR-1-MP DTR-2-MP

Capacity Kg 360 360

Max fork size Method of operation 140x50 Crank handle 140x50 Loop chain

Drum type Wheelie bin Wheelie bin

PRICE £1718.95 £1718.95

WHEELIE DRUM HANDLER
The unique attachment allows wheelie bins to be picked up and emptied into a skip or container. The bin is picked up via the rear handles and a pull cord attached to the wheel. The other end is fed through a winch, which is located onto the truck cab. When the mast is raised and/or the winch is opened the rear end of the wheelie bin is pivoted upwards to allow the lid to open and the contents discharged. The winch/pulley mechanism can be mounted to the left or right depending on the offset of the fork truck seat. Supplied complete with locating stand. Only suitable for small wheelie bins and use with light waste.

REF FM-WBH-L FM-WBH-R

Capacity Kg 200 200

Max fork size 145x60 145x60

Fork spread 507mm 507mm

Wheelie bin type 90-240 litre 90-240 litre

Weight Kg 65 65

PRICE £1165.28 £1165.28

CARPET POLES
Carpet Poles are designed for efficient and safe handling of long coiled or round loads of fabric, carpet or other types of coverings. The ICP range are carriage mounted and IFB range are fork mounted for a quick change solution. Standard features: • High tensile pole with a tapered end for easy location. • Smooth finish to protect carpets. • Polyester powder coated bright orange/matt black for safety.

REF ICP-1 ICP-2 ICP-3

IFA/FEM Boom dia Length Class mm mm 2 70 3000 2 75 3000 3 75 3000

Cap Kg @ Lost load Centre of 1829mm centre mm gravity mm 500 85 690 600 85 650 600 90 595

Carriage mounted
PRICE £989.74 £1082.04 £1120.38

REF IFB-1 IFB-2 IFB-3

Boom dia mm 70 75 75

Length Cap Kg @ mm 1829mm 3000 500 3000 600 3500 600

Max fork size mm 125 x 50 125 x 50 125 x 50

Fork spread mm 445 445 445

PRICE £1072.10 £1153.04 £1296.46

FORK FENDER
This low cost safety device is a must for any working area where fork trucks are present. Moving or stationary trucks with bare forks present a serious hazard to pedestrians. Have piece of mind knowing you have safeguarded this danger. • Helps prevent pedestrian accidents. • Highlights the danger of fork tines. • Safeguards against trip hazards. • Size: 1000mm L x 100mm W x 85mm H. Slot size is 300mm x 15mm with a 790mm fork spread. • Velcro strip to attach and store on fork lift.

REF FBF-C

PRICE £48.56

PRICES INCLUDE DELIVERY ON ORDERS OVER £100

43

DRUM TONGS - FULLY AUTOMATIC
Designed for handling 210 litre drums of the steel tight head, open topped, L ring plastic or Mauser varieties. The operation of this drum tongs is fully automatic allowing the truck operator to complete the whole operation without leaving his seat. May be fitted under a fork mounted hook, fork or carriage mounted jib.

DRUM TONGS - SEMI AUTOMATIC
Used for picking up 210 litre drums of the tight-head or open topped steel varieties. May be fitted under a fork mounted hook, fork or carriage mounted jib or under an overhead or lorry mounted crane. Semi-automatic in operation.

REF DTG-AU-1 DTG-AU-2 DTG-AU-HD-1 DTG-AU-120L

Capacity Kg 500 360 1000 360

Weight Kg 29 31 36 25

Drum type Steel, L ring Egg shape plastic Steel, L ring Steel

PRICE £1126.65 £1252.19 £1588.58 £1279.55

REF DTG-1 DTG-1-HD DTG-1-M

Capacity Kg 500 1000 500

Weight Kg 26 33 28

Drum type Steel Steel, L ring Egg shape plastic

PRICE £531.14 £595.52 £547.23

FORK MOUNTED DRUM GRABS
The ‘entry-level’ drum grab designed for handling steel drums with rolling hoops. Ideal for low to medium volume movement of drums around the factory or store. Fully automatic operation. 210/220 litre drums (45 gallon) REF FDH-1 FDH-1BP FDH-2 FDH-2BP FDH-110 Max SWL Kg 500 500 1000 100 250 Fork Max fork Lost load C of No of Drum size mm spread mm centre G drums types 560 140x50 130 Steel 1 470 560 180x90 130 Steel 1 450 880 140x50 130 L ring 2 589 880 180x90 130 L ring 2 560 110 litre drums (20/25 gallon) 140x50 560 130 554 1 Steel Weight Kg 58 73 75 90 45 PRICE £468.36 £679.04 £626.10 £736.70 £637.36

The simple to use drum grab has quick slide, two position REF adjustment to allow handling of 210 litre steel drums with FDHU-1 rolling hoops or 210/220 ‘L’ or ‘XL’ style plastic drums. FDHU-2 Lost load centre is measured from the tip of the forks.

Max SWL Kg 500 1000

Max fork size mm 140x50 140x50

Fork Lost load spread mm centre 560 120 880 120

C of G 561 580

No of drums 1 2

Drum types Steel. L ring Steel. L ring Drum types Steel

Weight PRICE Kg £705.89 62 £1016.81 79 Weight Kg 65

Designed for handling 210 litre steel drums with rolling hoops, REF where contents have high mass to volume ratios, such as powders, FDH-1HD metals etc. Lost load centre is measured from the tip of the forks.

Max SWL Kg 1000

Max fork size mm 140x50

Fork Lost load spread mm centre 560 130

C of No of G drums 1 563

PRICE £764.51

DRUM GRAB FOR MAUSER DRUMS
Designed for use with 210 litre Mauser open top and tight head egg shaped plastic drums. Arms close automatically around the base of the drum holding it securely during transportation. Fully automatic operation. Secured to the truck by fork pockets and screw clamps.

STAINLESS STEEL DRUM GRAB
The ‘entry-level’ drum grab designed solely for handling steel drums with rolling hoops. Ideal for low to medium volume movement of drums around the factory or store. Fully automatic operation. Manufactured entirely from stainless steel.

REF FDHM-1 FDHM-2

Capacity Kg No of drums Max fork size Weight Kg 380 1 140x50 55 760 2 140x50 85

PRICE £1192.29 £1844.49

Max Max fork Fork Lost load REF SWL Kg size mm spread mm centre 560 FDH-1-SS 500 140x50 130 880 FDH-2-SS 1000 140x50 130

C of No of G drums 470 1 589 2

Drum Weight PRICE types Kg 58 £1490.31 Steel L ring 75 £1766.46

44

PRICES INCLUDE DELIVERY ON ORDERS OVER £100

TAPER GRIP DRUM CLAMP
• CE marked and plated. • Suitable for use on 210 litre steel drums. • The steel jaws grip the rim of the drum, allowing the drums to be picked up or set down without spaces between them. • Automatic grip lock will not open and ensures safe drum transportation. • Grip head has different positions to fit different heights. • Max load - 720Kg.

REF DLC01Z DLC02Z

Overall size No of Fork Weight LxWxH mm drums held spread Kg 1 560mm 830x710x1000 60 2 605mm 1030x850x1000 96

PRICE £491.39 £682.20

NB It is important for the safe use of this unit that the drum ring is not damaged and is strong enough to support its own weight.

HEAVY DUTY RIM GRIP DRUM HANDLER
The drum handler to choose for handling drums packed tightly together. Steel jaws grip the rim (chimb) of the drum, allowing the drums to be picked up or set down without spaces between them. Ideal for stuffing and destuffing containers and suitable for use on rough terrain. May be used with 120 or 210 litre drums of steel, ‘L’ ring or ‘XL’ ring plastic types. This model is available with a mild steel frame and a zinc plated head as standard, which is suitable for most applications. REF PB-1 PB-2 PB-3 Max SWL Kg 750 1500 2250 Size mm 140x50 140x50 140x50 Spread mm 560 560 560 Load centre 187 187 187 C of No of G drums 1 570 2 640 3 680 Drum types Steel & L ring plastic PRICE £803.14 £1321.40 £1873.46

CRANE SLUNG DRUM ROTATOR
Rotation is carried out by means of a crank handle (for below shoulder operation), a continuous loop chain (for operation above shoulder height) or by hydraulic motor to replace the handle/chain that is connected to the aux valve on the truck. Supplied without hoses. Fitted with a heavy duty gearbox for precise and controlled pouring. DTR-3-DS Designed primarily for sitting under an overload crane for decanting the contents of 210 litre steel drums. The drum locks positively into the attachment using a single over centre clamp and steel girdle. Rotation is by means of a crank handle or continuous loop chain, through a heavy duty gearbox. Fitted with fork pockets for alternative use with a fork lift truck. REF DTR-3-SC DTR-4-SC DTR-3-SCH Max SWL Max fork size Kg mm 360 140x50 360 140x50 360 140x50 Method of operation Crank handle Loop chain Hydraulic Drum types Steel Steel Steel Weight Kg 90 96 111 PRICE £1503.27 £1569.26 £2353.09

Designed primarily for sitting under an overload crane for decanting the contents of 210 litre steel drums or 210 litre ‘L’ and ‘XL’ plastic drums. Drums are retained in the attachment by two webbing harnesses and ratchets to avoid slippage. REF DTR-3-DS DTR-4-DS DTR-3-DSH Max SWL Max fork size Kg mm 360 140x50 360 140x50 360 140x50 Method of operation Crank handle Loop chain Hydraulic Drum types Steel & L ring plastic Weight Kg 92 94 113 PRICE £1503.27 £1569.26 £2353.09

DRUM TILTING AND DISPENSING FORK ATTACHMENT
• Two models available looped hand chain for controlled geared tilting at high level or lever handle for low level. • Suitable for 210 litre open top or tight head drums with rolling hoops. • Complete with fork sleeves to take maximum 150 x 60mm at 820mm centres of fork pockets. Thumb screw locations for fork sleeve safety. • Capacity rating at 500mm load centres. Fully tested 33% live overload. • Manufactured to health and safety standard. • Quick, easy to fit girdle. Standard height high level 3m. • Finish: Standard blue.

REF PFDT3H PFDT3LL

Type High level Low level

SWL 360Kg 360Kg

Weight Kg 88 88

PRICE £732.20 £879.20

PRICES INCLUDE DELIVERY ON ORDERS OVER £100

45

DRUM PINCER
Robust heavy gauge single leg drum pincer for lifting drums in the vertical position. The pincer clamps securely to the rim of the drum and has a stabilising lower arm for safe operation. Easy attachment to crane or fork lift adaptor. Finish: Stove enamel red.

HORIZONTAL DRUM CLAMP
Robust heavy gauge clamp designed to lift/move drums in the horizontal position. The load promotes lifting pressure onto the arms for secure and safe operation. Finish: Stove enamel red. Easy attachment to crane or fork lift adaptor.

REF Overall LxWxH mm Load cap Weight DH625Z 480x120x490 250Kg 11Kg

PRICE £205.47

REF DH626Z

Size LxWxH mm 770x100x800

Load cap Weight 250Kg 10Kg

PRICE £165.09

VERTICAL DRUM SLING
Robust heavy gauge double leg lifting sling. Gives load control while lifting drums safely in the vertical position. Easy attachment to crane or fork lift adaptor. Finish: Stove enamel red.

DRUM CARRIER
The drum carrier converts a fork lift truck into a drum handler. The carrier lifts and tilts loaded drums. A pull chain loop allows operator to work the tilt mechanism without leaving the seat. Check fork sizes fit fork pockets when ordering. CE marked and plated. Pull chain 3m long.

REF DH627Z

Overall LxWxH mm Load cap 500x230x230 250Kg

Weight 10Kg

PRICE £208.81

REF Size LxWxH mm DLF05Z 1000x770x510

Cap Fork width Fork size Weight 350Kg 620mm 65x180 76Kg

PRICE £529.95

VERTICAL DRUM LIFTERS
One person operation of a lifter that is suspended from a lift hook. Capacity 350Kg. Drum can be rotated from vertical to horizontal position. Low level model easy to manually operate from ground level. High level model operated with a geared pull chain mechanism. Suitable for 210 litre drums. CE marked and plated.

DRUM POSITIONER
This unit is ideal for loading and unloading drums stored horizontally. Designed to lift 210 litre steel and ‘L’ ring plastic drums. Moves drums from horizontal to vertical position. Finish: Stove enamel red. Secured to forks by rear locking pins. CE marked and plated.

DLVO2Z

DLVO1Z

REF Operation Overall LxWxD mm DLV01Z Low level 820x720x230 DLV02Z Geared high level 850x850x250

Weight 22Kg 40Kg

PRICE £276.86 £396.10

REF Overall LxWxH mm DH629Z 2190x740x700

Cap 350Kg

Weight 60Kg

PRICE £834.87

46

PRICES INCLUDE DELIVERY ON ORDERS OVER £100

HEAVY DUTY DRUM DOLLY

MEDIUM DUTY DRUM DOLLY

LIGHT DUTY DRUM DOLLY

• To suit drum dia up to 610mm. • Heavy duty 450Kg capacity. • Fitted on 4 x 70mm dia nylon wheels. • Finish - powder coated blue - other colours to order. REF A/B/X1 PRICE £73.20

• To suit 210 litre drums. • 250Kg capacity. • Fitted on 75mm dia polyurethane castors. • Painted finish. • Height 100mm. • O/A size: 300 x 300mm. REF DID04Y PRICE £55.95

• Light duty economy dolly. • 250Kg capacity. • Fitted on 75mm dia black nylon wheels. • Painted red. • To suit 210 litre drums. REF HITC0102 PRICE £38.50

3 WHEELED DRUM DOLLY

TILTING DRUM CRADLE

• Design allows loading by truck. • 270Kg capacity. • To suit 130 litre or 210 litre drums. • 80mm dia nylon wheels. • Powder coated finish. • O/H - 120mm H x 800mm dia. REF DT12 PRICE £94.85

• Designed to move and store 210 litre drums in the horizontal position and then stand them up in the vertical position. • Overall size: 830L x 610W x 620H mm. • Fitted on 4 x 70mm dia nylon wheels. • Powder coated finish.

REF D2/AH

Capacity 230Kg

PRICE £103.35

DRUM UPENDER

DRUM TILT LEVER

UP - DOWN ENDER
• Design allows for the movement of drums up and down. • 210 litre drums. • O/S - 1725mm L x 250mm W. • O/A - handle width 600mm. • Weight 8Kg. • Epoxy powder coated.

• Manual lifting of drums into the vertical position. • Hook has adequate clearance to suit most rims. • Wide toe prevents damage to the drum. • Size: 965H x 230W mm. REF DH459Z PRICE £85.82

• Lifts drums from horizontal to vertical position. • For 210 litre drums. • O/S - 1300mm L x 400mm W. • Epoxy powder coated. • Weight 6Kg. REF PRICE DT50 £59.08

REF DT51

PRICE £69.02

PRICES INCLUDE DELIVERY ON ORDERS OVER £100

47

STATIC DRUM STAND
Height to underside of drum 290mm. All stands constructed from heavy duty tube. Painted finish.

DRUM TRANSPORTER TRUCK
Extra strong construction with sliding clip which locates drum rim. Drums 40/50 Gallon.

REF T24

Cap 370Kg

PRICE £77.16

MOBILE – NON STEER
Fitted on four inline wheels 100mm dia heat resistant nylon.

REF T24A

PRICE £121.24 REF T33 T33/1 Capacity Kg Wheel type 350 16x4 pneu tyred wheels 350 16x4 solid rubber PRICE £198.23 £183.99

SWIVEL DRUM STAND
Fitted on two 100mm dia fixed wheels and two 63mm dia nylon wheeled castors. Very popular wheel arrangement. REF T24B PRICE £130.86

THREE WHEEL DRUM TRUCK

ROTATING DRUM STAND
As T24 stand but with 100mm dia top wheels to revolve the drum for positioning the bung etc. REF T24C PRICE £127.08

MOBILE AND ROTATING
Combination of types T24A and T24C. Non steer inline wheels and top rotating wheels.

Sliding clip location suits all 40/50 gallon drums, fitted on two 260mm wheels and one 200mm Dia. swivel castor, rubber tyred for easy moving. REF T33/3/A Cap 365Kg PRICE £162.86

REF T24D

PRICE £171.16

MANUAL DRUM LIFTER

MULTI FUNCTIONAL
Combination of types T24B and T24C. Swivel steer and top rotating wheels.

REF T24E

PRICE £180.78

HANDLE
Factory fitted handle to suit T24A - T24E. One man operation to lift, move or tilt drums sized 210 ltr, 360Kg capacity. Handle height: 1700mm raised, 1050mm lowered. O/S size: 870W x 1100L mm. REF T246 PRICE £51.58 REF DH454L PRICE £852.84

48

PRICES INCLUDE DELIVERY ON ORDERS OVER £100

HYDRAULIC DRUM LIFTERS
Designed to allow one operator to pick up and transport full or empty 210 litre steel drums. The DLL03Z unit will load or unload drums on pallets with ease. The DL287Z unit will lift a dum to a maximum 150mm height. • CE tested. • Foot pedal pump operation. • Secure automatic top rim clamp.

DL287Z

DLL03Z REF DL287Z DLL03Z LxWxH mm 800x870x990 1100x900x990 Max cap Kg Wheels/Castors 280 2 x 200mm nylon/rear 100mm rubber 450 2 fixed, 2 swivel 130mm wheels, one braked Weight Kg 36.5 105 PRICE £243.03 £1123.39

DRUM PALLETS

DRUM WEIGHER
A portable drum weigher - capacity 500Kg x 0.2/1000lb x 0.5lb. Powder coated with a smooth top plate surface fitted with four 1000ohms load cells. • Total length with ramps 1050mm x 1050mm. • Supplied with 3m of interface cable. • Supplied with a mains/rechargeable operated battery indicator with LED display. • Rechargeable internal battery gives up to 30 hours continuous use between charges. • Keys: on/off/zero, tare, units, hold/print, Rs232 fitted. • Indicator mounting: wall, desktop or optional stand (965mm high).

• Can be stacked up to 4 high. • Holds 210 litre drums. • Supplied knock down. • Size WxDxH mm - 2/3 drum: 1150/1810 x 760 x 320. REF DRI02Z DRI03Z No of drums 2 3 PRICE £92.81 £134.14

REF DS1000 816965002061

Description Scale Stand

PRICE £530.01 POA

VERTICAL OR HORIZONTAL DRUM STORAGE RACKS DRUM PALLETS

Most economical method for transporting and storage. Lowest height when stacked. Stable when stacked five high. Suitable all 40-55 gallon drums. • Painted finish. • Fully welded construction. • Size WxDxH mm - 2/3 drum: 1350/1750 x 700 x 200. REF DP2A DP3A Type 2 drum 3 drum PRICE £146.09 £166.95

Storage of drums in vertical or horizontal position. Can be moved by forklift or mounted on castors. Painted finish. Unit 2 drums 3 drums Unit 2 drums 3 drums Length 1520mm 2130mm Length 1550mm 2230mm Vertical Rack Height 1270mm 1270mm Horizontal Rack Width Height 740mm 1000mm 740mm 1000mm Width 600mm 600mm Weight 55Kg 60Kg Weight 49Kg 54Kg REF DH472Z DH473Z REF DH470Z DH471Z PRICE £431.48 £483.95 PRICE £350.86 £391.21

PRICES INCLUDE DELIVERY ON ORDERS OVER £100

49

STEEL SPILL PALLETS
The innovative design leads to strength and stability. Construction from 3-4mm thick mild steel with a powder coated standard finish or galvanised to order. Standard features: • 4 way fork entry. • Powder coated. • Removable galvanised storage pressings. • Fully seam welded. • Integral steel support baffles. Optional features: • Galvanised finish. • Colour options. • Bespoke designs. • Drum stands for dispensing. Price on application.

REF GA/0020/001 GA/0001/001 GA/0002/001 GA/0003/001 GA/0008/001

Drum capacity Bund capacity 1 (205 ltr) 225 ltr 2 (205 ltr) 225 ltr 4 (205 ltr) 225 ltr 4 (205 ltr) 225 ltr 8 (205 ltr) 225 ltr

Weight Kg Size L x W x H mm 30 750 x 685 x 605 70 1470 x 685 x 390 100 1470 x 1310 x 275 150 2766 x 726 x 275 300 2766 x 1349 x 275

PRICE £320.45 £366.85 £506.05 £784.45 £1028.05

GA/0002/001

LOCKABLE DRUM STORE
A quality steel 3 way lockable store designed for the more unsecure site applications. Standard features: • 3 way lockable unit. • Lid with gas struts and handle. • Seam welded sump base. • 4 way entry fork pockets. • Removable galvanised storage pressings.

STACKABLE STEEL DRUM BUNDS
Available with enclosed or open sides these stackable units are ideal for drum storage when footprint space is restricted. Standard features: • Stackable pallet feet. • Removable chain for drum retention. • Removable galvanised storage pressings. • 4 way fork pocket entry. • Powder coated. Optional features: • Colour choice. • Drum stands for dispensing.

GA/0006/003 has enclosed sides. GA/0007/003 has open sides. GZ/0010/001 REF GA/0010/005 GA/0011/005 GZ/0010/001 Drum cap Bund cap Weight Kg Size L x W x H mm PRICE 2 (205 ltr) 225 ltr 250 1470 x 690 x 1690 £1410.85 4 (205 ltr) 225 ltr 350 1470 x 1309 x 1690 £2073.50 2 (205 ltr) 225 ltr 300 1470 x 690 x 1690 £1625.45 Drum cap Bund cap Weight Kg Size L x W x H mm REF GA/0006/003 4 (205 ltr) 225 ltr 200 1485 x 1409 x 1420 GA/0007/003 4 (205 ltr) 225 ltr 160 1570 x 1320 x 1468 PRICE £920.75 £767.05

BUNDED FLOORING
Bunded flooring is designed to give protection in areas where hazardous liquids are used. The bund will contain any spills and they can then be dealt within an environmentally friendly way. The galvanised mesh grid panels are removable. Welds are liquid tight seams which are chemical and corrosion resistant. Special sizes and ramps can be supplied to order overall height 50mm.

ECONOMY DRUM STORE
A suitably recognised alternative to the drum store lockable. For use within more secure applications. • Heavy duty tarpaulin cover. • Tubular skeleton frame. • Seam welded sump base. • Removable galvanised storage pressings. • Fastec clips for roller door retention. • 2 heavy duty zips to front. • Air vents for vapour dispersal. • Angled roof for water run off.

REF BF1290 BF2200 BF2800

Size LxW mm Sump capacity litres 1290x1290 150 2200x1290 275 2800x1290 345

PRICE £693.28 £1008.16 £1116.58

REF Drum cap Bund cap Weight Kg Size L x W x H mm PRICE GA/0034/001 4 (205 ltr) 225 ltr 150 1300 x 1460 x 1680 £1383.30

50

PRICES INCLUDE DELIVERY ON ORDERS OVER £100

DRUM STORAGE UNITS
• Designed to help compliance with environmental pollution regulations. • Controls accidental spillage. Sump holds over 25% of total liquid stored. • Mild steel construction with galvanised grid mesh shelf and floor panels. • Oil tight welds and sump drain plugs. • Ideal for storage of paints, oils, solvents, detergents, etc, but not acids.

For the storage of up to 36 x 210 litre drums. There are three standard units: FULL SECURITY UNIT — Illustrated left. Totally enclosed with sliding lockable doors with hasp fitted for padlock. OPEN FRONT UNIT — Illustrated below. Enclosed back, sides and roof. OPEN UNIT — Not illustrated. Open front and back. Fitted with sides and roof. Allows loading and unloading from both sides. Special units to customer specification can be supplied.

Size of unit LxWxH m 3.0 x 1.5 x 1.55 3.0 x 1.5 x 2.8 5.6 x 1.5 x 2.8

No of drums stored on/off pallets 8/8 16/18 32/36

Sump capacity litres 900 1000 1890

Full security REF PRICE DSAL1 £3035.69 DSAL2 £5663.05 DSAL3 £7118.96

Open front REF PRICE DSAL4 £2943.37 DSAL5 £4307.00 DSAL6 £6086.24

Open unit REF PRICE DSAL7 £2778.78 DSAL8 £3552.83 -

SUMP PALLETS
• Mild steel construction. • Removable galvanised grid mesh floor panels. • Sump drain plug fitted. • 4 fork guides. • Optional castors (Price on application). We can also supply stacking sump pallets with either vertical or horizontal drum positioning. Price on application. Specials on all the above range can be supplied.

REF SPAL1 SPAL2 SPAL3 SPAL4 SPAL4B SPAL6 SPAL8

Size L x W x H mm No of drums Sump capacity litres PRICE 800 x 800 x 475 1 225 £423.56 1400 x 750 x 320 2 225 £449.08 2000 x 750 x 320 3 260 £524.83 1250 x 1250 x 320 4 280 £602.13 As above but c/w back 4 280 £926.23 2000 x 1250 x 320 6 430 £1012.34 2500 x 1250 x 320 8 560 £1244.93

PRICES ON THIS PAGE ARE EX-WORKS

51

DRUM STORAGE SUMP SYSTEMS
• Fully welded sump construction with a bolted top frame. • Available in either blue powder coated or galvanised finish. • Fitted with galvanised grid. • Fork guides give a safe and secure lift when stacking. • Stackable up to 3 units high. • Supplied with removable cross brace to secure the drums in position. • Suitable for use with our single and double drum cradles. • Complies with the oil storage regulations (England) 2001.

DHC94P 2 x DHS94G plus DHC22Z Description Painted Sump capacity Weight REF PRICE litres Kg Units with a skeletal frame 1480 x 705 x 1385 DHS92P £611.52 230 110 1480 x 1330 x 1300 DHS94P £768.41 260 150 Clad side units 1480 x 705 x 1385 DHC92P £705.51 230 135 1480 x 1330 x 1300 DHC94P £874.00 260 185 5 gallon drum dispensing unit - to fit the 2 or 4 drum units 1270 x 560 x 560 DHC33Z £175.48 20 Single drum galvanised cradle 570 x 900 x 300 20 Double drum galvanised cradle 1380 x 900 x 300 25 Overall size L x W x H mm Galvanised REF PRICE DHS92G DHS94G DHC92G DHC94G DHC11Z DHC22Z £695.22 £865.05 £789.21 £970.69 £142.64 £182.26 DHC22Z Double cradle

2 drum units 4 drum units 2 drum units 4 drum units -

IBC SPILL CONTAINMENT
Outdoor storage of any type of oil greater than 200 litres must have a secondary containment system or bund. The bund must be sufficient to contain 110% of the maximum content of the oil container. • Corrosion resistant. • Suitable for most IBC footprints. • Fork pockets for moving empty units. • Robust 100% polyethylene construction. • Removable decking for cleaning. • EC and UK compliant. BB2

Shown with optional BB2T overflow tray

Double IBC secondary containment - can also store up to 8 drums. UDL 2500Kg. IBC CONTAINMENT UNIT Size: 2560mm L x 1350mm W x 510mm H. Weight 1368Kg. Sump cap 1140 ltr BB1D REF BB2 PRICE £733.60

Size: 1400mm L x 1950mm W x 725mm H. Weight 86Kg. Sump cap 1100 ltr REF BB1D PRICE £523.60 Please note that we can also supply a covered range - enquire for prices.

OPTIONAL OVERFLOW TRAY Size: 530mm L x 510mm W x 560mm H. Weight 4Kg. Sump cap 86 ltr REF BB2T PRICE £81.20

52

PRICES INCLUDE DELIVERY ON ORDERS OVER £100

BUND FLOORING AND STORAGE WORKSTATIONS
Comprehensive range of durable polyethylene low profile workstations, spill containment for storage of oil, solvents, chemicals and batteries etc. Range of colours. Drum trolley ramp for easy access and interlinking connectors. • Colour choice - yellow, green or blue. Ramp is black colour.

BF4S BF2 BF4

BB50 BB25

BB100

REF BF2 BF4 BF4S BB25 BB50 BB100 BFR BFC

Type 2 drum workstation 4 drum workstation 4 drum workstation 1 drum workstation 2 drum workstation 4 drum workstation Ramp for BF type Workstation connectors

Size mm 1260x860x150 1660x1260x150 2490x860x150 550x550x110 700x450x110 900x700x165 650x800x165 -

Bund cap ltrs 150 300 300 27.5 27.5 100 -

Tare wt Kg 20 41 51 4 5 14 -

Designed to hold 2x205 litre drums 4x205 litre drums 4x205 litre drums inline 1x25 litre container 2x25 litre containers 4x25 litre containers Truck + 205 litre drums -

PRICE £133.00 £196.00 £319.20 £60.20 £65.80 £110.60 £93.80 £14.00

BUND PALLETS

• Range of heavy duty lightweight, easy to clean polyethylene pallets. • Ideal for food and electronics industries. • No corrosion problems. REF BP1 BP2 BP4 BP4L BP8 BB1 BP4C Type 1 drum 2 drum 4 drum 4 drum 8 drum 1-1BC

• Compatible with most liquids. • All units supplied with removable grating. • Colour option: yellow, blue or green.

BP4

Size mm Bund cap ltrs Tare wt Kg Designed to hold 800x600x450 225 22 1x250 litre drum 1220x820x330 240 34 2x205 litre drums 1300x1300x330 410 41 4x250 litre drums 1280x1280x275 230 25 4x250 litre drums 2560x1350x430 1140 100 8x205 litre drums 1760x1350x710 1100 115 1x1000 litre IBC container Self assembly frame and outdoor cover for BP4 pallet and drums

PRICE £155.40 £145.60 £219.80 £187.60 £733.60 £637.00 £592.20

DISPENSING BUND AND CRADLE
• Store 4 x 205 litre drums in the horizontal above a large bund. • Dispense in safety knowing that any leaks or spills are fully contained. • Available in yellow, green or blue. Bund 1450 x 1310 x 650mm, 400 litre capacity, cradle 1240 x 795 x 370mm. DB4

SPILL GUARD CONVERTER
Transforms a wood pallet into a bunded pallet. • 2 or 4 drum size. • Suitable for smaller drums or containers. • Made from polyethylene. • Unique compressible front wall allows fork truck entry into spill guard. • Impervious to almost all chemicals.

REF

SPC2

REF

SPC4

Cap litres 330. For 2 x 205 lt drums Pallet size 1200x800 PRICE £130.20

Cap litres 270. For 4 x 205 lt drums Pallet size 1200x1000 PRICE £142.80

REF DB4/R DBC

Type Lower bund Cradle

PRICE £333.20 £126.00

PRICES INCLUDE DELIVERY ON ORDERS OVER £100

53

GENERAL PURPOSE BUNDED TROLLEY
The BT100 was designed to safely transport four 25ltr drums - but since it’s construction this versatile trolley has become a ‘must have’ general purpose trolley for workshops, warehouses and laboratories across all sectors. • Lightweight and easy to use. • Broadband chemical compatibility. • 100ltr sump capacity. • Move batteries and paints safely. • Made from 100% polyethylene. • For indoor and outdoor use. • Two lockable castors. • Move small drums and containers easily. • Size LxWxH 900x700x980mm. • Weight 18Kg.

BUNDED TROLLEY
Drums are fully bunded even when being transported. Store in either vertical or horizontal position. • One person operation. • Safe liquid storage. • Safe dispense of liquid. • Fully mobile. • Colour option - yellow, green or blue.

REF REF BT100 PRICE £196.00

BT230

Size 1600mmx740mmx640mm. 230 litre capacity bund. Designed for 1 x 205ltr drum. Tare weight 44kg. PRICE £302.40

POLY WORK CARTS
Complete with a secure integral storage area for containers, machine parts, tools and fixings and a convenient slotted opening in the door for gloves and manuals. The two external trays are ideal for holding tools and additional materials. • Made from 100% polyethylene. • For indoor and outdoor use. • Upper storage level suitable for 5ltr cans or absorbent pads. • External tool tray. • Lightweight and easy to handle. • Broadband chemical compatibility. • Lower storage level suitable for 20 to 25ltr plastic drums. • Lockable door. REF PWC4 Size LxWxHmm 640x725x1075 Wheels 4 PRICE £317.80

LOCKABLE FULLY BUNDED STORAGE CABINETS
A comprehensive range designed for a wide variety of storage applications. Allows you to colour code your container and choose the right size to suit your needs. • All units fully bunded and fitted with lockable doors. • Use as a PPE cupboard spill response store to keep your liquid safe. • Adjustable shelves.

PSC3

PSC4

PSC5

REF PSC1 PSC2 PSC3 PSC4 PSC1 PSC2

PSC5

Detail Size 530x420x970mm. 30 litre cap bund. Yellow, blue or green. Weight 15Kg tare. Size 650x570x1645mm. 70 litre cap bund. Yellow, blue or green. Weight 40Kg tare. Size 915x710x1830mm. 250 litre cap bund. Hold 1 x 205 litre drum (vertical). Yellow, green or blue. Weight 58Kg tare. Size 915x710x1830mm. 250 litre cap bund. Shelved to hold mixture of container sizes. Yellow, green or blue. Weight 66Kg tare. Size 915x710x1510mm. 100 litre cap bund. White body with red, yellow, blue, green or natural doors. Solid colour units yellow, green or blue. Weight 58Kg tare.

PRICE £187.60 £288.40 £534.80 £562.80

£508.20

54

PRICES INCLUDE DELIVERY ON ORDERS OVER £100

Designed for heating liquids, such as fats, paints, varnishes, oils, resins, waxes, chemicals and food products etc. Allows drum contents to be removed by dripping, pouring or pumping. Models able to be used on drums up to 200 litres. Drums should always be vented when being heated.

SIDE DRUM HEATER
Suitable for soaps, fats, waxes, varnishes, oil based products and viscosity solids problems. Choice of 4 sizes - 25 litres to 200 litres. • Silicone & glass fabric jacket. • Water & chemical resistant. • 20°C - 220°C thermostat. • Quick release buckles. • 3m power cable.

DRUM BASE HEATER
Suitable for soaps, fats, waxes, varnishes, and oil based products. Even heat over platen area with high temperature tolerance, thermostat and control housing. Complete thermal insulation. Manufactured to conform to EEC low voltage, EMC Directives & CE marked. • Size: 70 x 550/600mm. • Suits all drums up to 200 litres. • 110v or 230v options. • 20°C - 150°C thermostat. • Steel construction. • 2m armoured power cable. • Weight 15Kg.

REF HTSD/25 HTSD/50 HTSD/105 HTSD/200

PRICE £440.08 £450.23 £495.18 £536.50

REF HBD

PRICE £353.80

SIDE DRUM HEATER

INSULATION JACKET
The insulation jacket can be used in conjunction with all the drum heaters in the range. When used with the side drum heaters, it can be fitted after heating to maintain the temperature for a longer period of time. With the base drum heater it can be fitted during heating to reduce warm-up time and increase the top range temperature attainable. • Polyurethane nylon. • Water resistant. • Flame retardant. • Needled poly insulation. • Capacity: 200 litres. • Non-standard sizes to order.

Polyurethane nylon jacket with needled polyester insulation. Choice of 4 sizes, 25 litres to 200 litres. Water resistant & flame retardant. • 0°C - 90°C thermostat. • Quick release buckles. • 3m power cable. REF PRICE HISD/25 £326.12 HISD/50 £326.12 HISD/105 HISD/200 £341.62 £353.80 REF HIJD/200 PRICE £180.80

FLEXIBLE BAND HEATER
Construction is PTFE coated between layers of silicone coated glass fibre. Especially suitable for melting or reducing soaps, fats, oils or varnishes. A maximum of 3 units can be used per drum for quicker usage if required. • Size: 1660 x 180mm. • Double insulated. • Silicone rubber insulation. • 0°C - 120°C thermostat. • High temperature tolerance. • Simple spring catch release. • 2m power cable. • 1 or 1.5kw - 220-240v. • Weight 1Kg. REF HSSD PRICE £256.00

JACKET HEATER
The jacket is a mini oven with a lockable hinged back. Fitted on a castor base for mobility. Variable thermostat for precise temperature control. Lid is insulated to minimise heat loss. • 750 dia. • 1050mm height. • 4.5kw loading at 380/415v. • Weight 58Kg.

REF CF/JL

PRICE £1881.61

PRICES INCLUDE DELIVERY ON ORDERS OVER £100

55

DRUM STORAGE RACKS
Constructed of heavy duty angle iron and rectangular tube, these two tier storage racks hold up to 6 drums, and are easily loaded by forklifts. The roof of corrugated sheet and sheet formed drip trays are optional. Drip trays have a 45mm lip to prevent slopping. Also available in racks to hold four drums per level: Ref DH484Z - P.O.A.

DH488Z

DH487Z Description

Weight Kg Without Roof 110 With Roof 125 Drip Tray 30

O/D dim mm L x H/front x H/back x D 2135x1848x1788x721 2339x1924x1864x1550 2003x145x890

REF DH487Z DH488Z DH489Z

PRICE £652.63 £907.93 £249.84

DH489Z

SECURITY CAGES
Ideal range of cages to store drums. cylinders, hazardous and valuable materials. • Fully welded units constructed from steel angle iron with 25 x 25mm weld mesh infill. • Doors fitted with facility to secure by padlocks (not supplied). • Epoxy powder coated finish. • Bespoke sizes made to order.

SCB06Z

SCB01Z

SCB04Z SCB05Z

REF SCB01Z SCB02Z SCB03Z SCB06Z SCB04Z SCB07Z SCB05Z SCB08Z

Overall dims WxDxH mm 700x700x830 1400x700x830 700x700x1630 700x1000x1630 1400x700x1630 1400x1000x1630 2070x700x1630 2070x1000x1630

Internal dims WxDxH mm 690x690x790 1380x690x790 690x690x1585 690x690x1585 1380x690x1585 1380x990x1585 2040x690x1585 2040x990x1585

Weight Kg PRICE 37 £309.22 52 £515.97 55 £548.23 58 £612.42 110 £833.42 113 £901.72 124 £1056.90 127 £1112.76

SCB02Z

56

PRICES INCLUDE DELIVERY ON ORDERS OVER £100

SECURITY CAGES
• This range of heavy duty security cages is available in a choice of five sizes to suit application. Ideal for the security of both hazardous and valuable materials, the units have a padlock facility (padlock not supplied). • All welded units constructed from steel angle and 25 x 25mm weld mesh. Fitted with cranage eyes enabling cages to be easily lifted. • Mobile versions are also available. Units are fitted with 4 x 75mm nylon swivel castors, 2 braked. • A hazardous chemical sign is available as a factory fitted extra. There are two finishes available: hard wearing stove enamel yellow or galvanised body with stove enamel yellow doors. • For mobile units add 115mm to the overall height.

Overall dimensions Internal dimensions Weight HxWxD mm HxWxD mm Kg 880x700x700 790x690x690 37 880x1400x700 790x1380x690 52 1680x700x700 1585x690x690 55 1680x1400x700 1585x1380x690 110 1680x2070x700 1585x2040x690 124

Stove Enamel Yellow Static Mobile REF PRICE REF PRICE SCS01Z £358.65 SCS01S £391.78 SCS02Z £579.38 SCS02S £612.51 SCS03Z £609.74 SCS03S £642.91 SCS04Z £940.64 SCS04S £972.90 SCS05Z £1132.84 SCS05S £1165.92 Optional Hazardous Sign - Factory Fitted

Galvanised - Yellow Doors Static Mobile REF PRICE REF PRICE SCG01Z £385.02 SCG01S £418.15 SCG02Z £619.08 SCG02S £652.16 SCG03Z £648.96 SCG03S £682.04 SCG04Z £1043.36 SCG04S £1076.50 SCG05Z £1254.02 SCG05S £1287.15

Shelf To Suit Factory Fitted (one per unit) REF SCS003 SCS004 SCS005 SCS001 PRICE £47.29 £79.46 £105.29 £36.28

LIFT UP LID CYLINDER CAGE
Completely secure unit with a lid that can be locked down to lock the doors in place - padlock not supplied. • Fully welded construction. • Fork lift pockets (forklift will be required to unload). • Powder coated finish. • Internal height - 710/1130mm. REF GBC12Z GBC18Z Size WxDxH mm 1260x1260x830 1860x1260x1250 PRICE £701.48 £911.84

GAS CYLINDER/SECURITY CAGES
• Galvanised or painted finish. • Complete with 'Highly Flammable' sign. • Provision for padlock. • Useable distance between shelves - 720mm.

Frame manufactured in angle iron with sides, end and top infilled with metal strip. Base of inverted angle. These complete security cages have hinged lockable doors. Mobile models have a push handle at one end. All models carry a maximum of 16 calor-gas type cylinders. Available with either stove enamel blue paint or galvanised finish.

GCC01N Overall dims Internal dims Weight 200mm Nylon HxWxD mm HxWxD mm Kg Wheels 1900x1690x940 1560x840 80 2 fixed, 2 swivel 1800x1610x940 1560x840 80 Painted Finish REF PRICE GCC01N £848.52 GCC02Z £797.18 Galvanised Finish REF PRICE GCC11G £1087.56 GCC12G £1034.24

PRICES INCLUDE DELIVERY ON ORDERS OVER £100

57

OXYGEN CYLINDER TROLLEYS
Manufactured specifically for oxygen cylinders in accordance with BS2718 1979. Cylinders sit on a sheet steel base. Cushioned steel retaining straps secured by wing nuts retain cylinders in position. Anti-static wheels fitted as standard. Front buffers protect adjacent equipment from knocks. Trolleys are painted in powder coat blue finish.

Max. cylinder 1360 litre (48cu.ft) 3400 litre (120cu.ft) 6800 litre (240cu.ft) Diameter mm 140 175 230 O/A size mm 420x400x1100H 550x430x1100H 610x480x1100H Wheel dia mm 150 230 230 Weight Kg 8 13 14 REF PRICE OCT1 £159.98 OCT2 £165.05 OCT3 £172.37

KEG CARRIER
• Sturdy tubular construction for cylinders or kegs up to 400mm dia. • Adjustable height hook to retain bottle. • 200mm dia. Solid rubber wheels. • 150Kg capacity.

PROPANE TROLLEY

WELDERS TROLLEY

23/3 • Strongly built. • Retaining bracket to hold cylinder. For cylinders up to 265mm dia. • 200mm dia solid rubber wheels. • 125Kg capacity. REF KC/AH H x W mm 1080 x 600 PRICE £104.99 REF PT/AH H x W mm 1180 x 420 PRICE £90.80 Sturdy but light and well balanced construction. Two or three wheel versions. Welding rod holder fitted. Retaining chains to hold cylinders safely in place. REF 23 23/1 23/2 23/3 Wheels mm 350 x 75 cushion 400 x 100 pneu 200 x 50 cushion 200 cushion + castor PRICE £207.87 £146.73 £181.60 £239.72

SINGLE CYLINDER SAFETY TROLLEY

CYLINDER TROLLEYS
• Choice of trolley to suit cylinder sizes. • Painted or zinc plated models. • Large solid rubber or pneumatic tyres. • Fitted with security retaining chains.

TS177L Retaining chain fitted. ‘v’ shaped cylinder cradle. Solid sheet toe plate. Four position lay back adjustment. Capacity 150 kgs. Finished red painted except REF.ABSJ/4 zinc plated. Wheels PRICE mm 260 dia ABSJ/3 140-380 1130x600 cushion £189.11 two castors 260 dia £158.51 ABSJ/4 140-380 1130x600 pneu no castors REF Cyl dia mm O/A ht x width

CT201L

CT277L

REF TS177L CT277L CT201L CT201P

Cylinder dia mm 286 286 140-250 140-250

Cylinder cap lt 40 40 10/20/40 10/20/40

Wheels mm 265-125 cushion 265-125 cushion 200 cushion 200 pneumatic

Frame finish Painted Zinc plated Zinc plated Zinc plated

PRICE £304.73 £327.43 £154.39 £186.18

58

PRICES INCLUDE DELIVERY ON ORDERS OVER £100

FREE STANDING CYLINDER RACKS

SS2

SD6

SS6

Type REF Height x Width mm

Single sided racks No of cylinders housed Weight Kg PRICE REF

Double sided racks No of cylinders housed Weight Kg PRICE

Racks for cylinders 100 to 180mm dia depth: Single/double racks 300/600mm SS2 SS3 SS4 SS6 LS2 LS3 LS4 LS6 921 x 570 921 x 760 921 x 970 921 x 1385 921 x 710 921 x 1010 921 x 1300 921 x 1900 2 13 £92.51 SD2 2x2 3 15 £120.83 SD3 2x3 4 17 £141.27 SD4 2x4 6 25 £169.53 SD6 2x6 Racks for cylinders 140 to 265mm dia depth: Single/double racks 400/800mm 2 3 4 6 15 17 20 30 £103.52 £125.55 £155.43 £206.36 LD2 LD3/PE LD4/PE LD6 2x2 2x3 2x4 2x6 20 22 25 30 20 25 29 50 £133.43 £167.22 £187.67 £231.59 £155.43 £179.81 £204.18 £247.88

FORK LIFT PALLET

HAND TRUCK PALLET

WALL MOUNTED CYLINDER RACKS

FLP1 HxWxL No of cylinders housed Weight Kg 1010 x 522 x 555 2 18 1010 x 522 x 1100 4 34 Cylinder dia mm Cap/weight REF HxWxL 286 229 178 Kg FLP1 1000 x 1010 x 1100 6 7 12 750/104 FLP2 1000 x 1030 x 1100 9 12 20 1000/116 REF HP2 HP4

HP4 PRICE £204.74 £295.25 PRICE £410.43 £410.04 • Finish - painted or galvanised. REF WRS2 WRS3 WRL2 WRL3 No & dia of cylinders 2 x (100-180mm) 3 x (100-180mm) 2 x (140-265mm) 3 x (140-265mm) Rack W x D 550 x 120 760 x 120 710 x 140 1010 x 140 PRICE £57.23 £81.53 £72.53 £83.81

CYLINDER STORAGE PALLET BASE
Strong angle iron construction. Infilled 50 x 50 x 10G. Mesh braced. Base drilled for bolting down or pallet base with internal retaining chain. Hinged doors provided with hasp and staple for padlocking. Complete with danger “Highly Inflammable” Sign. Finish blue. O/A dim mm LxWxH 1360 x 1095 x 1840 1360 x 1095 x 1990 1360 x 1715 x 1840 1360 x 1715 x 1990

CYLINDER STORAGE LOCK UP CAGE

Description Cage only Cage with pallet base Cage only Cage with pallet base

REF CS501Z CP601Z CP502Z CP602Z

PRICE £1217.60 £1593.37 £1342.86 £2471.98

PRICES INCLUDE DELIVERY ON ORDERS OVER £100

59

CYLINDER STORAGE UNIT

CYLINDER PALLET CAGE
• Fully welded construction with support sides and central section. • Non-slip floor to aid safety. • Complete with retaining chain. • Suitable for use with a pallet truck with 680mm width across forks.

2 x CXU11Z + CBU01Z Each unit has a capacity for 11 cylinders stored horizontally. The units are stackable, with or without the slanting base which allows 4 way entry for loading or unloading by fork lift truck. • Cylinders containing dissolved or liquified gases should be stored vertically. Description Base Storage unit O/A size mm Weight WxLxH Kg 875 x front 360 35 1590 x rear 200 50 880x1590x385 Cylinder dia mm 100-178 Cylinder L mm 1200 max REF CBU01Z CSU11Z PRICE £327.39 £341.59

CYLINDER STORAGE STANDS
GCP01Z

Size LxWxHmm Qty of cylinders PRICE REF GCP01Z 555x480x1010 2 x max 275mm £283.56 GCP02Z 1100x480x1010 4 x max 275mm £351.60

CYLINDER PALLET CAGE

Cylindrical Stands

Hinged Latch Stands

A choice of two types of stand. Both are suitable for floor mounting - each available for three cylinder sizes. • Fully welded mild steel construction. • Hinged latch stands have two hinged access latches secured by wing nuts. • Finish - epoxy powder coated blue. Cylinderical Stands Cylinder dia mm O/A height mm O/A dia base mm Weight Kg 100 330 310 9 140 380 345 10 180 610 420 11 Hatch Latch Stands Cylinder dia mm O/A height mm O/A dia base mm Weight Kg 180 605 420x420 14 230 605 420x420 15 285 605 420x420 16 • Fully welded construction with supporting side frames and central dividing sections. • Non slip floor to aid the safe loading and unloading of cylinders. • Fixing security strap is provided with each unit. • Platform size 1220x690mm. O/A size mm LxWxH GCP03Z 1200x1050x995 REF Weight Kg 120 PRICE £760.41

REF SC11 SC12 SC13 REF SC17 SC18 SC19

PRICE £77.63 £78.68 £81.48 PRICE £117.04 £120.61 £123.13

60

PRICES INCLUDE DELIVERY ON ORDERS OVER £100

• All pallets are strongly constructed and fully welded. • Prices based on a minimum of 20 off. • Finish - Green, Blue, Yellow or Red - Green supplied if not specified.

BIN PALLETS
Welded steel bin pallets for cost effective storage of small parts. • 500Kg capacity. • Stacking up to five high. • 70mm dia feet. • All have an underside clearance of 115mm.

CORRUGATED PALLETS
• Cost effective construction. • Capacity 1000Kg. • Corrugated sides. • Box or half drop side.

REF BP1/SD BP2/SD BP3/SD BP4/SD

Dimensions W x D x H mm 610 x 305 x 305 455 x 455 x 305 610 x 455 x 305 610 x 610 x 305

PRICE £60.06 £62.72 £66.59 £73.15

REF CP1-B1 CP1-H1

Type Box Half Drop

Dimensions W x D x effective H mm 915 x 610 x 455 915 x 610 x 455

PRICE £153.82 £168.46

POST RACK PALLETS

CHUTE FRONT PALLETS
• Capacity 500Kg. • Components easily accessible. • Stacking five high. • 70mm dia. steel feet.

REF CP-1 CP-2 CD-610

Dimensions mm Width x Depth x Effective Height 610 x 610 x 305 915 x 610 x 305 Central removable divider

PRICE £76.37 £94.83 £9.33

REVERSIBLE FLAT PALLETS
• Four way entry. • Size 0/A 1220 x 1020mm. • Slatted decks as shown. • Fully sheeted or special sizes catered for.

• To take ‘EURO’ pallets 1200 x 1000mm and other suitable items. • Capacity 1000Kg. • Size 1300mm internal width x 900mm overall depth.

REF Type PR1-F1 Fixed PR2-F1 posts PR1-D1 Demountable PR2-D1 posts

Dimensions mm Effective Post Height 1000 1500

PRICE £103.44 £110.34 £123.01 £129.92

REF FP1000 FP2000

Capacity Kg 1000 2000

PRICE £129.55 £139.26

PRICES ON THIS PAGE ARE EX-WORKS

61

STEEL PALLETS
• Strong constructed prime quality steel. • Spray finished enamel paint blue. • Any type, size material or finish fully catered for. • Any quantity large or small within our scope. • Shown are a general cross section of our extensive range. • If it’s special to suit your own needs, consult with our technical staff. • Prices below are based on quantities of minimum 20. • Alternative colours can be supplied at an extra cost.

Half drop side

Open front

REF PAL1S PAL1M PAL2S PAL2M PAL3S PAL3M PAL4S PAL4M PAL5S PAL5M PAL6S PAL6M PAL7S PAL7M

Dimensions LxWx Effective Height 610x610x455mm 915x610x455mm 915x610x610mm 915x915x610mm 915x915x760mm 1220x915x610mm 1220x915x760mm

Type of infill Sheet Mesh Sheet Mesh Sheet Mesh Sheet Mesh Sheet Mesh Sheet Mesh Sheet Mesh

Box Pallet £100.22 £81.31 £124.16 £100.26 £139.87 £112.45 £166.86 £133.63 £184.78 £147.41 £195.63 £156.08 £214.86 £170.83

500Kg capacity pallets Half Drop Detachable Post Side Side Pallet £110.24 £107.73 £59.38 £89.46 £87.42 £136.53 £133.47 £72.48 £110.29 £107.79 £153.86 £150.35 £80.56 £123.70 £120.88 £183.55 £179.39 £94.94 £146.98 £143.65 £203.26 £198.64 £103.94 £162.16 £158.48 £215.22 £210.32 £110.05 £171.70 £167.79 £236.35 £230.98 £119.60 £187.92 £183.65

Open Front £90.21 £73.20 £111.74 £90.24 £125.87 £101.20 £150.19 £120.27 £166.30 £132.67 £176.10 £140.48 £193.38 £153.74

Box Pallet £120.45 £101.10 £146.50 £122.08 £162.24 £134.27 £190.53 £156.64 £207.87 £169.84 £220.11 £179.82 £238.40 £193.62

1000Kg capacity pallets Half Drop Detachable Post Side Side Pallet £132.48 £130.91 £78.69 £111.22 £108.67 £161.15 £157.47 £95.07 £134.29 £131.23 £178.46 £174.42 £102.38 £147.68 £144.34 £209.58 £204.83 £118.29 £172.30 £168.40 £228.66 £223.46 £127.04 £186.82 £193.33 £242.11 £236.61 £134.51 £197.79 £193.33 £262.24 £256.27 £143.50 £212.98 £208.13

Open Front £109.73 £90.99 £131.86 £109.87 £146.02 £120.85 £171.47 £140.98 £187.10 £152.85 £198.10 £161.84 £214.58 £174.26

Detachable side

Post

Box

COLLAPSIBLE MESH PALLET CAGE
Heavy duty cage with a half drop front side. When not in use the cage sides can be folded flat so that space can be saved and the pallets can be stacked away. • Capacity: 1000Kg. • O/S: 1200 x 800 x 970mm. • Infilled with 50 x 50mm mesh. • Document holder. • Finish - EPC blue.

PARCEL DISTRIBUTION CAGE
• Dual half and full gate access with heavy duty locking latches. • Available 3 or 4 sided. • Fully stackable. • Size: 1000 x 1200 x 1705mm. • Capacity 800Kg. Bespoke sizes and styles can be made to suit individual applications.

Cage folded down for storage REF CMP09Z O/S L x W x H mm 1200 x 800 x 970 PRICE £273.52 REF 15.PC1/3 15.PC1/4 Sides 3 4 PRICE £228.20 £245.00

62

PRICES ON THIS PAGE ARE EX-WORKS

ECONOMY STILLAGES
• Long-life – superior joint construction. • H.D. Tube constr. 48.3 OD mm x min 3.2mm thick. • Stillage suitable all long length materials. • Enables stock levels accessed at a glance. • Finish sprayed Condor Yellow. • Load distribution over a larger weld area. • Stacking feet for easy stacking. • Pallet boxes all bulk components. • Obviates the need of racking • Tube ends plastic capped. • Minimum order 5 off REF AX/A/S AX/A/PAL Type Post Box Size O/A mm 915x915x730 915x915x730 Height I/S mm 480 380 PRICE £122.65 £140.21

• Alternative sizes available on request.

PALLET FEET AND NESTING PLUGS
• Most popular sizes of pallet feet are listed below. • Manufactured from pressed steel and supplied self colour. • Other sizes and styles available on request. • Supplied in minimum quantity of 25 off.

Feet

Nesting Plugs

Dimensions mm REF KPF1A KPF2 KPF3 KPF5 KPF14 Type Stacking Feet Nesting Plugs A 125 square 165 square 89 square 53 square 61 square B 54 54 38 29 38 C 52 76 48 32 44 For pallet leg type & size 50mm Angle/RHS 60mm Angle/RHS 40mm Angle/RHS 50mm Hollow section 60mm Hollow section SWG 13 10 13 10 10 PRICE each min 25 off £2.93 £5.18 £2.00 £2.16 £2.23 FIA

SHOOT BOLTS FOR PALLET DROP SIDES AND GATES
• Strongly manufactured in steel with chrome plated finish.

REF SB3/KE

PRICE £4.30

• Minimum order quantity - 12 off.

REF SB6/KE

PRICE £4.20

SB3

POPULAR ACCESSORIES - EMBOSSED PLATES AND FORMED CARD HOLDERS
Consecutively Numbered Plates Name Plates Identification Plates Card Holders

Made for your specific requirements.

Embossed or stamped. Letter size up to 50mm. Identification embossed on plates or panels. Mild steel card holders to suit any size of card.

• We are able to supply a range of embossed and formed mild steel products - please contact our sales dept for a quotation.

PRICES ON THIS PAGE ARE EX-WORKS

63

STACKABLE PALLET CAGES
Constructed to withstand constant use. Easy to assemble and fold for storage. Location spigots for safe stacking. Most suitable for retailing, shipping, transporting and merchandising. • All models provided with a half drop gate on one long side, except Ref. 15.739 which has a half opening gate on one long side. • Patented semi-auto latch for simple assembly. • Electroplated finish. • Extra reinforced models on request. • Stack up to 4 high.

For lighter applications Overall size mm (nominal) 850x600x670 800x1200x1000 1000x1200x1000 Int. ht mm 540 850 850 Folded ht mm 230 280 280 Gate aperture mm 660x400 1200x425 1200x425

Folded Units - stacked Weight each Kg 18 46 51 Cap Kg 350 1000 1000

REF 15.739 15.HC2 15.HC3

Type Half Gate Half Gate Half Gate

PRICE £66.12 £124.25 £122.19

STACKABLE RETENTION UNITS
With the introduction of a retention unit a wooden pallet is transformed into a stackable container. Ideal for visual storage in racking with access via half drop gate. Also to retain the load in transit. Many uses in most trades including retailing, shipping, transport and merchandising. • Suitable to stack four units high. • Constructed from 60 x 105mm mesh and bright electro zinc plated. • Cleats are normally fitted on 1200mm side but can be changed to 800/1000 side for small extra charge. Also available non stacking retention units type RU11/MP. Size to suit 1000 x 1200mm pallets, with the internal height of 1000mm.

REF 16/106 16/110 16/130 16/140

To suit pallet size mm 800x 1200 1000x1200 1000x1200 1000x1200

Internal ht mm 850 850 1050 1300

Overall ht mm 1000 1000 1200 1450

Gate aperture mm 890x410 890x410 885x473 885x592

Weight each Kg 30 32.5 37.5 48.5

Folded dimensions (20 units) mm 910x2050x65 910x2250x65 1100x2250x65 1350x2250x65

Capacity Kg 800 800 800 1000

PRICE £83.93 £89.52 £110.56 £132.69

64

PRICES INCLUDE DELIVERY ON ORDERS OVER £100

HEAVY DUTY HYPACAGES
• Robust wire formed construction. • Collapsible - save space when not in use, ideal for return journeys. • Bright electro zinc plated finish. • Standard half-hinged gate access. • Long lasting, economical alternative to disposable packaging. • Heavy duty design up to 1500Kg rating on model 15.SJA7 and 15.SJA7FG. • Fork guides on model 15.SJA7FG. • Mesh size 50 x 50mm. • Stackable up to 4 high. • Folded height only 210mm.

REF O/S LxWxH mm Capacity Kg Int height mm Weight Kg 15.SJA5 800x1000x850 1200 700 48 15.SJA7 1000x1200x900 1500 750 75 15.SJA7/FG 1000x1200x900 1500 750 85

PRICE £117.90 £154.72 £166.00

Unit can be fitted on castors - please enquire for details.

STACKABLE PALLET CONVERTER
Convert a flat pallet into a stackable container in seconds. Fitted with a removable front gate. • Pallet size: 1000 x 1200mm. • Overall height: 1200mm. Internal height: 1025mm. • Bright electro zinc plated finish. • Fully stackable up to 4 high. • Save space - 25 units stack onto one pallet for return journeys. • Long lasting, economical alternative to disposable packaging. • Up to 800Kg capacity. • Security lids and dividers available from stock.

REF 16.150

PRICE £103.96

WIRE MESH PALLETS
This range of mesh pallets are constructed from bright zinc plated wire. There are four sizes available in this range and each size is offered with steel legs. All models are collapsible for space saving storage when not in use. Models are stackable up to 4 high. • Collapsible for Easy Storage. • Easily Cleaned. • Half Drop Gate. • Strong. • Versatile. • Bright Zinc Plated.

REF ZMP01Z ZMP02Z ZMP03Z ZMP04Z

Ext dimensions D x W x H mm Int dimensions D x W x H mm 530x830x550 460x760x400 840x1030x850 760x950x700 1040x1230x900 960x1150x750 1040x1230x900 960x1150x750

Mesh size mm Base/Wall 25 x 50 Base/Wall 50 x 50 Base of unit 50 x 50. Walls of unit 50 x 100 Base/Wall 50 x 50

Weight 22kg 52kg 82kg 90kg

Load Cap 450kg 1300kg 800kg 1700kg

PRICE £103.42 £204.90 £315.81 £341.12

PRICES INCLUDE DELIVERY ON ORDERS OVER £100

65

RECYCLED PLASTIC PALLETS
An extensive range of plastic pallets manufactured from entirely recycled materials - polypropylene/HDPE. They are designed specifically for storage, transport or export of products. All the pallets are strong, light, clean and safe. We offer a range of popular sizes with a selection of designs offering nesting styles for space saving and a choice of loading capacities. • Economical due to their durability. • No water absorption so very light. • Can be exported without treatment. • Safe in use - no nails or screws. • Good chemical resistance. • Can be stored outside.

SF400CD - cardboard deck

SF400PD - plastic deck

SF1W

SF800UL

SF800L

SF800NR

SF800ES

SF800M2

SF1000L

SF1000M

SF10003A

SF10005P

REF SF400CD SF400PD SF1W SF600 AK60/80 SF800UL SF800L SF800NR SF800ES SF800M1 SF800M2 HP100 SF1000L SF1000M SF10003A SF10003P SF10005A SF10005P

Size mm 400 x 600 400 x 600 600 x 800 600 x 800 600 x 800 800 x 1200 800 x 1200 800 x 1200 800 x 1200 800 x 1200 800 x 1200 1000 x 1200 1000 x 1200 1000 x 1200 1000 x 1200 1000 x 1200 1000 x 1200 1000 x 1200

Style Nesting Nesting Nesting/runner Runner Nesting/runner Nesting Nesting Nesting/runner Runner Runner Runner Nesting Nesting Perimeter Runner Runner Perimeter Perimeter

Dynamic capacity Kg 350 350 400 500 500 350 800 800 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1500 1500 1500 1500 1500

2 or 4 way 2 2 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4

Pallets/stack 280 280 132 32 70 80 45 35 16 16 16 40 45 16 16 16 16 16

PRICE £5.35 £6.98 £10.15 £33.79 £33.79 £12.09 £15.04 £22.40 £35.96 £45.26 £45.26 £23.95 £17.75 £50.84 £58.59 £61.38 £61.92 £64.48

AK60/80

HP100

66

PRICES INCLUDE DELIVERY ON ORDERS OVER £100

DISTRIBUTION PALLETS
• Will not warp, rot or absorb moisture like wooden pallets. • 7mm load retaining lip around deck for additional safety. • 9 feet version nests to save 62% space. • Static load: 1000Kg. Dynamic load: 500Kg. • Material: HDPE. Colour: brown-red. PKF00301AA

9 feet version nests to save space

REF PKF00301AA PKF30301AA

LxWxHmm 1200 x 1000 x 147 1200 x 1000 x 172

Base 9 feet 3 runners

Deck type Vented Vented

Weight 7.3Kg 9.3Kg

PRICE £44.29 £73.59

NESTING SUMP PALLETS
• When stacked, pallets nest to save up to 44% of space. • Deck has many cells for collecting spills. • Four way entry pallet base.

SUMP PALLETS
• Removable plastic pallet within plastic sump. • Flat vented deck allows spills into sump. • Four way entry pallet base.

REF PAR90804AA PAR90604AA SPXS1704AA SPXS0704AA

Description Nesting sump pallet Nesting sump pallet Sump pallet Sump pallet

Dims LxWxHmm 800x600x225 1200x800x225 860x660x230 1250x850x230

Litres 17 35 70 150

Weight Kg 8 16 8.3 16

Static load Kg 800 1500 1500 1500

Colour Green Green Green/grey Green/black

PRICE £132.26 £204.27 £159.44 £227.45

PRICES INCLUDE DELIVERY ON ORDERS OVER £100

67

PRESSWOOD PALLETS
Unique range of pallets manufactured whole from a mix of wood fibre and synthetic resin under controlled conditions involving very high temperature and pressure. • Each pallet nests into the next saving valuable storage space - half of traditional timber pallets. • Suitable for export. • Environmentally friendly and recyclable. • Low moisture content reduces tare weight. • Safer as they have no nails or screws and neither do they splinter. • Ideal for shrink or stretch wrapping. • Consistent size and weight ensures easy load weighing.

REF F44 F36 F64M F64S F76 F76S F86 F8LF-2 F8LF-2S F10SL F10M F10S F11 F11S

2 or 4 way entry 2 2 2 2 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4

Size W x L mm 400 x 600 400 x 800 600 x 800 600 x 800 760 x 1140 760 x 1140 800 x 1200 800 x 1200 800 x 1200 1000 x 1200 1000 x 1200 1000 x 1200 1140 x 1140 1140 x 1140

Cap Kg 250 500 500 1000 900 1250 350 900 1250 500 900 1250 900 1250

Tare wt Kg 3.0 3.5 5.0 5.5 9 10 12.00 10.00 12.00 13.5 15.00 20.00 22.0 22.0

PRICE* £3.49 £4.61 £5.71 £7.13 £11.38 £8.47 £8.47 £10.66 £13.89 £12.63 £13.92 £16.99 £13.92 £16.99

*Minimum order value quantity 10 off.

Capacities listed are dynamic (static capacities equal four times dynamic) loads should be evenly spread and restrained.

RECYCLED PLASTIC PALLETS
Entirely manufactured from recycled raw materials which reduces waste pollution and cost. Suitable almost for all applications. Capacities refer to evenly distributed loads. • 100% recycled materials. • Plastic lasts considerably longer than timber. • Hygenic - easy to clean. No nails or screws. • Environmentally friendly - can be recycled at the end of usage. • Durable and impervious to water. • Low tare weight due to low moisture absorption. • Nesting style saves space - please enquire for specific applications. AK100/120

P44

REF P44 Z/K60/80 HP80 AK100/120

Size mm L x W 400 x 600 600 x 800 800 x 1200 1000 x 1200

Dynamic** loading Kg 200 600 1000 1000

PRICE* £6.31 £14.36 £20.95 £41.47

HP80

*Minimum order value quantity 5 off. **Capacities listed are dynamic and static capacities equal four times those listed. Loads should be evenly spread and retained.

FOLDABLE PALLET AND COVER
A plastic pallet with separate fold down box and cover. • Unit load 500Kg stacked 3 high. • All three component parts replaceable if damaged. • Folds to save space when not in use or in return transit. • Pallet available with and without runners. • Drop door for easy access.

REF SF800BOX

Ext size L x W x H mm 1200 x 800 x 910

PRICE £162.98

68

PRICES ON THIS PAGE ARE EX-WORKS

WOODEN PALLET COLLARS
Folding pallet collars convert base pallets into mini bulk containers. They help to store heavy awkward or irregular shaped loads. • Collars light to handle and able to stack up to desired height. • Collars fold flat for storage. • 195mm deep collars. • Special sizes supplied to order. • 19mm thick after planed out kiln dried timber. • Galvanised corner hinges.

REF A/G/R/2 A/G/R/3

To suit pallet mm 1200 x 800 1000 x 1200

Qty PRICE PRICE

10-19 £26.22 £26.86

20-30 £18.83 £19.47

31-50 £16.21 £16.85

51-105 £14.34 £14.98

106-210 £13.55 £14.16

211-315 £12.90 £13.50

ECO FOLDING PALLET COLLARS
• Far lighter in weight. Easier and safer to use. • Can be used without treatment for export. • Strong plastic hinges and corrugated walls. • Splinter-free with low moisture content. • Ideal for use with our Presswood Pallets.

REF ECO-1 ECO-2 ECO-3

Type Size mm Weight Kg Stacking limit Kg Half Euro 600x800x250 1.8 350 Euro 800x1200x250 2.2 350 UK 1000x1200x250 2.4 350

PRICE £16.83 £17.10 £18.54

• Minimum order quantity for carriage paid is 12 off.

PLASTIC PALLET COLLARS
• Eases loading and unloading, reduces handling time and savers distribution costs. • Converts 1200 x 800mm or 1200 x 1000mm wooden or plastic pallets into a robust pallet box in seconds. • Height of collar 400mm. • Material: Polypropylene with 6 reinforced hinges. • Vented sides. • Standard colour black with colour options for large quantities. • Ownership logos or advertising can be printed to order.

Protect loads in transit

Easy to erect and fold

REF BG/1280 BG/1210

To suit pallet size 1200 x 800mm 1200 x 1000mm

Quantity 10 - 50 10 - 50

PRICE £56.00 £60.20

• Minimum order quantity 10 off - for large quantity contact our sales department.

PRICES INCLUDE DELIVERY ON ORDERS OVER £100

69

THE PALLET AND DOLLY IN ONE
The ‘Pally’ integrates the features of both a pallet and a dolly in one ingenious patented design. The ‘Pally’ is a half Euro sized (800 x 600mm) pallet and dolly combination. With one pedal push from either end, the ‘Pally’ with its load of up to 500Kg is transformed into a movable wheeled dolly unit and vice versa. • No lifting equipment (fork lift or pallet truck) needed. • Actionable from both ends. • Size: 800 x 600mm. Capacity: 500Kg. • Compatible with production lines, racking and mechanical handling equipment. • Stackable when empty. • Optional polypropylene load securing lid with retractable strapping system eliminates the need of stretch wrap or banding.

REF PALLY HELID PALLY/LID

Description Pallet & dolly in one. 1 - 100 qty Load securing lid. 1 - 100 qty Pally & lid together. 1 - 100 qty

PRICE £105.29 £56.99 £152.63

PALDISK PALLET LOADER
Paldisk is designed for a pallet truck to position a pallet on or off of the turntable. The load can easily be rotated by fingertip control thus eliminating the need to stretch. Less back stretch improves work efficiency and reduces the risk of injury. 360º rotation with access for a pallet truck by a built in shallow ramp. Ideal for use in restricted spaces, on mezzanine floors, narrow aisles, hygienic areas, food and pharmaceutical industries. Supplied with a fork truck lifting handle.

REF PALDISC

Turntable O/H 22mm

Diameter 1100mm

Weight 100Kg

Capacity 2000Kg

PRICE £966.00

PALRING PALLET LOADER
• Position a pallet on and off this ring by fork truck. • Load goods onto pallets by hand without the risk of injury, much faster, by rotating pallet to operator. • Maintenance free - very rugged. • Easy to rotate even under full load by hand due to ball race bearings. • Capacity 2000Kg. Weight only 26Kg. • Ring height 60mm.

REF PALRING

PRICE £378.00

70

PRICES INCLUDE DELIVERY ON ORDERS OVER £100

PALLET-PAL
• Pallet-Pal allows the operator to load and unload pallets easier, faster and far safer. • No electrics, hydraulics or pneumatics. This sprung table needs no tools to change the table to handle loads from 200-2000Kg. • Pallet-Pal maintains a level loading height automatically to prevent operator having to bend, stretch or walk unnecessarily. • Loading and unloading time reduced by 40% and effort reduced by 75%. • Maintenance free. • Top turntable rotates load to operator. • Free standing, portable, fork guides fitted. • Closed height - 235mm, open height - 700mm. • Weight: 135kg. WITHOUT PALLET-PAL WITH PALLET-PAL - it's easy

Time: 5 mins 43 secs. Work expended 224Kg.m

Time: 3 mins 8 secs. Work expended 75Kg.m

REF PP2000

PRICE £2017.40

CONSTANT LEVEL BOX TRUCKS
• Reduce work fatigue - increase production - reduce product damage. • Smooth running. • Robust. • Hygienic • Spring loaded base ensures precise parallel movement. • Springs can be changed to suit load. • Flexible synthetic buffer surround at top. Especially suitable for most industries including: Textiles; Laundries; Hospitals; Electronic; Chemical; Pharmaceutical; Motor and the handling of products in almost all trades. • Specials to order min quantity of 10 any design.

REF D1408/350 D5408/580

LxWxH (approx mm) Internal External 1000x650x597 1115x695x863 1400x700x635 1515x745x893

Volume litres 380 615

Wheel ø mm 125 125

Wheeling Spring force configuration Kg A 70 B 70

PRICE £959.10 £1028.10

TILT AND LIFT TABLE
• Gas lift 40Kg capacity. • Platform 500mm x 300mm. • Adjustable height 610mm - 840mm. • Platform tilt adjustment 0-40°. • 5 star castor base with 2 braked castors.

BIN WORKSTAND
Designed for use with ergonomic comfort in mind. The workstand can hold eurobins of any suitably sized boxes. Perfect for component picking and assembly tasks. • Gas lift. • Adjustable height 720mm - 960mm. • Load platform adjustable in operator position. • Capacity 50Kg. • Platform size 800x600mm. • Fitted on four swivel castors rubber non marking tyres with footbrakes.

REF 88603001

PRICE £125.30

REF 88603002

Weight 125Kg

PRICE £212.70

PRICES INCLUDE DELIVERY ON ORDERS OVER £100

71

This range includes manual and electric lift tables with single and double scissors. The two roller track options can be used for changing of press tools. The BS-series are known for their unbeatable mechanical strength and reliability. CE approved according to EN1570 standards.
Manual Lift Tables BS: Lifting with a foot pump and lowering with a handle, simple and reliable design, makes long life. Electric Lift Tables ES: Lifting and lowering by a push-button controller, connected to a european power pack (DC/700W). Maintenance free battery which gives many working hours per charging and a long life. Included: battery 70Ah/12v, built-in charger 10Ah/12v, charger display and charger cable.

BS15 has a folded handle

BS25

BS50/BS75/BS100

BS15

Roller Track Straight Price on Application

BS30D/BS80D

ES30D/ES80D

BL40

Roller Track Turntable Price on Application

High strength single and double scissors, with large safety clearance between the scissors. REF Version Capacity Table size (LxW) Stroke Table height min-max Pump stroke max height Handle height Wheels Dimensions Weight PRICE BS15 Manual 150 700x450 505 255-760 22 1000 100 950x450 41 £382.50 BS25 Manual 250 830x500 595 315-910 1100 125 1010x500 78 £397.50

Heavy duty hydraulic pump with easy access for maintenance but well protected from damage. BS50 Manual 500 1010x520 570 430-1000 1130 150 1185x520 118 £478.50 BS75 Manual 750 1010x520 565 435-1000 1130 150 1260x520 120 £547.50 BS100 Manual 1000 1010x520 505 445-950 1130 150 1260x520 137 £592.50

Polyurethane wheels with roller bearing and castor. Rear wheels with brakes and wheel guards. BS30D Manual 300 1010x520 1150 435-1585 1130 150 1260x520 150 £532.50 BS80D Manual 800 1010x520 940 470-1410 1185 150 1260x520 165 £592.50 ES30D Electric 300 1010x520 1105 495-1600 1185 150 1260x520 183 £1387.50 ES80D Electric 800 1010x520 950 510-1460 1185 150 1260x520 176 £1492.50 BL40 Manual 400 830x520 400/1060 500-900/1560 50 1130 150 1355x520 123 £645.00

Kg mm mm mm No mm mm mm Kg

72

PRICES INCLUDE DELIVERY ON ORDERS OVER £100

ECONOMY RANGE OF MOBILE SCISSOR LIFT TABLES
These scissor lift tables are ideal for use within machine workshops and loading bays. The units take the strain out of loading and unloading items from elevated levels. The units are fitted with an overload relief valve and a top of stroke bypass valve. They are elevated by a pump action foot pedal and smoothly lowered by a hand operated release trigger. • Units comply to European Standards: SL150Y + SLD35Y - EN1570:1980, SL300Y + SL500Y - EN1570:1998, CE marked. • Footbrakes fitted. • Handles supplied knock down for ease of transport.

SL300Y

SLD35Y

SL150Y

REF SL150Y SLD35Y SL300Y SL500Y

Cap Kg 150 350 300 500

Platform size 800x450mm 980x500mm 850x500mm 850x500mm

Lift height 740mm 1300mm 900mm 900mm

Closed height 225mm 348mm 340mm 340mm

Pedal strokes 25 55 32 45

Castor size & type 100mm dia PVC on nylon 127mm dia poly on steel 127mm dia poly on steel 127mm dia poly on steel

Weight Kg 49 115 87 91

PRICE £375.30 £551.49 £479.30 £502.49

LIFT TABLES WITH ZINC FINISH
• Top quality engineered zinc galvanised finish. Designed for clean environments. • Single and double scissor versions. • Foldable handles. • Foot pump crank or battery models in capacities of 200, 400, 500 and 1000Kg. REF TZ303 TZ503 TZ5O3B TZ1000B TZD203 TZD203B TZD400B Cap Max ht Kg mm 200, Foot pump 920 500, Foot pump 920 500, Battery 920 1000, Battery 920 200, Foot pump 1620 200, Battery 1620 400, Battery 1620 Min ht mm 320 320 320 320 450 450 450 Length mm 1150 1150 1150 1230 1150 1150 1230 • Rear wheels have rotational and directional locks. All wheels fitted with toe guards. • Ideal for clean work areas. • Conforms to EN1570.

Width Platform mm mm 650 900x600 650 900x600 650 900x600 800 1000x800 650 900x600 650 900x600 800 1000x800

Height adjustment Power Battery Foot pump Foot pump 0.8 kW 12V 24Ah 0.8 kW 12V 24Ah Foot pump 0.8 kW 12V 24Ah 0.8 kW 12V 24Ah

Charger 1.5A/230V 1.5A/230V 1.5A/230V 1.5A/230V

Weight Kg pack excl 65 75 90 150 85 100 200

PRICE £1306.86 £1540.08 £2737.92 £3923.34 £1907.16 £3012.54 £4062.50

POWERED ARM LIFT WITH TILT
Lifts the load with parallel arms and includes a tilting facility +5° to -40°. ‘ALTU’ and ‘UE’ models have a shaped platform for lifting pallets and trolleys directly from the ground. If a conveyor is required the height of the back edge can be manufactured to suit (standard height = 229mm). Pre-drilled holes for installing an auto-rise stop on the platform.

REF ALT750* ALT1500 ALT1500U* ALT1500UE* ALT3000GB

Cap Lift stroke Lowest Kg mm ht mm 750 820 235 1500 820 235 1500 820 235 1500 820 236 3000 820 238

Platform length Ext mm Int mm 1300 1300 1380 1200 1380 1200 1380 1200

Platform width Lifting time Ext mm Int mm secs 800 18 800 16 1540 1050 16 1340 850 16 1780 1250 24

kW 0.75 0.75 0.75 0.75 0.75

Weight Kg pack excl 300 320 360 350 460

PRICE £4823.00 £5694.00 £6216.60 £6294.60 £7393.10

*Remote power pack with cover. The alt-lifts must be securely fixed to the ground with expander bolts or similar.

PRICES INCLUDE DELIVERY ON ORDERS OVER £100

73

U SHAPE SCISSOR LIFT TABLE
• 'U' shaped top platform. • 'U' shaped table are specially for handling pallets, no need for a pit or load. • They are manufactured to all European safety standards including EN1570-1999. • Remote power pack with pedestal and controls, protected to IP54. • Upper platform fitted with safety perimeter to prevent descent on contact with obstructions. • 24V control box with Up and DOWN buttons and emergency stop. • External power pack equipped with a relief valve against overloading and a compensated flow valve for controlling lowering speed. • Hose burst safety valve to stop the lift table lowering in case of hose breakage. • Removable lifting eyes to facilitate handling and installation of the lift table. • Oil-less bushings on pivot points. • Quick assembly joint for oil hose. Note: Clearance for pallet truck access is 585mm wide. REF Cap Max height H Collapsed height h Platform LxW Lift time Power pack Net weight PRICE HU600 600 860 85 1450x985 25-35 380V/50Hz, AC1.1kw 207 £3130.43 HU1000 1000 860 85 1450x1140 25-35 380V/50Hz, AC0.75kw 280 £3327.75 HU1500 1500 860 105 1600x1180 30-40 380V/50Hz, AC1.5kw 380 £3435.05

Kg mm mm mm sec Kg

LOW PROFILE SCISSOR LIFTS U AND E SHAPED
U and E shaped lifts specially designed for efficient handling of pallets. Designed to suit Euro type, free entry or two way pallets - no bottom board on the side used to access the pallet with a pallet truck. All models have remote power pack with cover. Specialist advice on request.

REF TUB600* TUB600H* TUL1000* TUL2000* Cap Kg 600 600 1000 2000 Lift stroke mm 720 970 820 820 Lowest Ht mm 80 80 80 100 Length Ext mm 1450 1450 1350 1700 Length Int mm 1200 1200 1100 1350 Width Ext mm 900 900 1055 1145 Width Int mm 580 580 735 585 Lift time secs 13 19 13 23 kW 0.75 0.75 0.75 0.75 Weight Kg 210 210 260 370 Shape E E U U PRICE £4300.08 £4160.00 £4287.40 £5400.20 Ref 600H and 1000H must be securely bolted to ground

LOW PROFILE LIFT TABLES
• Action’s low profile lifts have a mechanism with a very low closed height to eliminate the need for pit installation. • Power pack is remote with cover provided. • Special sizes on request. • ‘H’ models must be securely fixed to floor.

REF TCR500 TCB600 TCB600H TCL1000 TCL1000B TCL1000GB TCL2000 TCL2000B

Capacity Kg 500 600 600 1000 1000 1000 2000 2000

Lift Lowest Length stroke mm height mm mm 630 80 900 720 80 1500 970 80 1500 820 80 1350 970 80 1350 820 80 1350 820 100 1350 820 100 1350

Width mm 600 900 900 800 1000 1270 800 1000

Lifting time secs 9 13 19 13 13 13 23 23

kW 0.75 0.75 0.75 0.75 0.75 0.75 0.75 0.75

Weight Kg pack excl 100 210 210 280 292 315 400 425

PRICE £3240.24 £3880.50 £3987.10 £4186.00 £4381.00 £4925.70 £5291.00 £5400.20

74

PRICES INCLUDE DELIVERY ON ORDERS OVER £100

SINGLE SCISSOR LIFT TABLES

REF CRD200 CR500 CL1001 CL2000 CB1500

Cap Kg 200 500 1000 2000 1500

Lift stroke mm 1170 600 820 820 1000

Lowest height mm 280 160 180 200 210

Length mm 900 900 1200 1300 1500

Width Lifting time mm secs 600 600 800 800 1000 12 12 15 17 17

kW 0.37 0.37 0.75 1.5 1.5

Weight Kg pack excl 105 75 160 220 275

PRICE £2330.82 £2002.38 £2203.86 £2755.86 £2995.98

Budget Range of Single Scissor Lift Tables

Standard Single Scissor Lift Tables TL1000 1000 820 TL1000B 1000 820 TL1000SS 1000 820 TL1000XB 1000 820 TM1500 1500 1100 TM1500B 1500 1100 TM3000 3000 1100 TM6000* 6000 1100 TA1000 1000 1300 TA4000 4000 1300 TA10000* 10000 1100 TS2000B 2000 1500 TS4000 4000 1500 TS4000B 4000 1500 TT3000 3000 1700 TT6000 6000 1600 TP3000 3000 2000 TP6000 6000 2000 TV10000* 10000 2200 TF3000 3000 3600 REF TL1000SS - stainless steel. 180 1300 700 180 1300 800 350 1300 800 180 1300 1000 230 1700 1000 230 1700 1200 250 1700 900 300 1700 900 200 2000 800 350 2000 1200 600 2000 1100 250 2200 1500 350 2200 1200 350 2200 1500 300 2500 1300 450 2500 1300 400 3100 1500 500 3000 1500 700 3600 1500 500 5000 2000 * Remote power pack without cover. 15 15 48 15 17 17 27 32 16 27 40 27 27 27 27 40 38 55 72 60 0.75 0.75 0.37 0.75 1.5 1.5 1.5 3 1.5 3 4 1.5 3 3 3 3 3 3 4 3 165 170 220 190 340 400 410 550 300 650 2000 615 700 770 720 1190 1160 1375 2900 2300 £2873.16 £2903.52 POA £3059.46 £3961.10 £4148.30 £5114.20 £8570.00 £4206.80 £8598.20 £18960.00 £6458.40 £8998.60 £9436.70 £7308.60 £14436.25 £12426.25 £16513.75 POA POA

• Engineered to perfection. • Most widely used in industry. • Suitable for indoors & outdoors. • Pit or floor mounted. • For extra intensive use lift tables can be heavy duty manufactured. • Expert advice to help you make the right choice of lift. • Bellows skirts available. • Bespoke applications.

HORIZONTAL DOUBLE SCISSOR LIFT TABLES
• Tables with two mechanically synchronised scissors to provide maximum stability. • Ideal for long heavy loads at low lifting heights. • Specialist advice available to decide best lift to suit conditions. • Extra heavy duty tables for intensive use can be manufactured to suit.

REF TLH2000 TLH4000 TMH3000 TMH6000 TMH10000* TAH2000 TAH8000 TSH4000 TSH8000 TTH6000 TTH10000 TPH6000

Capacity Kg 2000 4000 3000 6000 10000 2000 8000 4000 8000 6000 10000 6000

Lift Lowest Length stroke mm height mm mm 820 180 2600 820 200 2600 1100 230 3400 1100 250 3400 1100 300 3400 1300 200 4000 1300 350 4000 1500 350 4400 1500 350 4400 1700 300 5000 1600 450 5000 2000 400 6200

Width mm 800 800 900 900 900 800 1200 1200 1200 1300 1300 1500

Lifting time secs 30 35 35 55 64 32 53 55 53 53 75 55

kW 0.75 1.5 1.5 1.5 3.0 1.5 3.0 1.5 3.0 3.0 3.0 3.0

Weight Kg pack excl 350 525 700 835 1100 600 1300 1075 1360 1400 2215 2100

PRICE £4932.20 £6388.20 £7672.60 £9355.00 £14092.50 £8095.10 £14430.00 £11027.50 £14936.25 £13433.75 POA POA

VERTICAL DOUBLE/TRIPLE SCISSOR LIFT TABLES
• These tables allow greater lift heights without increasing the platform size. • Essential for these lifts to be securely fixed to the ground or floor with expander bolts or similar. • Before deciding which model or design of table is required consider all conditions - our expert advice is free. Double Scissor Tables REF TRD500 TLD1000 TLD2000 TMD1500 TMD3000* TSD1500 TTD3000 TTD5000 TXD4000 Capacity Kg 500 1000 2000 1500 3000 1500 3000 5000 4000 Capacity Kg 1500 2000 Lift Lowest Length stroke mm height mm mm 1170 280 900 1600 320 1300 1600 360 1300 2200 400 1700 2200 500 1700 3000 450 2200 3300 600 2500 3200 700 2500 5200 900 4000 Lift Lowest Length stroke mm height mm mm 3300 600 1700 4500 700 2200 Width mm 700 800 800 800 900 1200 1300 1500 1500 Width mm 900 1200 Lifting time secs 25 29 34 46 50 55 60 83 100 Lifting time secs 55 80 kW 0.37 0.75 1.5 1.5 3.0 1.5 3.0 3.0 4.0 Weight Kg pack excl 170 235 310 450 580 900 1200 1715 2820 PRICE £3187.80 £3932.50 £5012.80 £5762.90 £8011.90 £8899.80 £12663.75 POA POA

Triple Scissor Tables REF TMT1500 TST2000 kW 1.5 3.0 Weight Kg pack excl PRICE 950 £10580.00 1400 £13491.25

* Remote power pack without cover. • Special sizes and specifications quoted upon request.

PRICES INCLUDE DELIVERY ON ORDERS OVER £100

75

LOADING BAY LIFT TABLES
Scissor lifts are rapidly becoming the most popular solution to loading bay requirement. Expensive fork trucks and driver can be better used to transfer and palletise loads whilst the scissor lift can provide pedestrian access to loads. Roll pallets and pallets can easily be unloaded or loaded by hand or pallet trucks. This option is often better than dock levellers or fixed height docks that offer little flexibility. • Safer and more efficient loading bay operation. • Dock mounted lifts. • Double deck solutions. • Open yard lifts. • Transportable lorry loaders. • Mast lift solutions. • Gates, barriers and handrails. • Anti-slip tread plate. • Skirts - bellows and chainmesh.

BETWEEN FLOORS LIFT
• Safer more efficient working area. • Floor and pit mounted lifts. • Bridge the gap within split level premises. • Mast lift solutions. • Please enquire for details.

GOODS LIFTS
We offer goods lift packages to suit all requirements. • Lifting capacities of 500Kg - 5000Kg with over 200 height and platform size options. • Choices of shaft materials, designs and finishes. • Emergency override devices. • Electrical control systems • Contact us for details.

MEZZ LIFTS
A robust and versatile platform lift to raise and lower goods safely and efficiently between two floors. Eliminate the risks associated with manual handling and falls from height whilst carrying goods upstairs or ladders. Supports more productive and efficient use of mezzanine and first floor storage and production areas. Ideal for applications in the tyre industry, factories, stores, warehousing and retail. • Compact design helps maximise storage space and work area. • 300Kg maximum capacity. • Bespoke platform design. • Unique hold-to-run handle. • Overload protection. • No lift pit required at the lower level. • Operates from a standard single phase supply. • Easy to operate and maintain. • Robust construction for indoor and outdoor use. Please enquire for details and a site survey.

76

PRICES INCLUDE DELIVERY ON ORDERS OVER £100

POWERED BELT CONVEYORS
• We supply a very large selection of sizes. Listed below are some of the popular sizes available. Others are on application. • High specification in all aspects. • Frame and supports from mild steel and finished powder coated. • Two ply smooth or grip top belts with vulcanised joint. • Drive units either geared motor or drum drive. • Finish blue 18-E-53, other colours available. • Power supply 3 phase (single phase available). • Standard speed 0.2m per second. • Complete with stop start single control single direction.

LIGHT DUTY BELT CONVEYORS Belt Length metres 1 2 3 4 REF MBC1501 MBC1502 MBC1503 MBC1504 150 PRICE £1659.86 £1819.58 £1979.29 £2139.00 REF MBC2001 MBC2002 MBC2003 MBC2004 Standard Belt Widths mm 200 PRICE £1698.37 £1869.49 £2040.61 £2211.73 REF MBC3001 MBC3002 MBC3003 MBC3004 300 PRICE £1775.37 £2033.48 £2163.24 £2357.18

MEDIUM DUTY BELT CONVEYORS Belt Length metres 1 2 3 4 REF BC3001 BC3002 BC3003 BC3004 300 PRICE £1738.29 £1952.55 £2166.82 £2381.08 REF BC4501 BC4502 BC4503 BC4504 Standard Belt Widths mm 450 PRICE £1799.53 £2038.65 £2277.73 £2516.84 REF BC6001 BC6002 BC6003 BC6004 600 PRICE £1929.58 £2221.31 £2513.05 £2804.77 End Roller with Tensioning Device

Optional extras: • Stop/start reverse. • Variable speed. • Adjustable side guide. • Photo electric cell.

• Stainless steel frame. • Emergency stop. • Fixed side guide. • Single phase 240v.

MEZZANINE & INTERFLOOR BELT CONVEYORS
Efficient, smooth, safe goods handling in any situation Action powered belt driven conveyors offer the ideal solution to horizontal or inclined product transfer. Designed and manufactured to a very high specification, using standard components, the powered range can be installed easily or for the more complex applications our trained engineers can install. A wide range of sizes and finishes cater for any application. All types of belt finishes are available. Smooth and grip top belts for standard handling requirements, heavy duty, fire retardant and food quality. The comprehensive range includes all types of drive units individually designed for the purpose required. These include end drives, integral drum drives and variations of centre drives. Robustness and reliability are common across the range, with all support stands manufactured from heavy gauge hollow steel. For easy installation and levelling, all powered conveyors incorporate adjustable supports.

Consult with our sales staff to discuss your application - site survey and specified quotation without obligation.

PRICES INCLUDE DELIVERY ON ORDERS OVER £100

77

MOBILE TWIN BELT VEHICLE LOADER
Versatile and mobile powered twin belt conveyor suitable to load and unload vehicles. Also able to reach mezzanine floors. Manufactured to the highest specification as follows:• Load capacity: 50kgs per metre. • Two ply, high grip PVC belt with vulcanised joint. • Standard speed 20m per minute. • Chassis heavy gauge fabricated hollow steel section. • Boom constructed folded steel flat slider bed. • Drive .375kw flange mounted gearbox. • Supply 1 phase 240v. • Control 24 volt IP65 • Colour yellow RAL 1003 standard, other colours available. • Height adjustment:Main boom manual hydraulic Infeed boom screwjack • Controls stop/start reverse top and bottom. • Fully underguarded.

Dimensions REF VL1 VL2 VL3 VL4 VL5 A 2500 2500 3000 3000 3500 B 1000 1500 1000 1500 1500 C 2100 2100 2400 2400 2500 D 900 900 900 900 900 E 1150 1550 1150 1550 1550 F 600 200 600 200 200

Belt Width mm 400 £7595.79 £7734.11 £7734.11 £7872.43 £8010.76 600 £7905.23 £8073.50 £8073.50 £8241.77 £8410.04 REF ETW-4 ETW-5.5 ETW-7 ETR-4 ETR-5.5 ETR-7 Model type PVC Skatewheel PVC Skatewheel PVC Skatewheel PVC Roller PVC Roller PVC Roller Expanded Length 4m 5.5m 7m 4m 5.5m 7m PRICE £1942.55 £2246.29 £2548.60 £1986.76 £2307.61 £2679.80

ECONO LOADER
Versatile mobile single boom powered belt conveyor to load and unload vehicles. • Load capacity 50Kg per metre. • Standard speed 20m per minute. • Two ply high grip PVC belt with vulcanised joint. • Chassis heavy gauge hollow steel sections. • Boom constructed folded steel flat slider bed. • Drive .375 flange mounted gearbox. • Supply 3 Phase 415V. • Control 24 volts IP65. • Standard yellow Ral 1003, other colours to order. • Height adjustment boom manual hydraulic. • Controls: stop, start, reverse top and bottom. • Available belt widths 400 and 600mm. • Standard boom penetration at least 2m. • Single phase available to order. • Standard heights: approx 750mm fixed end, 1300/2500mm adjustable end. REF ECO4 ECO6 Belt Width mm 400 600 PRICE £6980.27 £7264.04

To achieve greater penetration into the vehicle add the sections of lightweight gravity from our System 25 Range

78

PRICES INCLUDE DELIVERY ON ORDERS OVER £100

UNI-LOADA CONVEYOR
The Uni-Loada solves the problem of moving goods between floor to mezzanine level. It easily out performs conventional lifts and can be moved between varying points at ease. It can also be used in the most restrictive of areas. It is able to load directly from a lorry and is ideal for unloading containers - up to 10m reach with the use of roller tables. • Choice of 5m or 6m long. • Overall weight 100Kg. • 2 speed - forward and reverse. • Max working angle 45° with a max vertical lift of 4m or 5m. • Lightweight aluminium construction with locking wheels. • 270mm grip top rubber belt with flights. • Maximum load 80Kg. • 240V 13 amp.

REF UNI-LOADA/5M UNI-LOADA/6M

Length mm 5000 6000

PRICE £4550.00 £4970.00

BESPOKE BELT CONVEYORS
• Design and installation of cost effective conveyor systems. • Integrated systems using gravity roller, powered roller or complex directional feeds can be incorporated with our belt conveyors. • Safety first - all powered drives, finger guards, roller positions and underguards are enclosed.

This flighted belt elevator has a simple modular framework construction, therefore it can be offered in a number of widths, heights and angles making it suitable for many applications. Can also be offered with a stainless steel framework.

The mini flat belt range is ideal for small product handling, machine feeding/unloading and transfer operations between processes, inspection or packing stations.

This conveyor is constructed with a stainless frame and an acetal belt which makes it ideally suited to the food industry where washdown situations are a regular requirement.

A variety of belt materials can be supplied to suit your product or special application. Optional features include variable speed control, photo electric cells and special finishes.

PRICES INCLUDE DELIVERY ON ORDERS OVER £100

79

SYSTEM 25 CONVEYOR SYSTEM A modular gravity conveyor system with snag-free, precision rolled side frames and stands to add on as required. TRACK • Precision rolled steel side frame, powder coated. • No projecting spindles. • Track width is the roller width plus approximately 80mm. • Side frame is punched on 25mm centres to allow for future pitch adjustment.

ROLLERS • Bright zinc plated rollers with hexagonal spindles. • Spring loaded for easy assembly/removal. • Rollers should normally be 50mm wider than the article being conveyed. ROLLER PITCH • As a guide, for rigid based items, a minimum of 3 rollers should support the article to be conveyed. Softer based products need more supporting rollers or a slave board. ROLLERS • Capacities shown are for evenly distributed loads. • Roller capacity = weight of the load + number of rollers in contact with the load. STANDS • Supplied as an extra.

IMPORTANT NOTE: Track lengths are priced per 1500mm sections see how to order for further information.
LIGHT DUTY Rollers: Diameter - 35mm; Capacity - 25Kg/roller Side Frame: Depth - 60mm (63 overall to top of roller) Track length: 1500mm 450mm width 600mm width Roller PRICE Pitch REF PRICE REF £258.85 75mm LT35/1/4/75 £289.71 LT35/1/6/75 £212.45 100mm LT35/1/4/100 £198.33 LT35/1/6/100 £166.03 150mm LT35/1/4/150 £156.11 LT35/1/6/150

MEDIUM DUTY Rollers: Diameter - 50mm; Capacity - 45Kg/roller Side Frame: Depth - 60mm (70.5 overall to top of roller) Track length: 1500mm Roller Pitch 75mm 100mm 150mm 450mm width REF PRICE LT50/1/4/75 £289.64 LT50/1/4/100 £235.13 LT50/1/4/150 £180.86 600mm width REF PRICE LT50/1/6/75 £315.33 LT50/1/6/100 £254.75 LT50/1/6/150 £267.50

HOW TO ORDER:
1 2 Please state roller diameter, width and pitch plus track length. Track lengths are priced per 1500mm length (3m = maximum length for an individual section). If more than one run is required, please specify the make up of each run and include sketch if possible. Each overall length of track should be divisible by the roller pitch length supplied will be rounded up to the nearest pitch multiple. For conveyor stands and other accessories - see opposite page.

HEAVY DUTY Rollers: Diameter - 50mm; Capacity - 100Kg/roller Side Frame: Depth - 90mm (98 overall to top of roller) Track length: 1500mm Roller Pitch 75mm 100mm 150mm 450mm width REF PRICE MT50/1/4/75 £308.69 MT50/1/4/100 £250.85 MT50/1/4/150 £199.00 600mm width REF PRICE MT50/1/6/75 £342.90 MT50/1/6/100 £276.86 MT50/1/6/150 £210.67

3 4 5

NB: Additional track widths are available on request.

80

PRICES INCLUDE DELIVERY ON ORDERS OVER £100

SYSTEM 25 STANDS
• Adjustable height (height is to underside of track). • Add track height to stand height to give height to top of rollers. • Track should normally be supported every 1.5m, at junctions and in the middle of bends.

Height to underside of conveyor (adjustable) 560 - 920mm

450mm width REF PRICE SS5/4 £54.06

600mm width PRICE REF £63.55 SS5/6

SIDE GUARDS
• Can be supplied with heights up to 50mm above the top of the rollers - please state height required.

END STOPS
• Can be supplied with heights up to 50mm above the top of the rollers please state height required. • Priced per end stop for all track widths.

Side Guard Per 1 metre length (1 side) Per bend (2 sides)

REF SYS25/SG SYS25/SGB

PRICE £15.24 £70.46

End Stop

450mm width REF PRICE SYS25/ES4 £30.42

600mm width PRICE REF £30.42 SYS25/ES6

90° BENDS
• 90° bends fitted with parallel rollers as standard. • Taper rollers can be fitted at extra cost. • All sizes fitted with rollers at 75mm pitch. • Bends 900mm inside radius. • See opposite page for specification of 'light', 'medium', or 'heavy duty' conveyor track in order to establish bend type.

Roller Width Light Medium Heavy

System 25 Bends 450mm width REF PRICE B45/L £605.09 B45/M £643.67 B45/H £692.29

600mm width REF PRICE B60/L £646.50 B60/M £674.96 B60/H £734.77

BALL TRANSFER SECTIONS
• 25mm diameter steel ball set at 75mm pitch in sheet steel. • Capacity per ball - 55Kg. • Supplied as square sections for slotting into System 25 Track (multiples supplied for longer transfer sections). • Overall capacity per section suitable for use with light, medium and heavy duty track. • Prices per section are in addition to standard conveyor track with rollers, but rollers not included. • Other sizes available on request.

Ball Transfer Sections Section 450x450mm 600x600mm REF SYS/BT45 SYS/BT60 PRICE £364.62 £596.02

PRICES INCLUDE DELIVERY ON ORDERS OVER £100

81

• Spring loaded rollers. • Hexagonal shafts. • Epoxy powder coated finish – blue 18-E-53. • Welded 75mm x 50mm x 6mm angle framework. • 1.5m & 3m standard track length. • 300mm, 450mm & 600mm standard widths. • Ideal for heavy duty applications. • Stands - choice of 5 height adjustable ranges. Stands are ordered separately as required.

DESIGNING YOUR CONVEYOR
ROLLER PITCH The load must be in contact with at least 3 rollers at all times. Loads without a rigid base should be supported on a flat tray. Maximum frame capacity should not exceed 1000kg over 1000mm track length. STANDS Heavy duty stands are manufactured from welded angle. The maximum distance between stands should not exceed 1500mm. The stands are ordered separately. Stands should always be positioned where tracks are joined. Each leg is fitted with a screw foot to give +/– 25mm adjustment. Please state conveyor width and actual stand height when ordering.

60mm dia roller rated at 150 Kgs. 1500mm track length Roller REF HM2/1 HM2/2 HM2/3 Pitch 75mm 100mm 150mm 300mm £236.74 £188.69 £155.88 ROLLER Width Roller WIDTH 450mm £268.22 £220.28 £172.07 600mm £295.92 £241.21 £186.43 REF H2/1 H2/2 H2/3

63mm dia roller rated at 250 Kgs. 1500mm track length Roller Pitch 75mm 100mm 150mm 300mm £359.89 £291.19 £222.56 ROLLER WIDTH Roller Width 450mm £406.42 £326.29 £246.43 600mm £450.05 £342.14 £268.70

60mm dia roller rated at 150 Kgs. 3000mm track length Roller REF HM2/4 HM2/5 HM2/6 Pitch 75mm 100mm 150mm 300mm £473.45 £392.62 £311.76 Roller WIDTH ROLLER Width 450mm £536.46 £440.58 £344.14 600mm £591.75 £482.43 £372.82 REF H2/4 H2/5 H2/6

63mm dia roller rated at 250 Kgs. 3000mm track length Roller Pitch 75mm 100mm 150mm 300mm £719.79 £582.32 £445.15 Roller WIDTH ROLLERWidth 450mm £812.83 £652.62 £492.84 600mm £900.16 £718.46 £537.40

Width + 25 mm 87 mm 89 mm 75 mm

Width + 25 mm 75 mm

Stands to fit tracks above ACCESSORIES: • Ball Tables. • Hinged Gates. • Side Guides. • End Stops. Please telephone for details. Height to underside of conveyor Up to 305mm 306mm – 420mm 421mm – 640mm 560mm – 920mm 840mm – 1040mm REF FH1 FH2 FH3 FH4 FH5 PRICE £82.29 £85.06 £87.78 £101.49 £109.72

82

PRICES INCLUDE DELIVERY ON ORDERS OVER £100

Expertly constructed with large main contact ball seated on a quantity of small bearings in a hemispherical cup. Not just a single ring of balls. The main ball rotates freely and instantaneously in any direction. Extremely heavy loads can be moved in any direction with minimum effort. All units are fitted with a sealed washer and therefore self cleaning. Pre-lubricated - almost maintenance free. Some units provided with oiling points. Supplied in mild steel carbon units zinc plated or stainless steel throughout. Illustration right shows a wide variety of standard fixings available which enables them to fit to wood, metal, plastic, tube, slotted angle etc. To determine ball unit capacity the weight of article to be conveyed should be divided by 3, the answer gives the maximum load which any single ball unit may have to bear. Spacing pitch of units is obtained by dividing the narrowest dimension by 3.5 this ensures 3 units beneath the narrowest dimension at any one time. (Enquire for additional ranges.)

BALL TABLES

BALL STANDS

BALL CHANNELS

TWO HOLE FIXING

Ball Dia mm 19 25 32 40 50 25

Cap Kg 25 55 125 140 340 55

A 61 73 73.75 89 121 73

B 10 14.2 16.25 21.45 28.27 14.2

FLANGE FITTING BALL UNITS Dimensions mm Weight C D E F G gms 12 29.50 5.5 3.2 3.2 80 15.8 38.1 5 3 6.3 175 19.9 46 5 4.25 8 260 24.6 55.5 7 6 8.75 480 30.16 76 8 6.3 14.3 1060 15.8 38.1 5.5 2 6.3 175 BOLT FITTING BALL UNITS Dimensions mm Weight C D* E Bolt gms 30.2 25&45 25.4 M8 80 39.7 23&43 25.4 M8 160 57 22&42 49 M10 460 76 75 89 M16 1720

Carbon Steel REF PRICE 300613 £2.44 100813 £2.52 102213 £4.30 201113 £9.84 400113 £22.16 100613 £3.01

Stainless Steel REF PRICE 300615 £5.94 100815 £6.64 102215 £10.82 201115 £19.17 400115 £61.61 100615 £8.99

*Indicate bolt length required.

Ball Dia mm 19 25 40 50

Cap Kg 25 55 140 340

A 32.1 39.7 55.5 89

B 4.7 6.3 11.9 14.30

Carbon Steel REF PRICE 300213 £2.69 100313 £3.08 200513 £10.14 400413 £54.56

Stainless Steel REF PRICE 300215 £7.62 100315 £9.62 200515 £29.48 -

Ball Dia mm 12.5 19 25 32 40

Cap Kg 25 50 125 250 500

A 2 4 6 8 9

B 18 26 29 37 46

HEAVY DUTY BALL UNITS Dimensions mm C D E 20 20 M6 30 30 M8 40 35 M8 50 45 M10 60 55 M12

F 25 25 40 40 50

Weight gms 42 124 204 510 916

Carbon Steel REF PRICE 051923 £6.36 301923 £11.69 101923 £15.81 102923 £21.39 201923 £28.28

THREE HOLE FIXING

Ball Dia mm 19 25 32 40 50

Cap Kg 30 100 180 170 408

A 3.5 5.9 7.5 8.2 13

B 51.6 53.3 77.5 90 114

SPRING LOADED BALL UNITS Dimensions mm C D E F 36.5 66.6 63 7.9 44.5 76.2 67.1 7.9 58.7 89 94.6 9.5 69.8 101.6 107.6 9.5 101.6 152.4 139.2 12.75

Weight gms 420 520 1140 1820 5040

Carbon Steel REF PRICE 301118 £31.36 101818 £32.89 102818 £56.77 201018 £76.20 400818 £169.57

Ball Dia mm 19 25 40 50

Cap Kg 25 55 140 340

A 32.1 39.7 55.5 89

B 4.7 6.3 11.9 143

PLATE FITTING UNITS Dimensions mm C D E F G 32.5 65.1 38 49.2 25.4 41.3 65.1 38 49.2 25.4 57 58.7 58.7 47.6 47.6 76 127 127 89 89

Weight gms 100 160 480 2100

Carbon Steel REF PRICE 300513 £3.68 100513 £5.26 200313 £12.81 400213 £61.45

Stainless Steel REF PRICE 100515 £11.13 200315 £32.76 -

Ball Dia mm 15 22 30 45

A 24 36 45 62

Dimensions mm B C D E 31 9.5 21 2.8 45 9.8 30 2.8 55 13.80 37 4 75 19 53.5 4

F 6.3 5.5 8.3 10

EURO UNITS Weight Carbon Steel gms Cap Kg REF 38 45 515013 132 120 522013 265 230 530013 720 550 545013

PRICE £3.01 £3.96 £6.79 £18.45

Stainless Steel Cap Kg REF PRICE 35 515015 £6.72 90 522015 £8.12 175 530015 £17.50 -

PRICES INCLUDE DELIVERY ON ORDERS OVER £100

83

• Skatewheel or roller gravity track - high impact PVC wheels/rollers. • Steel or aluminium track.

• Add on leg supports and optional extras. Order separately as required. • Supplied in 3m lengths or multiple sections for complete runs. Priced per metre.
PVC ROLLERS IN STEEL TRACK

STEEL TRACK - PVC ROLLERS OR PVC SKATEWHEELS
• Supplied with channel section track. PVC Rollers 50mm dia rated at 20kg each Price per metre Width REF Pitch 300 450 SPR50A 60 £135.90 £150.10 SPR50B 75 £173.76 £131.86 SPR50C 100 £104.67 £113.58 SPR50D 150 £89.02 £95.28 PVC Skatewheels 48mm dia rated at 15kgs each Price per metre Width REF Pitch 400 600 SPWA 35 £170.52 £211.30 SPWB 50 £145.33 £174.82 SPWC 75 £117.88 £137.97 SPWD 100 £103.03 £118.40 SPWE 150 £88.13 £98.80

600 £164.32 £143.41 £122.50 £101.53

750 £243.12 £197.83 £153.62 £130.39 £107.11

LIGHT DUTY ALUMINIUM TRACK - PVC ROLLERS
• Supplied with angle section track. PVC Rollers 20mm dia rated at 7kg each Price per metre Width REF Pitch 100 200 APR20A 25 £165.43 £174.78 APR20B 30 £144.88 £152.91 APR20C 40 £119.43 £125.81 APR20D 50 £104.10 £109.48 PVC Rollers 30mm dia rated at 12kg each Price per metre Width REF Pitch 200 350 500 APR30A 37.5 £135.02 £151.50 £159.74 APR30B 50 £107.55 £119.71 £125.77 APR30C 75 £84.68 £93.19 £97.45 APR30D 100 £73.24 £80.01 £83.31

PVC ROLLERS IN ALUMINIUM TRACK

300 £184.11 £160.92 £132.18 £114.87

MEDIUM DUTY ALUMINIUM TRACK - PVC ROLLERS OR PVC SKATEWHEELS
• Supplied with channel section track. PVC Rollers 50mm dia rated at 20kg each Price per metre Width REF Pitch 300 450 600 APR50A 60 £117.68 £131.89 £146.09 APR50B 75 £105.87 £117.43 £128.98 APR50C 100 £86.46 £95.37 £104.28 APR50D 150 £70.80 £77.05 £83.31 PVC Skatewheels 48mm dia rated at 15kgs each Price per metre Width REF Pitch 400 600 APWA 35 £152.30 £193.08 APWB 50 £127.12 £156.61 APWC 75 £99.67 £119.74 APWD 100 £84.82 £100.19 APWE 150 £69.91 £80.58

SKATEWHEEL IN ALUMINIUM TRACK

750 £224.87 £126.06 £135.38 £112.17 £88.89

OPTIONAL EXTRAS
REF SG ESP (plus width) ESR (plus width) 90B (plus width) Type 50mm side guards End stop plate End stop roller 90° bend PRICE per m £24.24 £32.09 £32.09 POA

LEG SUPPORTS

LEG SUPPORTS
Three adjustable height ranges to choose from: L1-450-700mm, L2-650-1100mm, L3-900-1500mm. One support required every 1.5m. Order separately as required. REF FTL1 FTL2 FTL3 Flat ‘T’ Base £38.47 £44.70 £52.50 REF RFL1 RFL2 RFL3 Rubber Feet £43.26 £49.51 £57.29 REF CL1 CL2 CL3 Castor Base £56.34 £62.59 £70.39

Prices on request for: Gate Sections, Smoothline Frames, Heavy Duty Bearings, Food Quality Bearings.

TELESCOPIC EXPRESSWAY
Gravity roller sections linked together by sliding transfer providing a means to load or unload vehicles of any length from a loading dock, or moving goods within a warehouse, factory or store area. Mounted on robust castors the Telescopic Expressway is easy to move and stores away neatly when not in use. The height and degree of angle can be adjusted by means of a screw jack on each of the leg supports. Construction is a solid welded steel based on 75mm deep side channels with hollow section steel reinforcing brackets and leg supports. High impact 50mm dia. anti-shatter P.V.C. rollers throughout set at 65mm pitch with the exception of the first seven being steel zinc plated heavy duty rollers and to ensure a smooth transfer 20mm dia. steel rollers between decks. Designed to take loads of 50kgs per metre. Closed Length Extended Length 2.5 4.0 2.9 6.0 3.9 9.0 4.4 12.0 Decks 2 3 3 4 REF 400mm wide REF 600mm wide TE424 £1384.03 TE624 £1462.21 TE436 £2002.18 TE636 £2123.39 TE439 £2422.63 TE639 £2596.59 TE4412 £3180.94 TE6412 £3415.50

84

PRICES INCLUDE DELIVERY ON ORDERS OVER £100

A truly flexible friend. It is easy and fast to set up. Just wheel it to the area required and it will allow staff to load or unload vehicles or move products from one point to another. Speed, safety and economy of effort are all achieved. Constructed from bright zinc plated lattice sides and leg supports that are mounted on 100mm dia fully braked swivel castors. Low inertia skatewheels offer the advantage of keeping product moving even around corners and bends. Unit closes up to a third of its size when stored. • Unit comes complete with legs - choose your height range and between skatewheels or plastic rollers. Retracted for storage

HOW TO ORDER - CHOOSE OPTIONS EXAMPLE: PW/PR - 600 - 6.0 - L2 PW - PLASTIC WHEEL L2 - HEIGHT PR - PLASTIC ROLLER CH - CONNECTING HOOKS 600 - WIDTH mm ES - END STOP 6.0 - LENGTH m HD - HEAVY DUTY Extend as required bend and shape to suit

EXPANDAVEYOR WITH PLASTIC SKATEWHEELS
Expanded Closed length length metres metres 2.0 0.626 4.5 1.290 6.0 1.680 7.5 2.070 9.0 2.460 Loading Kg/metre Min inside radius Track width mm 300 £391.19 £762.58 £978.19 £1193.76 £1409.34 80 350 400 £415.66 £812.56 £1045.54 £1276.67 £1409.34 80 350 500 £512.74 £991.78 £1279.94 £1568.09 £1856.25 85 350 600 £535.97 £1041.69 £1344.58 £1647.46 £1950.37 100 380

EXPANDAVEYOR WITH PLASTIC ROLLERS Expanded Closed length length metres metres 2.0 0.940 4.5 1.980 6.0 2.60 7.5 3.22 9.0 3.84 Loading Kg/metre Min inside radius Track width mm 300 £404.35 £788.92 £1013.28 £1237.63 £1461.99 80 480 400 £520.35 £1002.96 £1296.93 £1590.92 £1884.89 100 480 500 £539.29 £1044.89 £1354.33 £1656.62 £1962.49 100 500 600 £562.31 £1094.35 £1414.79 £1735.21 £2055.66 100 500

OPTIONAL EXTRAS: Heavy Duty

Optional Extras POA £41.35 £41.35 £31.37 POA POA L1 L2 L3

End stop roller End stop plate Connecting hooks Steel Rollers Steel wheels Choice of height range End stop 450 - 700mm Wheel brakes to all castors Connecting hook 650 - 1100mm 900 - 1500mm L2 fitted as standard

PRICES INCLUDE DELIVERY ON ORDERS OVER £100

85

Lightweight demountable electric cranes for pick-ups, drop sides, flat beds and vans. Provides new load handling capabilities for the commercial vehicle and eliminates the need for manual handling. Ideal for applications in highways, construction, utilities or anywhere with general load handling requirements. • Lifts up to 250/500Kg in all configurations of boom position. • Remote control. • Easily demountable. • Low crane weight from 23Kg/44Kg (pillar is extra). • Lightweight pillar available for vans. • Above or below floor socket mounting for pick-ups. • Overload protection. • Compact design folds away when not in use. • Easily installed at our own premises or by a vehicle body builder. • 6m rope length as standard. • Choice of 12V or 24V power from vehicle battery. • Extensive range of options and accessories available. REF ML250/PH ML500 Capacity 250Kg 500Kg PRICE £2030.00 £2479.50

Compact, 500/1200Kg capacity electric cranes for pick-ups, drop sides and flat beds. Hydraulic slew version is standard on 1200Kg model and also available as extra on 500Kg model. Ideal for applications in highways, construction, utilities, railways, tyre industry or anywhere with general load handling requirements. • Lifts 500/1200Kg in all configurations of boom position. • Remote control. • Overload protection. • Compact design folds away when not in use. • Low crane weight of approximately 73Kg/175Kg. REF F500 FV500 FV1200 • Easily installed at our own premises or by a vehicle body builder. • Choice of 12V or 24V power from vehicle battery. • Extensive range of options and accessories available.

Hydraulic slew No Yes Yes

Capacity 500Kg 500Kg 1200Kg

PRICE £2479.50 £4429.75 £5459.25

A range of two larger hydraulic cranes with 1150 or 2000Kg capacities combining value for money with market leading safety features - the load limiting device and load limit indicator and compact design. Ideal for applications in highways, construction, utilities, railways, tyre industry, builders’ merchants or anywhere with general load handling requirements. • Low crane weight of 175Kg/263Kg. • Remote control - no valves or handles. • Compact design maximising floor space. • Integrated, fully enclosed oil tank and motor pump unit with easy access for servicing. • Fully controlled hydraulic slewing. REF V12 V20 Reach @ Cap Kg 2.9m @ 440 3.5m @ 770 • Two extensions with manual or hydraulic operation. • Easily installed and easily demounted. • Choice of 12V or 24V power from vehicle battery. • Extensive range of options and accessories available. Capacity 1150Kg 2000Kg PRICE £6416.25 £7254.35

The Tail Lift is ideal for loading pick-ups, off-road vehicles, Luton and box vans. It is lightweight and compact for loading utility, pick-up and 4x4 commercial vehicles, including Land Rovers, with items weighing up to 550Kg. Its unique design incorporates all the advantages of a cantilever platform lift but with no under slung columns, ropes or chains. This promotes reliability and eliminates the risk of components grounding out or getting bent underneath when fitted to off-road and low chassis vehicles such as pick-ups. • Standard 500Kg MWL (550Kg as option). • Hydraulically powered for smooth action. • No underslung pillars. • No ropes or chains. • Cantilever action allows use of standard tow bar on vehicle. • 12V operation from vehicle battery. • Remote control (radio control as option). • Overload protection. REF EL500 Capacity 500Kg • Compact design (bespoke platform sizes as option). • Low weight of approximately 150Kg for minimal impact on vehicle payload. • Steel platform (aluminium and stainless steel as options). • Extensive range of options and accessories available. • Easily installed by the manufacturer or your vehicle body builder. Platform size mm 1800W x 750D PRICE £1529.75

86

PRICES INCLUDE DELIVERY ON ORDERS OVER £100

Action’s range of space saving jib cranes fold flat when not in use and supplied in knock down form. All models are fitted with relief valves to prevent overload. Tested 25% overload and certificate issued. 12 months guarantee. Fitted on easy running nylon wheels and heavy duty swivel hooks with safety latch. Ref AFC 250 and AFC500 have ‘U’ shaped base frames, other models are ‘Y’ shaped.
REF Cap Capacity Position 1 Capacity Position 2 Capacity Position 3 Min. Height Hook To Ground Max. Height Hook To Ground Column Height O/a Base Length Max. Width Inside Legs Max. Overall Width Ht. To Top Of Legs Dia. Of Wheels Knock Down Height Weight Hydraulic Pump PRICE 2300mm 1680mm 1425mm 620mm 740mm 125mm 100mm 400mm 75kg S/A £642.30 2130mm 1740mm 1485mm 650mm 750mm 120mm 100mm 400mm 85kg S/A £671.25 1940mm 1590mm 1650mm 780mm 950mm 150mm 125mm 495mm 100kg S/A £720.75 2240mm 1600mm 1670mm 820mm 960mm 150mm 125mm 495mm 130kg D/A £837.90 2745mm 1820mm 1995mm 1000mm 1155mm 220mm 175mm 650mm 200kg D/A £1176.00 2795mm 1870mm 1995mm 1000mm 1155mm 240mm 200mm 675mm 210kg D/A £1421.63 585mm 535mm 400mm 480mm 540mm 590mm AFC250 1/4 Tonne 245kg 178kg 102kg AFC500 1/2tonne 508kg 381kg 254kg AFC750 3/4 Tonne 750kg 600kg 500kg AFC1000 1 Tonne 1000kg 750kg 500kg AFC1500 11/2tonne 1500kg 1250kg 1000kg AFC2000 2 Tonne 2000kg 1500kg 1000kg

S/A = Single action pump unit D/A = Double action pump unit Colour: Hammer orange and black

ACTION'S RUGGED HEAVY DUTY FLOOR CRANES
Similar in appearance to above models but heavier construction and with fast double acting pumps. Chrome plated pistons. Swivel hook with safety latch. Heavy duty nylon wheels and castors. Constructed in strong hollow section steel. Tested 25% overload and certificate supplied. REF Capacity Position No 1 Position No 2 Position No 3 Min. Ht Hook To Ground Max. Ht Hook To Ground Column Height O/a Base Length Max. Width Inside Legs Max. Overall Width Height To Top Of Legs Dia. Of Wheels Knock Down Height Weight Price H-AFC1000 1 Tonne 1000kg @ 1003mm 750kg @ 1232mm 500kg @ 1410mm 692mm 2565mm 1680mm 1525mm 800mm 920mm 143mm 125mm 610mm 145kg. £1142.63 H-AFC2000 2 Tonne 2000-kg @ 1270mm 1750kg @ 1500mm 1000kg @ 1600mm 521mm 2642mm 1830mm 1677mm 890mm 990mm 147mm 150mm 625mm 180kg. £1555.50 H-AFC3000 3 Tonne 3000 Kg @ 1000 Mm 2000kg @ 1092 Mm 1500kg @ 1270mm 915mm 2565mm 1780mm 2082mm 1110mm 1270mm 235mm 150mm 730mm 350kg. £3682.50

Extras: Alternative Wheels Cast Iron Or Polyurethane. Also Removable Column For Export P.O.A.

ACTION'S COUNTERBALANCED CRANES

REF Cap Capacity Position 1 Capacity Position 2 Capacity Position 3 Min. Hook Height Max. Hook Height Height Of Column O/a Base Length Max. Overall Width Dia. Of Nylon Wheels Wt. Ex. Counterbalance Balance Wt. Reqd PRICE

CTC152 152kg. 152kg. 102kg. 76kg. 910-810-710 2060-2230-2370 1600mm 980mm 530mm 125mm 135kg. 200kg. £1241.25

CTC254 254kg. 254kg. 178kg. 102kg. 1010-890-490 2080-2240-2350 1791mm 1200mm 550mm 200mm 180kg. 249kg. £1402.13

CTC508 508kg. 508kg. 381kg. 254kg. 800-670-420 2350-2490-2730 1840mm 1450mm 630mm 200mm 215kg. 320kg. £1912.88

• Ballast infill not supplied.

PRICES INCLUDE DELIVERY ON ORDERS OVER £100

87

FOLDING WORKSHOP CRANES

WSCNDJ10 WSCSDJ20

REF Two workshop cranes that fold away when not in use. • Double action pump gives quick lifting. • Chrome plated pistons avoids rust and abrasion during use. • Safety overload valve. • Conforms to MD98/37/EC Annex 1. Lifting cap Kg - boom ext/closed Boom length - closed/extended Boom height - closed/extended Base size LxW mm Power ram rating - tonne Weight Kg PRICE

WSCSDJ20 500-2000 960-1500 350-1840 1700x1010 8 92 £456.00

WSCNDJ10 700-1000 1224-1525 0-1790 1065x1700 8 137.6 £462.00

STEEL JACKS
Used to brace or support loads. Mechanical operation to lift all kinds of items. Integrated carrying handle makes it portable and versatile. Load can be positioned on the head or toe. REF Capacity on head Kg Capacity on toe Kg Min toe height mm Min head height mm Max stroke mm Handle length mm Weight Kg PRICE SJ15 1500 SJ30 3000 SJ50 5000 SJ100 10000

FOLDING WORKSHOP CRANE
Larger capacity with three adjustable positions. • Forged heavy duty swivel hook. • Swivel operating handle. Optional manipulating position. • Conforms to MD98/37/EC Annex 1. • Safety overload valve. • Double action pump for fast operation. • Chrome plated pistons.

1050

2100

3500

7000

60

70

80

82

300

360

350

410

600

735

730

800

225

249

249

300

13 £159.00

20 £177.00

27

43 REF Lifting cap Kg - boom ext/closed Boom length - closed/extended Boom height - closed/extended Base size LxW mm Power ram rating - tonne Weight Kg PRICE WSCPDJ10 250-1000 1160-1460 350-2350 1126x1650 7 115 £474.00

£207.00 £318.00

88

PRICES INCLUDE DELIVERY ON ORDERS OVER £100

HYDRAULIC HEAD AND TOE JACKS
• Designed to overcome the problem of working in confined spaces. • Lifting capacity is the same on the head or the toe. • Ideal for machinery, forklift or heavy construction plant etc.

UNIVERSAL BOTTLE JACKS
• Universal jacks supply high force for general operations like lifting, pushing, moving etc. • Heavy duty usage. • Precision relief valve with ball seat. • Grooved saddles for grip. • Large base plates - increase stability.

REF HTJ-3 HTJ-6 HTJ-10

Cap Kg 3000 6000 10000

Stroke mm 130 152 130

Height mm Head Toe 360 268 280 16 22 29

PRICE £327.00 £402.00 £537.00

MANUAL MANHOLE LIFTING ARMS
Designed as a low cost lifting solution with the ability to exert up to 1 tonne of seal breaking capacity. Can be used as a single or double lift. Easily transported and stored - weighs only 3.5Kg. Supplied with a basic set of ‘T’ keys.

REF JH2 JH4 JH6 JH8

Cap Height mm Screw ext t closed open mm 2 4 6 8 12 20 30 181 205 219 225 240 240 280 346 391 424 447 473 473 460 50 60 75 70 80 80 –

PRICE £39.20 £46.20 £51.80 £57.40 £70.00 £98.00 £224.00

REF MLA

PRICE £184.35

JH12 JH20 JH30

MANHOLE COVER LIFTERS
Remove heavy and often embedded manhole covers with a single person operation. Up to 3 tonne SWL with safety certificate to 25% overload. Supplied with a set of imperial and metric steel keys to fit covers. Hydraulic jack operation. Choice of two cover widths - each having a standard version. High lift version and a rough terrain version.

102 ROUGH TERRAIN 204

Max cover width 925mm - key centres 240-825mm REF 102 102HL 102RT Type Standard High lift Rough terrain Lift height 150mm 254mm 254mm PRICE £1094.74 £1191.83 £1345.31

Max cover width 1250mm - key centres 240-1200mm REF 204 204HL 204RT Type Standard High lift Rough terrain Lift height 150mm 254mm 254mm PRICE £1782.21 £1953.67 £2041.48

MANHOLE COVER LIFTER
• Designed to overcome the problem of working in confined spaces. • Lifting capacity is the same on the head or the toe. REF M102 PRICE £603.85

PRICES INCLUDE DELIVERY ON ORDERS OVER £100

89

PORTABLE GANTRY- FIXED HEIGHT
Capacity: 1/2 - 5 tons - Larger capacities and sizes available on request. Gantry can be used with either electric or hand chain pulley block. Mounted on cast iron swivel castors. Poly tyred wheels can also be supplied. Bracings can be fitted external or internal as application suits. Size: 3000mm under beam. 3000mm between span. REF 3108 3108/A 3108/B 3108/C 3108/D 3108/E 3108/F Gantries SWL 500kg 1 tonne 2 tonne 3 tonne 5 tonne Fixed height £701.16 £1009.65 £1133.15 £1329.90 £1650.00 Extra span per 305mm £24.41 £35.86 £48.84 £60.15 £90.19 Extra height per 305 mm £24.41 £35.86 £48.84 £60.15 £90.19 £304.94 £146.59

Parking jacks for above Extra for poly tyred wheels

PORTABLE ALUMINIUM GANTRY
• 24 standard models. • Assemble or dismantle in a few minutes. • Corrosion resistant. • Most hygienic for many applications.

Aluminium gantries are the ultimate in lightweight construction for ease of portability. These gantries are most ideal when you require constant assembly and disassembly, such as for site use. The smallest gantry with 1 tonne capacity weighs only 68kgs and only takes a few minutes to assemble. Available in either 1 or 2 tonne capacities. Features: • Adjustable height. • Infinitely adjustable beam. • Three transportation straps. • Four position swivel lock castors (152mm Dia) with non scuff moulded polyurethane tyred wheels to give maximum protection against marking floors, from cracking and chipping, with ease of movement. REF Cap O/A span mm 2440 2440 2440 3050 Span I/S wheel centres mm 2210 2210 2210 2820 2820 2820 3328 3328 3328 4344 4344 4344 2210 2210 2210 2820 2820 2820 3328 3328 3328 4344 4344 4344 Width I/S posts mm 2105 2105 2105 2715 2715 2715 3320 3320 3320 4240 4240 4240 2105 2105 2105 2715 2715 2715 3320 3320 3320 4240 4240 4240 Height underside of beam mm Max Min I I beam weight PRICE beam flange depth width kg mm mm 152 86 68 £3040.27 152 152 152 152 152 203 203 203 254 254 254 203 203 203 254 254 254 305 305 305 305 305 305 86 86 86 86 86 102 102 102 118 118 118 102 102 102 118 118 118 118 127 127 127 127 127 73 90 72 76 94 89 93 110 114 118 135 100 105 123 117 123 140 137 142 160 152 157 175 £3151.25 £3489.85 £3261.43 £3371.63 £3710.24 £3322.55 £3432.75 £3771.35 £3950.71 £4060.89 £4399.49 £3715.04 £3937.83 £4276.43 £4196.00 £4418.78 £4757.39 £4717.18 £4939.96 £5278.57 £5106.47 £5329.25 £5667.84 All one and two tonne models have 1370mm. width between wheel centres. • Aluminium gantries are the choice for corrosion resistant product. Can be used in bakeries or other food related operations, and enables complete wash down.

10808 10810 10812 11008

2460 3070 3680 2460 3070 3680 2460 3070 3680 2460 3070 3680 2460 3070 3680 2460 3070 3680 2460 3070 3680 2460 3070 3680

1880 2490 3100 1880 2490 3100 1880 2490 3100 1880 2490 3100 1880 2490 3100 1880 2490 3100 1880 2490 3100 1880 2490 3100

11012 11208 11210 11212 11508 11510 11512 20808 20810 20812 21008

1 TONNE

11010

3050 3050 3660 3660 3660 4575 4575 4575 2440 2440 2440 3050

21012 21208 21210 21212 21508 21510 21512

2 TONNE

21010

3050 3050 3660 3660 3660 4575 4575 4575

SIMPLE TO MOVE...

90

PRICES ON THIS PAGE ARE EX-WORKS

SWING JIB CRANES
This full range of jib cranes, pillar, hall or column mounted can be supplied under or over-braced. • All cranes conform to BS7333 and comply to quality standard BS5750: part 1/150 9001. • Optional extras available to cater for special environments such as: outside working and hazardous areas. Standard colour finish: Safety yellow BS4800 (O8E 51). FREE STANDING PILLAR RANGE Standard features: • Height to underside of beam 3m. • Manual slew 360˚ or 270˚. • Under or overbraced as required. • Specials easily catered for. • Installation and nationwide testing available. • Full instructions supplied for self-install on a prepared base to dimensions and foundation bolt pattern supplied — including bolt pattern template. • A detailed drawing is supplied for your signed approval prior to manufacture. Optional extras: • Electrical package — power feed along jib arm (and fused isolator on the column in the case of free-standing crane). • Holding down bolts. H Foundation template. • Power slew facility. H Installation-site testing. • Electrical or manual hoists. FREESTANDING JIB CRANE — OVERBRACED — 360˚ SLEW Jib Radius Ht m U/side 5m 3m 4m 2m 3 3 3 3 £2778.37 £2791.95 £2805.53 £3018.73 £2812.32 £2825.90 £3052.68 £3529.32 £2846.27 £2961.69 £3086.62 £3602.65 £3154.52 £3168.10 £3675.98 £4388.90

REF FJC/1 FJC/2 FJC/3 FJC/4

Cap SWL 125kg 250kg 500kg 1000kg

6m £3227.85 £3241.43 £3749.31 £4215.08

WALL OR COLUMN MOUNTED CRANES • Under or over-braced H Maximum slew 180˚. • Bearing housing mounting plates drilled at 150mm centres. Self-installation details supplied. Back plates and installation bolts supplied extra. Special sizes on request. WALL OR COLUMN MOUNTED CRANES REF Cap kg 125 250 500 1000 Jib Radius 2m £760.45 £795.76 £840.57 £987.23 3m £794.40 £814.77 £860.94 £1019.82 4m £811.38 £881.31 £1052.41 £1106.73 5m £852.79 £1086.36 £1093.15 £1129.82 6m £916.62 £1118.95 £1166.48 £1207.22

CMO/1 CMO/2 CMO/3 CMO/4

ELECTRIC CHAIN HOIST
• High performance, built for safety and reliability to International/UK standards. • Weather protected. Hoist and controls to IP55 and IP65. CE marked. • Complete electrical protection to operator by 42V control circuit to fully insulated controls. • Minimum maintenance. All bearings are lubricated at assembly and sealed for life. • Tested to 125% of rated capacity, certificate issued with conformity declaration. • Standard 3 metres lift - extra available. Hook suspension or push trolley, geared trolley, electric trolley with single or dual speed options. • 400 volt 3 phase - 50Hz (Single phase available POA).

REF CPV/CAPACITY Number falls of load chain Single speed M/min lift Dual speed lift (POA) PRICE Eye or hook suspension PRICE Push travel trolley PRICE Geared trolley PRICE Electric travel/single PRICE Electric travel/dual

125Kg 1 8 8/2 £905.73 £935.73 £1012.88 £1432.89 £1685.75

250Kg 1 8 8/2 £925.73 £1012.88 £1091.45 £1511.46 £1731.46

500Kg 2 4 4/1 £1044.31 £1162.88 £1164.31 £1662.89 £1922.90

500Kg 1 8 8/2 £1252.88 £1322.88 £1437.17 £1868.61 £2137.19

1000Kg 2 4 4/1 £1342.88 £1452.89 £1508.60 £1955.75 £2217.19

1000Kg 1 8 8/2 £1688.61 £1967.18 £1914.32 £2387.19 £2574.34

2000Kg 2 4 4/1 £1728.61 £1990.04 £2082.90 £2504.34 £2828.63

Prices are based on single speed lifting, for dual speed and options please enquire. • Further options - low headroom models, chain collection boxes, high capacity units up to 10,000Kg and air powered hoists.

PRICES ON THIS PAGE ARE EX-WORKS

91

COMPACT ELECTRIC CHAIN HOIST
• 125Kg capacity but weighs only 12Kg. • M4 high duty rating - easy installation and maintenance. • Fitted with overload protection. • Small, compact design with an overall hook to hook headroom height of 318mm. • Single or three phase versions and a choice of lifting speeds. • Standard lift height 3m complete with chain bucket. Extra lift heights and respective chain buckets available.

REF CPS/400/4 CPS/400/10 CPS/110/4 CPS/230/4

Supply 400v 3ph 50hz 400v 3ph 50hz 110v 1ph 50hz 230v 1ph 50hz

Lifting Speed 4 mpm 10 mpm 4 mpm 4 mpm

PRICE £780.02 £780.02 £780.02 £780.02

REVOLUTIONARY 360° HAND CHAIN HOIST

• New patented 360° hand chain hoists are set to transform the way in which hoists can now be used. • Allows operator to control operations from any angle, from any side, in any plane and even from above. • Whatever the task the operator can now control from the most comfortable position, efficiently and in total safety. • High quality manufactured with a unique operational ability.

REF Capacity (WLL) Falls of load chain Load chain diameter Standard height of lift Effort on hand chain WLL Weight at standard height of lift Minimum headroom PRICE Extra per M lift

360/0.5 500Kg 1 5x15mm 3.0m 21Kg 9Kg 300mm £139.20 £20.16

360/1 1000Kg 1 6x18mm 3.0m 30Kg 13Kg 335mm £148.80 £20.16

360/2 2000Kg 1 8x24mm 3.0m 32Kg 20Kg 395mm £204.80 £23.04

360/3 360/5 360/10 3000Kg 5000Kg 10000Kg 1 2 3 10x30mm 10x30mm 10x30mm 3.0m 3.0m 3.0m 38Kg 34Kg 44Kg 29Kg 38Kg 71Kg 520mm 640mm 825mm £339.20 £448.00 £684.80 £28.80 £48.00 £81.60

HAND CHAIN HOISTS
• These hoists include all preferentials which are expected by the user: quality, safety and performance - at favourable prices. • Robust all steel construction, combined with light weight ease of use. • Very low headroom allows optimal use of available space. • Roller and ball bearings on all rotating parts for smooth operation. • Zinc plated hand and load chains standard. REF Capacity No of chain strands Standard lifting height Pull on hand chain d@N Nett weight standard lift PRICE Extra per M lift VSPLUS0.5/1 500Kg 1 3.0m 26 9.0Kg £119.88 £18.38 VSPLUS1/1 1000Kg 1 3.0m 36 11.2Kg £136.94 £18.38 VSPLUS2/2 2000Kg 2 3.0m 37 15.3Kg £172.38 £28.00 VSPLUS3/2 3000Kg 2 3.0m 41 24.7Kg £252.00 £33.25 VSPLUS5/2 5000Kg 2 3.0m 44 38.7Kg £339.50 £43.75

• Optional chain bucket as shown. • Overload protection device (slip clutch) available extra on request. • Special models for extremely corrosive environments on request. • Higher capacity models up to 20000Kg also available. • All hoists operationally tested to 150% overload and test certificate issued.

92

PRICES INCLUDE DELIVERY ON ORDERS OVER £100

REXLINE HAND CHAIN BLOCKS
• Economical, heavy duty, high quality hand chain hoist for all uses. • Enclosed handy design - easy and safe operation. • Swivelling load suspension hooks with safety catch. • Lightweight with short headroom. • Grade 80 load chain and hand chain both plated as standard. REF Falls of load chain Standard lift height m Effort required under load Kg Height 3m lift Kg Minimum head room mm PRICE REX0.5 1 3 24 11 315 £117.60 REX1.0 1 3 30 13 315 £128.01 • 3m standard lift height - other lifts available on request. • Full spares availability. • Chain bags available on request. • Tested and certified.

REX2.0 2 3 34 21.5 380 £181.55

REX3.0 2 3 39 31 475 £215.94

REX5.0 2 3 43 41 635 £289.70

Please enquire for extra metres of lift chain.

HANDY AND REXLINE RATCHET LEVER HOISTS
• Economical, heavy duty, high quality hoists, capacity 250 to 6000Kg. • Lightweight and low overall height. • For lifting, pulling and lashing loads. • Lifting and lowering by forward and reverse motion of the lever. • Chain free reeling by turning the hand wheel or by pulling the non-loaded chain. • 1.5m standard lift height, other lift heights available on request. • Load pressure brake holds the load in every position. • Upper and lower swivel safety load hooks. • Grade 80 plated load chain. • Full spares available. • Tested and certified.

REF
Lifting capacity t. Standard lift height m Number of chain falls Effort required under load Kg Weight 1.5m lift Kg PRICE

HL0.25
250Kg 1.5 1 25 2.2 £119.70

HL0.50
500Kg 1.5 1 28 2.8 £150.02

RL0.75
750Kg 1.5 1 16 8 £119.40

RL1.5
1500Kg 1.5 1 18 11 £139.35

RL3.0
3000Kg 1.5 1 36 17 £170.57

RL6.0
6000Kg 1.5 2 36 26 £234.86
HL0.25 RL0.75

BEAM CLAMPS
• Designed to locate on the flanges of beams via a screw arrangement. • Acts as semi permanent lifting point. Black finish. • Suitable for chain hoists or steel lifting devices. REF • With shackle suspension as standard. BC1T BC2T BC3T BC5T BC10T Capacity 1 tonne 2 tonne 3 tonne 5 tonne 10 tonne Beam width range mm 70 - 245 70 - 245 70 - 355 70 - 355 80 - 350 PRICE £91.19 £102.77 £128.25 £153.74 £229.02

HAND PUSH OR GEARED OVERHEAD TROLLEYS
• Perfect partner for manual, electric or air hoists. • Compact design - rugged construction easy assembly. • Adjustable to wide range of beam sizes (INP, IPE and IPB). Cap Kg HAND PUSH TROLLEYS Each capacity has 2 ranges of beam width - see list below HTP/A 500 1000 2000 3000 5000 10000 50-220 58-220 66-220 74-220 90-220 – PRICE £85.80 £113.85 £143.55 £231.00 £356.40 – HTP/B 160-300 160-300 160-300 160-300 180-300 – PRICE £94.05 £122.10 £156.75 £247.50 £376.20 – • Precision adjustment right and left hand threaded, clevis type load bar - centre positioning of the hoist. • Lifetime lubricated forged wheels. Ball bearings ensure smooth operation. HTP GEARED CHAIN TROLLEYS Each capacity has 2 ranges of beam width - see list below HTG/A 50-220 58-220 66-220 74-220 90-220 – PRICE £143.55 £168.30 £199.65 £273.90 £366.30 – HTG/B 160-300 160-300 160-300 160-300 180-300 125-310 PRICE £151.80 £176.55 £211.20 £278.85 £387.75 £716.10 0.90 0.90 1.15 1.40 1.80 1.80 Min radius curve m

HTG

PRICES INCLUDE DELIVERY ON ORDERS OVER £100

93

CRANE FORKS FOR BRICKS

CRANE FORKS FOR PALLET LOADS

CFA/C REF Capacity Kg Balance Fork length Height mm Weight Kg PRICE CFM/C1 CFA/C1 CFM/C2 CFA/C2 1000 Manual 1000 140 Auto 1000 140 2000 Manual 1000 220 Auto 1000 220 REF Capacity Kg Fork length Height mm Weight Kg PRICE CFA1 1000 1000 11001600 140 CFA2 2000 1000 13002000 220 CFA3 3000 1000 13002000 280

CFA CFA5 5000 1000 13002000 380 Weight Kg PRICE REF Capacity Kg Fork length Height mm CFM1 1000 1000 11001600 130 CFM2 2000 1000 13002000 200

CFM

CFM3 3000 1000 13002000 250

CFM5 5000 1000 13002000 270

1420 - 1920

1655-2350

£1728.40 £1943.00 £2114.10 £2321.45

£1046.90 £1249.90 £1629.80 £2134.40

£890.30 £1077.35 £1365.90 £1818.30

Forks and height adjustable to suit load. Fully tested. Certificate issued.

Forks and height adjustable to suit the load. Lifting ring adjusts automatically. Fully tested. Certificate issued.

Forks and height adjustable to suit the load. Lifting ring manually adjusting. Fully tested. Certificate issued.

HINGED VERTICAL PLATE CLAMPS
CX CY

VERTICAL PLATE CLAMPS

CZ920.5 CZ92

REF CY1 CY2 CY3

Cap Kg 1000 2000 3000

Plate Weight mm Kg PRICE 0-20 4.2 £242.15 0-32 13.3 £321.90 0-32 13.3 £346.55

Fitted with a cam operated locking mechanism. Fully tested. Certificate issued.

REF CX1 CX3 CX6 CX8 CX10

Cap Kg 1500 3000 6000 8000 10000

Plate Weight mm Kg PRICE 0-20 5 £303.05 0-32 12 £420.50 0-50 38 £611.90 0-50 39 £968.60 0-50 61 £1052.70

Designed to handle plate at any angle and awkward shapes. Cam locking mechanism. Fully tested. Certificate issued.

Cap REF Kg CZ921.5 1500 CZ922 2000 CZ923 3000 Fitted with cam operating locking mechanism. Fully tested. Certificate issued.

Plate Weight mm Kg PRICE 0-20 3.0 £176.90 0-32 8 £220.40 0-32 10 £311.75

Cap Plate Weight REF Kg mm Kg PRICE CZ920.5 500 0-16 1.4 £153.70

Supplied without a locking lever and available with a manual handle replacing the hook ring. Fully tested. Certificate issued.

SINGLE RAIL LIFTING CLAMP AND PULLING CLAMP

REF CR750 CR21 REF RP1.5 RP3 RP5

Lifting Clamp Cap 1000Kg Weight 13Kg Cap 2000Kg Weight 13Kg Pulling Clamp Cap 1500Kg Weight 6Kg Cap 3000Kg Weight 8Kg Cap 5000Kg Weight 13Kg

PRICE £623.50 £748.20 PRICE £342.20 £455.30 £595.95

RP

CR

CR+BEAM

94

PRICES INCLUDE DELIVERY ON ORDERS OVER £100

ROUND STOCK & PIPE GRABS
Designed to work in minimised trench width. Fully automatic. BTR

BLOCK GRABS

Open and close on scissor principle. Automatic open and close available. Larger block sizes available.

TST small

REF BTR2.5/7 BTR2.5/11 BTR3.5/6 BTR3.5/10 BTR3.5/15

Cap Kg 2500 2500 3500 3500 3500

Pipe dia mm 275-700 700-1100 300-600 600-1000 1000-1500

PRICE POA POA POA POA POA

REF TST0.5 TST1.0

Cap Kg 500 1000

Block size mm 0-150 50-250

Weight Kg 23 38

PRICE £661.20 £874.35

Open and close on scissor principal. Automatic open/close available. Larger sizes available.

BEAM SUSPENSION CLAMPS
With load axle to minimise headroom.

TRU

SC

REF TRU0.1 TRU0.5 TRU1.0 TRU1.5 TRU3.0 TRU4.0

Cap Kg Pipe dia mm Weight Kg PRICE 100 50-150 7 £493.00 500 35-200 15 £537.95 1000 35-200 20 £609.00 1500 80-300 24 £696.00 3000 80-300 49 £1036.75 4000 200-600 150 £1773.35

REF SC1 SC2 SC3 SC5 SC10

Cap Kg 1000 2000 3000 5000 10000

Flange width mm 75-230 75-230 80-320 90-310 90-320

PRICE £69.60 £73.95 £91.35 £111.65 £150.80

TRAVELLING BEAM CLAMPS
Adjustable to suit various beam widths.

TSC

REF TSC1 TSC2 TSC2/L TSC3 TSC3/L

Cap Kg 1000 2000 2000 3000 3000

Flange width mm 60-150 75-200 200-300 75-200 200-320

PRICE £117.45 £159.50 £178.35 £214.60 £236.35

SC92

With base shackle.

REF SC921 SC922 SC923 SC923/L SC925 SC925/L SC9210

Cap Kg 1000 2000 3000 3000 5000 5000 10000

Flange width mm 75-210 75-210 100-270 75-305 100-270 75-305 75-305

PRICE £89.90 £98.60 £120.35 £179.80 £192.85 £226.20 £352.35

PALLET PULLER
• Ideal for dragging pallets into accessible positions for fork truck handling. • For loading and unloading vehicles and containers. • Scissor action gives powerful grip. • Fitted with a heavy duty chain - it can move up to 2270Kg.

REF GPAL12 GPAL21

Scissor Single Double

Size LxW mm 355x380 450x340

Jaw size 140mm 110mm

PRICE £49.03 £56.70

PRICES INCLUDE DELIVERY ON ORDERS OVER £100

95

TEXTARP CONTRACTORS POLYETHYLENE TARPAULINS
Ideal for most temporary cover work where cost is an important consideration and the extra strength afforded by Textarp Standard, Plus or ST™ qualities is not required. This is our most popular tarpaulin range offering exceptional value for money. A double colour tarpaulin, blue on one side, green on the reverse. • Woven polyethylene - 30 micron coating on both sides - 90gsm.

TEXTARP STANDARD POLYETHYLENE TARPAULINS
Traditional standard tarpaulin quality ideal for most temporary waterproof cover applications. Textarp standard offers a combination of economy, strength and durability whilst remaining light and manageable available in blue - white on special order. • Denser weave construction - 30 micron waterproof coating on each side - 110gsm.

TEXTARP ST POLYETHYLENE TARPAULINS
A high specification tarpaulin, the Textarp ST range (green) offers superior strength and durability derived from over a 50% increase in weight compared to the Textarp Standard Plus. • 3 x 3 weave, 2400 denier - 175gsm.

TEXTARP PLUS POLYETHYLENE TARPAULINS
Produced with a dense weave and extra heavy polyethylene coating both sides for super strength and durability. The tarpaulins are UV stabilised to inhibit material degradation and colour fade. Textarp Plus are recommended as market stall covers and other applications where superior tear or burst strength is required. Green/white striped. • 14 x 14 weave with extra heavy 40 micron coating on both sides - 180gsm.

2.7x3.6 REF CONTRACTORS £4.14 STANDARD PLUS REF ST 4x3 £14.96

3.4x3.6 £5.30 4x5 £24.96

3.6x5.4 £8.28 £11.96 £25.42 4x6 £30.02

4.5x6 £11.50 £16.56 £35.30

4.5x9 £17.26 -

Size: metre x metre 5.4x7 7x9 7x11 £16.10 £26.80 £32.78 £23.12 £38.52 £47.04 £49.34 4x12 £59.92 6x8 £59.92 8x10 £99.82

7.2x9 £82.22

7.2x11 9x14 £53.60 £77.06 £100.52 £164.46

10x10 £42.56 -

12x20 £146.62 -

Size: metre x metre 4x8 4x10 £40.02 £49.92

SPANCLAD SCAFFOLD CLADDING
• Spanclad cladding offers both weather protection and debris containment in one system. This top quality cladding is manufactured in a tough clear wind and rain resistant polyethylene which allows the transmission of natural light whilst the reinforced mesh offers strength and durability. It is highly recommended for use on buildings where face work is being undertaken due to the high levels of weather protection Spanclad provides. • Grade SC225. • 10 x 10mm mesh coated polyethylene.

REF SP/2/45 SP/3/45 SP/TIES

Size m x m 2x45 3x45 28cm

Colour/Description Transparent Transparent Elastic Cord Tie (100)

PRICE £92.00 £149.50 £0.26

NETSPAN SCAFFOLD DEBRIS NETTING
• Netspan scaffold debris netting provides you with a tough, durable and inexpensive method of wind blown waste protection. It will assist you in providing to both the workforce and general public. Netspan allows the transmission of natural light and provides partial weather protection, REF NS/2/50/A NS/2/50/B NS/3/50 NS/2/50 NS/TIES Size m x m 2x50 2x50 3x50 2x50 28cm long for high levels of weather protection see Spanclad cladding. Netspan is not a safety net. • Grade NS7080 BS7955:1999 + LPS1215. • Monofilament polyethylene netting with black eyelets at 10cm centres.

Colour/Description Green or Blue Red or Black Green or Blue Flame Retardant Quick Fix Ties (1000)

PRICE £43.70 £46.00 £64.98 £65.66 £23.00

96

PRICES INCLUDE DELIVERY ON ORDERS OVER £100

Offering low weight, flexibility and ease of handling, web slings will provide the ideal solution to most of your lifting problems. All slings are colour coded and additionally have ident stripes to indicate WLL (working load limit). Both duplex and round slings are manufactured to give a 7:1 safety factor, each sling is individually numbered for traceability and supplied with a certificate of conformity. Texspan slings fully comply with the requirements of BS EN 1492:2000, the UK & European lifting sling standard. All slings are CE marked.

DUPLEX WEBBING SLINGS
Duplex slings are manufactured in double thickness webbing produced from high tenacity polyester yarn. Terminated with a becket eye, reinforced to protect the eye against damage during lifting. They offer lightness and suppleness, removing the risk of damage to sling or load.

WLL Tonne 1 2 3 4 5 6 8 10

1 metre REF PRICE 08B0010 £4.82 08B0070 £5.59 08B0130 £8.11 08B0190 £12.86 -

2 metre REF PRICE 08B0020 £6.92 08B0080 £9.62 08B0140 £13.90 08B0200 £20.38 08B0250 £25.18 08B0305 £32.19 -

3 metre REF PRICE 08B0030 £9.66 08B0090 £13.79 08B0150 £19.65 08B0210 £28.74 08B0260 £36.58 08B0306 £48.70 -

4 metre REF PRICE 08B0040 £12.12 08B0100 £17.35 08B0160 £25.81 08B0220 £36.58 08B0270 £47.97 08B0310 £56.64 -

5 metre REF PRICE 08B0050 £14.42 08B0110 £20.90 08B0170 £31.45 08B0230 £43.99 08B0280 £59.36 08B0315 £72.21 -

6 metre 8 metre REF PRICE REF PRICE 08B0060 £16.72 08B0120 £24.45 08B0180 £36.16 08B0240 £51.10 08B0290 £69.91 08B0300 £93.42 08B0320 £78.17 08B0330 £110.77 08B0340 £132.72 -

POLYESTER ROUND SLINGS
Round slings are manufactured from 100% polyester. The sling is made up with a seamless outer polyester cover and a core produced from a continuous hank of high tenacity polyester which is hugely strong. They are softer than duplex slings and kinder to delicate surfaces. • The length of the sling is circumferential. • Extra lengths per metre can be supplied if required.

1 metre WLL Tonne REF PRICE 1 08A0010 £3.44 2 08A0090 £4.32 3 08A0170 £5.00 4 5 08A0250 £12.54 6 8 -

2 metre REF PRICE 08A0020 £4.85 08A0100 £5.97 08A0180 £8.17 08A0260 £11.29 -

3 metre REF PRICE 08A0030 £6.48 08A0110 £8.35 08A0190 £10.87 08A0270 £20.90 -

4 metre 5 metre 6 metre 8 metre REF PRICE REF PRICE REF PRICE REF PRICE 08A0040 £7.70 08A0050 £9.18 08A0060 £10.66 08A0070 £14.53 08A0120 £10.87 08A0130 £12.96 08A0140 £15.05 08A0150 £21.00 08A0200 £13.38 08A0210 £15.68 08A0220 £19.12 08A0230 £25.39 08A0280 £20.90 08A0290 £29.47 08A0300 £46.08 08A0330 £35.32 08A0350 £44.94 08A0360 £60.51

10 metre REF PRICE 08A0080 £17.66 08A0160 £25.92 08A0240 £31.14 08A0310 £56.74 08A0340 £55.91 -

12 metre REF PRICE 08A0085 £18.50 08A0165 £30.83 08A0241 £32.50 08A0320 £64.27 -

GUIDE TO SAFE LIFTING
Correct sling selection is an important consideration when planning your lift. The WLL will change depending on the lifting mode used: straight lift, choke hitch or basket lift. Use the factor to determine the correct sling selection. A comprehensive guide covering - correct sling selection, storage, inspection, care and usage is available upon request.

0-45

˚

45-60

˚

mode factor 1 tonne 2 tonne 3 tonne 4 tonne 5 tonne

1 1000Kg 2000Kg 3000Kg 4000Kg 5000Kg

0.8 800Kg 1600Kg 2400Kg 3200Kg 4000Kg

2.0 2000Kg 4000Kg 6000Kg 8000Kg 10000Kg

1.4 1400Kg 2800Kg 4200Kg 5600Kg 7000Kg

1.0 1000Kg 2000Kg 3000Kg 4000Kg 5000Kg

PRICES INCLUDE DELIVERY ON ORDERS OVER £150

97

LIGHT DUTY LASHINGS
• 25mm wide webbing - 800Kg capacity. • Lightweight long handle ratchet with safety release. • High tenacity polyester webbing. • Length - 4 metres or 8 metres from stock. Alternative lengths made to order. • Claw hooks supplied as standard. Alternative end fittings available - please enquire. • Light duty LC 400 dan. • EN12195-2:2001 compliant. REF VL004-0006 VL004-0009 Length - metres 4 8 PRICE £4.48 £5.40

MEDIUM DUTY LASHINGS
• 35mm wide webbing - 2500Kg capacity. • Double locking long wide handle ratchet. • High tenacity polyester webbing. • Length - 4, 6, 8 and 10 metres from stock. Alternative lengths made to order. • Claw hooks supplied as standard. Alternative end fittings available - please enquire. • Medium duty LC 1250 dan. REF Length - metres PRICE • EN12195-2:2001 compliant. VL006-0005 4 £9.90 VL006-0006 6 £11.28 VL006-0007 8 £12.76 VL006-0008 10 £14.14

HEAVY DUTY LASHINGS
• 50mm wide webbing - 4000Kg capacity. • Double locking long wide handle ratchet. • High tenacity polyester webbing. • Length - 4, 6, 8, 10, 12 and 15 metres from stock. Alternative lengths made to order. • Choose end fittings required REF Length - metres PRICE - see below. Claw hooks supplied as standard. VL001-0001 4 £10.24 • Heavy duty LC 2000 dan. VL001-0002 6 £11.96 • EN12195-2:2001 compliant. VL001-0004 8 £13.58 VL001-0006 10 £15.06 VL001-0008 12 £16.68 VL001-0009 15 £21.40

EXTRA HEAVY DUTY LASHINGS
• 75mm wide webbing - 10000Kg capacity. • Double locking long wide handle ratchet. • High tenacity polyester webbing. • Length - 4, 6, 8, or 10 metres from stock. Alternative lengths made to order. • Claw hooks supplied as standard. Alternative end REF Length - metres PRICE fittings available please enquire. VL043-0005 4 £68.88 • Heavy duty LC 2000 dan. VL043-0002 6 £70.96 • EN12195-2:2001 compliant. VL043-0003 8 £78.08 VL043-0004 10 £82.68

CHOICE OF ALTERNATIVE END FITTINGS FOR HEAVY DUTY 50mm LASHINGS
• Please advise on order

BESPOKE LASHINGS
We are pleased to offer a manufacturing facility to produce all your special requirements. For many customers we also produce own brand lashings with special packing, labelling or web marking. Minimum quantities apply.

H30-0071 Claw Hook

H30-0103 Hook with Keeper

H30-0053 Twisted Snap

H30-0074 Rave Hook

H30-0000 Plain Loop End

H30-0101 D Ring

98

PRICES INCLUDE DELIVERY ON ORDERS OVER £100

MEDIUM DUTY BOX VAN STRAP WITH CAM BUCKLE
• Universal box van lashing - 750Kg BF. • Zinc plated overcentre and claw hook end fittings. • Length - 4 metre. • Densley woven black PP webbing for extra strength, 50mm wide. • Choose alternative end fittings from list below. • EN12195-2:2001 compliant. REF VB001-0002

PRICE £6.78

HEAVY DUTY BOX VAN STRAP WITH CAM BUCKLE
• Heavy duty box van strap - 2000Kg BF. • Locking overcentre buckle and claw hook end fittings. • Length - 4 metre. • Durable high tenacity blue polyester webbing, 50mm wide. • Choose alternative end fittings from list below. • EN12195-2:2001 compliant. REF VB002-0003

PRICE £8.86

HEAVY DUTY BOX VAN STRAP WITH RATCHET TENSIONER
• Extra heavy duty box van strap - 2000Kg BF. • Ratchet tensioned with security locking ratchet and claw hook end fittings. • Length - 4 metre. • Durable high tenacity red polyester webbing, 50mm wide. • Choose alternative end fittings from list below. REF PRICE • EN12195-2:2001 compliant. VB003-0004 £8.74

CHOICE OF ALTERNATIVE END FITTINGS FOR BOX VAN STRAP

Advise on order.

We are pleased to offer a manufacturing facility to produce all your special requirements. For many customers we also produce own brand lashings with special packing labelling or web marking.

Claw Hook H30-0067 1000Kg 50mm

Two Pin Shoe H30-0062 2500Kg 50mm

E Track Fitting H30-0018 1000Kg 50mm

Double Stud H30-0016 2000Kg 25mm

Butterfly Hook H30-0004 1500Kg 50mm

Pressed Flat Hook H30-0023 1800Kg 50mm

INTERNAL CARGO CURTAINSIDER STRAP
• Zinc plated overcentre buckle. 750Kg capacity. • Closed rave hook and snap hook fitting. See alternative fittings listed below. • Dual length adjustment. • Black polypropylene webbing, 50mm wide. • Length - 425cm. REF PRICE • EN12195-2:2001 compliant. VC001-0001 £7.24

TAIL STRAP FOR CURTAINSIDER
• Universal tail strap for 50cm width overcentre buckets. • Closed rave hook fitting. See alternative fittings below. • Black polypropylene webbing, 50mm wide. • Length - 82cm. • EN12195-2:2001 compliant. REF VC003-0001 PRICE £1.16

CHOICE OF ALTERNATIVE END FITTINGS FOR CURTAINSIDER STRAPS
Advise on order.

H30-0124 H30-0123 H30-0104 Bobbin Ring 50mm Bobbin Pressed Rave Ring Wasted Hook

H30-0036 Solid Net Roller

Black plate with stainless steel nuts and bolts for direct attachment of tensioner to curtain.

We are pleased to offer a manufacturing facility to produce all your special requirements. For many customers we also produce own brand lashings with special packing, labelling or web marking. Minimum quantities apply.

PRICES INCLUDE DELIVERY ON ORDERS OVER £100

99

WIRE ROPE SLINGS
Wire rope slings by a British manufacturer to BSEN13414-1. All slings supplied with grade 80 rings, fittings and secured by mechanically spliced aluminium ferrules. Test certificate supplied. Capacity is nominal working load limit - in tonnes. • Prices are based on a one metre sling length - add extra per metre (p/m) length as required.

Double Eye Strop Type Rope dia 8mm 9mm 11mm 13mm 14mm 16mm 18mm 20mm 24mm Type Rope dia 8mm 9mm 11mm 13mm 14mm 16mm 18mm 20mm 24mm Double Eye Strop - 1m REF PRICE KWR-SL1TSE £23.24 KWR-SL2TSE £30.80 KWR-SL3TSE £47.23 KWR-SL4TSE £56.75 KWR-SL5TSE £69.11 KWR-SL7TSE £98.44 Two Leg Sling - 1m REF PRICE KWR-2L1TH £107.98 KWR-2L2TH £109.55 KWR-2L3TH £112.26 KWR-2L4TH £115.03 KWR-2L5TH £162.02 KWR-2L7TH £229.92 KWR-2L10TH £542.69

Single Leg Extra per metre length REF PRICE KWR-SL1TSE/EPM £2.75 KWR-SL2TSE/EPM £3.36 KWR-SL3TSE/EPM £6.09 KWR-SL4TSE/EPM £7.63 KWR-SL5TSE/EPM £9.17 KWR-SL7TSE/EPM £12.27 Extra per metre length REF PRICE KWR-2L1TH/EPM £5.25 KWR-2L2TH/EPM £5.48 KWR-2L3TH/EPM £5.97 KWR-2L4TH/EPM £6.72 KWR-2L5TH/EPM £11.66 KWR-2L7TH/EPM £15.26 KWR-2L10TH/EPM £24.54 Type Rope dia 8mm 9mm 11mm 13mm 14mm 16mm 18mm 20mm 24mm Type Rope dia 8mm 9mm 11mm 13mm 14mm 16mm 18mm 20mm 24mm

Two Leg Single Leg Sling - 1m REF PRICE KWR-SL1TMH £60.80 KWR-SL2TMH £61.30 KWR-SL3TMH £90.02 KWR-SL4TMH £122.05 KWR-SL5TMH £138.99 KWR-SL7TMH £281.66 Four Leg Sling - 1m REF PRICE KWR-4L1TH £230.83 KWR-4L2TH £232.82 KWR-4L3TH £268.63 KWR-4L4TH £239.73 KWR-4L5TH £336.63 KWR-4L6TH £356.79 KWR-4L7TH £510.39 KWR-4L8TH £578.22 KWR-4L10TH £1183.04

Four Leg Extra per metre length REF PRICE KWR-SL1TMH/EPM £2.75 KWR-SL2TMH/EPM £3.36 KWR-SL3TMH/EPM £6.09 KWR-SL4TMH/EPM £7.63 KWR-SL5TMH/EPM £9.17 KWR-SL7TMH/EPM £12.27 Extra per metre length REF PRICE KWR-4L1TH/EPM £10.48 KWR-4L2TH/EPM £10.99 KWR-4L3TH/EPM £11.94 KWR-4L4TH/EPM £13.44 KWR-4L5TH/EPM £23.31 KWR-4L6TH/EPM £24.36 KWR-4L7TH/EPM £30.52 KWR-4L8TH/EPM £36.68 KWR-4L10TH/EPM £49.07

Cap 1 2 3 4 5 7

Cap 1 2 3 4 5 7

Cap 1 2 3 4 5 7 10

Cap 1 2 3 4 5 6 8 10 15

CHAIN SLINGS
Made from KupleX grade 8 alloy chain. Slings conform to BSEN818-4. The heat treated chain gives superior resistance to wear and fatigue. Chains fully assembled with master ring and either a safety hook or a 'C' ring. An optional shortening clutch can be fitted to any chain leg if required. • Test certificate supplied. • Working load limits (WLL) are for use of sling between 0 - 45° angle. • Price based on 2 metre effective working length. Add extra per metre lengths to increase to length required. • Specials and a variety of different fittings can be supplied. Chain dia mm 7 10 13 16 19 Type Cap WLL of Sling tonnes Single leg 1.5 Double leg 2.12 Four Leg 3.15 Single leg 3.15 Double leg 4.25 Four Leg 6.7 Single leg 5.3 Double leg 7.5 Four Leg 11.2 Single leg 8 Double leg 11.2 Four Leg 17 Single leg 11.2 Double leg 16 Four Leg 23.6 Sling with Safety Hook REF PRICE SLKHN078L £199.52 DLKHN078L £274.82 FLKHN078L £544.78 SLKHN108L £199.52 DLKHN108L £363.98 FLKHN108L £745.27 SLKHN138L £294.32 DLKHN138L £543.76 FLKHN138L £1076.16 SLKHN168L £385.60 DLKHN168L £764.86 FLKHN168L £1599.62 Sling with 'C' Hook Extra cost per metre length REF REF PRICE PRICE SLKC078N £100.54 SL07/EM £11.13 DLKC078N £178.12 DL07/EM £22.26 FLKC078N £351.37 FL07/EM £44.52 SLKC108N £148.35 SL10/EM £15.47 DLKC108N £261.64 DL10/EM £30.94 FLKC108N £540.59 FL10/EM £61.88 SLKC138N £238.39 SL13/EM £20.39 DLKC138N £431.90 DL13/EM £40.78 FLKC138N £852.44 FL13/EM £81.55 SLKC168N £319.11 SL16/EM £33.02 DLKC168N £631.89 DL16/EM £66.05 FLKC168N £1333.69 FL16/EM £132.09 SLKC198N £573.74 SL19/EM £67.39 DLKC198N £1099.39 DL19/EM £134.79 FLKC198N £2217.37 FL19/EM £269.57 Four Leg (shown with optional shortening clutches) Double Leg ‘C’ hook Safety hook Single Leg

100

PRICES INCLUDE DELIVERY ON ORDERS OVER £100

PERMANENT LIFTING MAGNETS
TPM permanent lifting magnets are ideal tools for easy, quick and economical transport of heavy objects made form ferro-magnetic material. Typical operating areas are workshops and warehouses, loading and unloading of machines, as well as construction of jigs and fixtures.

Flat material Round material Tear Maximum capacity Minimum thickness to Maximum length Maximum capacity Diameter Maximum length off force REF SWL Kg** obtain max SWL mm** of material mm SWL Kg** mm of material mm Kg TPM1 100 15 2000 50 200-300 2000 300 TPM3 300 19 2500 150 200-300 2500 900 TPM5 500 25 3000 250 200-400 3000 1500 TPM8 800 35 3500 400 200-400 3500 2400 TPM10 1000 40 3500 500 200-400 3500 3000 TPM20 2000 55 3500 1000 200-400 3500 6000

Dimensions Handle LxWxH length Weight mm mm Kg 122x69x185 160 6.0 192x95x225 250 15.5 232x120x270 250 29.5 302x154x320 450 53.0 332x154x320 450 60.0 392x196x420 450 126.0

PRICE £158.55 £361.20 £476.50 £746.26 £906.43 POA

**Maximum lifting capacity is achieved by using mild steels with the noted minimum thickness. Mild steel st37 - Fe 360 to BS EN 10 025 1990 (DIN 17100). Factors that can reduce the magnetic clamping force: air gaps, paint, dust, minimum thickness, curves, contact area, material types.

CARRYMATE RIP-GRIP
• Strong steel construction. • For removal and transporting trapezoidal roofing remnants and cladding sheets - prevents hands and fingers from injuries. • For gripping hot or sharp edged metal sheeting. • Robust leveraged talon, speedy and efficient removal of flooring, roofing remnants (such as corrugated iron) etc. • Also suitable for lifting or dragging conveyor belting, sheeting etc. • Enables great strength without increasing forces.

CARRYMATE NON-SLIP PANEL GRIPS
Sturdy lightweight aluminium construction with self adjusting clamp system. All sizes of Carrymate® non-slip grips come with replaceable rubber pads and a plastic protective sleeve along the cushioned handle; therefore preventing damage to the carried load. They are excellent for the transport of a variety of metal and steel materials, stone slabs, wood and ply sheets, laminates, window panes etc. Capacity - 100Kg per handle. Sold in pairs.

REF RIP-GRIP/XL

PRICE £46.20

REF CG/CM-5 CG/SENIOR CG/XL

To carry material thickness 0 - 80mm 40 - 120mm 80 - 160mm

PRICE £146.66 £163.40 £190.19

PRICES INCLUDE DELIVERY ON ORDERS OVER £100

101

SUCTION GRIPS
• Safe lifting of awkward loads with confidence - 40Kg – 200Kg. • Lifting aids that are economically priced and entirely reliable. • Complete safety handling for glass, synthetic panels, coated wood panels, sheet steel, marble, ceramic tiles, floor panels, cookers etc.

Plastic body. Load cap 80Kg. 602.12 for uneven surface 50Kg. REF 602.1 602.12 PRICE £26.61 £47.18

Aluminium body. Load cap 90Kg. 602.02 for uneven surface 60Kg. REF 602.0 602.02 PRICE £53.81 £67.58

Plastic body. Load cap 80Kg. REF 602.2 PRICE £67.24

Plastic body. Load cap 40Kg. Single handed operation. REF 600.1 PRICE £35.79

Plastic body. Load cap 50Kg. Articulated design to suit uneven surfaces. REF 602.22 PRICE £66.90

Aluminium body. Cap 140Kg. Suitable for large sheets. REF 603.0 PRICE £46.16

Consult our sales team for other designs of lifter.

Aluminium body. Cap 40Kg. Single handed operation.

Aluminium body. Cap 200Kg. Built in hand pump with 200mm dia suction pad. REF 601 PRICE £117.22

Aluminium body. For carpet and double carpet floor tiles.

Aluminium body with priming pump for curved or textured airtight surfaces. 80Kg cap vertical. REF B0601.2 PRICE £65.11

REF 600.0

PRICE £51.94

REF 619

PRICE £137.19

Aluminium body. Cap 60Kg. Parallel lift. Slightly curved or textured surfaces. REF B0602.4BL PRICE £39.70

Aluminium body. Single handed operation. Cap 30Kg vertical lift. REF B0600.0BL PRICE £51.94

Aluminium body. Cap 100Kg parallel lift. For airtight surfaces. REF B0603.0BL PRICE £55.51

Suction lifter with priming pump. Cap 120Kg parallel. REF B0601BL PRICE £90.53

102

PRICES INCLUDE DELIVERY ON ORDERS OVER £100

CATERPILLAR ROLLER SKATES
Caterpillar skates provide an economic and robust solution to many load moving and placement problems. • Carrying capacity of 20, 30 or 60 tones. • Professional build quality. • Modular concept allows linking of units. • Robust lockable steel container with nylon castors.

REF SCS-20 SCS-30 SCS-60

Capacity tonnes 20 30 60

Weight Kg 50 58 92

PRICE £337.96 £423.16 £614.86

LOAD MOVING SKATES
These three point loading systems comprise of a steerable front and a pair of adjustable rear skates that are supplied complete and ready to use. The steerable front skates (LX-6F and LX-12F) are supplied complete with steering handle/towing bar and the rear skates (LX-6R) are supplied complete with two adjustable alignment bars. • Choice of 6000Kg or 12000Kg capacity.

LX-6 LX-12

REF LX-6 LX-12 LX-6F LX-12F LX-6R

Capacity tonnes 6 12 3 6 6

Number of wheels 12 16 4 8 8

Wheel diameter mm 85x90 85x90 85x90 85x90 85x90

Load area front skate mm 310x255 630x400 310x255 630x400 -

Load area rear skate x width mm 300x250 300x250 300x250

Weight Kg 45 96 15 66 30

Height mm 115 115 115 115 115

PRICE £278.32 £428.84 £112.18 £261.28 £190.28

ROLLER PINCH BAR
The roller pinch bar is an ideal companion to the professional load mover. It's compact and light weight design makes it simple and very easy to use and transport. With it's low toe plate height it is able to get into the tightest gaps.

DOOR AND PANEL LIFTER
Door, panel and board swivel lifter. Also for partitions and to align furniture. Ideal tool for joiners, glaziers, painters, paperhangers, locksmiths, households etc.

• Lifts, swivels and lowers. • Easy foot operation. • For weights up to 120Kg or 200Kg. • For the installation of doors including fire doors, windows, furniture, dry walls, partitions etc. • With integrated tilt compensating lever. REF RPB15 RPB50 Capacity Lift Overall Roller DxW Weight Kg height mm length mm mm Kg 1500 145 2000 75x55 16.5 5000 145 2000 70x54 32 PRICE £94.50 £151.50 REF CP/XL CP/XXL Capacity Kg 120 200 PRICE £62.28 £75.00

PRICES INCLUDE DELIVERY ON ORDERS OVER £100

103

PLATE SKATE
Ingenious plate skate help with moving board or sheet product. Simply clip the skate onto the bottom of the board and it makes an usually awkward load very simple to move. Great for moving doors, windows, plaster boards etc. • Capacity 250Kg. • Overall size: 300 x 180 x 280mm. • 150mm dia nylon wheels. • Handles material up to 50mm thick.

PLASTIC DOLLIES

REF TP30

PRICE £83.43

CORNER SKATES
These simple low profile corner skates sit underneath large bulky items including server cabinets, filing systems or small items of machinery up to 600Kg in weight. They work on any sized item, simply slip the skate under each corner and the item then becomes highly mobile. • Hygienic. • Lightweight. • Easy carrying handle. • 4 colour options available. Please specify colour when ordering.

Blue RMD2

Red

Grey

White

A lightweight platform dolly. Ideal for use in offices, shops, schools etc. The injected moulded plastic platform is available in 4 different colours, ideal for departmental coding. Fitted on 4 swivel 80mm plastic castors. REF Description GI154Y Dolly Blue/Red/Grey GI154YW Dolly White RMD1 Platform LxWxH mm 600 x 400 x 110 600 x 400 x 110 Weight Kg 3.5 3.5 PRICE £51.67 £52.15

• Capacity 600Kg/400Kg. • Size: 75 x 300 x 300mm. • 50mm dia grey non-marking rubber wheels.

FURNITURE DOLLY
REF RMD1 RMD2 Cap Kg 400 600 Weight Kg 8 10 PRICE £135.61 £181.97 • Capacity: 200Kg. • Size: 600x300x130mm. • Weight: 4.5Kg. • Wheels: 100mm dia solid tyres. Wooden platform covered with protective mat. • Supplied and priced in pairs.

PLATE TROLLEY

REF FD201N

PRICE £69.01

HEAVY DUTY DOLLY
• Heavy duty hardwood construction. • Available in three sizes. • Carpet end protection. • Supplied knockdown. REF T181 Overall size 2134x455x1022 Platform LxW 610x220 Capacity Kg 100 PRICE £169.16

PLASTIC DOLLY
• Capacity: 350Kg. • Size: 610x405x125mm. • Constructed from heavy duty plastic with 4 swivel 75mm dia poly castors. REF PD350N PRICE £75.47

REF FD400Y FD750Y FD900Y

Cap Kg 450 380 545

Deck size mm 400x400 450x750 600x900

Weight Kg 5.5 8 10

PRICE £36.50 £41.52 £51.85

104

PRICES INCLUDE DELIVERY ON ORDERS OVER £100

Customise your dolly from standard components!!!
• We can offer hundreds of choices and configurations to suit your exact application. From one basic dolly design you can choose a variety of sizes, bases and wheel options. Step 1 - Choose the base size that you require. Special sizes can be supplied to order. Step 2 - Choose the platform top that you need. Step 3 - Choose the wheel type that suits your application. • Single piece steel production provides additional strength. Capacity: up to 600mm x 800mm base size - 300Kg. From 600mm x 900mm up to 1000mm x 1200mm - 500Kg. From 600mm x 1300mm up to 2000mm - 500Kg with extra bracing. Please note for increased capacity please contact our sales department. • Construction provides four rounded corners ensuring less damage to walls, doors and operator's ankles. • Powder coated finish. • Nylon wheeled castors (2 fixed and 2 swivel) are fitted as standard.

Sheet Steel Base Foamex Plastic Base

Plywood Base

Open Base Mesh Base

Showing pallet on dolly

Basic open base dolly fitted on nylon wheeled castors (2 fixed & 2 swivel) Length mm Width mm 600 700 900 1000 1200 600 700 900 REF DL0609 DL0709 DL0909 DL1009 DL1209 PRICE £102.24 £107.36 £117.58 £122.69 £109.06 1000 REF DL0610 DL0710 DL0910 DL1010 DL1210 PRICE £107.36 £112.46 £122.69 £127.81 £112.46 1200 REF DL0612 DL0712 DL0912 DL1012 DL1212 PRICE £117.58 £122.69 £132.91 £138.03 £119.28 1500 REF DL0615 DL0715 DL0915 DL1015 DL1215 PRICE £144.85 £148.26 £155.07 £158.48 £165.30 1800 REF DL0618 DL0718 DL0918 DL1018 DL1218 PRICE £155.07 £158.48 £165.30 £168.70 £175.52 2000 REF DL0620 DL0720 DL0920 DL1020 DL1220 PRICE £161.89 £165.30 £172.11 £175.52 £182.34

REF PRICE REF PRICE DL0606 £68.16 DL0607 £73.28 DL0706 £73.28 DL0707 £78.38 DL0906 £102.24 DL0907 £107.36 DL1006 £107.36 DL1007 £112.46 DL1206 £98.83 DL1207 £102.24

BASE OPTIONS

The base of your dolly plays a big part. Your dolly may need a plastic base to prevent damage, you may have weight constraints or you may need a mesh base to allow liquids to fall through. Standard ply base, cut from 18mm treated ply, durable, reliable and kind to your load. Pressed steel sheet base. Offers more longevity against any other base, powder coated in the same RAL colour chosen for the main frame. Foamex plastics base, offer a light but robust solution which is kind to the product that you are carrying. Mesh base, offer a similar durability to the pressed steel side but keep the overall weight of the unit down.

REF DL/PLY DL/STEEL DL/FOAMEX DL/MESH REF DL/STD DL/SWIV DL/RUBBER DL/ANTIST DL/GREY DL/PNEU

Extra cost for Base Material Plywood base Sheet steel base Foamex plastic base Mesh base Extra cost for alternative wheels No extra - standard nylon fitted Extra to fit four swivel castors Extra to fit solid rubber wheels Extra to fit anti-static wheels Extra to fit grey non-marking wheels Extra to fit pneumatic wheels

PRICE £45.60 £124.80 £155.20 £52.00 PRICE £11.20 £19.20 £76.80 £48.00 £96.00

PRICES INCLUDE DELIVERY ON ORDERS OVER £100

105

ALUMINIUM FOLDING TRUCK
Aluminium construction - folds and unfolds in seconds. • Fitted with handles that fold flat when not in use for ease of storage. Handles are telescopic so overall height can be reduced. • Weight - 5Kg. • Wheels - 200mm dia rubber tyred wheels. • Max capacity - 125Kg.

REF GI053Y

O/S HxWxD mm Folded size HxWxD mm 1040x470x550 740x470x60

PRICE £64.61

GI053Y

ALUMINIUM FOLDING TROLLEY

SUPER COMPACT FOLDING TRUCK
• Easy to carry. • Space saving. • Lightweight. • Manufactured in aluminium and strong plastic, this truck folds and unfolds in seconds. • One touch of button and the toe and wheels will extend with ease. To extend the handle push button. • Comes complete with elasticated strap to ensure safe transportation of loads. • Toe plate size: GI025Y - 390 x 240mm GI033Y - 490 x 270mm

• This foldable hand trolley weighs only 7kg. • Carrying capacity 100kg. • Easy to carry lightweight aluminium construction. • Ideal for offices, schools, shops, airports, hospitals, exhibitions, home and all transport. • Wheels 150mm dia. Platform 355 x 240mm. REF TST Fully ext HxL mm Folded HxL mm 1090x406 715x190 W mm 412 PRICE £58.06 REF Fully ext LxWxH mm Folded LxWxH mm Solid wheels mm Cap Kg PRICE GI025Y 1000x400x420 650x390x60 120x35 60 £52.07 GI033Y 1000x490x450 700x490x60 180x40 100 £71.06

SACK TRUCK AND STEP LADDER COMBINED
A multi-purpose versatile unit, ideal for use in offices, warehouses, schools etc. The unit simply converts from a sack truck to a 3 step unit. When in sack truck mode the unit is mobile on two 100mm wheels. • Load capacity: As sack truck - 60Kg. As step ladder - 150Kg. • Toe plate: 390W x 280D mm. • Weight: 6.5/8.3Kg.

REF FMS82Y FMS83Y

Folded 460 x 70 x 990 470 x 90 x 1265

Overall size W x D x H mm As Sack Truck As Step Unit 480 x 490 x 990 470 x 530 x 920 490 x 450 x 1265 470 x 735 x 1190

PRICE £84.00 £98.84

106

PRICES INCLUDE DELIVERY ON ORDERS OVER £100

ALUMINIUM TRUCK

ALUMINIUM TRUCK

ALUMINIUM TRUCK

ALUMINIUM TRUCK

• 150Kg load capacity. • Body size: 1310x470x690mm. • Foot plate 275x275mm. • 250mm dia pneumatic tyred wheels. REF HT1888 PRICE £143.28

• 80Kg load capacity. • Body size: 1160x500x480mm. • Length of toe plate 205mm. • 260mm dia pneumatic tyred wheels. REF GI997P PRICE £135.58

• 100Kg load capacity. • Body size: 1310x500x470mm. • 260mm dia pneumatic tyred wheels.

• 80Kg load capacity. • Body size: 1215x480x492mm. • 260mm dia pneumatic tyred wheels. REF GI887P PRICE £130.54

REF GI888P

PRICE £133.13

ALUMINIUM TRUCK

SACK TRUCK

SACK TRUCK

WOODEN SACK TRUCK

T1251

Size T1250: 1143 x 495mm. Foot iron: 305 x 150mm. Capacity: 200Kg. Size T1251: 1220 x 580mm. Foot iron: 380 x 150mm. Capacity: 300Kg. Both types have roller bearings.

• Fitted with skids to ease horizontal loading. • 150Kg load capacity. • Body size: 1170x485x510mm. • Foot plate 305x234mm. • Pneumatic tyred wheels. REF GI661P PRICE £149.21

• 120Kg load capacity. • Body size: 1135x480x445mm. • Toe plate: 350Wx200L mm. • 200mm dia cushion tyred wheels. REF GI521H PRICE £56.43

• 150Kg load capacity. • Body size: 1120x545x435mm. • Toe plate: 350Wx185L mm. • 250mm dia pneumatic tyred wheels. REF GI523P PRICE £58.28

REF Wheels/dia mm T1250/FCR Cushion/200 T1251/FCR Cushion/200 T1251/FHM Rubber/200

PRICE £161.36 £232.24 £338.24

PRICES INCLUDE DELIVERY ON ORDERS OVER £100

107

EXTRA HEAVY DUTY TRUCK

HEAVY DUTY TRUCK

MEDIUM DUTY TRUCK

LIGHT DUTY TRUCK

• Extra strong back stays. • 250Kg cap. • 200mm wheels. Height Foot Wheels Cap Frame 1350mm. 230 long x 375 wide mm. 250mm dia rubber. 400Kg. 50x25mm RHS. REF T314 PRICE £219.12 REF T302/2/6 T302/2/12 T302/2/18 T303/2/6 T303/2/12 T303/2/18 Height Foot mm length PRICE 1070 150 £114.48 1070 300 £120.66 1070 450 £133.24 1220 150 £115.84 1220 300 £122.02 1220 450 £128.44

• 200Kg capacity. • 200mm dia cushion roller bearing wheels. Height Foot mm length 1070 150 1070 300 1220 150 1220 300

Height 965mm. Foot: LxW 100x325mm. Wheels: 150mm dia cushion, with self lube bearing. Capacity 150Kg. PRICE £103.42 £109.60 £105.14 £111.32

REF T302/6 T302/12 T303/6 T303/12

REF T300

PRICE £73.37

H.D. ROUGH TERRAIN TRUCK

SPD CARRIERS TRUCK

BOTTLERS CRATE TROLLEY

GREY STEEL SACK TRUCK

Height 1140mm. Width foot 380mm. Cap 430Kg on rubber or pneumatic wheels 405mm. Dia foot length 152, 230 or 305mm.

Wheel Foot PRICE REF 170/6 Rubber 152mm £192.50 170/9 Rubber 230mm £181.72 170/12 Rubber 305mm £200.20 Pneu 152mm £175.56 170/6P Pneu 230mm £178.64 170/9P 170/12P Pneu 305mm £181.72

Height 1220mm. Foot: Solid sheet 400Wx175mm long. Wheels: 200mm dia cushion Capacity 200Kg. Lattice construction prevents small items falling through.

Capacity 200Kg on 200mm dia. Rubber PV Wheels. Foot 130mm. T320/130 + T321/130 have curved crossbars and centre strap. Longer foot also available on request. REF T321BCT Details H 1220mm straight x bars square foot Height 1065 Height 1200 PRICE £112.40 £112.52 £116.44

O/A dim. 1085H x 505W x 475D. Foot: 350 W x 260D. Cap 100Kg. Wheels 200mm dia rubber knuckle guard grips. Finish EPC grey.

REF SPD

PRICE £120.98

T320/130 T321/130

REF GI662H

PRICE £76.52

108

PRICES INCLUDE DELIVERY ON ORDERS OVER £100

WHITE GOODS TROLLEY

ROUGH TERRAIN WHITE GOODS TROLLEY
• Fitted on large 250mm dia pneumatic wheels to give a smooth ride on uneven ground. • Load cap 250Kg. • Toe plate size 510 wide x 190 deep mm. • Wide toe plate and wheel guards. • Fitted with plastic tube protectors for reduction of damage to goods. • Weight - 14Kg.

• Especially designed for the safe transportation of electrical goods. • Fitted with heavy duty rubber tubing to protect the load. • Epoxy powder coated. • Capacity 200kg. • Foot dimensions 410 wide x 200mm deep. REF TS340H TS340P H x W mm 1100 x 420 1100 x 420 Wt Kg 11 11 Wheels mm 200 x 50 cushion rubber tyres R.B. 200 x 50 pneumatic tyres R.B. PRICE £190.12 £244.74 REF G1340Y Cap Kg 250 O/size H x W x D mm 1315 x 550 x 495 PRICE £94.20

SACK TRUCKS WITH HAND PROTECTING GRIPS

TS139H REF TS139H TS157H TS157P TS159H TS199H Cap Kg 250 300 300 250 250

TS157H

TS199H Foot Iron W x D mm 410 x 200 390 x 300 390 x 300 410 x 200 410 x 200 Wt Kg 11 19.5 19.5 12 18 Wheels mm 200 x 50 Cushion R.B. 200 x 50 Cushion R.B. 260 Pneumatic 200 x 50 Cushion R.B. 200 x 50 Cushion R.B.

TS159H Finish EPC blue EPC blue EPC blue EPC blue or red EPC blue or red PRICE £152.34 £190.34 £247.96 £175.85 £178.99

Height x Width mm 1100 x 420 1160 x 550 1160 x 575 1100 x 420 1100 x 420

PRICES INCLUDE DELIVERY ON ORDERS OVER £100

109

WIDE LOAD

WIDE LOAD

DUAL TOE

CHAIR CARRYING

Height 1150 mm. Foot 410 x 255mm. Wheels cushion 200 x 50 roller bearing. Cap 200Kg. REF AH310 PRICE £195.07

Height 1140 mm. Width 410 x 230mm. Wheels pneu 250 x 75 roller bearing. Cap 300Kg.

Height 1070mm. Fixed plate 450 x 200mm. Hinged plate 380 x 480. Cap 230Kg. Wheels cushion 200 x 50 roller bearing. Height 1168mm, Foot 565mm wide x 150mm deep, Wheels cushion 200 x 50 roller bearing. Cap 200Kg. REF AH249 PRICE £202.70 REF AH142H PRICE £142.20

REF AH312

PRICE £278.59

HEAVY DUTY - DELIVERY

HEAVY DUTY WAREHOUSE

CURVED BACK

CASE TYPE (PNEU/CUSHION)

Height 1100mm. Foot 400 x 200mm. Cap 200Kg. Wheels cushion 200 x 50 roller bearing. REF AH149H PRICE £113.22

Height 1168mm. Foot 380 x 305mm. Cap 300Kg. Wheels cushion 200 x 50 roller bearing.

Height 1100mm. Foot 410 x 230mm. Cap 200Kg on 200 x 50 cushion wheels or 250 x 75 pneumatics - on AH323. REF AH320 PRICE £153.38

Height 1300mm. Foot 290 x 230mm. Cap 200Kg. AH301 - 250 x 75mm pneumatics. AH300 - 200 x 50mm cushion. REF AH301 AH300 PRICE £204.67 £162.93

REF AH157H

PRICE £118.92

REF AH323

Zinc PRICE plated £190.45

110

PRICES INCLUDE DELIVERY ON ORDERS OVER £100

SACK TRUCKS WITH KNUCKLE GUARDS

ALUMINIUM SACK TRUCKS

GI886P Aluminium sack truck fitted with protective handguards. Load cap -120Kg. Size - 1150 x 550 x 480mm. Length of plate - 205 x 300mm. 260mm pneumatic wheels. REF GI996P PRICE £92.72 Economy steel sack truck with safety handgrips. Height 1260mm. Width x depth 610 x 550mm. Footplate 280 x 250mm. Cap 200Kg. 250mm dia pneumatic wheels. REF GI183P PRICE £78.88 Fitted on 260mm dia pneumatic wheels for rough and uneven terrain. GI886P fitted with red knuckle guard hand grips, GI995P hs a handle shaped to place the truck horizontally for loading and unloading. REF GI886P GI995P O/S HxWxD mm 1085x505x475 1180x560x480 Toe plate WxD mm 308x200 220x350 Cap Kg 100 80

GI995P

Weight Kg PRICE 7 £104.25 8 £87.99

BUDGET STEEL SACK TRUCK

MODULAR ALUMINIUM SACK TRUCKS
GI994P GI992P GI991P

All models have a 200kg load capacity and are fitted on 260 x 85mm pneumatic wheels. • 200Kg capacity. • Concave cross members and 'P' handle allows truck to be laid horizontally for ease of loading. • O/S 1310H x 550W x 460D mm. • Toe plate 350 x 220mm. • 250mm dia pneumatic wheels. REF GI203P PRICE £47.61 • Fixed toe plate and addition of folding foot. • Truck can be used as a platform truck as well as a sack truck. • Lightweight aluminium. • Solid fixed toe plate. • Non slip safety rubber handgrips. • Lightweight aluminium. • Fixed toe plate and addition of folding foot. • Ideal for use with larger products. • Lightweight aluminium.

REF Overall width mm Overall height mm Toe plate mm Weight Kg Folding foot mm GI992P 450 1240 415x220 11 GI991P 430 1260 440x140 11 500x300 GI994P 480 1300 475x185 15 730x300

PRICE £125.37 £202.85 £257.89

PRICES INCLUDE DELIVERY ON ORDERS OVER £100

111

SACK TRUCKS WITH CONCAVE BACK STAYS

FOLDING FOOT SACK TRUCK

GI200P

GI300P

GI202P A very strong and robust fully welded sack truck fitted with a folding foot. Ideal for storing in cars and vans. • Fitted on 200mm dia rubber tyred wheels. • Available in 3 colours: red, blue and black. • Toe plate: 310W x 330D mm. REF Capacity Kg O/S LxWxHmm Weight Kg FJ182H 200 330 x 500 x 960 10 PRICE £85.22

• Ref G1202P is fitted with extended wheelguards, G1300P is a heavy duty truck with wheel guards. • Finish powder coated black. Overall size HxWxD mm REF Wheels GI200P 1310x550x460 250mm pneu GI202P 1310x550x460 250mm pneu GI300P 1260x570x460 300mm pneu Toe plate Weight Capacity size mm Kg Kg 350x220 11 250 350x220 12.5 250 350x230 15 300

PRICE £66.78 £81.24 £99.61

MEDIUM DUTY FOLDING FOOT

H.D. FOLDING FOOT TROLLEY

FLAT BACK FOLDING FOOT

FOLDING FOOT SACK TRUCK WITH KNUCKLE GUARDS

Height Width LxW Toe Wheels Capacity

1050 mm 500mm 450x300mm 200mm dia rubber with roller bearings 150Kg

Height Width LxW Toe Wheels Capacity

1250mm 560mm 450x340mm 200mm dia rubber with roller bearings 200Kg

Height Width Wheels

1220mm 457mm 200mm dia rubber

Height 1200 mm Width 480mm LxW Toe 460x360mm Wheels 200mm dia rubber Capacity 250Kg Knuckle guard hand grips

REF FT15001

PRICE £76.40

REF HFT15002

PRICE £104.13

REF T324 T3241

Foot L 305mm 457mm

PRICE £170.83 £185.72

REF TCS82Y

PRICE £142.20

112

PRICES INCLUDE DELIVERY ON ORDERS OVER £100

HEAVY DUTY BULK SACK TRUCK
• 400Kg capacity. • Heavy duty bulk load sack truck is a massive 1310mm H and 560mm W. • Fixed and folding toe plates. • Folding toe plate size: 790mm W x 480mm D. • Large solid, heavy duty 350mm wheels to give this unit a smooth ride over rough and uneven terrain. • Ideal for 'rough and tough' applications.

TWO IN ONE HANDTRUCK
• 200Kg capacity. • Converts from a platform truck to sack truck in seconds. • Overall size HxWxD mm 1240 x 550 x 450. • Toe plate: 350 W x 180 D mm. • 250mm dia pneumatic wheels.

REF GI358Y

PRICE £71.36

SACK TRUCK WITH SKIDS
• Heavy duty truck fitted with plastic skids for use on stairs and loading docks. • Fitted with knuckle guard hand grips. • Toe plate 350 x 220mm. • 250mm dia pneumatic wheels.

REF Overall size HxWxDmm Fixed toe plate size WxDmm Weight Kg PRICE GI400P 1310 x 560 x 470 560 x 230 20 £95.72

CARGO TRUCK
• 250Kg capacity. • Manufactured from tubular steel epoxy powder coated finish. • Supplied in knock down. • Dimensions as a sack truck: 585 x 390 x 1175mm. • Dimensions as a platform truck: 1175 x 390 x 930mm. • Toe plate size: 335 x 310mm. • Fitted on 2 x 250mm dia pneumatic & 2 x 100mm dia rubber. REF GI352Y

PRICE £96.59

REF Overall size H x W x D mm GI669P 1310 x 550 x 460

PRICE £59.69

FOLDING BOX TRUCKS
• Opens and folds flat in seconds. • Great for deliveries or for holding foolscap lever arch files and box files. • Load capacity - 35Kg. • Wheels - 2 x 75mm dia rubber on plastic centre. • Size: open - 990H x 460W x 390D mm. folded - 470H x 460W x 85D mm. • Weight 5Kg.

GI042Y

GI041Y

REF GI041Y GI042Y

Colour/Type Blue & yellow/no lid Red & grey/with lid

PRICE £30.83 £34.67

PRICES INCLUDE DELIVERY ON ORDERS OVER £100

113

THREE WAY TRUCK
Capacity: 250Kg. Wheel type: Solid rubber. Wheel size: 200x50mm. Body size: 1280x470x450mm. Foot length: 190mm. As platform truck: 710H x 1280L mm.

THE THREE IN ONE CONVERTIBLE TRUCK
Truck converts from an upright sack truck position into a 45° easy walk position or into a platform truck. 300Kg capacity. Weight 24Kg. 200mm rubber wheels and 125mm rubber castors.

REF GI135Y

PRICE £101.51

REF 3008/2

O/S HxWxDmm 1220 x 480 x 160

Toe plate 160L x 400W

PRICE £213.93

HEAVY DUTY THREE WAY TRUCK
A heavy duty truck which easily and quickly converts from a basic sack truck to a 4 wheel sack truck or platform truck. Fitted with 2 x 200mm rubber tyred wheels and 2 x 125mm rubber tyred castors. • Horizontal load height: 170mm. • Toe plate size: 470 x 190mm. • Available in either blue or black.

REF As platform truck HxL mm As 4 wheel sack truck HxL mm As basic sack truck H mm FJ135Y 795 x 1270 890 x 1190 1270

Weight Kg 28

PRICE £162.84

LARGE HEAVY DUTY COMPACT TRUCK
Aluminium construction - folds up and unfolds in seconds. The handles fold flat when not in use for stowage. The handles are also telescopic so that truck can be reduced in height to 1010mm when not in use. • Sizes: Open - 1255H x 620W x 600D mm. Closed - 1010H x 595W x 97D mm. • Toe plate - 590W x 335D mm. • Wheels - 200mm dia rubber/plastic. • Weight - 10Kg.

FOLDABLE LIGHTWEIGHT SACK TRUCK
Capacity: 200Kg Wheel type: Pneumatic Wheel size: 250mm dia Body size: 1130H x 488W x 550D mm Foot size: 255D x 295W mm Net weight: 13Kg Truck folds down to an overall height of 773mm.

REF GI043Y

PRICE £168.36

REF GI405P

PRICE £86.71

114

PRICES INCLUDE DELIVERY ON ORDERS OVER £100

Capacity: 200Kg. Wheel type: Pneumatic. Wheel size: 260 mm dia. Body size: 520x1190x1310mm. Foot size: 185x456mm. Net weight: 17Kg. Supplied flat packed.

REF AM300

PRICE £173.25

Capacity: 150Kg. Wheels: 250mm dia pneumatic. Size: 1560x510mm folded. Unfolded: 1150x510mm. Supplied flat pack. REF GI806P

PRICE £228.06

GI801P

GI802P

GI803P

GI804P

An aluminium range of ergonomically designed trucks that are lightweight to move and handle but with a tough durable construction. All fitted on 250mm dia pneumatic tyred wheels, supplied flat packed.

REF GI801P GI802P GI803P GI804P

Capacity Kg 120 120 120 120

Size mm L x W x H 568 x 515 x 1595 520 x 470 x 1250 522 x 470 x 1345 522 x 470 x 1320

Wheels dia 250mm pneumatic 250mm pneumatic 250mm pneumatic 250mm pneumatic

PRICE £149.19 £143.05 £142.24 £149.43

LIGHT DUTY FOLDING FOOT TRUCKS
• Choice of four models all being ideal for vehicle storage when not in use. • All models are very light yet strong and quite suitable for delivery purposes. • Models GI162Y and GI163Y have telescopic handles for easy storage of truck in a car boot or van. • Toe plate size: 300 x 380mm. • Load capacity 100Kg. • Fitted on 150mm dia rubber tyred wheels. • Epoxy powder coated finish.

REF GI161Y GI151Y GI162Y GI163Y

Handle type O/D fully extended H x W mm Dimensions mm folded Cranked 1020 x 360 – Straight 1020 x 360 – Straight/Telescopic 1060 x 360 700 x 470 x 170 Cranked/Telescopic 1060 x 360 780 x 470 x 170

PRICE £57.84 £55.14 £60.82 £62.61

PRICES INCLUDE DELIVERY ON ORDERS OVER £100

115

STAIRCLIMBER WITH SKIDS

ALUMINIUM STAIRCLIMBER/SKIDS

TELESCOPIC STAIRCLIMBER WITH SKIDS

• Toe plate size: 395 x 460mm. • Mounted on 150mm wheels on a '3' star system. • Max load: 60Kg on stairs, 150Kg as a sack truck. • Fitted with knuckle guard hand grips and wheel guards. • O/S 1180H x 480W x 600D mm. REF GI370Y PRICE £81.38

• Toe plate size: 395 x 460mm. • Mounted on 150mm wheels on a '3' star system. • Max load: 60Kg on stairs. • Max load: 150Kg in sack truck mode. • Fitted with knuckle guard hand grips and wheel guards. • O/S 1180H x 500W x 550D mm. REF GI380Y PRICE £110.36

• Toe plate size: 395 x 460mm. • Mounted on 150mm wheels on a '3' star system. • Max load: 50Kg on stairs, 150Kg as a sack truck. • Fitted with knuckle guard hand grips and wheel guards. REF GI390Y O/S H x W x D mm Folded H x W x D mm Weight Kg 1150 x 440 x 520 840 x 440 x 520 15.5 PRICE £97.07

GENERAL DUTY STAIRCLIMBER

HEAVY DUTY STAIRCLIMBER

WIDE BODY STAIRCLIMBER

STAIRCLIMBER TRUCKS

TS265Y

Fitted with a large folding foot 395 x 460mm and a fixed toe 410 x 200mm. O/S: 1160H x 605W x 795D mm. Cap 120Kg, safe stair loading 50Kg.

Choice of standard truck or compact fold up model. Capacity 110Kg in sack truck mode or 50Kg on stairs. Size: 1092H x 432W mm. Foot iron size: 345D x 260W mm. TS265Y has a folded height of 670 mm. Fitted on 160x40mm rubber tyred wheels. REF TS260Y TS265Y Type Standard Fold up PRICE £251.39 £281.55

Height Foot Cap Wheels

1155mm 395mm 120kg 165mm dia solid rubber tyred

Height Foot Wheels Cap Folding REF DM180 Type

1220mm 380Wx305D 6x150mm dia with roller bearings 300kgs. 200kgs. PRICE £157.08 £162.24 £166.40 £15.37 £16.20

Open foot

DM180/1 Solid foot DM180/2 Open-folding REF 1312 PRICE £123.69 Extra: Name in weld Centre web strap

REF GI360Y

PRICE £130.55

116

PRICES INCLUDE DELIVERY ON ORDERS OVER £100

The safest and easiest way to transport goods up and down stairs. Stairclimber enables one person to handle loads quickly, comfortably and smoothly. MTK 190 ideal for full filing cabinets, boxed copier paper, IT. equipment, white goods etc. MTK 310 for the safe handling of photocopiers, amusement machines, boilers etc. Includes brake as standard.

CAPACITIES 190/310Kg ELECTRONIC OPERATION WITH CRANK DRIVE CLIMBS BETWEEN 8 - 18 STEPS PER MINUTE EXTENDIBLE HANDLE FOR TALLER LOADS QUICK CHANGE BATTERY UNIT ALL CONFORM TO EC91/368 AND ARE CE MARKED FREE DEMONSTRATIONS CAN BE ARRANGED

REF Capacity kg Steps per min. Weight including battery kg Weight of battery kg Max. height of steps mm Battery capacity 24V / 7,2 Ah Pneumatic tyres Overall width mm Folded frame height mm PRICE Optional extras (all models) On-vehicle battery charger (BC10-30VDC) Detachable extended (SA-LA) depth toe plate Detachable extended (SA-LA) width toe plate 3-way braking system (BRAKE)

MTK190 190 16 - 18 37.5 5.5 200 197 steps 260 x 85 /4 PR 590 1100 £2457.60 PRICE £161.83 £65.67 £69.19

MTK310 310 8-9 40.5 5.5 200 197steps 260 x 85 /4 PR 590 1100 £3041.25

£381.11 (Std on MTK310)

PRICES INCLUDE DELIVERY ON ORDERS OVER £100

117

FOLD

ERGO

• Extremely light:16Kg own weight plus 4Kg for the snap on battery. • 2 speed operation: high/low. • 3 capacities: 110Kg/140Kg/170Kg. • 4 frames: ERGO/UNI/FOLD/FOLD-L to choose from. • Sacktruck and powered stairclimber combined in one machine. • The best on winding stairs and narrow landings. • Very fast up to 48 steps/minute. • Large comfortable pneumatic tyres ø260 x 85mm. • Modular construction in aluminium. • Intelligent power pack features step sensing and starts automatically (descend mode). • Toeplate hinged - fixed as an option. • With sliding clutch and electronic overload protection. • Large choice of foot plates, varying in sizes, shapes, open and solid to suit your individual needs. • Adaptions to the main frame, wings for white goods, centre bar supports, additional cross bars and attachments for special needs ie water bottle attachment and frames for gas bottles. • Range of securing load straps and folding table to carry computers, photo copiers etc.

SAL140/ERGO

SAL110/FOLD

SAL110/ERGO

Speed control Indicator lamp • Ascending mode: constant green. • Descending mode: flashes green. Ascend/descend button • Depress once to change mode. • Depress longer (>3 sec) to switch off.

UNI

SAL140/FOLD

FOLD-L

• Price includes handle of your choice, to order suffix ref with model ie SAL 110/ERGO etc. • On site operator training - price on enquiry. REF SAL110 110Kg 48 steps/min SAL140 140Kg 35 steps/min 16/20Kg 210mm 1,570mm 1,000mm 484mm 484mm x 275mm 220 steps 300 steps £2790.32 £2819.20 £2957.91 £3009.93 SAL170 170Kg 29 steps/min

Capacity Maximum climb speed Weight exc/incl snap on battery Maximum step height Overall height - fixed frame (UNI, ERGO, FOLD-L) Overall height - foldable frame (FOLD) Width Depth Battery capacity (maximum load) approx Battery capacity (half load) approx PRICE UNI Handle ERGO Handle FOLD Handle FOLD-L Handle

SAL110/FOLD

260 steps 350 steps £2657.38 £2680.50 £2825.00 £2877.01

120 steps 220 steps £2923.24 £2952.14 £3090.84 £3142.85

118

PRICES INCLUDE DELIVERY ON ORDERS OVER £100

ROBUST FOLDING TRUCK
Platform from pressed steel with non slip PVC covering which won’t mark the load. Fitted complete with a wraparound bumper. Folding handle for easy storage.

LARGE WHEELED FOLDING TROLLEY

• Heavy duty 200mm dia pneumatic wheels - 2 fixed and 2 swivel. • Ideal for rough terrain. • Handle folds flat for easy storage.

REF LL1 LL2

Height 800mm 810mm

Width 479mm 616mm

Length 738mm 916mm

Cap Kg 150 300

Wheels 100mm 125mm

PRICE £52.02 £76.20 REF GI009P Size L x W x H mm 870 x 560 x 900 PRICE £135.96

MULTI-PURPOSE EXTENDING TRUCK
Constructed from aluminium with protecting corner buffers. Ideal office, hotel, restaurant, shop, warehouse or factory use. Cap 150Kg. Both handle and platform extends and retracts. Completely folds for easy storage. Castors 100mm dia. Rubber swivels. Weight 8.7Kg.

LIGHTWEIGHT ALUMINIUM FOLDING TRUCK

A multi position truck for a multitude of uses. The handle is adjustable and the base will extend or contract to suit different loads. Fitted on 100mm castors. Load capacity 150Kg.

REF LLT1

Mode Extended Folded

Length 710 500

Width 410 410

Height 830 230

PRICE £86.97

REF GI111Y

Size mm Extended: 760x440x930 Folded: 570x440x240

PRICE £100.04

ALUMINIUM PLATFORM TROLLEYS
• Non slip aluminium platform. • Handle folds down flat for ease of transport and storage. • Maximum load 150Kg. • Fitted on 2 fixed and 2 swivel 100mm dia rubber tyred castors. • Non marking wheels. • Overall handle height: G1207Y - 830mm G1208Y - 900mm G1209Y - 810mm REF GI207Y GI208Y GI209Y O/A Platform size L x W x H 740 x 470 x 160mm 900 x 620 x 160mm 740 x 470 x 165mm Weight 10 14 10 PRICE £120.61 £166.68 £109.75

PRICES INCLUDE DELIVERY ON ORDERS OVER £100

119

ZINC COATED FOLDING TROLLEY
Trolley folds by pressing the base rod bar down. The platform is a flat pressed sheet steel base with a blue PVC surface. Chrome plated handle. • Fitted on 2 fixed and 2 swivel rubber tyred wheels non marking - 100mm dia. • Supplied knock down.

FOLDING PLATFORM TRUCKS
Trolley folds by pressing the base rod bar down. The platform is a flat pressed sheet steel base with a grey PVC surface. • Tough protective surround. • Fitted on 2 fixed and 2 swivel rubber tyred castors. GIK02Y/GIK03Y - 100/125mm dia. • Yellow foam handle. • Supplied knock down.

REF GI008Y

Size LxWxH mm 735x475x860

Cap Kg 170

Weight Kg 13

PRICE £66.94

REF GIK02Y GIK03Y

Size LxWxH mm 720x470x830 904x604x870

Cap Kg 160 300

Weight Kg 9 16

PRICE £65.69 £92.13

FOLDING TROLLEY WITH BASKET
Flat pressed sheet steel base with tough PVC surface. • Folding handle - depress base rod in seconds to fold/unfold. • Fitted on 2 fixed and 2 swivel rubber tyred castors - 100mm dia. • Folding basket fitted to the back panel of the handle. • Max capacity 100Kg. • Supplied knock down.

FOLDAWAY PLATFORM TRUCK
The platform has unique wheels which fold underneath the platform when the handle is folded. • Plastic platform with integral carry handles. • Telescopic handle with 3 heights: 720/820/920mm. • Max capacity 120Kg. • Rubber protective handle. • Weight - 7Kg.

REF GI109Y

Size LxWxH mm 735x470x825

Weight Kg 8

PRICE £65.85

REF GI222Y

Size open HxWxL mm 920x410x680

Size folded HxWxL mm 80x410x680

PRICE £100.96

120

PRICES INCLUDE DELIVERY ON ORDERS OVER £100

PLASTIC BASE TROLLEYS

GALVANISED PLATFORM TRUCK
Galvanised sheet steel platform which is corrosion resistant. Finished with an all round PVC bumper strip. • Capacity 300Kg. • Chrome handle. • Supplied knock down. • 100 x 45mm wheels, 2 fixed x 2 swivel. • Overall platform size: 880 x 590mm, effective size: 800 x 570mm. • Overall height: 860mm, folded height: 330mm.

Choice of colours: red, green, blue or yellow. 100mm dia castors.

REF GI152Y

Platform size mm 710x460

Platform Handles Cap/weight height mm height mm Kg 140 825 120/8.5

PRICE £62.58

REF GI064Y

PRICE £136.33

PLATFORM TROLLEY - MESH SURROUND
Mesh surround with half drop side in 50 x 100mm mesh base in pressed steel sheet. Supplied in knock down. 2 fixed / 2 swivel 127mm dia. wheels.

WOODEN DECK TROLLEY
An aesthetically pleasing trolley with a high quality wooden deck and chrome plated folding handle. • Overall platform size: 740 x 480mm. • Handle height upright: 860mm. • 2 fixed and 2 swivel. • Non marking rubber tyres - 100mm dia. • Load cap: 150Kg.

REF GI213Y

Size LxWxH mm 735x470x825

PRICE £218.04

REF GI110Y

PRICE £91.44

THE CLEVER FOLDING TROLLEY
• Industrial and domestic use - 60Kg capacity 20Kg on the top tray and 40Kg on the bottom tray. • Can be collapsed quickly and easily at the push of a button. • Has two large platforms for folding plastic boxes. • Price includes one 46 litre box. • Has many useful features such as block brake, holding device for boxes and removable wheels for space-saving storage. • Made of injection moulded plastic and aluminium for long service. • Size: 550W x 890L x 1030H mm. • GS Approved.

REF GC051Y GC055Z

Description Clever folding trolley Additional folding boxes

PRICE £175.54 £22.99

PRICES INCLUDE DELIVERY ON ORDERS OVER £100

121

ROUGH TERRAIN TRUCKS
• 3 models available: aluminium chequer plate, sheet steel or expanded metal deck. • Cushion or pneumatic wheels. • Red stove enamel finish. Three models available in this range of multi purpose turntable trucks. A 250mm deep box body is optional on the solid steel or expanded metal deck models. The box body is manufactured from 18mm thick exterior grade plywood with metal reinforcement corners. Finish: polyurethane varnish. The aluminium deck model has an all tubular steel deck surround with radiused corners and a 4.5mm aluminium chequer plate and is fitted with a ball bearing turntable plate. The handle is spring loaded to return to upright position. The sheet steel model has a 12 SWG sheet steel deck with a 35mm lip all round. The expanded metal model has a flattened expanded metal deck with a 35mm lip all round. GP717J

GP896K

GP998P

GP998P fitted with GP890Z

Wheels Max load Kg 250mm pneumatic 500 250mm cushion 500 200mm pneumatic 180 Sheet steel 200mm cushion 350 910 x 610 300 250mm pneumatic 450 deck 250mm cushion 450 200mm pneumatic 180 Expanded metal 200mm cushion 350 910 x 610 280 250mm pneumatic 450 deck 250mm cushion 450 Optional box body to suit sheet steel or expanded metal models. Size 900 x 600 x 250mm 1000 x 650 320

Description Aluminium deck

Platform size mm

Platform height mm

Weight Kg 33 36 33 35 36 39 25 27 26 31 12

REF GP716P GP717J GP896K GP897H GP898P GP899J GP996K GP997H GP998P GP999J GP890Z

PRICE £495.74 £495.74 £346.09 £311.85 £352.66 £357.54 £351.75 £312.47 £357.93 £356.52 £99.94

MINI TURNTABLE (FLAT DECK OR BOX BODY)
• The very light truck capable of heavy loads. • Easy to steer. • Capacity 150Kg. • Fitted on 200mm Dia. cushion tyred wheels. • Body size 1m x 530mm. • Paint and varnish finish. • With or without box body 125mm or 300mm deep.

REF T88/FD T88/125 T88/300

Type Flat Deck 125mm box body 300mm box body

PRICE £164.51 £166.34 £195.20

122

PRICES INCLUDE DELIVERY ON ORDERS OVER £100

ROUGH TERRAIN PLATFORM TRUCK
• Ideal for the movement of boxes or goods. • Load capacity 500Kg. • Platform size 1200 x 600mm. • Mesh or plywood platform with mesh drop sides. • Overall size L x W X Hmm - 1235 x 615 x 1035. • Fitted on 340mm dia pneumatic steel centred wheels. • Epoxy blue finish. • Supplied KD. REF TI201B TI205B PRICE £183.28 £192.99 TI205B

TI201B

TURNTABLE TRUCK
• Load capacity 250Kg. • Body size L1220 x W610 x H310mm. • Fitted on pneumatic tyred wheels 300mm dia. • Supplied knock down. • Fitted with hinged drawbar. • Mesh or plywood platform. • Epoxy powder coated finish.

REF TI202B TI206B

PRICE £150.08 £158.60

TI206B

TI202B

PLASTIC PLATFORM TRUCK
• 330mm dia pneumatic steel centred wheels. • Easy to clean. • Frame size: (LxWxH) 1170 x 760 x 229mm. • 350Kg capacity. An attractive green plastic platform truck, ideal for use in warehouses, schools, garden centres etc. The corners are rounded to help prevent damage to walls.

REF TI204B

Size LxW mm 1315 x 765

PRICE £200.07

HEAVY DUTY PLATFORM TRUCKS
• 700Kg capacity. • 250mm dia rubber, steel centred heavy duty wheels. • Handle height 1070mm. • Safety handle to stop it falling on your feet. • 4 sided unit sides: 180mm. A strong, durable and rugged turntable truck unit ideal for use in warehouses, factories, schools, garden centres etc. The unit incorporates a heavy duty handle operated park brakes. Lift the handle up and it operates the stoppers on the wheels, as shown.

REF TI802B TI801B

Description Flat deck unit 4 sided unit

Platform size LxW mm 1250 x 700

PRICE £401.47 £470.55

PRICES INCLUDE DELIVERY ON ORDERS OVER £100

123

HEAVY DUTY TURNTABLE TRUCKS
• Heavy duty angle iron frame construction for strength and rigidity. • Choice of two platform sizes and variety of wheel options. Platform size L x W mm Description Cap Kg On 360x75mm cushion tyred wheels 500 On 400x100mm cushion tyred wheels 1000 On 400x100mm pneumatic wheels 4 ply 1000 Optional Extras Description Roller bearing hubs Parking brake REF T101/RB T101/PB PRICE £6.89 £72.56 REF T101A/RB T101A/PB PRICE £6.89 £72.39 • 'V' shaped drawbar supplied as standard 'U' shaped bar can be supplied as an alternative. • Platform - 25mm thick hardwood. 1525 x 762 REF T101/CT500 T101/CT1000 T101/PT 1830 x 915

PRICE REF PRICE £555.10 T101A/CT500 £618.03 £595.94 T101A/CT1000 £658.71 £538.07 T101A/PT £593.43

HEAVY DUTY BOX BODY TURNTABLE TRUCKS
• Heavy duty angle iron frame construction. • Fixed ends and slide in sides - 200mm high - hinged and detachable sides as an option. • Choice of two platform sizes and variety of wheel options. Platform size L x W mm • ‘V’ or ‘U’ handle as standard. • 25mm thick hardwood platform.

1525 x 762

1830 x 915

Description Cap Kg REF PRICE REF PRICE On 360x75mm cushion tyred wheels 500 T102/CT500 £704.81 T102A/CT500 £736.22 On 400x100mm pneumatic wheels 1000 T102/PT £643.19 T102A/PT £712.32 Optional Extras Description Parking brake Hinged sides in lieu of slide in sides 400mm high ends & 200mm slide in sides Roller bearing hubs REF T102/PB T102/HS T102/HE T102/RB PRICE £72.39 £48.11 £92.74 £19.29 REF T102A/PB T102A/HS T102A/HE T102A/RB PRICE £72.39 £48.11 £87.36 £19.29

MEDIUM DUTY TURNTABLE TRUCKS
• Heavy duty angle iron and tubular construction. • 500Kg capacity with a choice of platform sizes and wheel types. Platform size L x W mm Description On 360x75mm cushion tyred wheels On 400x100mm pneumatic wheels Description Fixed ends 200mm slide in sides Hinged & detachable 200mm sides Tubular end corner posts Roller bearing hubs • Box sides, hinged, detachable and roller bearing options.

1525 x 711 REF T109/CT T109/PT Optional Extras REF T109/FE T109/HD T109/TEP T109/RB PRICE £72.39 £48.11 £92.74 £19.29 PRICE £445.12 £415.36

1830 x 760 REF T109A/CT T109A/PT REF T109A/FE T109A/HD T109A/TEP T109A/RB PRICE £475.54 £460.24 PRICE £107.94 £151.68 £72.07 £6.89

RUGGED LOW LOADING TURNTABLE TRUCKS
• Angle iron construction with 25mm thick timber platform. Code* CT N R PT Wheel type and capacity. 200mm dia cushion tyred. Cap 350Kg. 200mm dia nylon. Cap 600Kg. 200mm dia rubber tyred. Cap 600Kg. 260mm dia rubber tyred. Cap 1000Kg. 300mm dia pneumatic tyred. Cap 350Kg.

*Suffix wheel code when ordering.

REF T100 T103

Platform LxW mm 1070x610 1525x760

Height mm 200-300 200-300

CT £254.60 £423.06

PRICE N R £295.23 £482.66 £463.93 £651.28

PT £357.80 £526.76

124

PRICES INCLUDE DELIVERY ON ORDERS OVER £100

Customise your truck from standard components!!!
• We can offer hundreds of choices and configurations to suit your exact application. From one basic truck design you can choose a variety of sizes, side panels and wheel options. Step 1 - Choose the size of platform L x W mm that you require. Step 2 - Choose the type of material you need if you require side panels - they come in a kit of 2 sides and 2 ends plus corner posts so that you can choose to use 1, 2, 3 or 4 sides. You can also request hinged down sides if preferred. Step 3 - Choose the type of wheels that you need. Capacity is either 500Kg or 1000Kg. • 3 types of wheel to choose from - see below. • Standard 'T' bar tow handle - 'U' bar can be supplied on request. • Any standard colour can be supplied - blue is supplied as standard.

Basic turntable truck

Basic turntable truck with no sides. Fitted on standard pneumatic tyres. 500Kg capacity per truck. Length mm Width mm 600 800 1000 1200 1000 REF TT0610 TT0810 TT1010 TT1210 PRICE £278.98 £312.00 £345.01 £378.03 1200 REF TT0612 TT0812 TT1012 TT1212 PRICE £312.00 £345.01 £378.03 £411.04 1500 REF TT0615 TT0815 TT1015 TT1215 PRICE £361.52 £394.54 £427.55 £460.57 1800 REF TT0618 TT0818 TT1018 TT1218 PRICE £411.04 £444.06 £477.07 £510.09 2000 REF TT0620 TT0820 TT1020 TT1220 PRICE £444.06 £477.07 £510.09 £543.10 2200 REF TT0622 TT0822 TT1022 TT1222 PRICE £477.07 £510.09 £543.10 £576.12 2400 REF TT0624 TT0824 TT1024 TT1224 PRICE £510.09 £543.10 £576.12 £609.13

SIDE/END OPTIONS
Fixed side panel kits for your turntable truck, offer a flexible way to retain your load, either as a fixed attachment or removable as an option, please ask our sales team for more information. Standard ply sides, cut from 18mm treated ply, durable, reliable and kind to your load. Pressed steel sheet sided. Offer more longevity against any other side panel, powder coated in the same RAL colour chosen for the main frame. Foamex plastics panel, offer a light but robust solution which is kind to your product that you are carrying.

WHEEL OPTIONS
The wheels on your trolley are the most important thing, so choose them wisely, take into account the quality of the ground, the total weight of the load that you are carrying and the life expectancy of the wheels.

1 2 3

Our standard pneumatic wheels are the same style you would find on a bicycle tyre. A very hard wearing tyre that will last. Our cellular foam wheel is the same design as the pneumatic but rather than being filled with air, the tyre is injection filled with cellular foam. Because this tyre is foam filled there are no risks of punctures. So the CF will last twice as long as the pneumatic. Rather than a tyre fitted with foam like the CF the Polyurethane tyre is a single piece of foam moulded into the tyre shape. The benefit of this is this tyre looks feels and rides like a pneumatic but will never puncture also, unlike the CF, the rubber tyre on the outside cannot wear down simply because there is no tyre! REF TT/SLD/500 TT/PU/500 TT/PN/1000 TT/SLD/1000 TT/PU/1000 Capacity Kg 500 500 1000 1000 1000 Description - extra Cellular foam tyres Polyurethane tyres Pneumatic tyres Solid rubber tyres Polyurethane tyres PRICE £39.62 £66.03 £64.39 £130.42 £278.98

REF TT/PLY TT/STEEL TT/FOAMEX REF TT/EHB

Extra cost for End/Side Panel Kits Plywood panel kits Sheet steel panel kits Foamex plastic panel kits Extra Hand brake

PRICE £107.31 £107.31 £214.60 PRICE £130.42

PRICES INCLUDE DELIVERY ON ORDERS OVER £100

125

EXTRA HEAVY DUTY TURNTABLE TRUCKS
• Rugged construction - capacity 2000 Kg. • 30mm dia. solid steel axles. 30mm thick hardwood platforms. • Full lock turntable on forged turnings. • HD ‘V’ drawbar and towing eye. • Brake system for towing available. • Double turntables with linked steerage available. REF REF T112 T112/CT T112/ET T112/PT T112A T112A/CT T112A/ET T112A/PT T112/PB T112/RTH Platform LxW mm 1830 x 915 2440 x 1220 Wheeling 450x125mm cushion tyred ball bearing 305x75mm elastic tyred ball bearing 400x100mm pneumatic ball bearing As above cushion tyred As above elastic tyred As above pneumatic tyred Parking brake Rear tow hitch PRICES PRICE £1186.29 £1460.69 £1010.00 £1338.83 £2606.76 £1163.76 £69.10 £53.80

ALUMINIUM TURNTABLE TRUCK
Optimum weight reduction whilst giving maximum load capacity. Turntable steering – Aluminium turntable assembly fitted with stainless steel bearing plate. Framework of all welded aluminium RHS. Steel axles, zinc plated.

GA910B

Maximum distributed load kg 500 750 750

Wheels All with roller bearing 250 x 50mm 4-ply Pneumatic 250 x 50mm Cushion 1210 x 810 x 480mm 400 x 100mm Cushion 2000 x 1000 x 480mm 400 x 100mm Cushion

Platform size LxWxH 1210 x 810 x 330mm

Without sides & ends Weight 56kg 57kg 88kg 146kg REF GA910P GA910J GA910M GA920M PRICE £827.28 £833.33 £928.34 £1300.32

With Aluminium sides & ends Weight 71kg 72kg 103kg 168kg REF GA930P GA930J GA930M GA940M PRICE £1308.67 £1325.09 £1419.69 £1875.79

ADJUSTABLE LENGTH TURNTABLE TRAILER

• Variety of sizes and capacities to suit many uses such as carrying lengths of timber, steel, pipe, bar or pre-cast concrete etc. saddles easily adjust on the central pole to suit load length. • Detachable steel corner retaining posts 610mm high. • Alternative wheels available with capacities up to 3, 4 and 5 tons on request.

REF T190 T190/1 T190/2 T190/3 T192 T192/1 T192/2 T192/3

Cap Length inside Width inside Kg saddles mm posts mm 500 1220-3050 915 500 1220-3050 915 1000 1220-3050 915 1000 1220-3050 915 2000 1220-3660 1220 2000 1220-3660 1220 2000 1220-3660 1220 2000 1220-3660 1220

Wheeling mm 355x75 cushion tyred. Roller bearing 405x100 pneu. tyred. 4 ply. Roller bearing 405x100 pneu tyred. 4 ply. Ball bearing 405x100 cushion tyred. Roller bearing 305x75 elastic tyred. Ball bearing 405x100 pneu tyred. 6 ply. Ball bearing 500x80 pneu tyred. Ball bearing 455x125 cushion tyred. Ball bearing

PRICE £617.19 £599.07 £750.48 £656.01 £1597.65 £1146.68 £1243.49 £1323.40

126

PRICES INCLUDE DELIVERY ON ORDERS OVER £100

ACKERMAN STEERING TURNTABLE TRUCKS
Available in 3 wheel options. • Ackerman, dual axle trolley - enables tight turning circles without threatening the stability of the load. • Detachable sides and ends are available as options.

AT901J & AT901S

AT901L

REF AT901P AT901J AT901L AT901S

Description Flat deck unit

Wheels 250mm pneumatic 250mm cushion 350mm cushion

Platform size LxW mm Platform height mm Load capacity Kg Weight Kg 250 38 310 250 42 1200x600 435 400 60 Detachable sides and ends

PRICE £314.96 £325.10 £343.69 £107.56

HAND DRAWN TURNTABLE TRUCKS
• All sizes are fitted with a friction turntable plate assembly. Ball bearing turntable plate assembly is available on all models - call for details. • Both metal and plywood sided units have removable hinged sides and fixed ends. • Wire mesh or tubular steel superstructure body can be fitted onto platforms (500 or 1000mm high). • Optional friction parking brake.

NT482B NT492B

Without Sides With Plywood Sides Load Platform Platform & Ends & Ends 300mm Deep Height Wheels Capacity Size mm REF PRICE REF PRICE Weight Kg Weight Kg Kg mm 430 NT479J £342.90 NT489J £524.30 250mm cushion plain bearing 46 70 400 1220 x 430 NT479P £368.21 NT489P £549.54 250mm pneumatic roller bearing 42 66 400 610 405 NT479H £335.27 NT489H £516.67 200mm cushion roller bearing 40 64 400 480 NT480L £427.28 NT490L £611.01 350mm cushion roller bearing 60 84 1220 x 505 NT480M £453.56 NT490M £637.30 400mm cushion roller bearing 70 94 750 760 505 NT480B £415.93 NT490B £599.73 400mm pneumatic roller bearing 50 74 480 NT481L £471.06 NT491L £676.19 350mm cushion roller bearing 65 91 1500 x 505 NT481M £493.96 NT491M £699.08 400mm cushion roller bearing 75 101 750 760 505 NT481B £461.91 NT491B £667.04 400mm pneumatic roller bearing 55 81 480 NT482L £560.61 NT492L £797.57 350mm cushion roller bearing 85 119 2000 x 505 NT482M £572.07 NT492M £809.03 400mm cushion roller bearing 95 129 750 1000 505 NT482B £546.67 NT492B £783.66 400mm pneumatic roller bearing 70 104 Optional pedal operated friction parking brake on all models

With Sheet Steel Sides & Ends 200mm Deep Weight Kg PRICE REF 94 £532.54 NT499J 90 £557.78 NT499P 88 £524.90 NT499H 108 £618.45 NT500L 118 £644.72 NT500M 98 £607.17 NT500B 117 £671.47 NT501L 127 £694.36 NT501M 107 £662.32 NT501B 153 £787.18 NT502L 163 £798.63 NT502M 138 £773.26 NT502B £149.59 ET709A

PRICES INCLUDE DELIVERY ON ORDERS OVER £100

127

• Robust steel construction. • Large choice of size and capacities. • Choice of wheels. • Superstructure bodies shown as standard. • Special sizes and types to suit - specific needs to choice. • Tyres, wheels, towing bars and rear hitches. can be matched to suit tow units. • Park and overrun brakes on request as extra. • Designed to be towed in train with confidence.

T1115-1125-1135 both sides half hinged

Optional extras: Parking Brake; Rear Tow Hitch; Ackerman Steering; Interconnected Steering. Max load increased to 1000Kg on 400x100 cushion and pneumatic.

T1116 - 1126 - 1136 2 doors on one side

REF T1115 T1125 T1135 T1116 T1126 T1136

Overall size LxWxH mm 1600x762x1577 1930x964x1577 2100x1050x1577 1600x762x1577 1930x939x1577 2100x1025x1577

Body size LxWxH mm 1524x762x1067 1828x914x1067 2000x1000x1067 1524x762x1067 1828x914x1067 2000x1000x1067

Max load Kg 750 750 750 750 750 750

Weight Kg 113 140 144 113 140 144

Wheels PCR 355x75 QCR400x100 QPP400x100 QPR400x100 PRICE PRICE PRICE PRICE cushion r bearing cushion r bearing pneuplain bearing pneu r bearing £1053.29 £1091.30 £1031.79 £1038.16 £1195.46 £1233.54 £1173.55 £1180.04 £1296.85 £1341.70 £1281.58 £1288.03 £1069.07 £1107.12 £1047.54 £1053.89 £1197.48 £1234.84 £1175.62 £1182.05 £1307.53 £1346.96 £1285.57 £1292.02

• Loading up to 10,000Kg. • Rugged all-welded construction. • Sealed ball bearing turntable giving high performance. The ball bearing turntable transmits thrust and traction forces over a large surface and does not have any friction thus reducing wear on trailer parts. A drawbar stop prevents injury to operators feet. A lock holds drawbar vertical when not in use. Spring loaded retaining ball in the coupling pin is fitted to eliminate self-releasing when towing. Tow eye 50mm diameter, special sizes or requirements available.

Max distributed load Kg 3000

Platform size LxW mm 2500 x1250

Platform Approx height mm Wheels Weight Kg 460 x 125mm 6 ply pneumatic 570 300 620 35mm Ball Bearing 250 570 340 460 x 125mm cushion 620 290 35mm Ball Bearing 420 300 x 76mm cast centred Polyurethane Tyres 32mm Taper Roller Bearing 300 x 102mm cast centred Polyurethane Tyres 32mm Taper Roller Bearing Link steering for above Rear towing hitch for all models 350 350 550 550

Platform type Steel - Chequer Plate Timber - Tongue & Grooved Steel - Chequer Plate Timber - Tongue & Grooved Steel - Chequer Plate Hardwood - Tongue & Grooved Steel - Chequer Plate Hardwood - Tongue & Grooved

Link steering for above 5000 2500 x1250

REF HT873E HT883E HT873N HT883N Suffix/LS3 HT875P HT895P Add Suffix/LS5 HT8710P HT8910P Add Suffix/LS10 HT710A

PRICE £2476.09 £2455.42 £2584.74 £2538.69 £755.67 £3945.78 £4062.53 £953.28 £5079.68 £5230.09 £1616.34 £217.12

470 495

Link steering for above 10000 3000 x1500

520

128

PRICES INCLUDE DELIVERY ON ORDERS OVER £100

GRANDCART POWERED PLATFORM TRUCKS
• Tested and certified SGS-EMC qualified CE. • Easy to read clear control panel. • Keyring control for start up and stopping. • Simple battery charging via one push button. • Excellent manoeuvrability both forward and reverse. • Very safe handling with heavy awkward loads. • Increase your staff’s efficiency and reduces the injury risk. • LED battery gauge displaying power remaining. No limitations in use: Ideal for use in clean environments such as hospitals, schools, catering and pharmaceuticals etc. Also ideal for industry, warehousing, workshop floor etc, in fact all industries both for inside and outdoor use.

REF Specification Length overall mm Overall width mm Platform height mm Maximum speed Capacity Kg Drive wheels Castor wheels Brakes Drive Battery Charger Electronics Colour PRICE

MHC-01S

MHC-01

MHC-01L

Small platform Standard platform Large platform 1037 1537 2149 625 625 625 305 305 305 1.8mph - 3mph 1.8mph - 3mp 1.8mph - 3mph 363 455 455 30.48cm solid or pneumatic 22.86cm solid rubber Electronic regenerative disc brake Train transaxle Two 12 volt deep cycle 50 Ah 5 amp. Built in standard 110 amp Grey £1602.25 £1667.50 £1769.00

THREE WHEELED ELECTRIC TRUCK
• Three wheeled power unit complete with batteries and charger built in. • Easy front castor wheel steering for tight turning control. • Choice of box body sizes with let down sides or 500 litre dumper type rear tipping skip. • Fully positionable tiller steering handle. • Finger control forward or reverse. • Twist grip control for safe operation.

FOUR WHEELED ELECTRIC TRUCK
• Four wheeled power unit complete batteries and built in charger. • Choice of box body with let down sides, 500 litre dumper type tipping skip or crate platform. • Fully positionable tiller steering. • Finger control forward or reverse. • Full track rod steering.

• Fully variable speed control.

• Fully variable speed control.

REF HT/A030 HT/A031 HT/A016 HT/A021

Specification Load capacity 300Kg. Engine 800 watt/24 volt. Forward speed max 5Km/h. Reverse 2Km/h. Steel body 1250L x 695W x 240H. Removable sides - from 1.5mm steel. Steel body 1250L x 905W x 240H. With 500L. Rear tipping skip body. With steel crate platform 1200L x 800W x 220D.

PRICE REF £6534.38 £6534.38 £6906.25 £6534.38 JT/A031 JT/A016 JT/A021 Specification Load capacity 300Kg. Engine 800 watt/24 volt. Forward speed max 5Km/h. Reverse 2Km/h. Steel body 1250L x 905W x 240H. Removable sides - from 1.5mm steel. With 500L. Rear tipping skip body. With steel crate platform 1200L x 800W x 220D. PRICE £6746.88 £7118.75 £6746.88

PRICES INCLUDE DELIVERY ON ORDERS OVER £100

129

• Excellent manoeuvrability. • Extremely robust, minimal maintenance. • Steering: Single axle steering with heavy duty, high precision ball race turntable. Hinged drawbar with drop stop for safety. Towing eye for 30 mm pintle for 5 tonnes and for 40mm pintle from 8 tonnes. • Frame: Heavy duty welded steel section frame with chamfered corners. • Deck: Weather resistant softwood timber deck set flush within the main frame. 30 mm for 5 tonnes, 55 mm from 8 tonnes. • Running Gear: 2 solid steel axles fitted with 4 x heavy duty wheels. Rims in fracture resistant steel construction with steel reinforced solid rubber elastic tyres or steel rims with pneumatic industrial tyres. Hubs with double precision ball bearings, packed with grease and sealed for life. • Finish: Safety red. • Optional: Towing hitch, steel deck, plain or durbar pattern, parking brake, full brakes, stanchions.

• Accurate tracking and good stability. • 45° steering angle. Small turning radius. • Low deck height. Detachable drawbar. • Steering: All wheel double Ackerman steering. All moving parts with sintered bronze sleeve bearings with grease nipple. Detachable drawbar to tow from either end. Drop stop for safety. Towing eye for 30 mm pintle for 5 tonnes and for 40 mm pintle from 8 tonnes. • Frame: Heavy duty welded steel section frame with chamfered corners. • Deck: Weather resistant softwood timber deck set flush within the main frame. 30 mm for 5 tonnes. 55 mm from 8 tonnes. • Running Gear: Axle beams from steel flats with solid steel stub axles and generously sized pivot pin. Additional thrust bearing from 15 tonnes. 4 x heavy duty wheels. Rims in fracture resistant steel construction with steel reinforced solid rubber elastic tyres or steel rims with pneumatic industrial tyres. Hubs with double precision ball bearings, packed with grease and sealed for life. • Finish: Safety red. • Optional: Towing hitch, steel deck, plain or durbar pattern, parking brake, full brakes, stanchions.

• Perfect tracking and good stability. • 45° steering angle. Small turning radius. • Low deck height. Detachable drawbar. Oscillating axles for even load distribution on uneven surfaces. • Steering: All wheel pivot post steering, inter-connected steering with track rods with adjustable ball-and-socket joints and tie rods transmitting tensile forces only. All moving parts with taper roller bearings. Ball-and-socket joints and bronze sleeves with grease nipple. Detachable drawbar to tow from either end. Drop stop for safety. Towing eye for 40 mm pintle. • Frame: Heavy duty welded steel section frame with chamfered corners. • Deck: Weather resistant softwood timber deck, 55 mm, set flush within the main frame. • Running Gear: 4 oscillating axles from solid steel for even axle-/wheel load distribution on uneven surfaces. Axle oscillation 8° (±50mm). 8 x heavy duty wheels. Rims in fracture resistant steel construction with steel reinforced solid rubber elastic tyres. Hubs with double precision ball bearings, packed with grease and sealed for life. • Finish: Safety red. • Optional: Steel deck, plain or durbar pattern, parking brake, full brakes, stanchions.

130

PRICES ON THIS PAGE ARE EX-WORKS

Single Axle Turntable Steering

5 000 kg Capacity
Solid Tyres Pneumatic Tyres 540 x 160 690 E10-5L25 £3678.28 540 x 160 690 E10-5L30 £3848.04 540 x 160 710 E10-5L40 £5210.37 540 x 160 710 E10-5L50 £5696.60

8 000 kg Capacity
Solid Tyres 425 x 150 700 E10-8V25 £5484.93 425 x 150 700 E10-8V30 £5331.93 425 x 150 720 E10-8V40 £6832.57 425 x 150 720 E10-8V50 £7897.29 Pneumatic Tyres 672 x 192 890 E10-8L25 £5977.47 672 x 192 890 E10-8L30 £6224.77 672 x 192 910 E10-8L40 £7603.89 672 x 192 910 E10-8L50 £8628.74

10 000 kg Capacity
Solid Tyres 405 x 260 700 E10-10V25 £5510.09 405 x 260 720 E10-10V30 £5860.09 405 x 260 740 E10-10V40 £7358.64 405 x 260 740 E10-10V50 £8171.85 Pneumatic Tyres 672 x 192 890 E10-10L25 £6409.21 672 x 192 900 E10-10L30 £6746.65 672 x 192 920 E10-10L40 £8209.57 672 x 192 920 E10-10L50 £9077.30

15 000 kg Capacity
Solid Tyres 425 x 300 750 E10-15V25 £4315.43 425 x 300 720 E10-15V30 £6451.12 425 x 300 740 E10-15V40 £8039.38 425 x 300 740 E10-15V50 £9047.93

Platform mm 2500 x 1250 Platform mm 3000 x 1500 Platform mm 4000 x 2000 Platform mm 5000 x 2000

Wheel-ø x Width Deck height REF PRICE Wheel-ø x Width Deck height REF PRICE Wheel-ø x Width Deck height REF PRICE Wheel-ø x Width Deck height REF PRICE

mm mm

405 x 130 570 E10-5V25 £3420.48

mm mm

405 x 130 590 E10-5V30 £3667.82 405 x 130 610 E10-5V40 £4520.61

mm mm

mm mm

405 x 130 610 E10-5V50 £5476.54

Double Ackerman Steering Platform mm 2500 x 1250 Platform mm 3000 x 1500 Platform mm 4000 x 2000 Platform mm 5000 x 2000
Wheel-ø x Width Deck height REF PRICE Wheel-ø x Width Deck height REF PRICE Wheel-ø x Width Deck height REF PRICE Wheel-ø x Width Deck height REF PRICE mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm 405 x 130 480 E60-5V25 £4013.62 405 x 130 500 E60-5V30 £4304.94 405 x 130 520 E60-5V40 £5476.54 405 x 130 540 E60-5V50 £5979.57 540 x 160 660 E60-5L25 £4244.18 540 x 160 660 E60-5L30 £4554.34 540 x 160 660 E60-5L40 £5717.58 540 x 160 660 E60-5L50 £6220.58 425 x 150 510 E60-8V25 £5987.95 425 x 150 510 E60-8V30 £6472.11 425 x 150 530 E60-8V40 £7880.52 425 x 150 550 E60-8V50 £8687.44 672 x 192 800 E60-8L25 £6935.28 672 x 192 820 E60-8L30 £7216.13 672 x 192 820 E60-8L40 £8676.96 672 x 192 820 E60-8L50 £9592.86 405 x 260 500 E60-10V25 £6553.82 405 x 260 520 E60-10V30 £6937.37 405 x 260 540 E60-10V40 £8247.33 405 x 260 540 E60-10V50 £9232.38 672 x 192 800 E60-10L25 £7553.57 672 x 192 820 E60-10L30 £7935.02 672 x 192 820 E60-10L40 £9280.56 672 x 192 820 E60-10L50 £10244.68 425 x 300 570 (width 1500) E60-15V25 £7067.32 425 x 300 590 E60-15V30 £7528.42 425 x 300 610 E60-15V40 £9485.97 425 x 300 610 E60-15V50 £10288.71

Allwheel Pivot Post Steering

20 000 kg Capacity
Solid Tyres

25 000 kg Capacity
Solid Tyres 425 x 300 700 E70-25V40 £14356.79 425 x 300 700 E70-25V50 £15373.31 425 x 300 700 E70-25V60 £16383.54 425 x 300 700 E70-25V65 £17381.18

30 000 kg Capacity
Solid Tyres 425 x 300 700 E70-30V40 £14767.61 425 x 300 700 E70-30V50 £15828.10 425 x 300 700 E70-30V60 £16882.34 425 x 300 700 E70-30V65 £17882.10

40 000 kg Capacity
Solid Tyres 550 x 320 870 E70-40V40 £20112.11 550 x 320 870 E70-40V50 £21688.22 550 x 320 900 E70-40V60 £22740.33 550 x 320 900 E70-40V65 £23738.00

Platform mm 4000 x 2000 Platform mm 5000 x 2000 Platform mm 6000 x 2000 Platform mm 6500 x 2500

Wheel-ø x Width Deck height REF PRICE Wheel-ø x Width Deck height REF PRICE Wheel-ø x Width Deck height REF PRICE Wheel-ø x Width Deck height REF PRICE

mm mm

405 x 260 680 E70-20V40 £13857.97

mm mm

405 x 260 680 E70-20V50 £15006.54

mm mm

405 x 260 700 E70-20V60 £16157.18

mm mm

405 x 260 700 E70-20V65 £16834.16

PRICES ON THIS PAGE ARE EX-WORKS

131

ECONOMY TIMBER PANEL TRUCKS

PI201Y

PI202Y • 500Kg load capacity. • Platform size 1000x700mm. • Fitted on 150mm dia solid rubber wheels. REF PI200Y PI201Y PI202Y PI206Y PI203Y PI204Y PI208Y

PI203Y • Handle height from ground 875mm. • Platform height 220mm. • Supplied KD flat packed. PRICE £161.81 £188.77 £219.28 £255.12 £256.38 £270.30 £169.51

PI204Y

Description of ends and sides Single horizontal bar end - no sides (not shown) Single plywood end - no sides Double plywood end - no sides No ends - double plywood sides (not shown) 3 plywood sides 4 plywood sides 4 half size plywood sides (not shown) - 125mm on wheels

ECONOMY FLAT BED TRUCKS

CJ50A

CJ20F folding handle

1118

PI401J

TC-1151

PI207Y

A range of multi-use economy flat bed trucks. All supplied in knock down flat pack for ease of assembly. Capacities range from 200-800Kg with a variety of platform sizes and wheeling options. Suitable for many applications from warehouse to offices.

REF CJ50A 1118 PI401J CJ20F PI207Y TC-1151

Cap Kg 500 300 800 200 500 200

Size L x W x H mm 1150 x 700 x 1100 1310 x 600 x 935 1300 x 800 x 975 970 x 460 x 1000 1000 x 700 x 875 1160 x 700 x 1015

Wheel dia mm 200mm rubber 160mm rubber 250mm rubber 125mm rubber 150mm rubber 200mm rubber

PRICE £155.75 £139.40 £220.84 £155.75 £187.39 £173.25

132

PRICES INCLUDE DELIVERY ON ORDERS OVER £100

• Choice of platform and sides: galvanised with mesh, plywood or waterproof and weatherproof phenolic. • 500Kg capacity. • 5 year guarantee. • Epoxy powder coated. • 2 fixed and 2 swivel braked 200mm dia rubber tyred castors - braked in accordance with recommendations of Euronorm BS EN 1757-3, 2002.

FT331H

FT341H

FT311H

FT312H

FT342H

FT333H

FT344H FT314H

FT325H

Base size mm: 850L x 500W Overall size mm: 990L x 500W x 1120H
Description Single plywood end Double plywood end 3 plywood sides 4 plywood sides Single mesh end Double mesh end 3 mesh sides 4 mesh sides 4 mesh sides & 1/2 drop side Single mesh end Double mesh end 3 mesh sides 4 mesh sides 4 mesh sides & 1/2 drop side Single phenolic end Double phenolic end 3 phenolic sides 4 phenolic sides REF FT111H FT112H FT113H FT114H FT141H FT142H FT143H FT144H FT145H FT121H FT122H FT123H FT124H FT125H FT131H FT132H FT133H FT134H PRICE £198.84 £232.17 £226.58 £242.13 £270.29 £308.43 £337.15 £365.78 £385.60 £245.67 £283.88 £312.50 £341.08 £360.90 £255.69 £303.82 £312.60 £349.08

Base size mm: 1000L x 600W Overall size mm: 1140L x 600W x 1120H
REF FT211H FT212H FT213H FT214H FT241H FT242H FT243H FT244H FT245H FT221H FT222H FT223H FT224H FT225H FT231H FT232H FT233H FT234H PRICE £218.81 £254.18 £277.24 £300.21 £302.94 £345.01 £380.55 £416.26 £436.05 £281.58 £323.57 £359.32 £394.94 £414.69 £294.26 £349.02 £411.28 £473.67

Base size mm: 1000L x 700W Overall size mm: 1140L x 700W x 1120H
REF FT311H FT312H FT313H FT314H FT341H FT342H FT343H FT344H FT345H FT321H FT322H FT323H FT324H FT325H FT331H FT332H FT333H FT334H PRICE £232.79 £270.65 £293.73 £316.74 £336.93 £382.11 £417.81 £453.40 £473.22 £308.21 £353.40 £389.09 £424.78 £444.59 £318.38 £373.80 £436.12 £498.53

Base size mm: 1200L x 600W Overall size mm: 1340L x 600W x 1120H
REF FT411H FT412H FT413H FT414H FT441H FT442H FT443H FT444H FT445H FT421H FT422H FT423H FT424H FT425H FT431H FT432H FT433H FT434H PRICE £225.71 £261.14 £285.00 £308.79 £312.96 £354.96 £392.79 £430.78 £450.58 £291.59 £333.59 £371.50 £409.34 £429.15 £304.21 £360.46 £421.88 £484.95

Base size mm: 1200L x 800W Overall size mm: 1340L x 800W x 1120H
REF FT511H FT512H FT513H FT514H FT541H FT542H FT543H FT544H FT545H FT521H FT522H FT523H FT524H FT525H FT531H FT532H FT533H FT534H PRICE £248.29 £288.39 £312.32 £336.07 £355.76 £402.97 £440.87 £478.72 £498.53 £327.20 £374.39 £412.16 £450.07 £469.81 £345.76 £411.64 £474.62 £537.63

PLYWOOD DECK UNITS WITH PLYWOOD SIDES & ENDS IN A TUBULAR FRAME

GALVANISED DECK UNITS WITH MESH SIDES & ENDS IN A TUBULAR FRAME

PHENOLIC DECK UNITS WITH MESH SIDES & ENDS IN A TUBULAR FRAME

PHENOLIC DECK UNITS WITH PHENOLIC SIDES & ENDS IN A TUBULAR FRAME

PRICES INCLUDE DELIVERY ON ORDERS OVER £100

133

FIRM LOADING - MESH INFILL SIDES AND ENDS

FIRM LOADING - TIMBER SIDES AND ENDS

T4242-T4262

T4241-T4261

T4202-T4222

T4201-T4221

T4243-T4263

T4244-T4264

T4203-T4223

T4204-T4224

• All firm loading trucks are fitted on 200x50mm cushion tyred wheels, roller bearing. Capacity 500Kg per truck. • Sides and ends on all models are fixed - not detachable. REF T4241 T4261 T4242 T4262 T4243 T4263 T4244 T4264 Overall Size LxWxH 1150x700x965 1350x800x965 1150x700x965 1350x800x965 1150x700x965 1350x800x965 1150x700x965 1350x800x965 Body Size Deck Weight LxWxH Height mm Kg 1000x700x520 290 33 1200x800x520 290 39 1000x700x520 290 36 1200x800x520 290 43 1000x700x520 290 41 1200x800x520 290 49 1000x700x520 290 46 1200x800x520 290 55 PRICE £252.28 £266.16 £297.06 £309.15 £312.15 £331.01 £341.49 £371.33 REF T4201 T4221 T4202 T4222 T4203 T4223 T4204 T4224 Overall Size LxWxH 1100x700x965 1350x800x965 1100x700x965 1350x800x965 1100x700x965 1350x800x965 1100x700x965 1350x800x965 Body Size Deck Weight LxWxH Height mm Kg 1000x700x520 290 33 1200x800x520 290 39 1000x700x520 290 36 1200x800x520 290 43 1000x700x520 290 41 1200x800x520 290 49 1000x700x520 290 46 1200x800x520 290 55 PRICE £254.56 £271.16 £292.68 £312.46 £319.95 £333.73 £353.14 £382.80

PREMIER PLATFORM TRUCKS
• Super quality heavy duty veneer finish. • Load capacity: 500Kg. • Strong steel centred wheels - 200mm dia rubber. • Supplied knockdown. • Epoxy powder coated blue. • Sides and ends, along with the deck of heavy duty veneer finish are supported by a steel frame.

PI802H

PI801H

PI806H

PI804H

PI803H

Description Single mesh end 2 mesh ends 3 mesh sides 4 mesh sides 2 mesh sides

Platform height mm 270 270 270 270 270

Handle height mm 1050 1050 1050 1050 1050

Platform size 1000 x 700mm Weight Kg PRICE REF 35 £187.80 PI801H 41 £205.70 PI802H 44 £237.54 PI803H 45 £265.90 PI804H 43 £227.84 PI806H

Platform size 1200 x 800mm Weight Kg PRICE REF 38 £201.69 PI821H 44 £230.46 PI822H 49 £251.60 PI823H 50 £257.54 PI824H 46 £248.08 PI826H

Heavy duty veneer finish

134

PRICES INCLUDE DELIVERY ON ORDERS OVER £100

Customise your truck from standard components!!!
• We can offer hundreds of choices and configurations to suit your exact application. From one basic trolley design you can choose a variety of sizes, side panels and wheel options. Step 1 - Choose how many sides you require and the type of material. Do you need the panels to be removable? You can also choose a base from the same material. Step 2 - Choose the required base size. Also note that any non-standard size can be supplied. Step 3 - Choose the type of wheels that you need.

Basic Flatbed Truck

Basic flatbed truck with a push/pull handle at one end only. Fitted on standard rubber wheels. Length mm Width mm 600 800 1000 1200 1000 REF FBT0610 FBT0810 FBT1010 FBT1210 PRICE £179.94 £199.75 £219.56 £239.37 1200 REF FBT0612 FBT0812 FBT1012 FBT1212 PRICE £199.75 £219.56 £239.37 £259.18 1500 REF FBT0615 FBT0815 FBT1015 FBT1215 PRICE £229.46 £249.27 £269.08 £288.89 1800 REF FBT0618 FBT0818 FBT1018 FBT1218 PRICE £259.18 £278.98 £298.79 £318.60 2000 REF FBT0620 FBT0820 FBT1020 FBT1220 PRICE £278.98 £298.79 £318.60 £338.41 2200 REF FBT0622 FBT0822 FBT1022 FBT1222 PRICE £298.79 £318.60 £338.41 £358.22 2400 REF FBT0624 FBT0824 FBT1024 FBT1224 PRICE £318.60 £338.41 £358.22 £378.03

SIDE/END OPTIONS
Fixed side panel kits for your standard flatbed trolleys, offer a flexible way to retain your load, either as a fixed attachment or removable as an option, please ask our sales team for more information. Standard ply sides, cut from 18mm treated ply, durable, reliable and kind to your load. Pressed steel sheet sided. Offer more longevity against any other side panel, powder coated in the same RAL colour chosen for the main frame. Foamex plastics panel, offer a light but robust solution which is kind to the product that you are carrying. Mesh sides, offer a similar durability to the pressed steel side but keep the overall weight of the unit down.

WHEEL OPTIONS
The wheels on your trolley are the most important thing, so choose them wisely, take into account the quality of the ground, the total weight of the load that you are carrying and the life expectancy of the wheels. Our standard 200mm wheel is constructed to a 165Kg capacity and fitted with needle roller bearing, rimmed with a middle of the road, black rubber tyre for a long life and a smooth ride. Hard white nylon wheel, provides a very easy ride with great life expectancy. Also with very little marking on your work floor. In 200mm with semi precision bearings and a 200Kg capacity, these wheels will up your trolley to a 600Kg working capacity. Available in swivel or swivel with brake. 200mm diameter pneumatic castor, down rates the capacity of the trolley to only 300Kg but allows you the ability to move the load over pretty much any terrain, gravel, short grass or ribbed concrete. Available in swivel or fixed. Grey non-marking wheel for clean areas or where you just want to take care of your working area. Ideal for retail, educational or health care environments. With a 165Kg capacity it gives the trolley a 500Kg rated capacity. Available in fixed, swivel and swivel with brake.

REF FBT/PLY FBT/STEEL FBT/FOAMEX FBT/MESH

Extra cost for End Panels Plywood end panel Sheet steel end panel Foamex plastic end panel Mesh end panel

PRICE £31.37 £113.91 £130.42 £39.62 REF FBT/NY FBT/PNEU FBT/GREY FBT/AST FBT/SWIV

REF FBT/PLY/S FBT/STEEL/S FBT/FOAMEX/S FBT/MESH/S

Extra cost for Side Panels Plywood side panel Sheet steel side panel Foamex plastic side panel Mesh side panel

PRICE £44.58 £122.16 £155.17 £51.18

Extra cost for alternative wheels Nylon wheeled castors Pneumatic wheeled castors Grey non-marking castors Anti-static wheeled castors Extra to fit 4 swivel castors

PRICE £36.32 £16.43 £49.52 £74.40 £5.00

PRICES INCLUDE DELIVERY ON ORDERS OVER £100

135

STURDY PLATFORM TRUCKS
• Smooth finish plywood platform. • Robust and versatile. • 200mm rubber castors, 2 fixed, 2 swivel. • Max capacity - 500Kg. These sturdy platform trucks are manufactured from tubular steel with a smooth finish plywood platform set within a heavy duty angle frame. Model PC780H has 3 removable rails with 7 different positions. Rail heights from platform: 320, 630 and 930mm. Model PC726H has the addition of 3 shelves which will take 40Kg each.

PC812H

PC707H PC811H

PC702H

PC780H

PC726H

PC701H

REF PC701H PC702H PC811H PC812H PC707H PC780H PC726H

Description Single bar end Double bar ends Single plywood end Double plywood ends Tubular sided Base with 3 dividing rails Shelf truck, base with 3 shelves

Platform size mm 1200 x 700 1200 x 700 1200 x 700 1200 x 700 1200 x 700 1200 x 700 1200 x 700

Platform height mm 310 310 310 310 310 310 310

Overall height mm 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1240 1800

Weight Kg 32 34 33 35 35 30 69

PRICE £280.25 £326.95 £302.80 £349.76 £344.79 £344.79 £512.44

SWAN NECK PLATFORM TRUCKS
Trucks fitted with the distinctive 'swan neck' type handle which is very easy to push or pull in tight areas. • Capacity: 250Kg. • Plywood base. • Tubular steel frame construction. • Fitted on 2 fixed and 2 swivel 125mm dia rubber wheeled castors. • Platform height: 180mm. Model PI902Y has an overall height of 760mm. • Bright epoxy powder coated blue finish.

REF PI901Y PI902Y

O/S LxWxH mm 830x450x860 830x450x880

Weight Kg 9 14

PRICE £104.02 £126.74

PI902Y PI901Y

136

PRICES INCLUDE DELIVERY ON ORDERS OVER £100

ORDER PICKING STEP TROLLEYS
We offer a choice of our standard UK design models or the European GS approved versions. The trolleys have spring loaded steps with ribbed rubber on plywood treads set in a rolled steel frame. Tread sizes are 350W x 210D mm (205D on WS range). • Choice between designs. • Choice of steel or plywood shelves. • Choice between number of steps and number of shelves. • Top tread height - 700mm. • Handrails ergonomically designed and set at 580mm higher than top step (600mm on WS range). • Fitted on 4 swivel castors - 125mm dia grey rubber tyred wheels. • Finish - epoxy powder coated.

GS5613

Ergonomic handle

WS5603

WS5612 Sprung loaded steps Specification for both models European GS Approved Design REF No of Steps No of Trays Tray Type Overall Size HxWxL mm Shelf Heights mm Weight Kg PRICE 2 Steel 31 GS5602 £323.54 200/1000 2 Plywood 30 GS5612 £330.23 1320x520x1320 3 3 Steel 42 GS5603 £352.11 200/600/1000 3 Plywood 41 GS5613 £362.25 2 Steel 41 GS5622 £362.25 200/1240 2 Plywood 38 GS5632 £368.94 1560x520x1520 4 3 Steel 46 GS5623 £390.75 200/720/1240 3 Plywood 43 GS5633 £400.89 Standard UK Design REF PRICE WS5602 £280.69 WS5612 £287.39 WS5603 £309.88 WS5613 £320.02 -

STEP TROLLEYS
• • • • • Ideal for order picking and general warehouse work. Tubular steel construction. Non slip plywood treads and shelves. All shelves are 760 x 460mm with a 40mm up turned lip. Fitted on 2 fixed and 2 swivel 125mm dia rubber tyred wheels. • T51 has 2 shelves and T52 has 3 shelves illustrated, both models with higher hand rails for extra safety as shown. T52

T51

REF Overall size LxWxH mm Height of Top Step Clearance between trays PRICE T51 1295x480x1000 720 660 £318.32 T52 1295x480x1000 720 330 £349.21

PRICES INCLUDE DELIVERY ON ORDERS OVER £100

137

SECURITY SHELF TRUCK
For the safe and secure storage and transportation of goods. The truck has double hinged locking doors. Truck is supplied with base board only - add on additional shelves as required. • O/S L x W x H: 1270 x 750 x 1790mm. • Platform size: 1150 x 750mm. • Base height: 270mm. • Load capacity: 500Kg. • Shelves can be fitted at 630/1050/1440mm heights. • Fitted on two fixed and two swivel with brake castors 200mm dia rubber wheels. • Finish - EPC blue. • Supplied knock down. Description REF Trolley with base DT901Y Additional shelves DTS09S

PRICE £431.77 £41.00

WIRE MESH SECURITY TRUCK
Suitable to store and move goods with the ability to secure the truck by padlock or security tie. Fitted with a half drop front side and hinged lid for ease of access. • O/S L x W x H: 1000 x 700 x 800mm. • Platform size: 1000 x 700mm. • Infilled with 50 x 50mm mesh. • Fitted on two fixed and two swivel with brake castors - 200mm dia rubber wheels. • Finish - EPC blue. • Weight: 81Kg. • Load capacity: 500Kg. • Supplied knock down. REF GIS71M Description Security truck PRICE £377.91

SECURITY TROLLEYS
Tough durable construction in steel angle iron and mesh infill. • Exterior grade plywood base. • Lockable lids can be secured by a padlock (not supplied). • Epoxy powder coated finish. • Grey non-marking rubber tyred castors.

O/S LxWxH mm Type of Trolley 4 sided & half drop side 4 sided 4 sided with lid & half drop side 4 sided with lid

1260x610x970 REF GL1243 GL1253 GL1263 GL1273 PRICE £274.47 £344.41 £317.40 £387.34

1560x730x970 REF GL1543 GL1553 GL1563 GL1573 PRICE £362.84 £437.57 £396.32 £470.99

SHEET STEEL SECURITY TRUCK
This truck has sheet steel sides framed by heavy duty box frame for added security. Fitted with locking brackets suitable to take padlocks or security ties. Hinged lid and half drop side for ease of access. • O/S L x W x H: 1000 x 700 x 800mm. • Platform size: 1000 x 700mm. • Load capacity: 500Kg. • Weight: 103Kg. • Finish - EPC blue. • Footbrakes on two swivel castors. • Supplied knock down.

REF GIS72S

Castor Description 2 fixed and 2 swivel 200mm dia rubber tyred

PRICE £425.41

138

PRICES INCLUDE DELIVERY ON ORDERS OVER £100

This high quality range of trucks especially designed for either manual or power turning. Optional rear hitch and towbar attachment to enable successful turning in train. Fully welded construction. Rounded corners and double D bumper strips are standard to prevent damage to surrounding premises. Enhances truck appearance and particularly easy to maintain. Available standard four sizes with either mesh or tube suspension. General Specification: • Overall ht. 1190mm • Internal body ht. 900mm • Load capacity 500kg. • 18mm ext. grade ply. • 200mm rubber wheels. • 2 fixed and 2 swivel castors • Varnished and stove enamel grey.

BH270H with BH004Z and 1 x BH003Z

BH271H with BH004Z Optional

Platform size mm 1000x700 1200x700 1200x1000 1500x1000 REF BH170H BH270H BH210H BH510H

3 sided mesh body Weight 45kg 50kg 60kg 70kg PRICE £602.16 £644.93 £675.90 £753.52

3 sided tubular body REF BH171H BH271H BH211H BH511H Weight 37kg 44kg 50kg 60kg PRICE £577.61 £613.52 £643.81 £705.32

centre shelf REF BS171Z BS271Z BS211Z BS511Z PRICE £73.82 £73.82 £108.26 £115.80

Optional Extras:
Braked Castors (2 off fitted with swivel and wheel lock) Rear towing hitch Towbar BH270H with 2 x BS271Z 4th side with half drop hinged

REF BH001Z BH002Z BH003Z BH004Z

PRICE £53.52 £40.30 £75.13 £207.23

EASY STEER WIRE MESH & SECURITY TRUCKS

FIRM LOAD WIRE MESH & SECURITY TRUCKS

GL1443, GL1453 & GL1463 GL1043, GL1053 & GL1063 Platform: 900x600mm. Capacity 250kg. O/HT: 900mm. Height of Platform: 165mm. Container Height: 550mm. Effective Half Drop Depth: 240mm. 2 fixed and 2 swivel cushion tyred wheels – 127mm dia. Description 4 Mesh sides 4 Mesh sides 1 x 1⁄2 drop side Full security 35 40 GL1053 GL1063 £368.60 £452.68 GL1453 GL1463 £362.13 £451.96 Wt Kg 31 REF EASY STEER GL1043 £339.41 PRICE REF FIRM LOADING GL1443 £336.18 PRICE

PRICES INCLUDE DELIVERY ON ORDERS OVER £100

139

DIY TROLLEYS
Used for order picking or to handle awkward size items such as fence panels, timber, bags of cement etc. Strong, durable and easy to steer - widely used by most leading DIY retailers. Powder coated finish. Quantity discounts available.

HEAVY DUTY CASH & CARRY TROLLEY
• Load capacity 1000Kg. • Detachable handles for compact storage. • Steel chequer plate decks. • Powder coated grey finish. • Supplied knockdown. • Platform size: 1520 x 610mm. • Handle height 1520mm. • Fitted on 4 swivel 110mm dia rubber wheels and 2 fixed 220mm polyurethane in centre. DIY/G with basket

DIY/P REF DIY/G DIY/P DIY/B Overall size LxWxH mm Capacity Kg Wheels dia mm 850x480x865 220 Rubber 125mm 850x480x865 220 Rubber 125mm Extra for 800x190x230 basket to be fitted PRICE £121.62 £124.03 £14.43

REF GIC84Y

PRICE £218.00

FLAT BED TROLLEYS
Used in DIY Retail Outlets and warehouse environments. Ideal for carrying bulk materials such as sheet panels and heavy bagged items. Powder coated finish with durable construction. Quantity discounts available.

HEAVY DUTY CASH & CARRY TROLLEY
• Load capacity 1000Kg. • Detachable handles for compact storage. • Steel chequer plate decks. • Powder coated blue finish. • Supplied knockdown. • Platform size: 1610 x 410mm. • Handle height 1830mm. • Fitted on 4 swivel 110mm dia rubber wheels and 2 fixed 220mm polyurethane in centre. • Fitted with kick plates to avoid trapped feet. FTPC

BT/AH

FTZP

REF BT/AH FTPC FTZP

Overall size LxWxH mm 955x580x1135 1525x610x1135 1525x610x1135

Capacity Kg 400 250 250

Wheels dia mm Rubber 200mm Rubber 100mm Rubber 100mm

Finish Powder coated Powder coated Zinc plated

PRICE £156.92 £137.93 £155.36

REF GIC83Y

PRICE £187.65

140

PRICES INCLUDE DELIVERY ON ORDERS OVER £100

POPULAR NESTING CASH AND CARRY TRUCK

DELUXE NESTING CASH AND CARRY TRUCK

• Specials can be manufactured to suit with nylon or polyurethane wheels. REF Platform size mm Platform height mm Capacity Kg Rubber tyred wheels mm PRICE Extra for bottle basket 300 350 125 £201.70 £34.93 T290 1200x600 400 500 200 £249.35 £34.93

• High quality electro zinc finish. Water resistant platform. Handle can take owners name. REF Platform size mm Platform height mm Capacity Kg PRICE Extra for bottle basket T290/D 1200x650 500 200 £201.17 £14.00

NARROW AISLE CASH AND CARRY TRUCK

STABILITY WHEELED TRUCKS
• Very popular range. Tubular framework timber in angle base. • Double tube frame on 500Kg models. • Fixed wheels 200mm and swivels 125mm rubber tyred.

REF • Centre wheels 200mm dia. rubber tyred with roller bearings. • Two 125mm dia. rubber tyred castors both ends. • Easy to steer and turn in own length. REF T500 T504 Platform LxW mm 1500x380 1220x380 Capacity 350Kg 350Kg PRICE £219.37 £201.11 T130 T130A T130B T132 T132A T137B

Platform LxW mm 1060x610 1370x685 760x510 1220x685 1525x760 1525x990

Capacity 250Kg 250Kg 250Kg 500Kg 500Kg 750Kg

PRICE £196.08 £223.25 £173.62 £377.09 £382.82 £493.69

NESTABLE CASH AND CARRY TROLLEY
• Maximum load: 100Kg. • Heavy duty attractive plastic platform. • Folding top basket. • Supplied knockdown. • Retention rod fitted to stop load from sliding off platform. The top ‘tip up’ basket is ideal for transporting additional items. When not in use, the trolleys are easily nested due to the tip up tray and hinged base platform. Easily manoeuvrable on 4 x 100mm non-marking swivel rubber castors, 2 with brake. Colour: red. REF GIC81Y O/size LxWxH mm Weight Kg 960x570x950 15 PRICE £139.99

PRICES INCLUDE DELIVERY ON ORDERS OVER £100

141

PIECE TRUCK WITH SIDE UPRIGHTS

EASY STEER BALANCED TRUCKS

REF T137 • Strong tubular side frames. • Angle iron base frame with timber platform. • Easy steer sliding wheel system. • Platform size 1830x915mm. Height I/S 915mm. REF T139A/CT T139A/NY Wheeling 200mm cushion tyred 200mm nylon Capacity 250kg 350kg PRICE £382.15 £402.51

• Constructed of steel tube and angle with timber platform. • Sliding wheel system with end rocking movement. • Fitted on 200mm dia. rubber tyred wheels. • Double tube frames and uprights both ends on 500 kg. models as shown. 250kg models have uprights one end as standard. REF T135 T135A T135B T137 T137A Platform LxW mm 1060x610 1370x685 760x510 1220x685 1525x760 Cap Kg 250 250 250 500 500 PRICE £235.54 £263.05 £202.30 £412.77 £455.35

ADJUSTABLE - PLATE TRANSPORTER TRUCK
• Load retaining uprights adjustable to width. • Heavy duty steel construction. Timber deck. • Stability wheeling on 2 fixed and 2 swivel castors with rubber tyred wheels.

'A' FRAME TRUCK

REF T180 AP16-2

Deck size LxW mm 1210x700 1220x610

Wheel dia mm 200 200

Cap Kg 250 600

PRICE £325.12 £252.80

TABLE TOP TRUCKS

• Ideal for packing stores and warehouse duties. • Smooth timber top either set flush or within angle to form rim surround. • Cap 150kg. on 125mm dia. rubber tyred castors. • Paint and varnish finish. REF T145 T145A Top size LxW mm 1220x685 1525x760 Bottom size LxWxH mm 1220x300x300 1525x380x300 PRICE £182.15 £206.94

• Suitable to transport glass, window and doors and all manner of sheet materials. • 300mm wide base boards both sides. • Four strong timber resting battens both sides. • Strong anchor points for fastening straps. • Capacity 600Kg. • 200mm dia fixed and swivel castors with rubber tyred steel centre wheels. • Other sizes and capacities can be made to order.

REF GWT1 GWT2

Frame HxWxL mm 1200x900x1800 1200x900x2400

PRICE £472.81 £576.97

142

PRICES INCLUDE DELIVERY ON ORDERS OVER £100

BOARD TROLLEY
These units will fit a large amount of board, making them ideal for use in DIY stores, warehouses, factories etc. They will also carry a vast range of board from doors, fences, drywall and large sheet panels. Model GIC98Y incorporates a large perforated tray which is 1290L x 150W x 140D mm which sits 510mm off the platform. • Supplied knockdown flat packed. • Capacity 500Kg.

REF GIC97Y GIC98Y

Overall size L x W x H mm 1200 x 580 x 1180 1290 x 700 x 1190

Wheels mm 4 x 200mm rubber 2 x 250 fixed steel centred 2 x 210 swivel pneumatic

Weight Kg 36 50

PRICE £311.12 £368.75

FIRM LOAD ALUMINIUM TRUCKS
Ideal for use within industrial and commercial food and textile production. • High tech and engineering industries. • Highly combustible working environments. • Aesthetically pleasing. • Hygienic. • Non sparking. • Non contaminating. • Odourless. • Easy to clean. Maximum Distributed Load: 400kg. Platform Height: 300mm. Castors: Heavy duty, 2 fixed, 2 swivel. Wheel Equipment: Either non-marking blue resilex super elastic rubber tyred wheels or cushion tyred, both fitted with roller bearings. Size 200 x 50mm. Platform, sides and ends: Heavy duty aluminium chequer plate. Frame and superstructure: Heavy duty aluminium R.H.S. Corner buffering: Fitted as standard. All rounded corners for damage prevention and safety.

GA824R GA821R Description Single end Double end 2 ends and 1 removable side 2 ends and 2 removable sides (box body) Single end Double end 2 ends and 1 removable side 2 ends and 2 removable sides (box body) Weight Kg 33 42 49 57 44 55 62 70 Overall (including buffers) REF with Resilex L x W x H mm wheels Platform size 1210 x 610mm 1440 x 645 x 950 GA611R 1540 x 645 x 950 GA612R 1540 x 645 x 950 1540 x 645 x 950 GA613R GA614R PRICE £745.61 £939.70 £1129.41 £1313.62 £814.81 £1015.34 £1204.42 £1382.08 REF with cushion wheels GA611H GA612H GA613H GA614H GA821H GA822H GA823H GA824H PRICE £647.76 £841.84 £1031.51 £1215.81 £716.99 £917.13 £1106.62 £1284.23

Platform size 1210 x 810mm 1440 x 845 x 950 GA821R 1540 x 845 x 950 GA822R 1540 x 845 x 950 1540 x 845 x 950 GA823R GA824R

GA823R

PRICES INCLUDE DELIVERY ON ORDERS OVER £100

143

POST BAG HOLDER TROLLEYS
• Strong tubular steel construction. • Fitted with retaining lugs to secure bags firmly to frame. • Fitted on four swivel castors for maximum mobility. • Postbags are not supplied. • Powder coat blue finish.

POST DISTRIBUTION TROLLEYS
Ideal for use in offices, shops etc. Easily manoeuvrable on 2 large fixed 200mm wheels and 2 swivel braked 125mm castors. • Chrome plated wire trolley. • Hygienic - easy to clean. • Load capacity - 120Kg.

MT987Y MT988Y O/A Dim HxWxDmm Wheels 1130 x 390 x 390 4x75mm swivel 1130 x 390 x 770 grey non-marking Wt Kg No Bags 8 1 12 2 REF PRICE MT987Y £105.06 MT988Y £129.39 SW152Y O/A dim LxWxH mm 860 x 660 x 990 Weight Kg 17.5 REF SW152Y PRICE £189.94

PIANO DOLLY

CARPET/FLOOR COVERING TROLLEY

• Favourite design with removal specialists. • Ideal for pianos, wardrobes, etc or large case work. • Heavy rubber cushion pads both ends. • Painted finish blue. REF T935 Size LxW mm 610x460 Wheels mm Cap Kg 200 dia cushion 250 PRICE £137.02

• Well balanced for all long lengths. • Fitted on 400x100mm pneumatic wheels 2 ply. R.B. • Tubular steel construction, easy to use, but strongly designed. REF T820 O/A dim LxWxHmm 1515x555x533 Cap Kg 300 Wt Kg 16 PRICE £204.28

HEAVY DUTY GARMENT DRESS RAILS
Heavy duty warehouse favourite. Features: • Stoved bronze finish. • Heavy box section base frame. • Optional 75.100 or 125mm dia castors. • Hanging height 1525mm. • Nesting base. • Strength with full manoeuvrability. • Special sizes and finishes to order.

STANDARD GARMENT DRESS RAILS
The ever popular standard garment rail. Features: • Stoved bronze finish. • Optional chrome top rail. • Entire chrome finish. • Standard on 50mm dia nylon castors (rail ht. 1600mm) • Stack/stagger nest. • Special sizes and finishes to order.

Type 75mm dia 100mm dia 125mm dia

REF HD1 HD2 HD3

Length 915mm £70.60 £75.82 £80.84

Length 1212mm £71.98 £77.20 £82.22

Length 1517mm £73.34 £78.56 £83.58

All prices Length 1823mm are based on £74.40 minimum £79.63 quantity 20 off £84.64

Type Stoved bronze Chromed top rail All chromed

REF GR1 GR2 GR3

Length 915mm £32.24 £35.49 £61.17

Length 1212mm £33.73 £38.66 £64.89

Length 1517mm £35.58 £40.89 £67.96

Length All prices 1823mm are based on £37.19 minimum £43.58 quantity 20 off £71.35 £28.64 £37.47

Extra if fitted on 75mm dia rubber castors Extra if fitted on 100mm dia rubber castors

144

PRICES INCLUDE DELIVERY ON ORDERS OVER £100

MAILROOM TROLLEY
• Designed for use in an office environment to distribute post, stationery and lightweight items. • Tubular steel frame with 50 x 50mm mesh. • Fitted on 4 x 100mm non marking rubber wheels and plastic wall buffers. • 6 compartments and a bottom storage tray. • Size: 1020H x 500W x 1020L mm. • Hard wearing epoxy powder finish. REF MT991Y PRICE £369.33

BOOK TROLLEY
• Well designed. • Easy to handle. • Load capacity 300Kg. • Weight 40Kg. • 4 castors 127mm dia rubber (non marking). • Tubular framework, grey Hammerite paint. • Top: White plastic faced board inset. • Shelves: Epoxy powder coated blue. • Overall dimensions: 865 x 534 x 1111mm. • Very suitable for libraries, banks and all offices. REF TT1203 PRICE £539.37

BEAM AND CYLINDER DOLLY
• Multiple uses for transporting long objects. • Capacity 200Kg. • Size: length 915mm x width 560mm. • Steel wearing pads to protect ends of tubular frames.

MANAGERS MOBILE DESK
• For departmental security as supplied to UK’s leading retailers. • Size o/a H 1040 x W 510 x D 535mm. • Slide out extensions to form into full desk size. • 100mm dia rubber castors with wheel brakes. • Epoxy powder coated finish. Specials on request.

T25

Wheel Type REF T25/FCR 200mm diameter, cushion tyred T25/PCR 355mm diameter, cushion tyred T25/QPR 400mm diameter, pneumatic tyred

PRICE £169.94 £221.20 £212.98

REF MD/JP

PRICE £494.94

FOLDING TROLLEY
Attractive yet durable folding trolley ideal for use in storerooms, schools and shops etc. Extremely sturdy and will store neatly away when folded. Can be folded in one simple move. Mobile on 4 x 100mm swivel rubber tyred castors of which two are braked. Gap between shelves: 300mm. Dimensions when folded: 580 x 100 x 1080mm.

WORK STATION
• Desk top compartment with lockable lid. • Base cupboard mesh for visibility also locks provided. • Bright zinc finish. • 100mm rubber castors with brakes on two. • Originally designed for food trade but suitable all in-store situations. • Size o/a H 1040 x W 510 x D 535mm. Specials on request.

REF CI203Y

Overall size L x W x H mm 580 x 450 x 890

Weight Kg 14

PRICE £111.31

REF CA/JP

PRICE £504.25

PRICES INCLUDE DELIVERY ON ORDERS OVER £100

145

CHROME PLATED TROLLEY
A durable chrome plated trolley ideal for use in offices, shops etc. Easily manoeuvrable on 4 x 130mm, 2 fixed, 2 swivel castors. Large platform top 910 x 470mm. Ideal for the movement of larger boxes. • Hygienic, easy to use. • 180Kg capacity. • Supplied knock down.

CHROME PLATED TROLLEY
A durable chrome plated trolley ideal for use in offices, warehouses, laboratories etc. Easily manoeuvrable on 2 large fixed 260mm wheels and 2 swivel 130mm castors. The unit also includes 2 removable baskets with dividing rods to split the baskets to make compartments. • Hygienic. • 2 wire baskets for loads of varying size. • Large front wheels for uneven surfaces. • 180Kg capacity. • Supplied knock down.

REF SW162Y

Overall size L x W x H mm 1040 x 470 x 1020

Weight Kg 20.5

PRICE £149.50

REF SW172Y

Overall size L x W x H mm 1320 x 540 x 980

Weight Kg 24

PRICE £189.83

TEA CANTEEN TROLLEY
• Trays detachable stove enamelled white with 40mm borders. • Frames sprayed blue. • Wheels 100mm dia rubber

CANTEEN AND INDUSTRIAL TRUCKS
• Wooden trays 50mm deep as standard. • Framework cream or green. • Capacity 125kg. • Wheels 100mm dia rubber.

REF 18/A/2 18/A/3 18/B/2 18/B/3

Tray LxW mm 760x455 760x455 1070x610 1070x610

No Trays 2 3 2 3

Height Top Tray mm 850 915 850 915

PRICE £242.79 £305.01 £285.47 £374.97

REF T140 T140A T141 T141A

Tray LxW mm No Trays PRICE 915x510 2 £212.27 1220x610 2 £229.48 915x510 3 £260.60 1220x610 3 £289.76 Extra for 125mm dia wheels all models

EXTRA POWDER COATED TRAYS £54.80 £54.80 £54.80 £78.00 £8.52

TRAY TROLLEY
• Tube and angle steel construction. • Inset timber shelves. • Tray size 760 x 380 mm o/a ht 840mm. • Capacity 125Kg o/a length 1020mm. • Fitted on 100mm or 125mm dia rubber wheels.

ORDER PICKING TRAY TROLLEY
• 250Kg capacity. • Tubular steel with fixed painted steel trays (open on one side for ease of access and cleaning). • Fitted on 2 fixed, 2 swivel braked castors - rubber wheels. • Supplied knockdown flat pack.

REF T150 T150/125

PRICE £87.82 £89.08

REF KTI13Y KTI14Y

Overall dims Shelf heights Weight LxWxH mm mm Wheels Kg 1330x500x1070 220, 800 125mm rubber 43 1430x700x1070 220, 800 125mm rubber 53

PRICE £210.73 £241.73

146

PRICES INCLUDE DELIVERY ON ORDERS OVER £100

Main features as GPT3 except with three removable trays 30mm. deep reinforced edged sides. Two of the castors provided with foot operated wheel brakes. REF GPT4 Dimensions H x W x L mm 980 x 450 x 805 PRICE £279.46

Robustly constructed from 25mm square tube with two removable trays from 16g sheet steel with 40mm high borders with reinforced edges. Fitted on 100mm dia rubber tyred castors. Finish electrostatic epoxy powder coated. REF GPT3 Dimensions H x W x L mm 785 x 460 x 790 PRICE £226.10

This apparatus/tool trolley has all welded frame construction from 25mm square steel tube with two steel removable trays 610 x 370 mm with lip handles and ribbed rubber protective mats. Both trays can be positioned at an incline of approx. 10 degrees to suit computer or oscilloscope mounting. Fitted on four rubber tyred 100mm dia. castors. Weight 22 Kg. Finish epoxy powder coated. REF GPT1 Dimensions H x W x L mm 790 x 430 x 800 PRICE £272.20

Multi purpose trolley – found to be very suitable for most uses. Constructed from 20mm square steel tube with two removable 80mm deep polyethylene trays. For evenly distributed loads up to 100 Kg. Finish and castors as GPT3 above. REF GPT5 Dimensions H x W x L mm 810 x 470 x 1050 PRICE £210.47

PRICES INCLUDE DELIVERY ON ORDERS OVER £100

147

Range of shelf trucks with timber shelves and painted steel frames. Fitted on rubber wheels with a variety of sizes and capacities. Supplied knock down flat pack.

• Grade 304 stainless steel. • Either 2 or 3 fixed shelves. • Corner buffers. REF SI202Y SI203Y Shelves 2 3

• 100mm grey rubber wheels. • Supplied KD flat packed. • 30mm shelf lip. Size W x L x H, mm 470 x 710 x 900 470 x 710 x 900 PRICE £177.37 £210.92

PI304Y

PI307Y

This chrome plated wire trolley is easily manoeuvrable on 125mm rubber wheels, 2 with brakes. Both trays have deep 130mm sides to help contain contents. REF SW142Y Overall size L x W x H mm 950 x 510 x 1100

• Hygienic, easy to use. • Load capacity 150Kg. • Corner buffers. • Supplied knock down. Weight Kg 16.5 PRICE £159.54 PI303Y

• 2 or 3 tier options in two sizes. • 150Kg cap. • Blue painted steel finish. REF TI246Y TI257Y TI346Y TI357Y Shelves 2 2 3 3

• 100mm grey rubber wheels. • Supplied KD flat packed. • Shelves are reversible. Size W x L x H, mm 400 x 670 x 910 820 x 500 x 910 670 x 400 x 910 500 x 820 x 910 PRICE £144.14 £160.76 £162.26 £180.96

PI305Y REF PI304Y PI307Y PI302Y PI303Y PI305Y PI306Y Cap Kg 400 250 250 250 500 500 Shelves 2 - no lips 2 - lips 2 - no lips 3 - no lips 2 - no lips 3 - no lips Size L x W x H, mm 1050 x 705 x 915 1000 x 600 x 910 1050 x 605 x 880 1050 x 605 x 880 1105 x 705 x 950 1105 x 705 x 975 Wheels 150mm 125mm 125mm 125mm 150mm 150mm PRICE £224.22 £199.00 £179.17 £237.97 £215.10 £293.94

148

PRICES INCLUDE DELIVERY ON ORDERS OVER £100

STAINLESS STEEL TROLLEYS
• Constructed from hygienic stainless steel. • Tray trolleys based on stainless type 430. • Racks and heavy duty trolleys based on stainless type 304. • Argon welded corners for strength. • Radiused corners for easy cleaning. • Nickel plated castors for long life. • Non-marking tyres for extra cleanliness. • Boxed edges for safety. • Sound deadening pads to shelves for silent running. • Corner buffers fitted to heavy duty and tray clearing rack trolleys. • Special finishing to all these quality articles. • Easy to keep clean. • See below for sizes and prices. CHD2002 CH1005 CH3001M

CH1003

General Purpose Stainless Tray Trolleys REF CH1002 CH1003 CH1004 CH1005 CH2002 CH2003 No of shelves 2 3 4 5 2 3 L x W x H mm 875 x 468 x 900 875 x 468 x 900 875 x 468 x 1100 875 x 468 x 1380 1092 x 548 x 900 1092 x 548 x 900 PRICE £294.61 £315.52 £439.62 £507.67 £382.53 £435.22 REF CHD2002 CHD2003

Heavy Duty Stainless Tray Trolleys No of shelves 2 3 L x W x H mm 1092 X 640 X 920 1092 X 640 X 920 PRICE £655.59 £740.13

Tray Clearing Stainless Rack Trolleys No of tiers L x W x H mm PRICE Stainless steel — Buffered castors — 12 trays per tier CH3001M 1 614 x 435 x 1692 £628.15 CH3002M 2 1114 x 435 x 1692 £846.60 CH3003M 3 1614 x 435 x 1692 £1055.19 £190.42 Side panels — Per pair — Optional extra Height between tray runners, 120mm. Suits tray size 430/460mm wide. REF

STAINLESS STEEL TRAY TROLLEYS
• Choice of 3 styles, 100Kg capacity. • Tray size: 775 x 400mm. • Supplied knockdown. • 4 non-marking 100mm braked castors.

REF SI803Y SI812Y SI822Y

Type 3 shelf 2 shelf + rods 2 deep shelves

Size L x W x H mm 850 x 445 x 895 850 x 445 x 895 837 x 443 x 895

PRICE £188.58 £168.62 £198.24

PRICES INCLUDE DELIVERY ON ORDERS OVER £100

149

ADJUSTABLE TROLLEYS
For general use in workshop, office, production areas, hospitals etc. Height of all shelves can be adjusted by allen key. Standard trolley has 2 or 4 shelves. More shelves can be mounted on either version. Frames are of epoxy powder coated steel in grey (RAL 7045). Shelves 12mm laminated particle board with steel edging. Four swivel castors Ø 125mm, two with brakes, overall height of castor 161mm. 2 shelf trolleys - shelf adjustments between 200 - 770mm. Load capacities: max 150Kg/trolley and max 50Kg/shelf. 4 shelf trolleys - shelf adjustments between 215 - 1340mm. Load capacities: max 300Kg/trolley and max 50Kg/shelf.

Document holder Trolleys and Accessories REF TRTA4082 TRTA4102 TRTA5082 TRTA5102 TRTA4104 TRTA5104 NET2 DSA4ESD Shelves Shelf size mm O/A dim DxWxH mm 2 430x800 535x900x1015 2 430x1000 535x1100x1015 2 530x800 635x900x1015 2 530x1000 635x1100x1015 4 430x1000 535x1100x1535 4 530x1000 635x1100x1535 Wire end panels - 1 pair. 2 pairs needed on 4 shelf A4 document holder with 2 magnets

Wire end panels Extra Shelf PRICE £231.86 £239.40 £246.94 £254.48 £386.43 £409.99 £39.59 £45.24 REF TRHA408 TRHA410 TRHA508 TRHA510 TRHA410 TRHA510 PRICE £60.32 £65.03 £65.98 £70.69 £65.03 £70.69 -

UNIVERSAL TROLLEY
Standard trolley has 3 shelves size 650 x 530mm. Height adjustment of shelves by allen key. The vertical profiles are of aluminium. Frames are of epoxy powder coated steel: light grey RAL 7035. The worktops are of 25mm laminated particle board. Four swivel castors Ø 100mm of which two are braked, overall height of castor 141mm. Load capacity 150Kg. Outer dimensions D x W x H: 650 x 650 x 1415mm. • ESD version suitable for the electronics industry is also available on request.

Tilting shelf

TJK-404

WTR140 REF WTR-140 TS605 TAS605 TJK-404 LMC02 NT500ESD Description Universal trolley with 3 shelves Extra shelf - 50Kg cap Extra tilting shelf - 50Kg cap 4 x Switches UK sockets - pre wired 2 drawer unit - 2 x 100mm Keyboard shelf - 250 x 500 PRICE £508.01 £55.61 £107.45 £148.92 £211.12 £116.87

ESD Version

150

PRICES INCLUDE DELIVERY ON ORDERS OVER £100

REINFORCED DROPSIDE BOX TRUCK
REF 35646 35646/1 35646/2 Int L 915 x 1220 x 1370 x Dim W 610 x 610 x 760 x mm H 760 760 915 PRICE £306.79 £374.26 £429.02

STRONG STRAIGHT SIDED FIBRE REINFORCED BANDED
REF AXL1 AXL2 AXL3 Int L 915 x 1220 x 1525 x Dim W 610 x 610 x 760 x mm H 610 610 610 PRICE £229.32 £245.99 £318.99

LIGHTWEIGHT TAPERED FIBRE BOX TRUCK – NESTING
REF 35645 35645/1 35645/2 Int L 790 x 990 x 1245 x Dim W 530 x 668 x 635 x mm H 710 710 710 PRICE £124.30 £130.47 £140.53

As illustrated far left of above photograph. Details as for straight sided trucks except with half drop side for ease of loading.

Strong reinforcing bands and corners, smooth inside. 75mm dia nylon fixed castors – tilt steering.

Folded top edge reinforced with steel rod frame. 12mm thick ply base. 75mm dia nylon fixed castors. Nest when empty. Smooth snag free.

STRAIGHT SIDED, STACKING
Economic range. Manufactured from 1.4mm thick fibreboard. Folded edges reinforced with steel framework folded edges rivetted snag free construction. Standard hand holes. Label holders optional extra. Label Holders REF PRICE LABH £1.16

REVERSE TAPER, STACKING
Recessed base for positive stacking.

Wood runners fitted under base gives longer wearing and accurate stacking.

REF ASSC1 ASSC2 ASSC3

Int L 460 x 570 x 760 x

Dim W 305 x 310x 370 x

mm H 240 305 380

PRICE £20.93 £24.37 £27.36

REF ARTC/1 ARTC/2 ARTC/3

Int L Dim W mm H 405 x 255 x 240 520 x 260 x 305 685 x 285 x 395

PRICE £20.04 £23.33 £26.82

STACKING & NESTING CONTAINER
Int dim mm Top 460 x 305 x 240 Base 405 x 255 x 240 Top 570 x 310 x 305 Base 520 x 260 x 305 Top 760 x 370 x 395 Base 685 x 290 x 395 REF 35636 35637 35638 PRICE £28.47 £31.99 £35.50

NESTING ONLY
REF 35633 35634 35635 PRICE £22.27 £25.79 £29.30

Anti jam lugs fitted. Base 6mm thick ply. Swing brackets to nest & stack. Tapered to nest when empty.

TRANSIT CASE
Any size and design to order. Strong carry handles quality locks and hinges. Reinforced frames and corners. Webbing fasteners. Many colours to choice. ANY SIZE, ANY STYLE CAN BE MANUFACTURED. PLEASE ASK FOR DETAILS

CARRY CASE

REF ATC1

Int dim mm 610 x 430 x 305

PRICE £52.86

REF ACMCC1

Int dim mm 305 x 405 x 150

PRICE £48.98

PRICES INCLUDE DELIVERY ON ORDERS OVER £100

151

LIGHTWEIGHT SHELF TROLLEYS
• Capacity: 170Kg. • Wheels: 102mm dia solid. • Size: 755x480x890mm. • Supplied KD flat packed. • Capacity: 170Kg. • Wheels: 102mm dia solid. • Size: 755x480x890mm. • Supplied KD flat packed.

REF GI004Y

PRICE £142.39

REF GI005Y

PRICE £174.97

POLYETHYLENE MOULDED TROLLEYS

ADJUSTABLE HEIGHT TROLLEY

Strong polyethylene moulded trolleys will not rust, dent or chip. Supplied knock down. Easy to assemble. Non conductive and resistant to battery acid, solvents and cleaning solutions. 4 x 100mm dia swivel castors - 2 with brake. REF G1237L G1337L No shelves 2 3 Size mm 920 x 640 x 960 920 x 640 x 975 Cap Kg 175 175 PRICE £227.11 £306.21

Shelves constructed from 20 gauge steel with smooth rounded edges for extra strength. Adjustable in height from 66cm to 107cm. Legs constructed from 14 gauge steel. Available in green, red and blue. Top shelf complete with ribbed rubber mat to stop equipment sliding during transportation. Overall dimensions: L610mm x W460mm. Wheels: 4 x 100mm swivel, 2 braked. Weight: 20Kg. Supplied knock down. REF Colour choice PRICE G1942W Green, Red, Blue £165.49

2 & 3 TIER TROLLEY
Load capacity 250Kg. Supplied knock down. These utility budget price trolleys are for general workshop use. Fitted with either 2 or 3 shelves with 85mm deep sides. The trolleys are easy to manoeuvre. Fitted with a push/pull handle at one end and 2 swivel, 2 fixed 125mm rubber wheels. Finish: Dark grey. Size: 1015 x 635 x 805mm. REF W1202Y W1203Y No of shelves 2 3 PRICE £135.06 £171.44

PLASTIC SHELF TROLLEY
Load capacity 180Kg. Extra wide shelf trolleys. Super strong polyethylene, easy to clean, will not rust, dent or chip. Available with either 100mm dia. castors or 125mm dia. solid rubber wheels. Ideal for use in workshops, maintenance departments, storerooms, warehouses or automotive and electronics industries. Size: G1438L - 1220 x 610 x 915mm. Shelf heights - 140 & 458mm. G1439L - 1220 x 610 x 940mm. Shelf heights - 165 & 483mm. Supplied knock down. REF G1438L G1439L Wheeling 4 x 100mm Castors 4 x 125mm wheels PRICE £405.57 £441.41

152

PRICES INCLUDE DELIVERY ON ORDERS OVER £100

POLYETHYLENE SHELF TROLLEYS
• Strong polyethylene moulded construction. • Will not rust, dent or chip. • Easy to clean. • Non conductive material resistant to most substances. • Supplied knock down with a mallet for ease of assembly. • 100mm dia swivel castors, 2 with brakes.

REF GI541L GI542L GI543L GI544L GI534L GI535L GI536L GI537L GI538L

Shelves 3 4 5 6 2 3 4 5 6

O/A size L x W x H mm 610 x 458 x 840 610 x 458 x 915 610 x 458 x 915 610 x 458 x 1143 890 x 610 x 880 890 x 610 x 865 813 x 610 x 915 813 x 610 x 1220 813 x 610 x 1423

Between shelves mm 305 222 159 159 650 292 203 203 203

Weight 11 13 17 19 16 22 24 29 34

PRICE £136.15 £175.25 £191.42 £222.36 £187.09 £227.87 £304.07 £363.24 £430.34

POLYETHYLENE MOULDED SERVICE TROLLEYS
• Super strong polyethylene moulded trolleys. • Free mallet for easy assembly. • Will not rust, dent or chip. • Versatile. • Easy to clean. Multi-purpose trolleys constructed from a non-conductive material, resistant to most substances. Ideal for use in the automotive and electronics industry, in workshops, maintenance departments etc. Fitted with 4 x 100mm non marking rubber swivel castors, 2 with brake, except models GI654L and GI655L which have 2 braked swivel castors and 2 large 200mm wheels helping to give a stable ride. Depth of trays: 70mm. Supplied knock down. GI654L GI643L

GI653L

GI644L

GI645L

REF GI652L GI653L GI654L GI655L GI643L GI644L GI645L

Description 2 shelf plus additional half shelf storage tray 3 shelf plus additional half shelf storage tray 2 shelf, additional half shelf storage tray, 2 large wheels 3 shelf, additional half shelf storage tray, 2 large wheels 3 shelf, top & middle storage trays, bottom flat shelf, locking hinged lid 3 shelf, top flat shelf, middle & bottom storage trays 3 shelf, top & bottom storage trays, middle flat shelf

Overall dimensions LxWxHmm 810 x 610 x 997 810 x 610 x 1156 895 x 725 x 997 895 x 725 x 1156 610 x 400 x 840 610 x 460 x 970 610 x 460 x 970

Dimensions between shelves top/bottom mm 200/460 200/250/250 200/460 200/250/250 235/235 300/300 300/300

Max load Kg 175 175 175 175 120 120 120

Weight Kg 21.5 23 28 29.5 14 13 13

PRICE £249.88 £339.80 £302.58 £392.43 £238.91 £136.74 £136.74

PRICES INCLUDE DELIVERY ON ORDERS OVER £100

153

LARGE WHEELED SERVICE TROLLEYS
• Super strong polyethylene moulded trolleys. • Heavy duty 200mm foam filled rubber castors, 2 with brake. • Will not rust, dent or chip. • Easy to clean. • Mallet for easy assembly. • Supplied knock down. The large 200mm wheels on these units make them ideal for heavy duty use in workshops, maintenance departments, storerooms, warehouses, chemical and pharmaceutical industries. Units are constructed from a non-conductive material and unaffected by battery acid, solvents and cleaning solutions. Available in a combination of flat shelves/storage trays (70mm deep). Two aluminium bars reinforce all the shelves/storage trays on models GI732L, GI733L and GI739L. Models GI734L and GI735L have reinforced top shelves.

GI734L Overall dimensions LxWxH mm 890x610x1000 890x610x985 890x610x1038 890x610x1100 890x610x1100

GI733L Dimensions between shelves top/bottom mm 650 292/292 630 635 280/280 Maximum load (UDL) Kg 350 350 350 350 350

GI739L Weight Kg 27 32.5 29.5 31 38

REF GI734L GI735L GI739L GI732L GI733L

Description 2 shelf trolley (flat shelves) 3 shelf trolley (flat shelves) 2 shelf trolley, top flat shelf, bottom storage tray 2 storage trays 3 storage trays

PRICE £289.91 £343.40 £362.15 £333.33 £398.05

SERVICE TROLLEYS WITH COLOURED SHELVES
• Super strong polyethylene moulded trolleys. • Easy to clean. • Will not rust, dent or chip. • 3 colours available - blue, red and yellow. • Supplied knock down.

Ideal for moving all types of goods in offices, schools, storerooms, hospitals, supermarkets etc. Also ideal for use in colour coded departments. Unit is available with cupboard which is ideal if you need to keep items locked away. Constructed from a non-conductive material and resistant to most substances. Fitted with 4 x 100mm swivel castors, 2 with brake.

GI843W

GI843W Overall dimensions LxWxH mm 610x457x864 610x457x864 610x457x1067 610x457x1067 Dimensions between shelves top/bottom mm 216/419 216/419 216/419 216/419

GI844CW

REF GI843W GI844CW GI825W GI826CW

Description 3 shelf trolley 3 shelf trolley with cupboard 3 shelf trolley 3 shelf trolley with cupboard

PRICE £123.66 £259.96 £128.11 £264.27

SERVICE TROLLEYS
This range of aesthetically pleasing shelf trolleys is available in two colours, either buttermilk or grey, both with grey aluminium uprights. The shelves are manufactured from hard wearing plastic. Shelves on the remaining models have a full rim around to help prevent items sliding off. Fitted with 4 swivel non-marking rubber castors. • Hygiene friendly product - easy to wash and clean. • Clearance between shelves - 280mm. • Supplied flat pack knock down. • Maximum load capacity - 160Kg.

REF HI614Y HI624Y HI714Y HI724Y

Colour Buttermilk Grey Buttermilk Grey

Shelves 4 4 5 5

O/S LxWxH m 863x500x1200 863x500x1200 863x500x1555 863x500x1555

Weight 26Kg 26Kg 32Kg 32Kg

PRICE £265.13 £265.13 £324.49 £324.49

154

PRICES INCLUDE DELIVERY ON ORDERS OVER £100

SHELF SERVICE TROLLEYS
This range of aesthetically pleasing shelf trolleys is available in two colours, either buttermilk or grey, both with grey aluminium uprights. The shelves are manufactured from hard wearing plastic. Shelves have a 25mm rim to 3 sides and a 5mm rim to one side to help prevent items sliding off. Fitted with 4 swivel 75mm dia non-marking rubber castors. Clearance between shelves 280mm. Optional plastic buckets can be purchased for the 3 shelf trolleys to give added versatility. Both buckets supplied together. Supplied knock down.

PLASTIC/ALUMINIUM SHELF TROLLEY
• Easy to clean. • Capacity - 90Kg. • Shelf clearance - 280mm. • Supplied knock down. This attractive shelf trolley has hard wearing black plastic shelves and grey aluminium uprights. Shelves have a 25mm lip to 3 sides and a 5mm rim to one side. Fitted with 4 x 75mm swivel non-marking rubber castors.

REF HI414Y HI424Y HI004Z

Description Buttermilk 3 shelf trolley Grey 3 shelf trolley Optional bucket & optional bucket

Overall dimensions LxWxH mm 800 x 410 x 790 332 x 232 x 172 336 x 236 x 562

PRICE £110.77 £110.77 £29.52 REF HI834Y Size LxWxH m Weight Kg 840x430x910 9 PRICE £110.80

SERVICE TROLLEYS WITH COLOURED LEGS
• Super strong polyethylene moulded trolleys. • Easy to clean. • Will not rust, dent or chip. • Free mallet for easy assembly. • 4 colour leg options available. • Supplied knock down. These easy to manoeuvre units are ideal for use in offices, schools, workshops, maintenance departments, storerooms etc. Constructed from a non-conductive material and resistant to most substances. Fitted with 4 x 100mm swivel castors, 2 with brake.

GI841L GI835L Choose colour legs REF GI841L GI834L GI835L Description 3 shelf trolley 2 shelf trolley 3 shelf trolley Overall dimensions LxWxH mm 610x458x840 890x610x880 890x610x865 Dimensions between shelves top/bottom mm 305/305 650 292/292 Maximum load (UDL) Kg 120 120 120 Weight Kg 11 16 22 PRICE £135.09 £196.31 £231.88 GI834L

PRICES INCLUDE DELIVERY ON ORDERS OVER £100

155

PLASTIC SHELF TROLLEYS
• Super strong polyethylene moulded trolleys. • Easy to assemble. • Supplied knock down flat pack. • Easy to Clean. • Will not rust, dent or chip • Versatile. • Capacity 120Kg. • Depth of storage trays: 95mm. • Colour: black, metal cupboard - grey.

Ideal for use in workshops, maintenance departments, storerooms, warehouses or automotive and electronics industries. This range of multi purpose trolleys are constructed from a non-conductive materials and are unaffected by battery acid, solvents and cleaning solutions. Available in a combination of flat shelves and deep storage trays. Fitted with 4 x 100 mm swivel castors, 2 with brake. Each unit comes complete with a mallet for easy assembly. GI334L GI335L

GI343L GI409L

GI341L GI488CL

REF GI334L GI335L GI341L GI343L GI409L GI488CL

Description 2 Shelf Trolley 3 Shelf Trolley 3 Shelf, 3 Flat Shelves 3 Shelf Top & Middle Storage Tray Bottom Flat Shelf 3 Shelf Top & Bottom Flat Shelves, Middle Storage Tray Top Flat Shelf, Cupboard With Flat Shelf

Overall Dimensions L x W x H mm 890 x 610 x 880 890 x 610 x 865 610 x 458 x 840 610 x 468 x 864 610 x 477 x 1025 895 x 615 x 1230

PRICE £178.20 £217.24 £127.36 £189.78 £181.14 £437.47

PLASTIC SERVICE TROLLEYS
• Super strong polyethylene moulded trolleys. • Easy to clean. • Will not rust, dent or chip • Easy to assemble supplied knock down. • 4 swivel black nylon castors - 100mm dia. Two fitted with brakes.

GI862L GI863L REF GI851L GI852L GI853L GI861L GI862L GI863L GI851L GI852L Shelf clearance mm 660 305 305 635 280 280 PRICE £149.54 £180.56 £188.23 £285.69 £346.57 £391.45

Description 2 shelf - top shelf flat, bottom deep tray 3 shelf - top and middle shelf flat, bottom deep tray 3 deep trays 2 shelf - top shelf flat, bottom tub 3 shelf - top and middle shelves flat, bottom tub 3 tubs

Overall Dimensions L x W x H mm 610 x 458 x 980 610 x 458 x 980 610 x 458 x 980 813 x 610 x 915 813 x 610 x 915 813 x 610 x 915

156

PRICES INCLUDE DELIVERY ON ORDERS OVER £100

• Super strong thermoplastic moulded trolleys. • Versatile. • Easy to clean. • Supplied knock down – flat pack.

• Strength with lightness. • Will not rust, dent or chip. • Easy to assemble. • Available in 4 colours, please specify when ordering.

Red

Blue Beige Green

Ideal for moving goods of all types in offices, schools, storerooms, hospitals, supermarkets etc. This versatile range of trolleys are constructed from a durable injected moulded thermoplastic. Resistant to most substances they are available in three heights, with or without a lockable metal cupboard. Fitted with 4 x 100 mm swivel castors, 2 with brake.

GI262CW

GI426CW

GI344CW

GI261W

GI425W

GI343W

REF GI262CW GI344CW GI426CW GI261W GI343W GI425W

Description 2 shelf trolley with cabinet 3 shelf trolley with cabinet 3 shelf trolley with cabinet 2 shelf trolley 3 shelf trolley 3 shelf trolley

Overall dimensions L x W x H mm 610 x457 x 660 610 x 457 x 864 610 x 457 x 1067 610 x 457 x 660 610 x 457 x 864 610 x 457 x 1067

Dimensions between shelves top/bottom mm 419 216/419 419/419 470 216/419 419/419

Maximum load Kg 90 90 90 90 90 90

Weight 18 21 22 10 13 13

PRICE £233.94 £259.96 £264.27 £99.83 £123.66 £128.11

PRICES INCLUDE DELIVERY ON ORDERS OVER £100

157

PLASTIC DECK TROLLEYS
• Lightweight and strong. • Load capacity 250kg. • Non marking wheels. • Resistant to acids and alkalies. • Easy to clean. • Supplied knock down. This range is ideal for use in shops, schools, hospitals, supermarkets, warehouses etc. particularly where hygiene and appearance are important. The platforms are made from injection moulded reinforced plastic with handles of chromed steel. GI911Y

GI912Y REF GI911Y GI912Y GI915Y GI916Y Description size mm Single Folding End Double Ends 2 Tier Platform 3 Tier Platform Platform height mm 810 x 500 810 x 500 810 x 500 810 x 500

GI915Y Platform height mm 190 190 190/710 190/450/710 Handle 860 860 930 930

GI916Y Wheels Kg 125 Rubber Castors 2 Fixed 2 Swivel 125 Rubber Castors 2 Fixed 2 Swivel 125 Rubber Castors 2 Fixed 2 Swivel 125 Rubber Castors 2 Fixed 2 Swivel Weight 14 16 20 25 PRICE £126.39 £140.33 £170.09 £226.21

FOLDING UPRIGHT PLASTIC PLATFORM TRUCK
Rugged structural foam plastic platform truck with a handle that can be locked in an upright position or folded down flat on platform and also folded behind truck in a tow position. • Corrosion resistant - will not rust, chip or dent. • Honeycomb designed underside for added strength. • Platform size - 790 x 500mm. • Platform height - 150mm. • Fitted on 2 fixed and 2 swivel 100mm dia polyamide wheels. REF HI914C Capacity Kg 180 O/S LxWxH m 1280x520x800 Weight Kg 11 PRICE £97.69

PLASTIC PLATFORM TRUCKS
Heavy duty high impact resistant honeycomb designed plastic trucks. Choice of two sizes and two castor configurations (4 or 6 wheel system). HI904C • Larger size capacity - 1500Kg. • Smaller size capacity - 1000Kg. • Industrial grade plastic deck will not rust, chip, dent or discolour. • Removable powder coated push/pull handle. • Platform height 190mm. • Handle height 965mm.

REF HI904C HI974C HI906C HI976C

Uprights Single Double Single Double

O/S LxWxH m 1700x750x965 1780x750x965 1700x750x965 1780x750x965

Castors 4 4 6 6

PRICE £300.59 £323.51 £315.76 £333.77

HI976C

158

PRICES INCLUDE DELIVERY ON ORDERS OVER £100

WORKSHOP BOX TROLLEYS
All Sentri workshop boxes have ball bearing slides and come in a black textured finish so not only do they perform superbly but look ultra professional as well. There are many workshop boxes in the market today but we have so much confidence in the high quality and standards set by these new ranges that we are offering them all with our 3 year guarantee against faulty workmanship. • Ball bearing slides on the drawers. • Non-slip mats in all drawers. • 2 fixed 2 swivel/braked wheels. • 2 keys with each model. • Powder coating in hard wearing Sentri black.

SENTRI6 REF Box size LxDxH mm SENTRICART 780x410x900 SENTRI4 690x460x735 SENTRI6 690x460x735 Weight 33 55 73 PRICE £187.05 £259.55 £317.55

SENTRICART SENTRI4

TOOL TROLLEYS
• Attractive midnight blue finish. • Smooth running drawers. • Drawers have a rubber mat. • Easy to manoeuvre. • Supplied knock down flat packed. Ideal for use in workshops, maintenance departments etc. help find your tools/equipment simply and fast. Epoxy powder coated in an attractive hard wearing midnight blue.

TC122Y TC121Y REF TC121Y TC122Y TC123Y O/size L x W x H mm 762 x 406 x 989 762 x 406 x 942 737 x 383 x 785 Drawer size 650 x 370 x 100 695 x 370 x 100 648 x 350 x 100 Castors mm 4 swivel 100 4 swivel 100 2 fixed x 2 swivel PRICE £360.47 £188.37 £186.48

TC123Y

TOOL TROLLEYS
• Two models with lockable sliding drawers - ball bearing runners for smooth operation. • Capacity - 125Kg. • Fitted on four castors with 100mm dia nylon wheels, two braked. • Powder coated finish. • Supplied flat pack knock down. • Chrome steel handles. • Two shelves with upturned lip.

TCC12Y REF TCC12Y TCC22Y O/size L x W x H mm 770 x 410 x 890 770 x 410 x 890 Drawers 1 2 Weight Kg 22 29 PRICE £126.81 £155.17

TCC22Y

PRICES INCLUDE DELIVERY ON ORDERS OVER £100

159

STOCK TROLLEYS
This trolley has a unique folding top shelf that allows additional storage space. • Max load - 200Kg - top shelf 50Kg, bottom shelf 150Kg. • Fitted on 4 swivel non marking rubber wheeled castors - 125mm dia. • Finish - zinc coated. • Shelf heights - 220/535mm. • Weight - 24Kg.

REF NST10Y

O/S LxWxH mm 540x905x940

PRICE £150.48

MULTI-FUNCTIONAL TRUCK
• Truck converts from box truck to shelf truck. • Durable. • Rubber or nylon castors. • Painted with sides and base of white melamine chipboard.

GC8743 Wheels Type REF O/A dim LxWxH mm Shelf & Base size Cap Kg 990x585 125mm dia GC8733 Nylon 250 1070x610x910 LxW mm fixed & swivel Cushion GC8743 Finish Blue & Melamine Weight 35Kg PRICE £383.35 £383.35

FOLDING CONTAINER TRUCK
• Zinc Plated. • Non-marking rubber tyres. This caged container is built of all metal construction, finished in bright zinc plate.

Length mm Wheels Folded dims WxL mm 100mm rubber 700 100x1400 1000 100x1700 tyred swivel 1200 castors 100x1900 700 100x1400 125mm rubber 1000 100x1700 tyred swivel 1200 100x1900 castors

Capacity Weight 100Kg 13Kg 100Kg 16Kg 100Kg 18Kg 150Kg 13Kg 150Kg 16Kg 150Kg 18Kg

REF FC8611 FC8612 FC8613 FC8614 FC8615 FC8616

PRICE £334.82 £381.00 £416.79 £393.98 £440.70 £476.54

160

PRICES INCLUDE DELIVERY ON ORDERS OVER £100

MULTI PURPOSE WIRE MESH CONTAINER TRUCKS
• Sturdy construction all steel with 50x50mm mesh welded into framework. Cap 250Kg. • 200 mm dia rubber tyred wheels sliding wheel system. • Body size: 915x610x660mm. • Special sizes to order.

REF T30 REF T.30 REF T.31 T31

Type With half open side With half hinged let down side

PRICE £289.24 £316.71

SEMI MOBILE STILLAGES AND LEVER LIFTERS

ORDER PICKING TROLLEY

• Proven system to move and store goods at economic cost. • Specify wheel type required with order. • Containers nesting & stacking. • Trolleys nest for storing. • Finish epoxy powder coated blue. • O/S HxLxW - 940x1180x440mm. REF CT07 PC070 • Capacity 50Kg. • Containers are supplied as extra. • 125mm dia grey tyres. PRICE £134.61 £37.80

REF T125/CT T125/R T125/NY T125A/CT T125B/CT T125C/CT T125A/R T125B/R T125C/R T125A/NY T125B/NY T125C/NY

Size mm – – – 760x610 1220x685 1525x760 760x610 1220x685 1525x760 760x610 1220x685 1525x760

Cap Kg – – – 400 400 400 500 500 500 500 500 500

Wheel type CT Rubber Nylon C.T. C.T. C.T. Rubber Rubber Rubber Nylon Nylon Nylon

Description Lever only Lever only Lever only Stillage only Stillage only Stillage only Stillage only Stillage only Stillage only Stillage only Stillage only Stillage only

PRICE £90.44 £199.02 £109.48 £129.90 £154.91 £191.68 £238.48 £263.25 £300.13 £148.92 £174.31 £211.04

Description Trolley only Containers - 50 ltr. 300x600x400mm.

MOBILE CONTAINER TRUCK

A1 - B1 - C1

A2 - B2 - C2

A3 - B3 - C3

Timber Box Body REF T126A1 T126B1 T126C1 T126A2 T126B2 T126C2 T126A3 T126B3 T126C3

Mesh Box Body

With Fixed Posts

Depth of body 480mm I/D PRICE 200mm Cushion T. 200mm Rubber £233.92 £342.30 £273.39 £381.76 £332.55 £434.29 £216.74 £325.36 £250.94 £357.22 £304.97 £413.61 £166.88 £275.35 £186.12 £294.53 £221.16 £329.57 Extra roller bearings (all models)

200mm dia. Nylon £237.66 £292.68 £345.13 £238.74 £268.01 £324.33 £186.21 £205.55 £240.55 £23.71

T77 • Strong tubular frame and chassis. • Polyethylene or white canvas detachable container. • Size of container 915x610x610mm. • Fitted on 4 swivels with 125mm dia rubber tyred wheels. • Multi purpose, ideal for stores and warehouses. REF T74 T77 Type Polyethylene Canvas container and fastenings PRICE £279.19 £298.93

PRICES INCLUDE DELIVERY ON ORDERS OVER £100

161

GARDEN CENTRE FAVOURITE

POPULAR GARDEN CENTRE BARROW

• Tubular frame with reinforced mesh body. • Size O/A 1340x620x900 handle height. Basket size 914 x 457 x 203mm. • Cap 150Kg. • Wheels cushion tyred 200 x 50mm plain bearing. REF T252 PRICE £117.46

• Tubular frame with reinforced mesh body. • Size O/A 1340x620x850mm H. • Body size 914x610x152mm. REF T60 T60P

• Cap 200Kg. • Blue painted finish. PRICE £179.54 £213.16

Description On cushion wheels 300x50 plain bearing On pneu wheels 300x100 roller bearing

GENERAL PURPOSE TRUCK

BALANCED SINGLE WHEEL BARROW

• Body L 1016 x W 610 x D . I/S 200mm. Ht to platform 457 mm. • O/A LxW 1712 x 660 mm. • Capacity 255Kg. • Cushion tyred wheels 355mm dia plain bearing. • Paint and varnish finish. REF ET606 PRICE £292.99

• Strong tubular frame solid timber platform. • Two sizes and two wheel option either pneumatic 400 x 100mm or cushion tyred 355 x 70 mm both roller bearing. REF T98 T99 Plat size mm 1140 x 660 1520 x 660 PRICE PNEU £225.41 £239.28 PRICE CUSHION £231.24 £248.38

BIN HANDLING TROLLEY
• Sturdy construction for the easy handling of dustbins, churns, etc. • Pick up height fully adjustable. • Composition rubber wheels 178mm dia. • Finish blue or green.

HEAVY DUTY TWO WHEELED BARROWS

• Extra strong all steel construction. • Cap 300Kg. REF T330 PRICE £88.18 REF T106 T107 Body size top mm 1143 x 711 1440 x 820

• Ideal for industry or agricultural. • Replaceable 16G bodies. Plat size mm Pneu. 400x100 Roller B. Cushion 355x75 Roller B. Pneu. 400x100 Roller B. Cushion 355x75 Roller B. PRICE £316.46 £328.39 £373.90 £381.11

162

PRICES INCLUDE DELIVERY ON ORDERS OVER £100

TWIN WHEELED BARROWS – PRAM HANDLES OR TWIN SHAFTS

without sides 200mm hinged sides T92, T92A & T92B Platform size LxW mm 1220x685 1525x760 1830x915 1220x685 1525x760 1830x915 1220x685 1525x760 1830x915 O/A Length 1680 1980 2290 1680 1980 2290 1680 1980 2290 Height mm 505 505 505 505 505 505 505 505 505 200mm slide in sides T93, 93A or 93B

T93, T93A & T93B

• Robust tubular steel construction. Selected timber bodies. • Light to handle well balanced and very strong design. • Paint and varnish finish. • Wide choice of handles, bodies and wheels.

REF T92 T92A T92B T91 T91A T91B T93 T93A T93B

Cap Kg 400 400 400 400 400 400 400 400 400

Wheels dia mm

Fitted on 400 mm pneumatic tyred

Type handle Pram Pram Pram Pram Pram Pram Shaft Shaft Shaft

PRICE £330.74 £380.20 £452.67 £262.34 £299.08 £354.91 £269.48 £308.71 £361.63

PRICE 200mm HINGED SIDES 400mm SLIDE IN SIDES – – – – – – £373.18 £412.36 £422.61 £471.86 £505.92 £563.40 £382.65 £418.74 £432.15 £478.28 £515.81 £570.08

TWO WHEELED BALANCE TRUCK

BALANCED NURSERY TRUCK

T90A

• Strong all tubular steel construction. Platform O/A L LxW mm mm 1525x760 2338 Cap Kg 400 PRICE 400x100 Pneu T. 360x75 Cushion T. £333.30 £345.54

• Tube frame and timber platform. • Favoured design with firm loading position. Platform LxW mm 1170x685 O/A L mm 1980 Cap Kg 400 PRICE 400x100 Pneu T. 360x75 Cushion T. £258.65 £271.35

REF T90A

REF 322BS

GARDEN CENTRE BARROW

PRAM HANDLED G.P. TROLLEY

SHAFT HANDLED G.P. TRUCK

• As T64 but 2x2x10g mesh body 200mm deep. PRICE REF 305x50 Rubber T. 330x75 Rubber T. T64M £181.80 £165.40

• Light sturdy trucks for narrow paths and doorways. 150mm deep with detachable sides. • Platform size 1000x500mm. • Cap. 200Kg. REF REF T62/CT T62/PT T64/CT T64/PT On 305x50 cushion tyred wheels On 305x100 pneu tyred wheels PRICE PRICE £181.63 £217.73 £181.63 £217.75

PRICES INCLUDE DELIVERY ON ORDERS OVER £100

163

CONTAINER TRUCKS
Manufactured to a high specification from tubular steel with hard wearing epoxy powder coated red. Complete with removable grey heavy duty polypropylene containers. Ideal for use in food industry etc. CT3305 is fitted on 4 grey non marking swivel castors as shown with 5 containers 2 x EC0021, 2 x EC0019 & 1 x EC0018. Can also be supplied trolley only. CT3306 is fitted on 2 fixed and 2 swivel castors, non marking blue resilex wheels and revolving corner buffers. Unit comes complete with 6 containers, 2 x EC0021 and 4 x EC0019. CT3303 is fitted on 4 swivel castors with grey non-marking wheels and comes complete with 3 containers EC0019.

CT3303

CT3306

CT3305 Description Container trolley Complete with 3 containers Container trolley Complete with 5 containers Container trolley Complete with 6 containers Container trolley only Overall dimension L x W x H mm 600x455x1020 600x455x1610 910x650x1065 600x455x1610 Shelf height mm 300/600/900 200/490/780/1070/1360 325/625/925 200/490/780/1070/1360 Load cap 150Kg 150Kg 200Kg 150Kg Weight 20Kg 26Kg 37Kg 18Kg Wheels mm 4 x 100 non marking Swivel Castors 4 x 100 non marking Swivel Castors 2 x fixed 2 swivel castors each with 125 non marking blue resin wheels 4x100 non marking swivel castors REF CT3303 CT3305 CT3306 CT3405 CT003Z CT006Z PRICE £418.84 £558.79 £611.75 £434.26 £28.55 £32.80

Extra for factory fitted brake castors (2) on CT3303, CT3305 & CT3405 Extra for factory fitted brake castors (2) on CT3306

MOBILE TRAY RACKS
• Mobile tray racks supplied with trays. • Painted or stainless steel finish. • Choice of 10 or 15 trays - tray size: 762x457x95mm external. Trays able to withstand temperatures of -10°C to 40°C. • Racks suitable for bakeries, food industry, supermarkets etc. Trays are white polypropylene food grade. • Choice of frame colours: red, blue or green. • Fitted on 4 x 100mm swivel nylon castors. Finish Trays LxWxH mm Cap Kg PRICE REF 10 800x570x1240 200 TR3110 painted £557.46 15 800x570x1740 250 TR3115 painted £733.62 10 800x570x1240 200 TR4110 stainless £862.61 15 800x570x1740 250 £1164.25 TR4115 stainless TR003Z 2 braked castors - factory fitted £557.46

POINT OF SALE TROLLEY
• Double sided display trolley. • Multi-purpose usage. • Plastic trays slot into steel frames. • On 100mm rubber castors also brake provided. • Finish matt black powder coat.

MOBILE CONTAINER RACKS
• Mobile container racks with either 5 or 8 heavy duty grey polypropylene containers - size of containers: 600x400x175mm. • Constructed in all welded steel angle and fitted on 4 x 100mm dia swivel nylon castors. • Frame colour choices: red, blue or green. • Containers have solid bases, will interstack and are easy to clean.

REF MR3205 MR3208 MR003Z

Trays LxWxH mm Cap Kg 5 640x500x1110 200 8 640x500x1645 25 2 braked castors - factory fitted

PRICE £448.93 £587.87 £40.63

REF S194

Size H x W x D mm 1930 x 830 x 500

PRICE £437.87

164

PRICES INCLUDE DELIVERY ON ORDERS OVER £100

CONTAINER TROLLEY
Trolley GC666Y comes complete with 20 store bins and provides a very efficient system of mobile storage for many different items. These narrow aisle trolleys come in two different types so that a combination of store bins or solid/slotted containers can be used. GC667Y has a shelf depth of 400mm and takes three store bins and the container placed length-ways. GC668Y has a shelf depth of 680mm and takes the containers width-ways. Max load cap 300Kg (per shelf 75Kg). Castors 125mm non marking rubber, 2 fixed & 2 swivel. Frame: epoxy coated blue, timber ext: grade ply - varnished.

REF GC666Y GC667Y GC0016

Description Trolley & 20 store bins Trolley only Blue store bin

O/A dim mm LxWxH 1300x450x1440 1300x450x1440 375x210x180

Shelf size mm 1250x600 1250x600 -

Wt Kg 60 54 0.3

PRICE £834.87 £570.70 £32.06

STOCK CONTAINER TROLLEY
• Easy to Handle. • 2 Braked Castors. • Adjustable Shelves. This most manoeuvrable stock trolley is manufactured in square section steel. Lightweight but very strong, finished hard wearing blue epoxy powder coating. Four shelves have a varnished plywood insert, with the two centre shelves adjustable to three heights. Fitted on 4 swivel castors (two with brakes) with 125mm blue resilex wheels. N.B. Bins are sold as separate item. Overall dimensions L x W x H mm Shelf heights mm Shelf 1 - 200 Shelf 2 - 510 /580/650 Shelf 3 - 815 /890/960 Shelf 4 - 1270 Shelf size L x W mm Weight Load capacity 4 x Swivel Castors (2 with brakes) with 125mm Blue Resilex Wheels Wheels REF PRICE

700x530 x 1280

630x 415

30kg

300kg

GC669Y

£416.39

Grey plastic bins - 455L x 210W x 230H mm

GC0017

£38.92

MULTIPURPOSE MERCHANDISE DISPLAY TROLLEY
• Fully welded strong tubular framework. • Complete with wire mesh trays and dividers. • On 100mm dia rubber tyred castors. • Finish - matt black powder coated.

CONTAINER RACKS WITH CONTAINERS
• Fully welded trolley from tubular steel with angle support runners for the containers. • Fitted on 4 x 100mm dia swivel nonmarking grey rubber tyred castors. • Supplied complete with 30 bins: 12 of size 300 x 150 x 100mm red. 18 of size 300 x 100 x 100mm blue.

REF S2120

Size H x W x D mm 1650 x 1060 x 590

PRICE £717.15

REF CT230Y

Size L x W x H mm 700 x 350 x 1140

PRICE £356.29

PRICES INCLUDE DELIVERY ON ORDERS OVER £100

165

TIP-A-TRUCK
• Large wheels give these units a smooth ride over rough and uneven terrain. • The trucks easily tip when lifted to make it easier to dispense the contents. • The polyethylene body is supported by a strong steel frame. As the unit is tipped, the wheels slide to the middle of the unit, allowing the body to tip further. Locking mechanism keeps the plastic body from tipping, controlled by an easy release mechanism.

REF TI207B TI208B

Load capacity Kg Capacity litres O/A size: HxWxD mm Weight Kg Wheel size 200 80 1150 x 500 x 470 17 350mm 400 125 1180 x 580 x 630 25 500mm

PRICE £126.70 £165.37

PLASTIC TILT TRUCK
Polyethylene body mounted on 2 fixed wheels and 2 swivel castors (with brakes) - rubber tyred wheels. • Truck designed to tip load when tilted forwards. • O/S - L x W x H - 1180 x 780 x 925mm. • Height with lid: 955mm. • Capacity: 450 litres.

STUBBY TIPPER
Polyethylene body able to tip load by the release of a simple self latching sprung loaded catch. • Fitted with clevis hitch. • Available in green or blue. • Hot dip galvanised steel frame. • Pneumatic tyred wheels - 400mm dia. • Level capacity - 210 litres.

REF S1069

PRICE £233.07

REF PCN92Y PCN95Y

Description Without lid With lid

PRICE £298.51 £347.28

STUBBY BARROW
Strong polyethylene body fitted on a hot dipped galvanised steel frame. • Snag free rounded corners. • Pneumatic tyred wheels - 400mm dia. • O/S - H x W x L - 820 x 860 x 1910mm. • Level capacity: 210 litres. • Available in green or blue.

REF S1067

PRICE £278.50

166

PRICES INCLUDE DELIVERY ON ORDERS OVER £100

TILT TRUCKS
• Choice of colours: Red; Blue; Yellow; Green or Grey. Please specify your choice. • Bodies are rotationally moulded in food grade polyethylene with sloping front end. • Framework fabrication in tubular steel and powder coated in poppy red. • Three body sizes each with two versions - manual or automatic self tipping option. • Self tip versions are fitted with fork lift channels 120mm wide x 75mm deep x 75mm at 420mm centres. • Designed to take the headache out of the on-site movement and disposal of bulk materials. Castor configurations: • Self tipping models have 2 fixed and 2 swivel castors with 100mm dia nylon wheels and threadguards. Corner mounted on a chassis. • Manual tip REF OCO190 on 2 - 200mm wheels on fixed axle and 1 x 100mm dia central located castor. • Ref OCO191 & OCO92 on 2 - 275mm wheels on fixed axle and 2 x 100mm castors, 1 each corner.

REF RDO306 OCO190 ODO134 RDO603 OCO191 ODO135 RDO903 OCO192 OD0136

Description Tank only Manual tip Self tip Tank only Manual tip Self tip Tank only Manual tip Self tip

Ext dim LxWxH mm 1380x770x680 1460x770x810 1460x830x910 1640x770x840 1720x770x1060 1720x830x1100 1790x870x910 1880x870x1100 1880x930x1135

Int dim Capacity LxWxH mm litres 1250x650x650 380 1250x650x650 380 1250x650x650 380 1500x650x850 650 1500x650x850 650 650 1500x650x8501 650x750x900 900 1650x750x900 900 1650x750x900 900

Max load Kg 350 450 350 450 350 450

PRICE £203.57 £525.00 £742.50 £238.28 £585.00 £802.50 £283.08 £660.00 £915.00

PLASTIC BIN TROLLEYS
Ideal for shop floor, hotel, bars and production floors. The distribution bins are made from strong impact resistant polyethylene. They are fitted with 4 swivel castors, the bins are also designed to nest/stack when not in use. • One piece moulded. • Impact resistant polyethylene. • Fitted with non-marking rubber castors including thread guards. • Easy manoeuvrability. • Stackable when not in use. • Weather resistant. • Maintenance free. REF PT01 PT02 PT03 SLT01-B The bins can be customised to your specification to include: • Food grade material. • Your company logo. • Conductive material. • Bin colour coding on quantity orders. • Varying castor sizes and types. PT02

PT01 PRICE £89.90 £217.50 £89.90 £394.40

Int dimensions mm 800x400x720 900x600x640 545x400x725 1540x890x590

Ext dimensions mm 950x460x800 970x670x760 610x460x800 1680x950x610

Capacity litres 150 250 100 800

SLT01-B PT03

ECONOMY PLASTIC TROLLEYS
• Durable hygienic food grade polyethylene. • Wide choice of colours: red, blue, green, yellow or grey. • Lids available for 60 and 100 litre sizes. • Straight sided and tapered. • Tapered trolleys nest stack. • Nylon wheeled castors fitted - 3 sizes 50, 75 or 100mm dia. • Also available without castors. • Ref IMP60 and IMP100 are straight sided, all others tapered.

REF IMP60 IMP100 IMP125 IMP140 IMP160 IMP300 IMP400

Int sizes mm LxWxH 400x400x440 400x400x690 615x425x595 600x415x705 865x365x550 900x600x600 1200x600x600

Ext sizes mm LxWxH 450x450x445 450x450x695 665x475x600 650x465x710 915x415x560 950x650x605 1330x770x610

Height with castors mm 510 760 665 775 620 700 705

PRICE £122.72 £148.87 £153.45 £155.88 £160.98 £215.00 £236.83

PRICES INCLUDE DELIVERY ON ORDERS OVER £100

167

PREMIUM TAPERED TRUCKS
• Manufactured from tough 100% food grade medium density polyethylene. • Available in 6 sizes. • All trucks are tapered and nestable, making transportation highly cost effective. • Ideal for catering and factory applications. • The two largest trucks are fitted with recessed plastic bases for additional support. • Completely smooth interiors for easy cleaning. • Full colour range available - red, orange, blue, white, green, natural, grey or black.

REF RB0003 RB0120 RB0121 RB0227 RB0317 RB0412

Ext size LxWxH mm 460x460x510 460x460x760 620x530x690 825x480x750 1010x685x735 1320x735x780

Int size LxWxH mm 410x410x410 410x410x660 550x465x580 740x410x645 905x585x595 1225x615x630

Cap Castor litres Configuration PRICE 72 4 x 75mm swivel, corner mounted £66.00 118 4 x 75mm swivel, corner mounted £73.50 135 4 x 75mm swivel, corner mounted £82.50 200 4 x 100mm swivel, corner mounted £94.50 320 2 fixed, 2 swivel 100 mm £118.50 455 2 fixed, 2 swivel 100 mm £132.00

Optional lids REF PRICE RL0087 £25.50 RL0087 £25.50 RL0088 £27.00 RL0089 £28.50 RL0090 £32.25 RL0091 £45.00

TAPERED PLASTIC TRUCKS WITH PLYWOOD BASES
• Manufactured from tough 100% food grade medium density polyethylene. • All trucks are tapered and nestable, making transportation highly cost effective. • 12mm plywood bases fitted to most models for extra strength. • Plastic or galvanised bases can be fitted at an extra cost for food related environments. • Lids available for most models. • Completely smooth interiors for easy cleaning. • Full colour range available - red, orange, blue, white, green, natural, grey or black.

REF RB0103 RB0107 RB0109 RB0213 RB0203 RB0211 RB0217 RB0303 RB0307 RB0403 RB0603 RB0801

Nom Ext Dims LxWxH mm 735x380x735 840x405x685 920x580x510 865x510x760 735x570x810 840x585x785 915x735x610 1015x685x760 1040x730x760 1320x710x760 1420x840x760 1500x990x840

Nom Int Dims LxWxH mm 660x305x660 760x330x585 840x510x380 785x430x660 650x495x710 760x510x660 840x660x510 915x610x610 940x640x610 1220x610x610 1370x760x610 1420x915x685

Capacity litres 130 140 150 220 225 250 270 320 370 425 625 870

Standard Castor Configuration 4 x 50 mm swivel, corner mounted 4 x 50 mm swivel, corner mounted 4 x 75 mm fixed, diamond pattern rocker system 4 x 65 mm swivel, corner mounted 4 x 65 mm swivel, corner mounted 4 x 75 mm fixed, diamond pattern rocker system 4 x 75 mm fixed, diamond pattern rocker system 2 x 75 mm fixed, 2 x 100 mm fixed, diamond pattern rocker system 2 x 75 mm fixed, 2 x 100 mm fixed, diamond pattern rocker system 2 x 75 mm fixed, 2 x 100 mm fixed, diamond pattern rocker system 4 x 100 mm fixed, diamond pattern rocker system 2 x 100 mm fixed, 2 x 125 mm fixed, diamond pattern rocker system

PRICE £108.06 £126.89 £129.06 £125.03 £115.25 £164.30 £152.31 £164.22 £181.35 £216.08 £259.94 £363.96

Lids available for trucks PRICE REF £42.00 RL0050 £43.28 RL0017 £52.05 RL0051 £46.26 RL0044 £40.32 RL0014 £52.40 RL0045 £58.40 RL0052 £61.95 RL0001 £68.33 RL0046 £74.34 RL0048 £80.00 RL0015 -

STRAIGHT SIDED PLASTIC TRUCKS
• Manufactured from tough 100% food grade medium density polyethylene. • Straight sides allow for maximum internal load capacity. • 12mm plywood bases fitted to most models for extra strength. • Plastic or galvanised bases can be fitted at an extra cost for food related environments. • Lids available for most models. • Completely smooth interiors for easy cleaning. • Full colour range available - red, orange, blue, white, green, natural, grey or black.

REF RA0001 RA0101 RA0113 RA0201 RA0305 RA0401 RA0503 RA0601 RA0701

Nom Ext Dims LxWxH mm 535x535x535 685x535x735 815x585x560 910x640x750 1015x710x760 1120x890x760 1090x785x840 1370x710x890 1475x940x815

Nom Int Dims LxWxH mm 455x455x455 610x455x610 760x510x455 800x530x630 915x610x610 1015x785x610 1015x725x710 1295x635x760 1370x840x685

Capacity litres 95 165 180 255 335 485 520 625 785

Standard Castor Configuration 4 x 50 mm swivel, corner mounted 4 x 75 mm fixed, diamond pattern rocker system 4 x 75 mm fixed, diamond pattern rocker system 4 x 75 mm fixed, diamond pattern rocker system 4 x 100 mm fixed, diamond pattern rocker system 4 x 100 mm fixed, diamond pattern rocker system 4 x 100 mm fixed, diamond pattern rocker system 4 x 100 mm fixed, diamond pattern rocker system 4 x 100 mm fixed, diamond pattern rocker system

PRICE £86.73 £112.70 £139.68 £161.42 £184.82 £211.04 £242.46 £237.87 £333.92

Lids available for trucks REF PRICE RL0007 £41.16 RL0025 £41.96 RL0008 £48.90 RL0011 £62.24 -

168

PRICES INCLUDE DELIVERY ON ORDERS OVER £100

100% plastic interior makes these trucks hygienic and easy to clean. Very suitable for food, medical waste applications, wet work, laundries and hotels, etc.

TUBULAR STEEL CHASSIS TRUCK
• Lift out and replaceable polyethylene food grade tanks. • H.D. use. • Nylon wheels, diamond rocker system. • Colour: natural tank + blue chassis.

CONTAINER TRUCK

Removable polyethylene tank food grade, detachable tubular sides. • Two fixed and two swivels 200mm dia rubber tyred castors. • Choice of colours as shown. • Spare tanks and lids available. • Size: ext - 1065 x 745 x 855, int - 965 x 660 x 610. REF OC0105 RD0303 RL0046/CT Description Truck only Bin only Lid only Cap litres 370 PRICE £112.50 £103.50 £51.00

Nom Ext Dims Nom Int Dims REF LxWxH mm LxWxH mm RC0303N/3B 1280x775x885 915x610x610 RD0401N/2B 1525x805x890 1170x710x610 RC0501N/6B 1710x785x960 1395x685x685 RD0601N/4B 1720x820x870 1370x760x610 RD0801N/5B 2190x855x885 1830x760x610 RC1101N/12B 1290x1160x1225 1220x1065x865

Capacity litres 320 490 580 625 800 1000

PRICE £389.31 £431.88 £490.49 £494.96 £580.64 £621.95

Lid REF RL0011N RL0024N RL0015N -

PRICE £62.24 £72.98 £80.01 -

ORDER PICKING TRUCKS
• From med density polyethylene. • Suitable -20°C to +60°C. • Fitted 100mm dia nylon castors with threadguards. • Castors fixed to plywood base which is bolted to truck. • Castor configuration to choice for load bearing and maximum manoeuvrability. • For very heavy loads a galvanised base can be fitted as extra. • For wet work or hospital laundries etc, a plastic base can also be fitted as extra. • Resistant to most acids and alkalis. • Available in four colours - specify: red, yellow, white or blue.

REF RB0903 RB0903/PB RB0903/GB

Type of base Ply Plastic Galvanised

Ext dim LxWxH

Int dim LxWxH Int H mm to drop front lip Cap litres Weight Kg 870 925 45

1255x785x1180 1175x720x1045

PRICE £289.20 £310.88 £334.40

TIDY TRUCK RANGE
• Available in different sizes. • From food grade med density polyethylene. • Suitable -20°c to +60°c. • Castors moulded into base for easy cleaning. • Castors 100mm dia nylon 2 fixed and 2 swivel with threadguards, fitted in diamond rocking configuration. • Highly manoeuvrable even when loaded. • Removable two part lids hinged centrally with galvanised pins. • Particularly suitable for food and medical waste applications etc. • Highly sanitary - easily cleaned. • Available in four colours - specify: red, yellow, white or blue.

REF RT0001 RT0002 RT0003

Ext dim LxWxH Int dim (inc lid) LxWxH mm Cap litres Weight Kg 1160x750x790 1060x620x580 350 22 1160x750x980 1060x620x760 500 28 1260x920x1015 1150x750x810 750 36

PRICE £203.36 £225.03 £275.64

PRICES INCLUDE DELIVERY ON ORDERS OVER £100

169

PLASTIC DISTRIBUTION TROLLEYS
The range of trolleys are made for 600Kg carrying capacities. They are suited to both in-house use and external distribution. The trolleys are used in hospitality, pharmaceuticals, electronics, catering and healthcare sectors. They have a host of advantages including being hygienic and easy to clean, easy to manoeuvre, weather resistant - no rusting. • Tough polyethylene plastic body. • Custom made on request. • Maintenance free. • Vermin proof. • Easy loading - available with top or front entry. • Zinc plated chassis. • Option of shelves, rails, towbars, curtains and security tags. • Choice of colour: blue, green, grey or red. Standard Colours supplied only on orders less than 15 off. • Prices are for standard trolley - please enquire for option of shelves, PVC curtain closures etc.

LT1000

LT3000

LT5000

LT6000

LT7000 REF LT1000 LT3000 LT5000 LT6000 LT7000 LT8000 LT9000 HK1000

LT8000 Int dims mm LxWxH 1090x735x1540 1090x735x895 1090x735x1310 940x650x1520 1240x720x1555 1240x720x1555 800x690x1520 1220x520x1310 Ext dims mm LxWxH 1090x735x1765 1090x735x1070 1090x735x1535 970x670x1720 1240x720x1780 1240x720x1780 770x670x1350 1220x520x1500

LT9000 Front opening mm 820x800 770x640 770x640 950x790 920x1245 920x940 750x570 970x1000 Max load cap Kg 600 600 600 600 600 600 600 600

HK1000 Castor size 160 160 160 160 160 125 125 125 Cap ltrs 1200 700 1000 900 1300 1300 800 800 PRICE £651.05 £648.15 £571.30 £578.55 £714.85 £681.50 £551.00 £638.00

SPRING LIFT PLATFORM TROLLEYS
The deck of these heavy duty spring lift trolleys, levels to a convenient height as it is unloaded, allowing the operator to work in an upright position. This eliminates the need for unnecessary bending reducing the risk of back strain, repetitive strain injury and associated injuries. Each trolley also offers easy to adjust load spring action for lighter/heavier load capacities. • Hygienic and easy to clean. • Large carrying capacity. • Tough polyethylene plastic body. • Options: colour coding (on quantity orders), castor types and sizes, castor configurations, conductive material.

REF SLT01 SLT03 SLT04

Int dims mm LxWxH Ext dims mm LxWxH Max load cap Kg Castor size External springs Cap Kg 1530x840x400 1650x970x840 200 160 12 200 1025x630x635 1200x695x795 100 100 6 100 1760x1110x820 1830x1180x1110 300 160 4 300

PRICE £619.15 £601.75 £832.30

170

PRICES INCLUDE DELIVERY ON ORDERS OVER £100

SERVO-X-TROLLEYS
The Servo-X Trolleys can be easily folded for storage and the laundry bags can be removed. The design of the trolley offers bracing to the underside of the bag. The trolley frame is epoxy powder coated with a grey finish. Fitted on 4 swivel castors with 75mm dia rubber non-marking wheels.

NX1501

NX1002

Trolley shown folded

NX1001

REF NX-1001 NX-1501 NX-1002 NX-2001

Bags 100 ltr 150 ltr 2 x 100 ltr 1 x 200 ltr

O/S LxWxH m 460x390x960 760x460x760 760x460x960 760x460x960

PRICE £87.60 £104.03 £119.36 £114.99

NUKEEPER HOUSEKEEPING TROLLEYS
There are 3 models in this range that incorporate all of the professional design features required to suit small to medium sized establishments.

NKL17/FF NKL16/FF

NKL15/FF

• Hi-mobility light duty chassis. • Soft ride 200mm dia rubber castors. • All round bumper protection to save walls and doors from damage. • Innovative flexible front cover. • Laundry bags fitted to 2 of the 3 models.

REF NKL15/FF NKL16/FF NKL17/FF

Bags 1 x 100 ltr 2 x 100 ltr

Trays 5 x 10 ltr 5 x 10 ltr 5 x 10 ltr

Size L x W x H mm 1100 x 665 x 1115 1490 x 665 x 1115 1870 x 665 x 1115

PRICE £275.00 £343.83 £412.67 NKL17/FF closed

BAR TRUCKS
• Manufactured from 100% food grade medium density polyethylene. • Stackable and nestable. • Temp range -20°C to +60°C. • Ideal for hotels, bars or work environments. • Completely smooth interiors for Size mm L x W x H Cap. easy cleaning. REF External Internal Litres • Available in - red, orange, blue, green, RB0111 670 x 460 x 660 610 x 400 x 550 135 white, natural, grey or black. RB0113 615 x 455 x 750 560 x 400 x 700 150 • Fitted on four 50mm dia nylon castors. RB0115 820 x 455 x 620 760 x 400 x 550 165 RB0119 670 x 615 x 625 610 x 560 x 550 185 RB0118 970 x 380 x 620 915 x 330 x 550 165

PRICE £88.94 £88.94 £88.94 £88.94 £88.94

PRICES INCLUDE DELIVERY ON ORDERS OVER £100

171

WASTE AND SERVICE CARTS

FOLDING NET BAG TROLLEY

49 Heavy duty, multi purpose service cart. Ideal for moving bulky items in retail stores, laundries, hospitals and waste management. Size open -915 x 620 x 610 mm. 125mm dia rubber tyred wheels. Finish - painted silver.

52

The folding waste cart ref 49 is supplied with a flame retardant bag. It is most suitable for heavy duty work and in conjunction to carry disposable plastic waste sacks. Complete with a lower support tray and fitted on 75mm dia castors. The folding service cart ref 52 is supplied complete with heavy duty 4 hectolitre vinyl bag and with a lower support tray, fitted on 100mm dia castors. REF 49 52 Size HxWxD 900x570x650 900x650x970 PRICE £128.80 £221.58 REF 51B 53B Detail Replacement bag Replacement bag PRICE £26.39 £47.78 REF 215 Detail With one net PRICE £209.17

FOLDING WASTE CART

RECYCLED WASTE COLLECTION CARTS

The folding waste cart has a most robust plastic construction which will stand up to heavy duty work and the rugged structure will withstand all manner of rough treatment. Size: 920H x 700W x 650D mm. REF 275XR 276B 277 Detail Folding Cart Complete Replacement bag 10 Pocket caddy bag (Optional) PRICE £132.00

Recycled waste collection cart. Structural plastic folding waste cart fitted with two 90 litre plastic separation containers in blue, each printed in white with recycle and logo. H77.5cm x W71cm x D66cm REF Detail Recycled Waste Collection Cart Replacement bin PRICE £172.19 £35.83

£25.11 £25.80

278RWC B8323BL

172

PRICES INCLUDE DELIVERY ON ORDERS OVER £100

HI101Y Economy range of durable plastic janitorial cleaning trolleys. All fitted on four swivel castors with 75mm dia wheels. All supplied knock down flat packed.

HI102Y REF HI101Y HI102Y HI201Y HI202Y

HI201Y Size 480 x 285 x 560 680 x 410 x 720 540 x 440 x 670 840 x 430 x 700 Load capacity ltrs 20 36 36 60

HI202Y Wheels Rubber 75mm dia Rubber 75mm dia Rubber 75mm dia Rubber 75mm dia PRICE £56.75 £75.00 £97.66 £90.38

HI551Y

HI552Y

REF HI308Y

Size mm Cap Kg Wheels 1140 x 500 x 972 100 2x200mm, 2x75mm dia

PRICE £149.59

REF HI551Y HI552Y

Size LxWxH mm Cap Kg 920 x 560 x 880 150 685 x 590 x 1030 150

Wheels 4 x 70mm dia 4 x 70mm dia

PRICE £146.63 £117.80

REF GIC816

Size LxWxH mm 800 x 440 x 930

Wheels 4 x 100mm

PRICE £140.84

REF HI513Y

Size mm 710 x 660 x 950

Cap Kg 70

Wheels 4 x 75mm dia

PRICE £96.97

PRICES INCLUDE DELIVERY ON ORDERS OVER £100

173

COLOUR CODED SMOOTHLINE BUCKETS & KENTUCKY MOPS
Polypropylene smoothline buckets are designed to meet the rigorous demands of today's hygiene standards. • One piece rigid construction - will not dent, crack or warp. • Non-fade colour coded in Yellow, Red, Blue and Green. • Dirt retaining sump with removable grill, keeps debris clear from cleaning fluids. • Body mounted 75mm dia ball bearing castors, as standard. • 23 litre capacity. • Printed “Caution” sign. Colour coded Kentucky mops multi fold cotton yarn ensures maximum absorption and longlife. Stitched with coloured bands to stay tangle free Dirt retaining sump with removable grill keeps debris away from cleaning fluids

REF COM450BL COM450GN COM450RD COM450YL 112LSC 555

Detail Blue Bucket with plastic wringer Green Bucket with plastic wringer Red Bucket with plastic wringer Yellow Bucket with plastic wringer Colour coded Kentucky Style Cotton Mop (pack of 10) Handle and Grip (pack of 10) • Please specify colour when ordering handle and Kentucky mop

PRICE £93.53 £93.53 £93.53 £93.53 £25.56 £111.34

DOUBLE BUCKET TROLLEY

GALVANISED ROLLER BUCKET

PW450YL

1250YL

All plastic double bucket mopping trolley and wringer with 15ltr colour coded buckets to control cross contamination and improve hygiene. Available in red, blue, green, yellow.

Great ‘old’ favourite. Ideal for smaller areas. Quick to use. 10 litre capacity bucket. Complete with spring-ease mop holder. Built-in foot operated wringer system. REF RBI-570-116LSC PRICE £54.49

REF 1250YL+PW450YL

Detail Double bucket trolley with wringer

PRICE £166.30

174

PRICES INCLUDE DELIVERY ON ORDERS OVER £100

MOBILE CLEANING CARTS
Mobile cleaning carts are manufactured entirely from structural plastic. This unit will not crack or corrode and is easily cleaned. Supplied with three trays.Fitted on 75mm dia castors at front and 200mm dia wheels at rear.

REF 184 187S 184Y

Detail Cart complete (supplied K/D) for easy fast assembly Plastic safety box - lockable storage cabinet - hazardous substances in public areas etc Heavy duty vinyl waste bag for laundry items etc

PRICE £209.08 £38.24 £23.24

MOBILE SERVICE CART

MOBILE CLEANERS TROLLEY

5810

Catering service/multi purpose cart. Constructed of high density structural plastic and engineered in aluminium. Three shelves of 41 x 62cm with two convenient handles. Steer from either end. Fitted with 100mm Swivel Castors. Cart rated for 90.5 kg load. H92cm x W41cm x D79cm The 'carry all' cleaners trolley comes complete with 160 litre vinyl flame retardant bag and support tray. With three large plastic trays it is well able to 'carry all' for use in hotels, canteens, hospitals and offices etc. A popular, versatile trolley. Finish: Blue. REF 5810BK 3 Shelf mobile service cart - Black £157.87 271 27B Detail Trolley, complete Replacement bag PRICE £175.47 £18.89

REF 5810BE

Detail 3 Shelf mobile service cart - Beige

PRICE £157.87

PRICES INCLUDE DELIVERY ON ORDERS OVER £100

175

MOBILE SACK HOLDERS
• Wide choice of mobile sack holders, single 120 litre bag or twin 70 litre bags. • Cart mobiles with several bag variations shown on price grid. Cart model also includes end storage tray units for cleaning materials etc. • Foot operated lids on single bag units and hand lift on twin models. • Epoxy powder coated frames and grey rubber non-marking wheels. • NSX trolleys 1125L x 665W x 980H mm. REF SAX-120 SAX-140 NSX-240 NSX-260 NSX-280 Detail Holder 1 x 120 litre Holder 2 x 70 litre Trolley 2 x 120 litre Trolley 1 x 120L + 2 x 70 litre Trolley 4 x 70 litre PRICE £60.69 £60.69 £241.28 £241.28 £241.28

SAX-140 2 x 70 litre

NSX-280 SAX-120

JANITORIAL WORK STATIONS
• The construction is based on our uniquely strong Structofoam chassis, fitted with non-marking 75mm (3”) castors, rotating buffers, Nutex epoxy coated superstructure, two deep tray units, a pair of colour coded pails. • The XC3 is fitted with a full size 120 litre waste unit that accepts 700 x 1100mm waste bags, whereas the XC4 is fitted with a twin 70 litre colour coded waste unit suitable for two 575mm/1000mm waste bags, allowing for simple onboard waste separation. • The XC1 is fitted with a full size 120 litre waste unit that accepts 700 x 1100mm waste bags, whereas the XC2 is fitted with a twin 70 litre colour coded waste unit suitable for two 575mm/1000mm waste bags, allowing for simple onboard waste separation. • Epoxy powder coated frames and grey rubber non-marking wheels. Top tray 10L 10L 16L 16L Small pails 2x6L 2x6L 2x10L 2x10L Mid tray 10L 10L 16L 16L Large Waste pail Castors bags 18L 120L 18L 70L 4x 75mm 120L 70L XC1 & XC2

XC3 & XC4

REF XC1 XC2 XC3 XC4

Size 840 x 570 x 1060mm

PRICE £98.57 £98.57 £98.57 £98.57

Where mopping facilities are not required, this compact trolley provides maximum storage capacity - allowing for the efficient servicing of offices and other accommodations.

The ideal choice of service trolley where space is at a premium but where the need for limited mopping facilities is essential.

CLEANERS CAROUSEL
The full colour coded cleaning mobile that really does allow ‘full’ control of the cleaning programme in all applications. Hotels, for example, bedrooms one colour, bathrooms another colour, WCs yet another... a place for everything and everything in its place. Two large and two small twin compartment caddies all together but all easily detachable as required. No system could be simpler or more versatile than the Carousel.

TWIN MOP TROLLEY
• Features an onboard lidded 30 litre waste system, large top caddy and a 5 litre pail. • Patented automatic water separation system. The dirty water diverted to the red pail for emptying as necessary. • Exceptional all mops press from Kentucky flat or Microfibre mops.

REF Mop kit Cap clean Cap dirty Waste cap Pail Caddy Castors Size mm PRICE REF NC4 Caddy small 2 x 4L Caddy big 2 x 10L Castors Size 4 x 75mm 545x500x870mm PRICE £62.96

TM2815W JT1-28/15L 28L 15L 10L 5L 10L 4 x 75mm 820x395x1000 £133.98

176

PRICES INCLUDE DELIVERY ON ORDERS OVER £100

MOPPING KIT
• Professional dual press. • 30 litre Hi-bak mopping bucket. • Generous 60%/40% split container cap. • Bucket container can be split to one 30 litre size if required. • On 4 x 75mm castors with non-marking wheels. • Specify required colour red, blue, yellow or green.

SPRAYMOP MASTER
• Ideal for the smaller mopping areas, keeping good appearance in high profile environments. • Dispenses water or cleaning solutions for quick effective clean hygiene floors. • Microfibre mop head supplied, also alternative heads available on request. • Simple, practical and professional... never better.

REF HB1812

PRICE £67.89

REF SMM40

Bottle 400ml

Pad 40cm

Weight 1.1Kg

Size 1400mm

PRICE £39.33

DUAL MOP SYSTEM
A range of compact, efficient dual bucket mopping systems meeting an exceptionally high standard of performance and functionality. • A range of 3 sizes: 15 litre, 20 litre and 28 litre. • A choice of 2 press heights, hi and lo, for operator convenience. • The highly efficient Allmops vertical hi-power press, suitable for both Kentucky and Flat mops. • Our unique Bactiguard Kentucky mop head that does not support the spread of bacteria. • Our Nylostripe microfibre mop selection provides excellent performance and the choice of chemical free cleaning. • A standard flat mop on-board storage facility.

REF DM1520 DM2020 DM2820

Cap clean ltr 15 20 28

Cap dirty ltr 20 20 20

Size Lx W x H mm 700 x 410 x 1080 800 x 410 x 1080 800 x 410 x 1080

PRICE £76.71 £78.89 £82.92

VERSACLEAN VERTICAL PRESS
A superb mopping system that incorporates the highly efficient 'Allmops' vertical press that has the unique mop absorber feature that substantially improves operating performance. • Fitted with 22 litre mopping kit. • 22 litre clean and dirty water buckets. • Capacity waste 120 litres. • Fitted on 4 x 75mm castors. VCN1404

REF VCN1404 VCN1604

Pails 2 x 5 ltr 4 x 4 ltr

Size Lx W x H mm 1050 x 530 x 980 1310 x 550 x 1070

PRICE £166.52 £201.27

VCN1604

PRICES INCLUDE DELIVERY ON ORDERS OVER £100

177

JAMES VACUUM SWEEPER
• Great design giving superb power and performance. • Storage top for cable and tools. • 1100w motor. • 8 litres capacity. • Weight 5Kg. • Complete set of tools. • Four wheel stability. • Cable range 26.8m. • Two stage Microflo dustbags.

HENRY VACUUM SWEEPER
• High performance with 2 speed option high/low. • Three stage filter system. • Unique rewind and cable storage with carry handle. • 9 litres capacity and cable range of 31.8m. • Weight 6.6Kg. • Complete with set of tools. • Auto save low energy system.

REF JVP180

PRICE £98.82

REF HVR200A

PRICE £124.47

HETTY VACUUM SWEEPER
• Twin flow 2 stage motors. • 2 speed controls. • 1200w motor. • 9 litres capacity. • Range 26.8m. • Weight 6.9Kg. • 20% energy saving with auto save low energy system. • Complete set of tools.

HENRY EXTRA VACUUM SWEEPER
• 3 stage microfresh filter system enhances filtration - especially useful for pet owners. • Power brush. • 1200W motor. • 9 litres capacity. • Cable rewind. • Range 26.8m. • Weight 6.9Kg. • Complete with set of tools.

REF HET200A

PRICE £124.47

REF HVX200-22

PRICE £154.59

WET AND DRY CLEANERS
• Great capacity: 9 litres wet, 15 litres dry. • Ideal for carpets, upholstery and hard floor surfaces and every day vacuuming. • Big filters and disposable bags. • ‘Charles’ with non rusting aluminium tubes. • Voltage 240 or alternative 110. • Cable range 26.8m. • Complete with set of tools.

REF CVC370-1 CVC370-2 GVC370-1 GVC370-2

Type Charles Charles George George

Voltage 110 240 110 240

PRICE £147.38 £147.38 £218.37 £218.37

REPLACEMENT DUST BAGS
• Dust bags are supplied in packs of 10.

REF 604015 604016

To suit machine James, Henry, Hetty and Henry Extra Charles and George

PRICE £5.82 £7.88

178

PRICES INCLUDE DELIVERY ON ORDERS OVER £100

• Professional twinflo power - hi/lo operation. • 12.5m cable rewind. • 9 litre capacity. • 31.8m range. • 1200W motor. • NRV200T-2 has a 24v power brush system for extensive carpet care. • Set of accessories. • 7.3Kg weight.

• Compact model with twinflo professional power with autosave energy conservation system. • 8 litre capacity with a 10m cable. • 26.8m range. • 1200/600W motor. • Set of accessories. • 5.9Kg weight. • Sound reduction system.

REF Size NRV200-22 355 x 355 x 415mm NRV200T-2

PRICE £125.15 £202.05

REF Size PSP180A 340 x 340 x 340mm

PRICE £92.82

• Heavy duty power. • All steel power head with sound reduction system. • 15 litre capacity. • 3 stage filter system. • 26.8m range. • 1200W motor. • Exceptional set of accessories. • 9.5Kg weight.

• Compact model with all steel construction. • Noise reduction system. • 1200W motor. • 9 litre capacity. • 26.8m range. • Hi/lo control. • 8.3Kg weight. • Set of accessories.

REF NVQ380-22

Size 355 x 355 x 485mm

PRICE £206.94

REF NQS250B-22

Size 340 x 340 x 395mm

PRICE £206.94

• Larger version of the NQS250B-22. • Mounted on a tubular chassis. • 15 litre capacity. • 1200W motor. • Range 26.8m. • 11.7Kg weight. • Set of accessories.

• Construction in tough durable Structofoam. • Choice of one or two motored models. • 23 litre capacity. • 26.8m range. • Weight 13.8/16Kg. • Set of accessories. • 1200W/2400W motor.

REF NQS350B-22

Size 395 x 350 x 560mm

PRICE £246.81

REF NVQ570-22 NVDQ570-2

Size 415 x 415 x 645mm

PRICE £264.66 £355.37

• Larger version of the NVQ570-22. • Mounted on a heavy duty wheel system. • 40 litre capacity. • 26.8m range. • Choice of one or two motored models 1200/2400W. • Set of accessories. • Weight 22.5/25Kg.

REPLACEMENT DUST BAGS
• Dust bags are supplied in packs of 10. • Contains Hepa-flow high efficiency filter which is far superior to ordinary paper dust bags and safer for the environment and personal health.

REF Size NVQ900-22 800 x 490 x NVDQ900-2 880mm

PRICE £319.31 £411.05

REF 604015/CC 604016/CC 604017 604019

To suit machine NRV200-22, NRV200T-2, NVP180-2 & NQS250B-22 NVQ380-22 & NQS350B-22 NVQ570-22 & NVDQ570-2 NVQ900-22 & NVDQ900-2

PRICE £5.82 £7.88 £11.85 £12.83

PRICES INCLUDE DELIVERY ON ORDERS OVER £100

179

TRUCK TYPE WET AND DRY VACUUM CLEANER
• Possibly the best commercial machine on the market with a unique tipping action for easy emptying. • For performance, versatility and robust operation - supplied with a rugged Structofoam body construction. • Exceptional mobility due to its large wheels. • Two stage filter system and ball float shut off valve. • Available as either single or dual motored for that extra power. • 110v option also available 240v supplied as standard.

INDUSTRIAL STAINLESS STEEL WET AND DRY VACUUM CLEANER
• For applications within medical health care, food and pharmaceutical industries - wherever high standards are required. • Stainless steel body with unique tipper system for emptying. • Structofoam head is corrosion resistant with very low noise. • Available as either single or dual motored for that extra power. • Capacity 35 litres dry, 25 litres wet. • 110v option also available - 240v supplied as standard. • Size: 680 x 550 x 940mm.

REF WV900-2 WVD900-2 WVD/604019

Motor watts Container dry volume litres 1200 40 2400 40 Pack of 10 replacement bags

PRICE £331.92 £423.89 £12.83

In position to empty REF WVD750T-2 WVD/604017 Motor watts 2400 Pack of 10 replacement bags PRICE £602.60 £11.85

PROFESSIONAL CONTRACTORS VACUUM CLEANERS
• Capacity - 23 litres wet and 15 litres dry. • Big, strong and portable. • Structofoam head is both strong and allows low head room. • 38mm hose set with 400mm nozzles. • Wet and dry pick-up. • Weight 13Kg. • Choice of one or two motored models. REF WV570-2 WVD570-2 Motor watts 1200 2400 PRICE £277.26 £368.21 • Capacity - 70 litres wet. • Exceptional performance from twin motors to match huge capacity. • Rugged Structofoam construction and accessory kit with stainless steel tube set. • Dump hose for draining. Trash basket retains debris from pump and hose systems. • 2400 watts motor. • Weight 30.5Kg. • Submersible pump allows vacuuming whilst discharging waste water up to 20m away. REF WVD1800DH2 PRICE £408.95

• Capacity - 23 litres wet and 15 litres dry. • Exceptional power and performance. • Structofoam takes the hard knocks for all commercial life. • For portability provided with internal solution tank. • Weight 18Kg. • Dual hard/soft floor carpet kit. • Choice of one or two motored models.

REF CT570-2 CTD570-2

Motor watts 1200 2400

PRICE £533.10 £628.92

180

PRICES INCLUDE DELIVERY ON ORDERS OVER £100

To convert the cleaners below from either wet or dry use is easy - full details supplied.
• Suitable for professional, commercial and industrial use for a variety of tasks. • Stainless steel recovery tank in 20, 30 and 45 litre capacities. • Fitted with 1000 or 2000w bypass industrial vacuum motor with individual thermal protection. • Injection moulded, rust proof & chemical resistant motor head assembly. • Easily converting from wet to dry use by fitting disposable paper bag and second stage cloth filter assembly. • 38mm WD1 tool kit to suit all models. • Fixed floor tool to suit KV 45/2 W/D and KV30/1 W/D. kv45/2

kv30/1 kv20/1

REF KV20/1W/D KV30/1W/D KV45/2W/D WD1 FFT DF K3 K4

HxWxD mm 610 x 440 x440 865 x 450 x450 865 x 450 x460

Weight Kg 13.4 16.8 20.5

Capacity litres Dry Wet 20 13 30 23 45 37

PRICE 230V 110V £261.58 £284.14 £319.46 £341.85 £403.66 £449.62 £72.45 £122.77 £31.76 £10.04 £10.56 Dry Filter & Bag Tool Kit

Tool kit to suit all models Fixed floor tool to suit all KV30/11 & KV45/2W/D Dry filter to suit all models 10 x K3 Paper bags to suit KV20/1W/D 10 x K4 Paper bags to suit KV30/1 & KV 45/2W/D

• Suitable for professional, commercial and industrial use for a variety of tasks. • Injection moulded recovery tank in 50 litre capacity on a tip action caddy. • Fitted with 1000 or 2000w bypass industrial vacuum motor with individual thermal protection. • Injection moulded, rust proof & chemical resistant motor head assembly. • Easily converting from wet to dry use by fitting disposable paper bag and second stage cloth filter assembly. • 38mm WD1 tool kit to suit all models (as shown above). • Fixed floor tool to suit both models. REF KV50/1W/D KV50/2W/D 50/FFT 50/WD1 50/K4 50/DF HxWxD Weight Capacity litres mm Kg Dry Wet 900 x 500 x 740 19 45 37 900 x 500 x740 22 45 37 Fixed floor tool to suit both models WD1 Tool kit to suit both models 10 X K4 Paper bags to suit both models Dry filter (as shown above) PRICE 230V 110V £341.09 £364.67 £412.40 £458.50 £122.77 £72.45 £10.56 £31.76

KV50/1

• The main features and use of the pivoting tip action is for water emptying into a drain etc. This greatly enhances the ease of usage.

• Suitable for heavy industrial use for a variety of tasks where an enormous capacity is required. • Rotationally moulded recovery tank of 100 litre capacity and easy emptying with built in self emptying drain hose. • fitted with 1000 or 2000w bypass industrial vacuum motor with individual thermal protection. • Injection moulded, rust proof & chemical resistant motor head assembly. • 38mm WD1 tool kit to suit all models. • Fixed floor tool to suit both models. • If it’s high capacity requirement, these are the answer.

KV100/1

REF

HxWxD mm 1000 x 600 x 600 1000 x 600 x600

Weight Kg 23 26

Capacity litres Dry Wet 100 100 90 90

PRICE 230V 110V £516.60 £610.37 £539.55 £655.90 £72.45

KV100/1W/D KV100/2W/D 100/WD1

This range of high capacity industrial vacuum cleaners has been specially designed to cope with large volumes of liquids. It is the preferred choice in many industries such as flood clearance, water tank emptying, fire services, flat roofing and many others.

Tool kit to suit both models (as show above)

PRICES INCLUDE DELIVERY ON ORDERS OVER £100

181

LOLINE SCRUBBER AND POLISHER
• Loline sets an entirely new standard for professional floorcare, putting convenience, ease of use and great results as the priority. • Compact storage. • Heavy duty drive system. • Choice of scrubbing brushes. • Easy fill system. • Union mix polishing brush. • Two sizes of machines: REF 382 has 33cm dia brush or pad size - at 200rpm. REF 415 has 40cm dia brush or pad size - at 150rpm. • Both models supplied complete with solution tank and pad drive board.

NUPOWER
• This rotary machine provides the optimum balance between scrubbing and polishing floors. • Speed: 150 - 450 rpm. • Size: 1185 x 580 x 450mm. • 230v ac 50hz. • Range 32m.

REF Motor Deck Brush Pad Power Speed Range NLL332 400W 330mm 330mm 330mm 230V AC 50Hz 200rpm 32m NLL415 400W 400mm 400mm 360mm 230V AC 50Hz 150rpm 32m

Weight Size mm PRICE 18Kg 1145x330x540 £417.17 18.5Kg 1145x360x540 £417.17 REF Motor Pad Brush Weight PRICE NPR1523 1000 watts 400mm 450mm 30Kg £519.39

REF 606033 606104 606105 606102

Accessories detail Scrub brush for NLL382 Polish brush for NLL382 Scrub brush for NLL415 Polish brush for NLL415

PRICE £45.27 £45.27 £45.27 £58.20

Loline... going where others can’t go!

NUSPEED TWIN
• Hi-range and Lo-range speed control to satisfy many different applications 150-300 rpm. • Automatic torque control provides consistent performance under varying load conditions. • Extensive range of available accessories including solution tank and vacuum systems. • 1000/1250 watts motor. • Pad 400mm. • Brush 450mm. • Weight 40Kg - range 32m. • 230v ac 50hz.

NUSPEED ULTRA
• A burnishing machine that adjusts to varying floor conditions. • High lustre polish or wet look surfaces. • Automatic floating head and automatic torque control. • Vacuuming system can be retro fitted. • Extensive range of accessories available. • 1500 watt motor. • 400mm deck. • 400mm pad. • 230v ac 50hz. • 32m range. • Weight 32Kg.

REF NRT1530

Size 1250x580x460mm

PRICE £829.10

REF NRU1500

Size 1250x660x460mm

PRICE £876.03

182

PRICES INCLUDE DELIVERY ON ORDERS OVER £100

TWINTEC CABLE
• Combination machine with a stainless steel chassis. • Simple operation for time saving usage. • 30 litre capacity with either single or twin 15 litre dirty water tanks. • Heavy duty 450mm scrubbing head (400mm pads). • Folding power head system. • Size: 1150 x 1030 x 740mm. • Weight 57Kg. • Speed: 150rpm. • Range - 42m • 230v 50hz.

TWINTEC BATTERY
• Operating with its own built in battery and charger. • 30 litre capacity with either single or twin 15 litre dirty water tanks. • Adjustable brush pressure system. • Stainless steel chassis and heavy duty Structofoam power head. • Size: 1150 x 1030 x 740mm. • Weight 122Kg. • Speed: 120rpm. • Operational time 2.25 hours.

REF TT3450S TT3450T

Brush motor 1000W 1000W

Vac motor 1200W 1200W

Tanks Single Twin

PRICE £1300.97 £1300.97

REF TTB3450S TTB3450T

Brush motor 24v 400W 24v 400W

Vac motor 24v 400W 24v 400W

Tanks Single Twin

PRICE £2295.00 £2295.00

TWINTEC BATTERY
• Serious work over big areas for long hours. • Giant 60 litre capacity. • Floating polyurethane nozzle with one 650mm and two x 330mm scrubbing heads. • Choice of 100 or 200 AHR depending on working conditions. • Operational time 2.25 - 3.75 hours. • Size: 1230 x 1260 x 970mm. • Weight 145/211Kg. • Speed: 120rpm.

TWINTEC VARIO
• Ride on operator comfort. • Adjustable brush width - 3 sizes: 650, 750 or 850mm with auto-return brush deck covers. • Massive 110 litre capacity. • On board battery and charger. • Chemical dosing system. • 3.5 hour run time can be increased to 4.5 hours. • Brush speed: 150/200rpm. • Size: 1676 x 1425 x 1054mm. • Weight 500Kg.

REF TTB6652S

Brush motor 2 x 24v 400W

Vac motor 24v 400W

Power 100/200 AH

PRICE £3027.62

REF TTV678

Brush motor 3 x 24v 400W

Vac motor 24v 400W

Max speed 3.5 Km/H

PRICE £11772.63

PRICES INCLUDE DELIVERY ON ORDERS OVER £100

183

MAGNETIC FLOOR SWEEPERS
Magnetic sweepers offer an effective and economical method of collecting ferrous metals such as nails, screws, swarf, blasting shot, grinding and foundry dust, offcuts, punchings and many grades of aluminium from any surface, wet or dry. This can eliminate damage to machinery, floors, plant and personnel. Areas can be cleared away quickly and the collected waste disposed of safely. A handle operated release mechanism drops the waste into a neat pile which can then be swept up using the built in collection tray and brush, on the R600 and R900. These two models are adjustable in height and fitted with large front wheels and rear castor. They will cope with bulky waste and uneven surfaces. The model R300 will clean around machines, under benches, tops of machine beds, gangways and confined spaces. Release mechanism allows discharge into a waste bin. Model SCT4 is very robust and suitable for cleaning large areas. Easy coupling and towing by a forklift or can be fork mounted - please specify when ordering.

R900

R600

REF R300 R600 R900 SCT4

Overall dim W x D x H mm 395 x 260 x 100 600 x 510 x 230 900 x 510 x 230 1525 o/w

Ground clearance 20 35-90 35-90 40-100

Height/length of handle mm 1090 860 860 -

Wheel type nylon rubber rubber pneumatic

Weight Kg 4 36 46 105

PRICE £210.00 £518.00 £602.00 £1902.60 R300

PEDESTRIAN CONTROLLED PUSH SWEEPER
• Designed for rapid thorough cleaning - indoors or outdoor areas. • Handle adjusts to suit height and reach of user and folds flat for storage. • Sweeps equally well on left or right hand bends. • Fine dust filter. • Battery and charger on board. • Capacity 42 litres. • Weight 23Kg. • Dimensions 1300 x 765 x 1035mm. • Easy to store folding handle.

REF KM70/20C

PRICE £554.99

POWERED VACUUM SWEEPER
• Professional vacuum sweeper for indoor or outdoor use. • Honda petrol online. • Ideal for all types of floors. • Filter accessed from above. • Collapsible handle for easy storage and transportation. • Capacity 40 litres. • Weight 84Kg. • Dimensions 1430x780x1180mm.

REF KM75/40WP

PRICE £3487.91

RIDE ON POWERED VACUUM SWEEPER
For use in manufacturing and industry, hotels, logistics, car parks, contract cleaners and councils. The Km90/60RP is designed for low cost, high performance outdoor cleaning. Its tight turning circle and excellent visibility make the 90/60 suitable for sweeping in confined areas and aisles. Ideal for cleaning various floor types including asphalt, pavements, concrete and hard floors. With an efficient Honda petrol engine, the machine offers area coverage of up to 7200m2 per hour. The machine has a working width of 900mm as standard (1150mm with the optional second side brush) and a waste capacity of 60 litres. • Side brush with adjustable contact pressure for cleaning up to kerbs/edges. • 20 litre waste container with ergonomic carry handle. • Adjustable push handle which folds flat for easy storage. • Built-in fine dust filter. • Main roller brush with height adjustment. • Size: (L x W x H mm) 1635 x 980 x 1260.

REF KM90/60RP

PRICE £10476.74

184

PRICES INCLUDE DELIVERY ON ORDERS OVER £100

The PR70 is suitable for light industrial or heavy domestic use. • Briggs & Stratton engine 3.1kw. 4.2hp with 3.2Km/h drive speed. • GS & CE approved. • Height adjustable handle and jockey wheel. • Rugged steel chassis and panels. • Working width 70cm. • One forward drive transmission. • Optional extras - heavy duty bristles, leaf pusher attachment, splash guard.

REF PR70 DC70

Description Sweeper Collector box

PRICE £1113.00 £259.00

Shown with collector box

The easy steer machine for semi professional and heavy domestic use. The PZ80 will turn in its own length. • Honda GCV135 engine, 3.4kw, 4-6hp with a max 2.7Km/h driving speed. • GS & CE approved. • Even fine dust will be collected. • Handle bars can be tilted into 5 operator positions. • Automatic brush pressure settings with active transport mechanism for a smooth ride. • Zero light pressure turning circle. • One forward drive transmission. • Working width 80cm. • Optional extra - splash guard.

REF PZ80 DC80

Description Sweeper Collector box

PRICE £1540.00 £266.00

PX100 with collector box A range of two machines offering everything for the demanding professional user. All machines are powered by Honda engines. The PX100 and PX120 have a 7 step variable brush speed. • GS & CE approved. • Easy tip collector box. • Steel operating levers will not crack in frost or heavy handling conditions. • 5 position operator handle bars. • Brush angle adjustment. • Steel wheels with pneumatic tyres with a third ‘no tools’ adjustable jockey wheel to provide optimum height. • Optional accessories: heavy duty bristles, water spray kit, leaf pusher, snow plough, splash guard, brush widening kit and protective blade to reduce stone damage.

Leaf pusher attachment

Accessories to fit all four machines REF H2O water kit PRICE WK/2 inc tank & pump POA SG80-120 Splash guard POA

PX120

REF PX100 PX120

Working width 100cm 120cm

Area coverage 4200m2/h 5000m2/h

Capacity kw/hp 4.1/5.5 4.4/6.0

Drive speed km/h 4.2 4.4

PRICE £2324.00 £2457.00

REF DC100 DC120

Extra Collector box Collector box

PRICE £315.00 £343.00

PRICES INCLUDE DELIVERY ON ORDERS OVER £100

185

WORKTAINER WITH PLASTIC BASE
• Very strong construction. • Nestable. • Plastic base reinforced with galvanised steel. • Units are designed with a fold up base so they can nest together for storing in confined areas. • Fitted on 4 x 150mm dia grey rubber tyred swivel castors, 2 fitted with footbrakes. • Epoxy powder coated grey. • Optional shelf available. • Fitted with rigid front support bar. • Supplied knock down.

REF WP600Y WS600Z WP800Y WS800Z

Cap 300Kg 500Kg

Size L x W x H mm

Weight

PRICE £261.10 £82.11 £330.54 £101.43 WP600Y WP800Y

800 x 600 x 1700 42Kg Shelf to suit above 735 x 565 1100 x 800 x 1700 53Kg Shelf to suit above 1040 x 770

ROLLCONTAINER
• Supplied with 3 tubular steel sides and a sheet steel base. • 600Kg capacity. • Supplied knock down. • Units are nestable by simply folding up base and right hand side end panel. • Front support bar to provide extra strength when unit is open. • Epoxy powder coated beige. • Fitted on 4 swivel 150mm dia rubber tyred castors, 2 fitted with brakes.

REF RI2003

O/S L x W x H mm 800 x 600 x 1690

Weight 42Kg

PRICE £228.83

FOLDABLE SHELF TROLLEY
• Choice of 2 or 3 shelf models. • Fitted with foldable sides which enable unit to fold flat when not in use for ease of storage. • 100Kg capacity. • Sides are constructed from tubular steel and epoxy powder coated blue, the shelves are steel, finished in white. • Fitted with 2 fixed, 2 swivel braked rubber tyred castors.

REF CI9002 CI9003

Shelves 2 3

O/S L x W x H mm 850 x 460 x 1028 850 x 460 x 1490

PRICE £140.69 £192.07

186

PRICES INCLUDE DELIVERY ON ORDERS OVER £100

NARROW AISLE DISTRIBUTION TRUCKS
This trolley can be adapted to suit every type of use in warehouses, workshops, hospitals etc. Manufactured from tubular steel construction with either rod infill, mesh infill or just open ended. Finished in red epoxy coated. Extra shelves and braked castors available on request. General Specification • Overall size LxWxH - 1180x690x1850mm. • Deck shelf size - 600 x 1100mm. • Castors - 2 fixed, 2 swivel 150mm rubber tyred. • Load capacity - 75kg per shelf. • 4 Shelf height options-590,890,1190,and 1490mm.

NA603R

NA604R

NA612R

NA614R

NA615R

NA618R

REF WITHOUT SHELVES NA603R NA604R NA605R NA615R

Description Open end Rod infill

REF WITH Weight SHELVES Kg PRICE NA602R NA612R 43 £435.94 NA613R 49 £467.31 NA614R 55 £498.40 Full security units with mesh infill NA618R 4 Rod 66 Mesh infill £882.15 Optional extras - factory fitted Bolt-in zinc plated rod shelf Braked castors (2 off fitted to swivel castors) Number of ends/sides 2 2 3 4 Base Rod Rod Rod Rod

Shelves 2 x zinc plated 2 x zinc plated 2 x zinc plated 2 x zinc plated 2 x zinc plated REF NA621S NA004Z

Weight Kg 52 57 63 69 80

PRICE £535.19 £556.36 £587.37 £618.65 £1027.31 PRICE £73.00 £56.99

PLASTIC BASE ROLL CONTAINER
• Hygienic - Can be steam cleaned or pressure washed. • Extra strong reinforced design. • Silent in operation - no rattles. • Very attractive - Eye appeal. • Base and shelves moulded from high density polyethylene. • Options 2,3 or 4 Sides and extra shelves. • Options available in ‘house colours’. • Standard is supplied with two sides and one base.

REF 18.978 17.628.AA/PB 18.978/SHELF

Base mm 720 x 815

Overall height mm 1630

Internal height mm 1450

Capacity Kg 500

Unit weight Kg 21.5

Infill spacing 140 x 340

Castors nylon 100mm dia roller bearing 2 fixed 2 swivel

PRICE £100.46 £23.93 £10.08

Extra per additional back panel Extra per additional shelf

PRICES INCLUDE DELIVERY ON ORDERS OVER £100

187

STANDARD DEMOUNTABLE ROLL PALLETS
The demountable roll pallet can be dismantled to a fraction of their assembled size. They are ideal for return packaging or where space is at a premium. • Available with 2, 3 or 4 sides. • Capacity 500Kg. • Optional shelves - 100Kg capacity. • Base size - 715 x 800mm. • Choice of 3 overall heights - 1520, 1690 or 1815mm. • Nylon castors with roller bearings - 100mm dia. • Bright electro zinc plated finish. • Special sizes and designs made to order.

REF Detail 17.968.2 Complete with 2 sides, 1520mm high 17.978.2 Complete with 2 sides, 1690mm high 17.988.2 Complete with 2 sides, 1815mm high 17.628AA 3rd/4th side, 1520mm high 17.638AA 3rd/4th side, 1690mm high 17.648AA 3rd/4th side, 1815mm high 17.729AA 3rd/4th side with hinged gate, 1520mm high 17.739AA 3rd/4th side with hinged gate, 1690mm high 17.740AA 3rd/4th side with hinged gate, 1815mm high 17.768 Removable wire shelf Optional if fitted on 125mm dia castors

PRICE £83.38 £84.46 £86.28 £19.58 £19.94 £20.30 £55.39 £56.87 £58.78 £10.08 £17.40

Roll pallets shown here dismantled and nested.

SECURITY DEMOUNTABLE ROLL PALLETS
• Fully demountable for ease of storage. • Can be padlocked or security sealed. • Designed for handling high value or pilferable products, these units have 50mm x 50mm mesh infill. • Available in both standard and jumbo sizes. • Standard capacity 500Kg. • Fitted on nylon castors with roller bearings. • Bright electro zinc plated finish. • Optional shelf available for 17.470 model.

Base Size REF 17.470 720x805mm 17.480 800x1200mm 17.768

Overall Ht 1840mm 1870mm

Internal Ht 1630mm 1630mm

Load Cap 500Kg 500Kg

Load Per Shelf Side Infill Spacing 100Kg 50x50mm 100Kg 50x50mm Optional wire shelf for model ref 17.470

Castor Dia 100mm 125mm

Side Options Security Security

Weight Per Unit 47Kg 68Kg

PRICE £268.74 £361.40 £10.08

RENTALS AND LEASING OF ROLL PALLET EQUIPMENT
• We can arrange for the short or long term rental or leasing of our roll pallet products. • Solving short term product requirement and seasonal fluctuations. • Flexible rental periods to suit your needs. • Immediate low cost solutions. • Helps provide an easy cash flow way of using materials handling.

MAGNETIC WRAP-ROUND POCKETS
Three hard wearing information pockets in sizes A4, A5 and A6 which have an unique looped magnetic header that is designed to wrap around the mesh of a cage. A special flap shields the opening of each pocket providing your documentation with protection from the elements. • Designed for industrial roll cages or mesh containers. • Manufactured from tough plastic. • Available from stock. REF Size (HxW) mm Pack WRP4V/10 297 x 210 10 WRP5H/10 148 x 210 10 WRP6H/10 105 x 210 10 WRP4V/50 297 x 210 50 WRP5H/50 148 x 210 50 WRP6H/50 105 x 210 50 PRICE £40.92 £33.99 £30.36 £174.92 £145.20 £128.70

188

PRICES INCLUDE DELIVERY ON ORDERS OVER £100

JUMBO DEMOUNTABLE ROLL PALLETS
• Designed for handling larger bulky items, our jumbo units are available in 2 base sizes and in 3 or 4 sided configuration. 4th side half drop. • Standard capacity 500Kg. • Optional wire shelves. • Nylon castors with roller bearings. • Electro zinc plated finish. • Easy to stack away when not in use.

REF Base Size 17.200 800x1200mm 17.300 800x2000mm 17.200AA 17.300AA 17.39503 17.49503

Overall Ht 1820mm 1820mm

Internal Ht 1650mm 1650mm

Load Cap Load Per Shelf Side Infill Spacing 500Kg 100Kg 150x400mm 500Kg 75Kg 100x400mm Optional half drop side for model ref 17.200 Optional half drop side for model ref 17.300 Optional wire shelf for model ref 17.200 Optional wire shelf for model ref 17.300

Castor Dia 125mm 125mm

Side Options 3 3

Wt Per Unit 47.5Kg 73.5Kg

PRICE £159.50 £374.02 £34.10 £94.55 £25.58 £73.78

NESTABLE 'A' FRAME ROLL PALLETS
The 'A' frame design allows the roll pallet to fold and nest for economical storage. • Available in 3 or 4 sides. • Capacity 600Kg. • Optional shelf - 100Kg capacity. • Fitted with nylon castors 125mm dia. with roller bearings. • Bright electro zinc plated finish.

Base Size REF 19.A106 735x830mm 19.A106/4 735x830mm 19.768LS

Overall Ht Infill Spacing 1720mm 140x460mm 1725mm 130x460mm Optional wire shelf

Sides 3 4

PRICE £120.98 £132.49 £8.53

NESTABLE 'A' FRAME SECURITY ROLL PALLET
Full security version of the space saving 'A' frame design. • Complete with 4 sides and one shelf. • Capacity 600Kg. • Shelf capacity 100Kg. • Provision for padlocking or security sealing. • Mesh infill 50 x 50mm to sides and lid. • Fitted on nylon castors 125mm dia. with roller bearings. • Bright electro zinc plated finish.

Base Size REF 19.A107 735x840mm 19.768LS

Overall Ht Internal Ht 1725mm 1410mm Optional wire shelf

Sides 4

PRICE £159.71 £8.53

PRICES INCLUDE DELIVERY ON ORDERS OVER £100

189

• Strong construction of steel angle and tube with timber decks. • Large wheels with bearings. • Pushbars at steering ends. • Extra sides and shelves as required.

T2071-T2072 REF Overall size LxWxH mm 1150x715x1980 1350x815x1980 1150x715x1980 1350x815x1980 1150x715x1980 1350x815x1980 Body size LxWxH mm 1000x700x1610 1200x800x1610 1000x700x1610 1200x800x1610 1000x700x1610 1200x800x1610 Shelf Height mm 275 - 660 1240 - 1530 Deck Height mm 290 290 290 290 290 290

T2081-T2082 Max Load Kg 500 500 500 500 500 500 Weight Kg 52 60 53 61 88 105 Wheeling Detail

T2091-T2092 PRICE

T2071 T2072 T2081 T2082 T2091 T2092

2 fixed & 2 swivel cushion tyred wheels 200ø x50 tread with roller bearing hubs

£479.52 £619.45 £507.90 £547.43 £546.38 £695.35

LARGE SIZE ROLL CONTAINERS
• Durable. • Robust construction. From tubular steel with rod infilled panels. Bright zinc plate finish for durability and lasting appearance. All panels removable to enable bases to stack. O/A height 1680mm. Width 800mm. Capacity 500Kg.

LARGE AND HEAVY DUTY ROLL CONTAINERS
• Strong tubular box section construction. • Hard wearing epoxy powder coated finish. • Ideal for industrial applications. Fitted on 2 fixed, 2 swivel 100mm nylon castors with roller bearings. Fixed castors inset which makes the unit easily manoeuvrable.

RB8621 RB9502 C/W RC, RH & RS

RB8623 RB9502 Length mm 1000 1500 2000 Weight kg 23 35 47 4x100mm Nylon castors 2 fixed, 2 swivel RB8621 RB8622 RB8623 RC8611 RC8612 RC8613 £299.64 £351.56 £390.68 £46.12 £57.15 £77.64 Base and 2 ends Optional Extras Full side Half drop side Rod infill shelf 1430x25x1500 1430x25x1500 1420x730x25 12 14 7 RC9502 RH9502 RS9502 £94.24 £113.60 £64.67 Wheels REF PRICE Description O/A Size mm LxWxH 1540x848x1690 Wt kg 46 RB9502 £469.23 REF PRICE

Optional half side for RB8621 Optional half side for RB8622 Optional half side for RB8623

190

PRICES INCLUDE DELIVERY ON ORDERS OVER £100

Eliminates costly shrink wrapping. Safeguard against the elements, dust, preventing scratches, bumps, dents etc.

COVERS FOR LOADED PALLETS

ROLL PALLET COVERS AND LINERS

Suitable for pallets with base size of 1200 x 1000 or 1200 x 800mm (specify on order). • Other sizes and opening flaps/velcro on request. REF PC1015 PC1016 PC1017 PC1018 PC1019 To Suit Load Height 1⁄2 Metre 1 Metre 11⁄2 Metre 2 Metre A4 document pouches fitted extra PRICE for 1-49 £17.11 £25.85 £36.51 £45.43 PRICE for 50-249 £16.45 £24.77 £34.99 £43.54 PRICE for 250+ £16.04 £24.23 £34.23 £42.59 £1.28 Based on standard 700 x 900 x 1600mm high but any size tailor made. Price based on 11 – 49 units. REF PC1001 PC1002 PC1003 PC1004 Description Roll Pallet Drop Over Cover Roll Pallet Cover Side Opening Flap/velcro Liner With 1⁄2 Stitched Front Only Liner With 1⁄2 Stitched Front & Upward Flap PRICE £37.51 £45.44 £35.55 £43.79

INSULATED COVERS PALLETS/ROLL PALLETS
All tailor made. Please state your size. Standard roll pallets based on 700 x 900 x 1600mm high. Prices based on 1-49. REF PC1007 PC1008 Description One Piece Drop Over As above but with flap/velcro PRICE £156.01 £163.68

PADDED COVERS FOR KITCHEN UNITS

Pallet Insulated Covers Base Size 1200 x 1000 or 1200 x 800 REF PC1009 PC1010 PC1011 Height-load 1 Metre 11⁄2 Metre 2 Metre PRICE £121.23 £137.80 £173.40

Drop over as above but with opening side panels/velcro Any size can be made to order REF PC1012 PC1013 PC1014 Height-load 1 Metre 11⁄2 Metre 2 Metre PRICE £189.18 £206.31 £260.35 REF Unit Size mm and Type PC1021 600sq x 900h i.e. fridge/cooker PC1022 600sq x 1500h i.e. fridge freezer PRICE £43.50 £64.29

PRICES INCLUDE DELIVERY ON ORDERS OVER £100

191

SELF SERVICE SHOPPING BASKETS
• Choice of wire or plastic baskets with base plinths to suit. • Wire baskets are 21 litre capacity with plastic coated handles in red or green. • Plastic baskets are snag and rust free, colours are red, green, blue or recycled black.

SHOPPING TROLLEYS
• Patented steer system to dramatically improve steerability. • Finish - zinc electro then chrome passivated. • Price includes baby seat. • Name or logo designed handles can be supplied plus different colour codes for larger quantities.

REF FP/WB FP/TP FP/PB FP/PB/B

Description (pack of) Wire basket - 450 x 320 x 190mm (10) Tubular plinth on wheels for wire baskets Plastic basket - 496 x 297 x 250mm red/green/blue (5) Plastic basket - 496 x 297 x 250 mm recycled black (5)

PRICE £64.32 £41.52 £45.68 £45.68

REF ST100L ST125L ST150L

Cap ltr 100 125 150

Size LxWxH mm 500x740x1000 550x790x1000 550x900x1000

PRICE £86.03 £92.23 £92.23

DUMP BASKETS
• Choice of round or square bins. • All bins are white plastic coated - bright zinc plate finish available as an extra. • Square bins have a height adjustable base and are collapsible.

STORAGE/DISPLAY STACKING BASKET
• Bright zinc finish or plastic coated to order. • Self stacking units. • Freestanding or to fit on mobile plinth. • Dividers available.

REF D1600 D2400 D2100

Description Square 400 x 400 x 726 mm Square 600 x 600 x 726mm Round 533mm dia x 635mm

PRICE £33.95 £40.51 £37.23

REF SB580300 SB580400 SB580450 SB580500 580/PLINTH SB980300 SB980400 SB980450 980/PLINTH

Description WxDxH mm Basket/580 x 300 x 250 Basket/580 x 400 x 250 Basket/580 x 450 x 300 Basket/580 x 500 x 300 Mobile plinth 580 x 500 Basket/980 x 300 x 250 Basket/980 x 400 x 250 Basket/980 x 450 x 300 Mobile plinth 980 x 500

PRICE £32.00 £33.23 £40.05 £40.38 £64.11 £45.02 £46.96 £53.87 £70.90

192

PRICES INCLUDE DELIVERY ON ORDERS OVER £100

We are able to design and supply wheeling and castor systems for specific customer requirement. We have over 30 years experience in providing solutions for the automotive, aeronautical, chemical and pharmaceutical industries. • Heavy duty wheeling systems for the most demanding applications. • Bespoke tow systems. • Braking parts and speed reduction systems. • Noise reduction systems. • Shock absorption solutions.

Brake & tow system

Trailers for automotive plants

FOOTMASTER
• Unique – it’s a castor and a total stop brake. • Multifunctional castors with 360° swivel function and complete immobilisation for 100% stability to the load, even on uneven floors. • Ideal for use on scientific equipment, electronics, computers, test benches, telecommunication racks etc. • Sensational comprehensive range of light medium and heavy duty castors with easy to operate vertical lowering foot pad to allow complete immobilisation and levelling in situ. • This unique product enables all types of equipment to be both fully mobile or rigidly located with the non slip foot in the lowered position. • Supplied with either single bolt hole fixing or top plate. REF LIGHT DUTY 68FSR0000 68FSR0010 68FSR0020 68FSR0031 68FSR0051 68FSR0002 Cap Kg 40 240 240 800 1100 1500 Wheel dia mm 32 50 50 75 75 97 Tread W mm 20 25 25 35 35 50 O/A dim mm HxWxL 68 x 58 x 84 82 x 70 x 100 82 x 70 x 100 120 x 95 x 142 120 x 95 x 137 131 x 110 x 173 Finish colour Ivory Ivory Ivory Ivory Ivory Ivory Raise or lower Nylon hand wheel Nylon hand wheel Nylon hand wheel Nylon hand wheel Hex adjuster Hex adjuster Nett Wt Kg 0.26 0.65 0.65 2.6 2.8 5.2 Fixing type Bolt hole Bolt hole Top plate Top plate Top plate Top plate

PRICE £37.90 £98.02 £96.54 £92.78 £105.28 £152.10

TROLLEY BUFFERS
This series offers buffers which are fitted to the vertical leg (whether round or square) of a trolley above the castor. Should the trolley come too close to a wall, the buffer comes in contact with the wall and turns as the trolley is pushed along the wall offering protection to both wall and trolley. This type of the buffer is made from hard wearing foamed plastic which is a non marking material. Foamed Plastic Buffer

round or square
114 114 114 114 30 30 30 30 R S S R 0.05 0.05 0.05 0.05 25 25 25 25 1" 1" 32 32

REF R1 S1 S32 R32

PRICE £4.88 £7.12 £6.91 £6.13

EXPANDER CASTOR FITTINGS

• For attaching bolt hole castors by gripping the inside of round or square tube. It is important not to over tighten expanders during assembly of castor to trolley. We recommend the following torque (in decanewtons): 18 to 20mm 12. 21 to 23mm 12. 24 to 27mm 18. 28 to 31mm 20.

Internal tube size Round Expanders for assembly with 10mm set screw 18 to 20mm 21 to 23mm 24 to 27mm 28 to 31mm

Material Nylon Nylon Nylon Nylon

REF EXP18/20R EXP21/23R EXP24/27R EXP28/31R

PRICE £1.89 £1.92 £2.02 £2.06

Internal square section size Square Expanders for assembly with 10mm set screw 15.6 to 17.2mm 21 to 23mm 28 to 31mm

Material Nylon Nylon Nylon

REF EXP16R EXP21/23S EXP28/31S

PRICE £3.54 £2.02 £2.32

PRICES INCLUDE DELIVERY ON ORDERS OVER £100

193

SYMBOLS RELATING TO WHEELS AND CASTORS

plain bearing

ball bearing

wheel diameter

tread width

overall height

plate dimensions

hole spacing

hole width

bolt hole size

roller bearing

taper roller bearing

offset

distance between forks

carrying capacity

unit weight

hub length

wheel bore

bearing facility

POLYURETHANE LOAD ROLLERS
• Cast polyurethane bonded to steel core roller with ball bearing facility. • 92-95 Shore 'A' tread hardness. • Operating temperature -20/+80°C. facility 80 82 82 82 85 85 85 85 70 70 90 100 70 80 90 100 47x14 47x14 47x14 47x14 47x14 47x14 47x14 47x14 700 700 900 1000 700 800 900 1000 1.06 1.09 1.33 1.45 1.12 1.25 1.39 1.52 REF WITHOUT BEARINGS 754102 754132 754135 754137 754122 754123 754125 754127 PRICE £16.88 £17.76 £20.43 £22.94 £18.70 £21.41 £23.02 £24.77 REF WITH BEARINGS 752102 752132 752135 752137 752122 752123 752125 752127 PRICE £24.72 £25.60 £28.27 £30.78 £26.53 £29.25 £30.86 £32.61

NYLON LOAD ROLLERS
• Nylon/polyamide 6 natural colour nylon roller with ball bearing facility. • Heavy duty with low rolling resistance. • Operating temperature -30/+80°C. facility 82 82 82 82 60 70 90 100 47x14 47x14 47x14 47x14 700 850 1100 1200 0.47 0.49 0.57 0.65 REF WITHOUT BEARINGS 761011 761012 761014 761015 PRICE £10.02 £9.22 £10.02 £12.30 REF WITH BEARINGS 763011 763012 763014 763015 PRICE £17.86 £16.26 £17.06 £20.16

INJECTED POLYURETHANE TYRE BONDED TO NYLON CENTRE LOAD ROLLER
• Red coloured injected polyurethane roller, moulded over a polyamide 6 centre. Hardness 60+/-3 Shore D. • With or without ball bearings. • Manual transpallets only. • Manual handling applications. • Suitable for food processing, textile, chemical industries and tanneries. • Suitable where atmospheric agents, alcohol and gylcol, mineral and organic acids, base solutions and saturated vapour are present. • Temperature -15°C to +80°C • Tested in accordance with ISO 22878:2004 • Manufactured in accordance with ISO 22883:2004 REF WITHOUT BEARINGS 82 82 82 82 82 60 70 80 90 100 20 20 20 20 20 60 70 80 90 100 47 47 47 47 47 14 14 14 14 14 450 500 600 700 750 390 410 500 525 530 450 500 600 700 750 0.47 0.53 0.59 0.64 0.69 784101 784102 784103 784104 784105 PRICE £8.30 £8.83 £9.74 £10.43 £11.97 0.27 0.32 0.38 0.43 0.49 REF WITH BEARINGS 782101 782102 782103 782104 782105 PRICE £16.16 £16.67 £17.57 £18.27 £19.81

ENTRY ROLLERS
• Plain bearings. Roller dia mm 40 50 Tread width 45 55 Bore mm 17 12 Length hub mm 45 55 REF 760001 760002 PRICE £2.58 £3.73

194

PRICES INCLUDE DELIVERY ON ORDERS OVER £100

WHEEL
• Nylon colour polyamide 6 wheel. • Plain bore wheel. • Operating temperature -30/+80°C. Options • Roller bearing wheels. • Solid and threaded stems. • Threadguards. • Polypropylene wheels.

Plain Bearing Wheel REF 50 63 75 100 100 100 125 125 125 150 19 25 25 32 32 32 35 35 35 43 50 100 120 200 225 225 300 300 325 400 0.02 0.04 0.07 0.11 0.12 0.12 0.19 0.19 0.19 0.36 26 33 40 39 47 44 39 47 44 50 6.5 11.2 12.7 12 15 12 12 15 12 19.2 680028 680030 680032 680084 680044 680074 680053 680063 680077 680054 PRICE £1.25 £0.70 £1.09 £1.71 £1.90 £1.78 £2.13 £2.21 £2.08 £8.51

STANDARD DUTY CASTORS
• Rectangular top plate swivel, fixed and swivel with trailing wheel only brake except NY10052312 and NY12552312 that brake on wheel and swivel head. • Zinc plated pressed steel. • Double and single* ball race. • Operating temperature -30°/+80°C.

Swivel Top Plate PRICE REF sw=67x48 fx=69x44 sw=95x70 fx=95x59 105x80 100x 85 sw=128x102 fx=120x80 sw=105x85 fx=105x89 sw=100x80 fx=105x85 sw=105x85 fx=105x89 sw=162x132 fx=120x80 sw=145x101 fx=145x110 sw=162x132 fx=170x106 54/56x25 sw= 73/76x44.5 fx= 73/76x35 sw= 80/86x60 fx= 80/83x35 80x60 sw= 100/105 x76/80 fx= 97/100x48 77/80x60 76/80 x44.5/60 77/80x60 sw= 120/140 x95/105 fx= 97/100x48 105/115 x64/80 sw= 120/140 x95/105 fx=130x67

Fixed Top Plate PRICE REF

Swivel Top Plate with Brake PRICE REF

50* 63*

19 23

64

6 8

13 20

28 36

40 85

0.15 0.24

68B0010 680040

£2.94 £3.52

0.11 0.15

68B0020 680050

£2.18 £3.14

-

N/A N/A

– –

78

75* 100 100*

25 30 32

94 128 125

8 9 10

22 37 25

42 45 50

120 200 225

0.36 0.65 1.05

680061 684502 680202

£4.88 £9.01 £9.62

0.20 0.46 0.95

680071 685102 680192

£3.84 £6.75 £6.46

0.40 1.15

680161 N/A 680282

£6.90 £13.63

100 125 125

32 35 35

128 155 154

8 8 8

28 38 28

45 45 45

250 125 250

0.90 0.76 1.00

680152 680173 680503

£10.22 £5.22 £8.46

0.63 0.53 0.68

680232 680243 680263

£4.80 £4.51 £4.78

1.10 0.80 -

N/A 680353 N/A

– £8.42 –

125*

35

154

10

36

50

295

1.08

680103

£11.90

0.73

680113

£6.64

-

N/A

125* 150*

35 43

154 182

10 10

30 42

50 50

295 360

1.15 2.04

680183 680144

£10.34 £17.87

0.73 1.92

680253 680154

£4.96 £10.86

1.12 2.33

680363 N/A

£12.56 –

PRICES INCLUDE DELIVERY ON ORDERS OVER £100

195

WHEEL
• White copolymer wheel. • Roller bearing bore. • Threadguards optional. • Suitable for use on compact floors eg cement, stone tiles, metallic, epoxy resin etc. • Operating temperature -20°C to +60°C.

REF 80 100 125 160 200 25 30 37 40 55 80 125 160 200 250 0.19 0.31 0.54 1.07 1.81 40 40 50 60 60 12 12 15 20 20 68P0091 68P0092 68M3203 NY15051 NY20051

PRICE £0.75 £0.90 £3.84 £5.26 £12.53

STANDARD DUTY CASTORS
• White polypropylene wheel. • Plain bearing bore with roller bearing option. • Threadguards optional. • Suitable for use on compact floors eg cement, stone tiles, metallic, epoxy resin etc. • Operating temperature 0°C to +60°C.

Swivel Top Plate PRICE REF 80 100 125 160 200 25 30 37 40 55 108 127 155 197 240 100x80 100x80 100x80 129x106 129x106 80x60 80x60 80x60 105x80 105x80 9 9 9 11 11 32 32 32 48 48 80 125 130 200 200 0.70 0.84 1.21 2.11 2.72 G080P2Z01 G100P2Z01 G125P2Z01 G160P2Z01 G200P2Z01 £3.71 £3.97 £5.60 £17.17 £20.67 0.51 0.65 0.95 1.73 2.50

Fixed Top Plate PRICE REF G080P3Z01 G100P3Z01 G125P3Z01 G160P3Z01 G200P3Z01 £2.42 £2.86 £4.42 £13.82 £18.61

Swivel Top Plate with Brake PRICE REF 0.89 1.03 1.33 2.38 3.00 G080P4Z01 G100P4Z01 G125P4Z01 G160P4Z01 G200P4Z01 £5.38 £5.78 £7.41 £20.96 £25.41

STANDARD DUTY CASTORS
• White polypropylene wheel. • Plain bearing bore with roller bearing option. • Threadguards optional. • Suitable for use on compact floors eg cement, stone tiles, metallic, epoxy resin etc. • Operating temperature 0°C to +60°C.

Bolt Hole Top Plate PRICE REF 80 100 125 160 200 25 30 37 40 55 108 127 155 197 240 12 12 12 16 16 64 64 64 95 95 32 32 32 48 48 80 125 130 200 200 0.55 0.68 0.96 1.44 2.62 G080P5Z01 G100P5Z01 G125P5Z01 G160P5Z01 G200P5Z01 £3.54 £3.84 £4.93 £16.93 £20.75

Bolt Hole Top Plate with Brake PRICE REF 0.89 1.03 1.33 2.11 2.80 G080P6Z01 G100P6Z01 G125P6Z01 G160P6Z01 G200P6Z01 £5.02 £5.38 £6.77 £21.02 £25.12

196

PRICES INCLUDE DELIVERY ON ORDERS OVER £100

STAINLESS STEEL CASTORS
• Rectangular top plate swivel, fixed and swivel with trailing wheel and swivel brake. • Stainless steel pressed steel. • Double ball race. • Operating temperature -30°/+80°C. Swivel Top Plate PRICE REF 80 100 125 150 200 25 30 37 40 55 108 127 155 192 240 80x100 80x100 80x100 106x129 106x129 60x80 60x80 60x80 80x105 80x105 9 9 9 11 11 32 32 32 48 48 40 40 50 50 60 80 125 130 180 180 0.70 0.84 1.21 2.11 2.72 F080P2S01 F100P2S01 F125P2S01 F150P2S01 F200P2S01 £11.57 £12.43 £14.35 £34.56 £45.54 0.51 0.65 0.95 1.73 2.50 REF F080P3S01 F100P3S01 F125P3S01 F150P3S01 F200P3S01 £8.03 £8.48 £10.43 £24.32 £39.60 0.89 1.03 1.33 2.38 3.00 Fixed Top Plate PRICE REF F080P4S01 F100P4S01 F125P4S01 F150P4S01 F200P4S01 £19.71 £20.46 £22.75 £47.07 £59.33 Swivel Top Plate with Brake PRICE

STAINLESS STEEL CASTORS
• Round top plate swivel and swivel with trailing wheel and swivel brake. • Stainless steel pressed steel. • Double ball race. • Operating temperature -30°/+80°C.

Bolt Hole Top Plate PRICE REF 80 100 125 150 200 25 30 37 40 55 108 127 155 192 240 12 12 12 12 16 32 32 32 48 48 40 40 50 50 60 80 125 130 180 180 0.55 0.68 0.96 1.44 2.62 F080P5S01 F100P5S01 F125P5S01 F150P5S01 F200P5S01 £11.55 £12.43 £14.35 £34.56 £45.54

Bolt Hole Top Plate with Brake PRICE REF 0.89 1.03 1.33 2.11 2.80 F080P6S01 F100P6S01 F125P6S01 F150P6S01 F200P6S01 £19.71 £20.46 £22.75 £47.07 £59.33

HIGH TEMPERATURE RESIN WHEEL
• Black solid resin wheel. • Plain bearing wheel. • Operating temperature -20°/+300°C. Special lubricant should be used in bracket at extremes of temperature. 80 100 125 150 200 35 35 35 50 50 150 200 300 300 500 0.18 0.29 0.43 0.90 1.68 39 44 44 58 58 12 15 15 20 20 Plain Bearing Wheel REF 672201 672202 672203 672104 672106 PRICE £5.71 £8.83 £13.71 £40.85 £56.08

HIGH TEMPERATURE STAINLESS STEEL CASTORS
• Stainless pressed steel. • Double ball race. • Operating temperature -20°/+300°C. Special lubricant should be used in bracket at extremes of temperature. Swivel Top Plate PRICE REF 80 100 125 150 200 35 35 35 50 50 107 128 194 194 240 85x100 85x100 85X100 110x140 110X140 60x80 60x80 60X80 80x105 80X105 9 9 9 11 11 39 35 37 56 56 40 40 50 60 60 150 200 220 300 300 0.71 0.79 0.92 2.21 3.06 677701 677702 677713 677704 677706 £26.32 £29.39 £37.14 £85.47 £105.68 O.40 0.52 0.80 1.77 2.60 REF 678701 678702 678713 678704 678706 £16.85 £19.95 £27.36 £67.90 £85.87 0.62 0.72 1.05 Fixed Top Plate PRICE REF 676701 676702 676703 £26.32 £29.39 £26.27 Bolt Hole Top Plate PRICE

For round or square expanders to suit bolt hole castors, see earlier page.

PRICES INCLUDE DELIVERY ON ORDERS OVER £100

197

STANDARD DUTY CASTORS WITH BLACK PLASTIC WHEELS
• Rectangular top plate swivel, fixed and swivel with trailing wheel and swivel brake. • Zinc plated pressed steel. • Double ball race. • Operating temperature -20°/+60°C.

Bolt hole with round top plate and also twin wheel versions available in this range - enquire for details. Swivel Top Plate PRICE REF 50 75 100 18 23 23 71 101 122 60x60 60x60 60x60 46/38x46/38 46/38x46/38 46/38x46/38 21 25 32 40 50 60 0.20 0.40 0.48 32T4102 32T4103 32T4104 £3.84 £4.62 £6.59 0.16 0.27 0.40 REF 32T5102 32T5103 32T5104 £3.02 £3.36 £5.28 0.24 0.43 0.51 Fixed Top Plate PRICE REF 32T8102 32T8103 32T8104 £4.29 £5.60 £7.39 Swivel Top Plate with Brake PRICE

LIGHT DUTY CASTORS WITH GREY TYRED PLASTIC CENTRE WHEELS
• Grey non-marking tyred wheel with plastic centre. • Plain bore. • Threadguards are standard. • Light duty applications. • Zinc plated pressed steel castor housing. • Swivel castors have double ball race. • Steel pedal.

Swivel Top Plate PRICE REF 50 75 100 125 17 21 25 28 72 104 134 159 50x50 65x65 75x75 76x70 36x36 49x49 55x55 60x50 12x6 12x6 15x8 8.3 25 33 36 35 35 55 70 80 0.20 0.43 0.48 0.57 A050P2Z04 A075P2Z04 A100P2Z04 A125P2Z02 £1.38 £2.78 £4.53 £5.06

Swivel Top Plate with Brake PRICE REF 0.24 0.50 0.57 0.66 A050P4Z04 A075P4Z04 A100P4Z04 A125P4Z02 £2.11 £4.10 £5.82 £6.40

LIGHT DUTY CASTORS WITH GREY TYRED PLASTIC CENTRE WHEELS
• Grey non-marking tyred wheel with plastic centre. • Plain bore. • Threadguards are standard. • Light duty applications. • Zinc plated pressed steel castor housing. • Swivel castors have double ball race. • Steel pedal. For round or square expanders to suit bolt hole castors, see later page. Bolt Hole Top Plate PRICE REF 50 75 100 125 17 21 25 28 70 101 132 159 10.5 10.5 12.9 12.5 25 33 36 35 35 55 70 80 0.16 0.34 0.40 0.49 A050P5Z04 A075P5Z04 A100P5Z04 A125P5Z02 £1.38 £2.48 £4.53 £4.88 0.21 0.42 0.49 0.52 REF A050P6Z04 A075P6Z04 A100P6Z04 A125P6Z02 £2.11 £3.62 £5.71 £5.82 Bolt Hole Top Plate with Brake PRICE

198

PRICES INCLUDE DELIVERY ON ORDERS OVER £100

WHEEL
• Black rubber tyre on plastic wheel centre. • Roller bearing. • Suitable for use on compact floors eg cement, stone tiles, metallic, epoxy resins etc. • Suitable for humid environments with the presence of medium-harsh chemicals. • Not recommended for use with organic solvents, chlorinated substances, hydrocarbons and mineral oils. • Operating temperature -20°C to +60°C.

REF 80 100 125 160 200 25 30 37 40 55 60 70 100 160 205 0.19 0.31 0.54 1.07 1.81 40 40 50 60 60 12 12 15 20 20 522101 52A1002 52M1003 521110 52A3106

PRICE £3.01 £2.78 £7.71 £7.71 £6.80

STANDARD DUTY CASTORS
• Black rubber tyred (85 shore A±3) on a black plastic centre. • Plain bearing bore. • Standard loads. • Zinc plated pressed steel castor housings. • Suitable for use on compact floors eg cement, stone tiles, metallic, epoxy resins. • Suitable for humid environments with the presence of medium-harsh chemicals. • Not recommended for use with organic solvents,chlorinated substances, hydrocarbons and mineral oils. • Temperature -20°C to +60°C. Swivel Top Plate PRICE REF 80 100 125 160 200 25 30 37 40 50 108 127 155 197 240 100x80 100x80 100x80 129x106 129x106 80x60 80x60 80x60 105x80 105x80 9 9 9 11 11 32 32 32 48 48 65 80 110 150 200 0.70 0.84 1.21 2.11 2.72 C080P2Z01 C100P2Z01 C125P2Z01 C160P2Z01 C200P2Z01 £4.91 £6.21 £7.57 £14.72 £13.82 0.51 0.65 0.95 1.73 2.50 REF C080P3Z01 C100P3Z01 C125P3Z01 C160P3Z01 C200P3Z01 £3.62 £5.09 £6.37 £11.36 £11.76 0.89 1.03 1.33 2.38 3.00 Fixed Top Plate PRICE

Swivel Top Plate with Brake
REF C080P4Z01 C100P4Z01 C125P4Z01 C160P4Z01 C200P4Z01

PRICE

£6.58 £3.98 £9.38 £18.51 £18.54

STANDARD DUTY CASTORS
• Black rubber tyred (85 shore A±3) on a black plastic centre. • Plain bearing bore. • Standard loads. • Zinc plated pressed steel castor housings. • Suitable for use on compact floors eg cement, stone tiles, metallic, epoxy resins. • Suitable for humid environments with the presence of medium-harsh chemicals. • Not recommended for use with organic solvents,chlorinated substances, hydrocarbons and mineral oils. • Temperature -20°C to +60°C. For round or square expanders to suit bolt hole castors, see later page. Bolt Hole Top Plate PRICE REF 80 100 125 160 200 25 30 37 40 50 108 127 155 197 240 12 12 12 16 16 32 32 32 48 48 65 80 110 150 200 0.55 0.68 0.96 1.44 2.62 C080P5Z01 C100P5Z01 C125P5Z01 C160P5Z01 C200P5Z01 £4.74 £6.90 £6.88 £14.48 £13.89 0.89 1.03 1.33 2.11 2.80 REF C080P6Z01 C100P6Z01 C125P6Z01 C160P6Z01 C200P6Z01 £6.22 £4.96 £8.70 £18.58 £18.26 Bolt Hole Top Plate with Brake PRICE

PRICES INCLUDE DELIVERY ON ORDERS OVER £100

199

WHEEL
• Black rubber tyre on zinc plated pressed steel centre. • Roller bearing. • Semi elastic 85 shore A ±3 • Suitable for use on compact floors eg cement, stone tiles, metallic, epoxy resins etc. • Suitable for humid environments and outdoor use. • Not recommended for use with organic solvents, chlorinated substances, hydrocarbons and mineral oils. • Operating temperature -20°C to +60°C

REF 80 100 125 160 200 25 30 37 40 55 60 70 100 160 205 0.19 0.31 0.54 1.07 1.81 40 40 50 60 60 12 12 15 20 20 533121 53M3102 53M3103 533110 533206

PRICE £2.86 £3.15 £4.34 £7.82 £10.61

STANDARD DUTY CASTORS
• Rectangular top plate swivel and swivel with trailing wheel and swivel brake. • Black rubber tyre on zinc plated pressed steel centre. • Zinc plated pressed steel. • 85 shore A ±3 • Roller bearing. • Operating temperature -20°C to +60°C

Swivel Top Plate PRICE REF 80 100 125 160 200 25 30 37 40 55 105 128 155 190 235 104x80 102x84 102x84 135x110 135x110 80x60 80x60 80x60 105x80 105x80 9 9 9 11 11 32 34 34 48 58 60 70 100 160 205 0.70 0.84 1.21 2.11 2.50 D080R2Z01 D100R2Z01 D125R2Z01 D160R2Z01 D200R2Z01 £5.15 £5.14 £5.94 £16.34 £20.88 0.51 0.65 0.95 2.11 2.50

Fixed Top Plate PRICE REF D080R3Z01 D100R3Z01 D125R3Z01 D160R3Z01 D200R3Z01 £3.84 £4.05 £4.75 £12.98 £18.82

Swivel Top Plate with Brake PRICE REF 0.89 1.03 1.33 2.11 2.50 D080R4Z01 D100R4Z01 D125R4Z01 D160R4Z01 D200R4Z01 £6.83 £6.96 £9.26 £20.13 £25.60

STANDARD DUTY CASTORS
• Round top plate swivel and swivel with trailing wheel and swivel brake. • Black rubber tyre on zinc plated pressed steel centre. • Zinc plated pressed steel. • Double ball race. • Operating temperature -20°C to +60°C

Bolt Hole Top Plate PRICE REF 80 100 125 160 200 25 30 37 40 55 105 128 155 190 235 12 12 12 12 12 32 34 34 48 58 60 70 100 160 205 0.55 0.68 0.96 1.44 2.62 D080R5Z01 D100R5Z01 D125R5Z01 D160R5Z01 D200R5Z01 £4.96 £5.02 £5.26 £16.10 £20.96

Bolt Hole Top Plate with Brake PRICE REF 0.89 1.03 1.33 2.11 2.50 D080R6Z01 D100R6Z01 D125R6Z01 D160R6Z01 D200R6Z01 £6.48 £6.56 £7.07 £20.19 £25.31

For round or square expanders to suit bolt hole castors, see earlier page.

200

PRICES INCLUDE DELIVERY ON ORDERS OVER £100

WHEEL
• Black elastic (70 + or - 3 Shore 'A') rubber tyre bonded to aluminium centre. • Ball bearing wheel. • Operating temperature -20°/+70°C. Options • Grey non marking tyres.

Ball Bearing Wheel REF 100 125 125 160 180 200 250 40 40 50 50 50 50 50 180 200 230 300 350 500 500 0.44 0.76 0.84 1.22 1.47 2.00 2.30 40 40 59 59 60 60 60 32x9 47x14 47x14 47x14 47x14 52x17.5 52x15 15 20 20 20 20 20 20 721202 721103 721213 721210 721205 721206 721208 PRICE £17.36 £21.55 £29.25 £31.44 £32.74 £33.25 £56.72

STANDARD DUTY CASTORS
• Rectangular top plate swivel, fixed and swivel with trailing wheel and swivel brake. • Zinc plated pressed steel. • Double ball race. • Operating temperature -20°/+70°C.

Swivel Top Plate PRICE REF 100 125 160 200 40 50 50 50 128 165 199 240 85x100 110x140 110x140 110x140 60x80 80x105 80x105 80x105 11 11 11 11 35 57 56 56 40 50 50 60 180 220 300 300 0.96 1.49 2.59 3.40 724402 724413 724410 724306 £22.99 £41.50 £45.84 £48.69 0.71 1.14 2.22 3.18

Fixed Top Plate PRICE REF 726202 726213 726210 725206 £20.72 £52.69 £40.91 £43.36

Swivel Top Plate with Brake PRICE REF 1.17 2.37 2.80 3.66 727302 727313 727310 727106 £28.69 £47.20 £54.34 £57.18

MEDIUM DUTY CASTORS
• Rectangular top plate swivel, fixed and swivel with leading wheel and swivel brake. • Zinc plated pressed steel. • Double ball race. • Operating temperature -20°/+70°C.

Swivel Top Plate PRICE REF 100 125 160 180 200 40 50 50 50 50 138 170 205 228 250 85x100 110x140 110x140 110x140 110x140 60x80 80x105 80x105 80x105 80x105 9 11 11 11 11 46 70 70 70 70 50 50 53 60 60 180 230 300 350 500 1.31 2.30 3.57 3.81 4.46 727602 727613 727610 727605 727516 £34.61 £52.69 £59.44 £64.53 £65.22 0.81 1.66 2.08 2.39 3.00

Fixed Top Plate PRICE REF 728512 728523 728514 728515 728516 £25.42 £38.96 £43.58 £46.69 £47.38

Swivel Top Plate with Brake PRICE REF 4.14 4.38 5.06 727204 727205 727206 £74.67 £79.74 £80.43

PRICES INCLUDE DELIVERY ON ORDERS OVER £100

201

Tyre Profiles profile 1 profile 2 profile 2R profile 4 profile 5

PNEUMATIC WHEEL STEEL CENTRE
• Steel rim with black outer tyre cover and inner tube. Roller or ball bearing bore. • Wheels for slow speed (up to 4km/hour) applications. Options • Many other sizes and configurations available. • Excellent for shock absorption, soft and uneven floor/ground surfaces. • Operating temperature -20/+80°C.

bearing type PB, RB or BB 200 200 260 260 400 400 50 50 85 85 100 100 60 50 75 75 75 75 20 20 20 20 25 25 RB BB RB BB RB BB

standard tyre alternative tyre or cover profile or cover profile 1 1 1 1 1 1 None None 2 2 2 or 2a 2 or 2a

ply 2 2 4 4 4 4

bar or air pressure 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 75 75 200 200 250 250

REF 82R3126 82R2116 82R3118 82R2118 82R3120 82R2120

PRICE £16.94 £23.71 £31.41 £43.98 £41.14 £58.40

STANDARD DUTY PNEUMATIC CASTORS
• Rectangular top plate swivel, fixed and swivel with leading wheel and swivel brake. • Zinc plated pressed steel. • Double ball race. • Operating temperature -20°/+60°C. Swivel Top Plate Fixed Top Plate PRICE REF 75 200 250 250 2.05 4.28 9.58 9.40 82R4106 82R4108 82R4109 82R4110 £71.41 £74.67 £282.22 £259.71 1.65 3.58 6.76 6.58 REF 82R5106 82R5108 82R5109 82R5110 £26.10 2.86 £56.40 4.79 £122.70 £143.06 PRICE REF 82R4806 82R4808 NA NA £66.34 £127.09 – – Swivel Top Plate with Brake PRICE

200 260 300 400

50 85 100 100

235 295 408 458

135x110 175x175 150x150 150x150

105x80 140x140 125x125 125x125

11 15 10 10

54 70 75 75

PNEUMATIC WHEEL PLASTIC CENTRE
• Plastic rim with black outer tyre cover and inner tube with plain, roller or ball bearing bore. • Wheels for slow speed (up to 4km/hour) applications. • Excellent for shock absorption, soft and uneven floor/ground surfaces. • Operating temperature -20/+80°C. bar or air pressure 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 50 75 75 75 200 200 200 250 250 250 250 250 250

bearing type PB, standard tyre or alternative tyre or cover profile cover profile RB or BB 150 200 200 200 260 260 260 300 300 300 400 400 400 30 50 50 50 85 85 85 100 100 100 100 100 100 36 58 60 40 75 75 75 75 75 75 75 75 75 8 20 20 12 20 20 20 25 25 25 25 25 25 BB PB RB BB PB RB BB PB RB BB PB RB BB 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 4 4 4 1 1 1 None None None None 2 2 2 None None None 2 2 2

profile
1 1 4 1

ply 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 4 4 4 2 2 2

REF 82R3104 82R1106 82R3116 82R2106 82R1108 82R3108 82R2108 82R1109 82R3109 82R2109 82R1110 82R3110 82R2110

PRICE £44.30 £10.02 £11.36 £15.42 £14.91 £16.58 £23.14 £23.87 £25.38 £31.12 £29.01 £29.33 £28.67

HEAVY DUTY PNEUMATIC WHEELS
• Designed for industrial transport equipment. Note: capacities are at speeds of 4km/hour. If used at faster speeds capacity must be reduced. If in doubt please ask. • Two piece steel rim with hub cap on sizes 300, 410, 460 and 540mm. • With black outer cover, inner tube with ball bearing bore. • Excellent for shock absorption, soft and uneven floor/ground surfaces. • Operating temperature -20/+80°C.

bearing type PB, standard tyre or alternative tyre or RB or BB cover profile cover profile 245 245 300 300 410 460 540 80 80 100 100 110 140 170 75 75 75 75 100 100 100 20 25 20 25 30 30 30 RB BB RB BB BB BB BB 4 4 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 None None None None None

ply 4 4 6 6 6 6 10

bar or air pressure 5 5 6 6 7 7 7 250 250 350 350 500 750 1000

REF 82R3107 82R2107 82R3119 82R2119 82R2130 82R2131 82R2135

PRICE £77.47 £125.44 £37.95 £82.19 £124.08 £174.85 £219.33

202

PRICES INCLUDE DELIVERY ON ORDERS OVER £100

WHEEL
• Injection moulded red polyurethane tyre bonded to nylon wheel centre. • Plain bore wheel. • 60 shore D. • Suitable for food processing, textile, chemical industries and tanneries. • Suitable where atmospheric agents, alcohol and glycol acids, base solutions and saturated vapours are present. • Operating temperature -15°C to +80°C

REF 80 100 125 160 200 25 30 37 40 55 80 125 160 200 250 0.19 0.31 0.54 1.07 1.81 40 40 50 60 60 12 12 15 20 20 601101 60R1102 60R1103 601104 60R3116

PRICE £3.01 £3.98 £5.68 £9.15 £17.74

STANDARD DUTY CASTORS
• Injection moulded red polyurethane tyre bonded to nylon wheel centre. • Plain bore wheel. • 60 shore D. • Operating temperature -15°C to +80°C

Swivel Top Plate PRICE REF 80 100 125 160 200 25 30 37 40 55 105 128 155 190 235 104x80 102x84 102x84 135x110 135x110 80x60 80x60 80x60 105x80 105x80 9 9 9 11 11 32 34 34 48 58 80 125 160 200 250 0.70 0.84 1.21 2.11 2.50 E080P2Z01 E100P2Z01 E125P2Z01 E160P2Z01 E200P2Z01 £6.16 £5.98 £7.60 £18.26 £25.20 0.51 0.65 0.95 2.11 2.50

Fixed Top Plate PRICE REF E080P3Z01 E100P3Z01 E125P3Z01 E160P3Z01 E200P3Z01 £4.86 £4.91 £6.42 £14.91 £23.14

Swivel Top Plate with Brake PRICE REF 0.89 1.03 1.33 2.11 2.50 E080P4Z01 E100P4Z01 E125P4Z01 E160P4Z01 E200P4Z01 £7.82 £7.81 £9.41 £22.03 £29.81

STANDARD DUTY CASTORS
• Round top plate swivel and swivel with trailing wheel and swivel brake. • Injection moulded red polyurethane tyre bonded to nylon wheel centre. • Plain bore wheel. • 60 shore D. • Operating temperature -15°C to +80°C

Bolt Hole Top Plate PRICE REF 80 100 125 160 200 25 30 37 40 55 105 128 155 190 235 12 12 12 12 12 32 34 34 48 58 80 125 160 200 250 0.55 0.68 0.96 1.44 2.62 E080P5Z01 E100P5Z01 E125P5Z01 E160P5Z01 E200P5Z01 £5.98 £5.87 £6.93 £18.02 £25.26

Bolt Hole Top Plate with Brake PRICE REF 0.89 1.03 1.33 2.11 2.50 E080P6Z01 E100P6Z01 E125P6Z01 E160P6Z01 E200P6Z01 £7.47 £7.42 £8.77 £22.10 £29.31

For round or square expanders to suit bolt hole castors, see earlier page.

PRICES INCLUDE DELIVERY ON ORDERS OVER £100

203

WHEEL
• Cast (orange coloured) polyurethane tyre bonded to cast iron wheel centre. • Ball bearing wheel. • Operating temperature -30°/+80°C.

Ball Bearing Wheel REF 80 100 125 125 150 160 160 180 200 200 250 250 250 250 300 300 400 28 38 38 50 50 50 50 50 50 80 60 60 80 80 60 80 100 280 380 450 550 700 750 750 900 1000 1600 1500 1500 1900 1900 1750 2300 2800 0.51 1.02 1.45 1.98 2.86 2.65 2.63 3.02 3.65 7.26 8.13 8.10 9.81 9.81 11.43 13.80 28.86 32 35 40 55 55 55 55 55 55 86 65 65 86 86 65 86 120 28x8 35x11 35x11 47x14 47x14 47x14 47x14 47x14 47x14 62x17 62x17 62x17 62x17 62x17 62x17 62x16 110x28 12 15 15 20 20 20 25 20 20 25 25 30 25 30 30 30 50 642151 642152 642153 642163 642154 642164 642364 642155 642156 642166 642157 642357 642167 642367 642158 642168 642129 PRICE £16.88 £23.31 £29.94 £36.11 £39.86 £49.06 £49.06 £50.14 £61.58 £88.83 £90.70 £90.70 £115.10 £115.10 £134.05 £161.97 £384.99

MEDIUM DUTY CASTORS
• Rectangular top plate swivel, fixed and swivel with trailing wheel and swivel brake. • Zinc plated pressed steel. • Double ball race. • Operating temperature -20°/+80°C. Swivel Top Plate PRICE REF 80 100 125 160 200 28 38 38 50 50 107 128 156 199 240 85x100 85x100 85x100 110x140 140x110 60x80 60x80 60x80 80x105 105x80 9 9 9 11 11 39 35 37 56 56 39 39 53 62 62 200 200 220 300 300 0.95 1.51 1.97 3.98 5.16 644551 644552 644553 644564 644556 £22.50 £28.96 £37.94 £63.44 £76.82 0.82 1.40 1.86 3.71 4.92 REF 644651 644652 644653 644664 644656 £20.26 £26.70 £34.42 £58.53 £71.52 1.11 1.67 2.13 4.23 5.36 Fixed Top Plate PRICE REF 645451 645452 645453 645474 645466 £28.19 £34.66 £43.63 £71.94 £85.33 Swivel Top Plate with Brake PRICE

SERIES 65 HEAVY DUTY SWIVEL CASTOR

Wheel dia Tread width Overall height Plate dim Hole spacing Hole width Offset Carrying cap Kg REF PRICE

Aluminium Centre Cast Iron Centre 100 125 150 200 150 150 175 200 25 30 40 50 30 35 35 45 136 160 200 250 200 200 225 250 100x85 100x85 135x110 135x110 135x110 135x110 135x110 135x110 80x60 80x60 105x80 105x80 105x80 105x80 105x80 105x80 9 9 11 11 11 11 11 11 46 48 70 70 70 70 70 70 180 300 600 850 400 490 650 1000

250 50 300 175x140 140x105 14 50 1200

65-7802 65-7803 65-7704 65-7706 65-7804 65-7814 65-7805 65-7806 65-7808 £73.02 £74.53 £108.91 £132.14 £117.39 £120.66 £133.34 £146.37 £221.34 150 200 150 150 175 200 40 50 30 35 35 45 200 250 200 200 225 250 135x110 135x110 135x110 135x110 135x110 135x110 105x80 105x80 105x80 105x80 105x80 105x80 11 600 11 850 11 400 11 490 11 650 11 1000 250 50 300 175x140 140x105 14 1200

FIXED CASTOR

Wheel dia Tread width Overall height Plate dim Hole spacing Hole width Carrying cap Kg REF PRICE

100 125 25 30 136 160 100x85 100x85 80x60 80x60 9 180 9 300

65-8802 65-8803 65-8704 65-8706 65-8804 65-8814 65-8805 65-8806 65-8808 £38.45 £39.95 £58.53 £78.32 £67.17 £70.43 £79.50 £92.53 £154.29

204

PRICES INCLUDE DELIVERY ON ORDERS OVER £100

SERIES 64
• Extra heavy duty fabricated castors with cast polyurethane tyres bonded to a cast iron wheel centre. • Ball bearing hubs.

Extra Heavy Duty Fabricated Swivel Castor Hole spacing Tread width Tread width Unit weight Hole width Plate dimension

Extra Heavy Duty Fabricated Fixed Castor Hole spacing Unit weight Hole width Plate dimension

Wheel diameter

Wheel diameter

Offset Carrying capacity

Overall height

REF
Ball Bearing Babe

PRICE

Carrying capacity

Overall height

REF
Ball Bearing Babe

PRICE

D 150

b 80

H 210

AxB 200x160

axb 160x120

e 17

E 70

Kg 1000

Kg 12.69 64-7874 £288.13

D 150

b 80

H 210

AxB 200x160

axb 160x120

e 17

Kg 1000

Kg 9.73 64-8874 £163.86

SERIES 65
• Polyurethane tyred wheels on cast iron centre. • Ball bearing hubs. Wheel dia Tread width Overall height Plate dia Hole spacing Hole width Offset Carrying cap Kg REF PRICE

Swivel Castor 150 35+35 210 200x160 160x120 17 70 980 65-7614 £276.10 200 45+45 260 200x160 160x120 17 80 2000 65-7616 £403.02 250 50+50 320 250x200 210x160 19 85 2400 65-7618 PRICE £501.17 Wheel dia Tread width Overall height Plate dia Hole spacing Hole width Carrying cap Kg REF

Fixed Castor 150 35+35 210 200x160 160x120 17 980 65-8014 £151.82 200 45+45 260 200x160 160x120 17 2000 65-8006 £223.47 250 50+50 320 250x200 210x160 19 2400 65-8008 £294.91

CAST IRON WHEEL
• Cast iron wheel. • Plain bore wheel. • Operating temperature -40°/+500°C. Special lubricants are required for both wheel and bracket at temperature extremes. 75 100 125 150 30 38 38 40 120 300 380 500 0.51 0.95 1.11 1.75 40 48 48 51

Plain Bearing Wheel REF 12.7 15 15 19.2 690011 690022NMT 690033 690044 PRICE £11.97 £7.86 £23.82 £25.98

MEDIUM DUTY CASTORS WITH CAST IRON WHEEL
• Rectangular top plate swivel and fixed castors. • Zinc plated pressed steel. • Single ball race. Options • 125mm roller bearing wheel. • Bolt hole and triangular top plate fitting. Swivel Top Plate PRICE REF sw=80/86x60 fx=80/83x35 sw=100/105x76/80 fx=97/100x48 sw=120/140x95/105 fx=97/100x48 105/115x64/80 sw=120/140x95/105 fx=130x67 REF Fixed Top Plate PRICE

75 100 125 125 150

30 38 38 38 43

94 125 154 154 182

105x80 sw=128x102 fx=120x80 sw=162x132 fx=120x80 sw=145x101 fx=145x110 sw=162x132 fx=170x106

8 10 10 10 10

22 25 36 32 36

42 50 50 50 50

120 225 295 295 355

0.93 1.80 2.55 2.08 3.01

690061 690082 690103 690123 690144

£15.50 £23.12 £34.02 £28.70 £34.78

0.75 1.38 1.60 1.53 2.50

690071 69002 690133 690113 690154

£11.20 £18.27 £24.62 £24.50 £25.04

PRICES INCLUDE DELIVERY ON ORDERS OVER £100

205

HANDY STEPS
• Strong injection moulded plastic. • Stackable one on top of another. • Non slip feet fitted. • Platform height 240mm. • Platform size - 425x280mm. • Overall size - 480x330mm. • Weight 1Kg.

STEP STOOLS
• Handy step stools tested to EN-14183. • Maximum load 150Kg. • Non-slip ribbed rubber mat on treads.

REF HS501Z

PRICE £34.44

REF HJS01Z HJS02Z

Treads 1 2

O/S LxWxH mm 255x385x440 375x445x555

Weight Kg 2.2 3.5

PRICE £25.19 £33.95

HEAVY DUTY HANDY STEPS
• Fully welded tubular steel. • Fitted with non-marking rubber feet and all weather non-slip injection moulded treads. • HS322Z has a looped handle. • 4 colour options available: blue, red, yellow, grey.

SAFETY PORTABLE STEP UP STANDS
• Moulded in medium density food grade polyethylene. • Resistant to most chemicals. • Treads fitted with anti-slip abrasive strips for added safety. • Ideal for use in wash down applications and also wet/corrosive environments. • Available in yellow, red or blue. Other colours available for large quantity.

GS311Z

REF RW0101 RW0102 RW0103 RW0104

Treads 1 2 3 4

Ext dims WxDxH mm 485 x 310 x 300 475 x 540 x 415 440 x 795 x 620 490 x 1080 x 1620

Weight Kg 5 10 15 20

PRICE £58.20 £81.81 £108.80 £283.50

HS322Z

MOUNTIE STEPS
• Tough durable plastic moulded with nonslip treads and rounded corners. • Light and easy to carry with rope handles. • Choice colours: red, blue, green or pink. Weight Kg 3 4 5 6 8 PRICE £54.10 £82.12 £81.10 £110.22 £102.24

GS312Z REF GS301Z GS311Z GS302Z GS312Z HS322Z Description 1 1 with post 2 2 with post Looped handle O/S HxWxD mm 266 x 457 x 370 1200 x 457 x 370 432 x 515 x 638 1330 x 515 x 638 1300 x 515 x 638

REF S521

Size H x W x L mm 370 x 510 x 600

PRICE £47.40

206

PRICES INCLUDE DELIVERY ON ORDERS OVER £100

KIKALONG
• Kick and it rolls - Step and it stays. • Spring loaded castors retract instantly when step up commences, they are silent, non-marking and maintenance free. • It's a stool - height of top step is ideal for use as a stool, eliminating back strain when accessing low shelves. • Strongly made form cold rolled pressed steel, finished in epoxy powder coat paint for a bright, durable finish and long life. • GS marked European Safety Standard. CE marked. • Sizes: height - 395mm top dia - 283mm base dia - 418mm weight - 4.5Kg. • Colours available: black, blue, green, grey, red, pink and yellow.

REF KIKALONG

PRICE £41.36

PLASTIC KIK STEP
• Strong and durable. • Load capacity - 125Kg. Manufactured in high quality durable plastic, this kick step is lightweight and easy to move making it ideal for supermarkets, offices, schools, warehouses etc. The unit incorporates 3 spring loaded castors that retract when weight is applied to the unit.

STEPPY
• Lightweight, mobile and strong. • Made from high impact polypropylene. • Durable and scratch resistant. • Available in black, light grey and red.

REF KA007Z

Base Ø mm 430

Top Ø mm 290

Weight 3.5Kg

PRICE £38.60

REF STEPPY

Height mm Top dia mm Base dia mm 385 283 413

Weight 2.1Kg

PRICE £37.96

SAFESTOOL
• Fully mobile - step on to immobilise. • Choice of colours: blue, grey or red. • Suitable in all situations - office, warehouse, factory etc. • Overall height - 330mm. • Top dia 300mm. Bottom dia 420mm.

KIKKERS
• Step on to immobilise. • Made from high impact polypropylene. • Durable and scratch resistant. • Available in light grey. • Height 274mm. • Top dia 283mm. • Weight 1.4Kg.

REF 35001

PRICE £50.76

REF KIKKERS

PRICE £33.96

STEP N MOOV ROLLING KIKSTEP
• Unique design allows a choice of setting overall height to either 230, 350 or 440mm. • Spring loaded retractable castors that immobilise step when stood on. REF STEPNMOOV • Load weight - 150Kg. • GS approved. • Available in colours: black, blue and grey. PRICE £65.50

PRICES INCLUDE DELIVERY ON ORDERS OVER £100

207

TILT AND PULL MOBILE STEP
• Double sided tubular steel unit. • Non-slip ribbed rubber treads, two swivel castors and a handle on one side.

REF HS9222

Top step mm 390

Overall HxWxD mm 1120x400x410

Tread size mm 200x160

Weight Kg 7

PRICE £149.23

DOUBLE SIDED STEPS
Choose between a mobile or static version of steps. Double sided steps with P.V.C. treads. Mobile models have 4 sprung retractable 80mm dia. rubber tyred non marking castors giving easy manoeuvrability. Castors retract when weight applied. Epoxy powder coated finish. Please specify colour when ordering. Colour options: blue, red, green and beige.

KWIK-EZEE STEPS
• Lightweight, durable and strong. • Made from high grade aluminium for a long and trouble free life. • Mobile on 4 spring loaded castors which rotate smoothly through 360°. • Space saving - steps easily fold away with one simple action without trapping fingers. • Sizes: Open - W500 x D410 x H445mm. Folded - W220 x D410 x H495mm.

MS7212 HS3212

MS7312

REF MS7212 MS7312 HS3212 HS3312

Description Mobile 2 step without handle Mobile 2 step with handle Static 2 step without handle Static 2 step with handle

Platform height mm 500 500 500 500

Overall HxWxD mm 575x490x610 1245x490x610 555x460x610 1225x460x610

Weight Kg 11 13 11 13

PRICE £312.42 £352.22 £207.32 £246.79

REF KWIK-EZEE

PRICE £45.96

WHEEL STEP
• Lightweight design for narrow aisles. • Wheels contact floor when steps are tilted to move. • Extended base and safety rail. • Anti-slip rubber treads. • Non-marking 75mm dia rubber wheels. • Colours: red, yellow, green, blue, or corporate colours on request.

REF MS2002 MS2003 MS2004

Overall height mm 1050 1300 1700

Platform height mm 500 750 1000

Overall width mm 470 490 565

Overall depth mm 630 800 1005

Tread size mm 400x200 400x200 400x200

PRICE £146.60 £196.00 £262.63

208

PRICES INCLUDE DELIVERY ON ORDERS OVER £100

MOBILE SAFETY STEPS
• All models are fully welded throughout and available with ribbed rubber treads. Finish: All colour finishes are hard wearing powder coated, white, grey, light blue, red, green, yellow or orange. • Close fitting continuous single rail guard around top platform, extending down each side of stairway as a short handrail. Platform WxD: 2 step 380 x 180mm. 3, 4 & 5 step 380 x 280mm. • Fitted with dome covered spring loaded, 50mm dia swivel castors which retract when weight is applied to the steps, giving firm contact with the floor. Grey non-marking tyres. Dome covers have a double rolled bottom edge together with a protective cover strip, giving a neat appearance and reasonable protection to carpets and other floor surfaces. S009

S013

S011

S003

S001 S013 S015 Optional accessory hook-on wire basket (load capacity 3Kg). LxWxD 350 x 220 x 220mm. White powder coated finish £45.64 The steps should not be moved with loaded basket in place. Maximum load capacity 120Kg (operator and goods carried).

REF Treads (inc platform) Average working height Platform height mm Platform width mm Platform depth mm O/all H (inc rails) O/all width mm O/all depth mm Weight Kg PRICE

S001 2 no grabrail 2.00m 508 380 180 610 530 540 8 £126.84

S003 2 with grabrail 2.00m 508 380 180 1185 530 540 11 £144.20

S009 3 2.26m 762 380 280 1425 580 795 14 £204.33

S011 4 2.52m 1016 380 280 1683 580 955 17 £229.18

5 2.77m 1270 380 280 1940 580 1120 20 £260.40

EASY GLIDE MOBILE STEPS
• Working platform. • All weather non-slip injected moulded treads. • Epoxy powder coated - 4 colour options available. Please specify colour when ordering: Blue Green Red Beige

These steps glide easily and effortlessly across floors but once body weight is applied, they stay firmly in position. The strong steel dome feet enclose the spring loaded castor and are fitted with a solid moulded protection ring that grips firmly to the floor when in use.

Inset sprung loaded castor

MEG513

MEG514 MEG515

Heavy duty anti-slip rubber

REF MEG511 MEG512 MEG513 MEG514 MEG515

Description 2 step with looped handrail 2 step with full handrail 3 step with full handrail 4 step with full handrail 5 step with full handrail

Platform height mm Platform size WxD mm 500 400 x 300 500 400 x 300 750 400 x 300 1000 400 x 300 1250 450 x 300

Tread size WxD mm 400 x 200 400 x 200 400 x 200 400 x 200 400 x 200

Overall size HxWxD mm Weight Kg 1210 x 560 x 640 10 1210 x 560 x 640 11 1450 x 560 x 840 14 1700 x 560 x 1040 17 1950 x 610 x 1360 21

PRICE £201.65 £213.27 £236.13 £262.63 £328.44

PRICES INCLUDE DELIVERY ON ORDERS OVER £100

209

LIGHTWEIGHT MOBILE STEPS
Constructed with tubular steel frames and non slip PVC treads fitted on 4 spring retractable swivel castors for easy mobility, but when the body weight is added they retract and the steps remain firm and steady on rubber feet. Wheels 75mm dia rubber non marking. • WS7010 does not have a handrail, WS7011 has a handrail on one side. The other models have double handrails. • Platform size: 400W x 300D mm. • Tread size: 400W x 150D mm. • Epoxy powder coated.

REF WS7010 WS7011 WS7012 WS7013 WS7014 WS7015 WS7016

No of Treads 2 2 2 3 4 5 6

Platform height mm 500 500 500 750 1000 1250 1500

Overall size HxWxD mm 580x540x510 1230x540x510 1230x540x510 1480x540x720 1730x550x870 1980x665x1020 2230x750x1170

Weight Kg 10 11 12 17 20 25 28

PRICE £216.19 £225.70 £235.21 £261.54 £297.11 £327.38 £359.50

MEDIUM DUTY MOBILE SAFETY STEPS
Constructed with tubular steel frames that are all fully welded. Treads and platform are fitted with ribbed anti-slip material. The steps are made mobile by tilting the front side onto the solid 200mm dia rubber tyred wheels that are fitted onto a rear axle. The platform is protected by safety guardrails and is also fitted with kick boards for operator safety. Handrails are fitted with rubber hand grips standard. Colour finish is painted blue - alternative colours can be supplied.

These steps are very solidly built and fully welded with no bolted components or 'knock down' parts.

REF KE2 KE3 KE4 KE5 KE6 KE7 KE8 KE9

No of Treads Height of Platform 2 500 3 750 4 1000 5 1250 6 1500 7 1750 8 2000 9 2250

Overall size HxWxL mm 1415x600x760 1665x760x760 1915x920x760 2165x1050x760 2415x1240x760 2665x1490x850 2915x1650x850 3165x1815x850

PRICE £276.73 £366.26 £381.38 £417.15 £495.69 £570.44 £593.64 £630.82

210

PRICES INCLUDE DELIVERY ON ORDERS OVER £100

TILT 'N' PUSH STEPS
Available in two versions - as a standard step and also the GS version which is manufactured and approved to the European GS Standard. Both versions are available either in galvanised finish or blue epoxy powder coated finish. The large working top platform and optional extra of a factory fitted inward opening gate makes them ideal for loading and unloading items. The steps have two handles at the front, fitted with knuckle guard hand grips for lifting. This facilitates mobility of the unit on the two fixed rear nylon 100mm castors.

Hardwearing galvanised model MS7806G

• Standard or GS version available. • Galvanised or blue painted finish. • Large platform size: 490 x 600mm. • Optional extras: inward opening gate (please specify when ordering). • Platform rail height: 1000mm. • Tread size: 490 x 160mm.

Optional inward opening gate

No of treads

Platform height mm

Overall dim HxWxD mm

Weight Kg 43 48 54 60

Galvanised Units REF PRICE £597.03 £746.84 £880.16 £1004.53 £112.40 £632.52 £790.70 £932.42 £1065.04 £112.40

Blue Painted Units REF PRICE MS7813P MS7814P MS7815P MS7816P MS710Z GS7813P GS7814P GS7815P GS7816P GS710Z £507.23 £648.35 £773.17 £888.65 £103.03 £540.27 £689.21 £821.62 £944.73 £103.03

Standard version 3 750 1750x660x1235 4 1000 2000x660x1420 5 1250 2250x660x1605 6 1500 2500x660x1790 Inward opening gate - factory fitted 3 750 1750x820x1235 4 1000 2000x820x1420 5 1250 2250x1020x1605 6 1500 2500x1120x1790 Inward opening gate - factory fitted MS7803G MS7804G MS7805G MS7806G MS700Z GS version 43 GS7803G 48 GS7804G 54 GS7805G GS7806G 60 GS700Z

FOLDING KNOCK DOWN MOBILE SAFETY STEPS
The fold down version has been subjected to the same stringent design, safety and ergonomic criteria as our fully welded steps. When bolted and erected for use it is strong, safe and mobile. • Unique 'No Access Bar' for extra safety. • Punched metal or anti-slip PVC treads. • Red, blue or yellow - blue supplied as standard. • Standard 550mm wide tread. • Models EE05-EE06 fitted on 2 rear wheels and one castor. EE07-15 has double front castors and 2 rear wheels. • All necessary bolts and fastenings are supplied for easy fitting by customer.

BESPOKE PRODUCTS
We can supply products made specifically to order. Safety steps can be supplied with extended platforms as shown in picture or with safety gates to prevent unwanted access. Walk through platforms and detachable chain guards can also be fitted.

Treads Height of Overall height Overall Overall inc platform from floor to pulpit length at width at platform floor mm rail mm base mm base mm 5 1250 2250 1270 835 6 1500 2500 1360 835 7 1750 2750 1450 850 8 2000 3000 1575 850 9 2250 3250 1730 850 10 2500 3500 1905 1000 11 2750 3750 2070 1000 12 3000 4000 2230 1000 13 3250 4250 2470 1230 14 3500 4500 2630 1230 15 3750 4750 2795 1320

Folded dimensions mm 650x835x2450 650x835x2750 970x850x3050 970x850x3350 970x850x3650 970x1000x3950 970x1000x4250 970x1000x4500 970x1230x4850 970x1230x5150 970x1320x5450

REF EE05 EE06 EE07 EE08 EE09 EE10 EE11 EE12 EE13 EE14 EE15

Double handrail PRICE Metal treads PVC treads £330.25 £352.97 £380.85 £409.76 £459.32 £494.42 £524.51 £562.71 £584.10 £626.43 £663.31 £705.64 £722.46 £770.98 £786.62 £842.37 £1055.66 £1114.51 £1176.61 £1240.62 £1273.22 £1339.30

Single handrail PRICE Metal treads PVC treads £325.09 £346.77 £375.68 £400.46 £453.12 £487.19 £518.32 £554.45 £577.91 £619.21 £650.92 £691.19 £698.71 £761.69 £775.26 £829.98 £1040.17 £1097.99 £1163.19 £1226.17 £1254.64 £1322.78

PRICES INCLUDE DELIVERY ON ORDERS OVER £100

211

HEAVY DUTY MOBILE STEPS
• Manufactured and approved to European GS standards. • Tread size 160 x 490mm. • Platform size 540 x 500mm deep. • Choice of treads. • Optional security gate. These tubular steel mobile steps are of a robust design, giving maximum stability whilst also being easily manoeuvrable. The ladder angle is the standard 54° comfort angle. Available with a choice of either non-slip rubber covered plywood treads or expanded mesh treads. Fitted with lever operated retractable front castors and safety bar to deter access to the steps when they are in the mobile position. Finish: Epoxy powder coated - red. 6 step units and above are sent folded for delivery - easy to erect. Platform handrail height 1000mm. Wheels: - 2 x 200mm black rubber tyred. 2 x 100mm polypropylene castors.

No of steps 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15

Weight Kg 25 35 45 55 65 75 86 96 111 127 142 158 173

Platform height mm 690 920 1150 1380 1610 1840 2070 2300 2530 2760 2990 3220 3450

Overall size LxWxH mm 954x780x1690 1121x780x1920 1288x910x2150 1425x960x2380 1622x1010x2610 1789x1060x2840 1956x1140x3070 2130x1220x3300 2290x1270x3530 2457x1370x3760 2650x1450x3990 2791x1540x4220 2975x1565x4450

Expanded steel treads PRICE REF £423.32 GS9803M £540.01 GS9804M £602.74 GS9805M £773.88 GS9806M £934.23 GS9807M GS9808M £1074.74 GS9809M £1237.71 GS9810M £1390.53 GS9811M £1635.88 GS9812M £1816.19 GS9813M £2155.19 GS9814M £2389.58 GS9815M £2648.52

Rubber covered treads PRICE REF £431.68 GS9803R £549.57 GS9804R £614.62 GS9805R £786.67 GS9806R £946.98 GS9807R GS9808R £1090.72 GS9809R £1255.19 GS9810R £1408.73 GS9811R £1656.51 GS9812R £1838.06 GS9813R £2179.09 GS9814R £2414.89 GS9815R £2675.14 REF SG500Z PRICE £139.59 GS9805R+SG500Z SG500Z

Optional Security Gate A padlockable gate (as shown) can be factory fitted to the bottom of these steps.

EASY SLOPE MOBILE STEPS
• Manufactured and approved to European GS standards. • Easy slope 48° incline enables the user to turn around and descend the steps facing forward with safety and comfort. • Extra wide treads - 750mm wide x 180mm deep. • Platform size - 800mm wide x 500mm deep. These steps have welded platform rails and handrails, with expanded steel mesh treads and platforms. Fitted with lever operated retractable front castors and safety bar which deters access to steps when in the mobile position. Finish: Epoxy Powder Coated - Grey. 6 step units and above are sent folded for delivery - easy to erect. Platform handrail height 1000mm. Wheels: - 2 x 200mm black rubber tyred 2 x 100mm nylon castors

No of steps 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12

Platform height mm 690 920 1150 1380 1610 1840 2070 2300 2530 2760

Easy slope version - 48° angle Weight Kg REF Overall size HxWxD mm 44 GS4103 1690 x 1000 x 1125 54 GS4104 1920 x 960 x 1310 73 GS4105 2150 x 960 x 1515 87 GS4106 2380 x 980 x 1725 102 GS4107 2610 x 1030 x 1930 116 GS4108 2840 x 1080 x 2140 131 GS4109 3070 x 1130 x 2345 145 GS4110 3300 x 1180 x 2555 165 GS4111 3530 x 1230 x 2760 185 GS4112 3760 x 1280 x 2965

PRICE £573.78 £730.28 £828.11 £1033.36 £1233.89 £1403.18 £1599.39 £1771.84 £1998.18 £2184.13

GS4107

212

PRICES INCLUDE DELIVERY ON ORDERS OVER £100

MOBILE SAFETY STEPS
• Strong welded construction. • Unique 'No access bar' immobilising system for extra safety. • Easy to move. • Independently tested to a safe working load of 300Kg. • Fully welded. • Punched metal or anti-slip PVC tread. • Red or blue - blue supplied as standard. • Standard tread width 550mm. Extra wide version of 700mm supplied on application - please enquire for prices. • Double or single handrail choice. • Models KE05 - KE06 fitted on 2 x 160mm dia rear rubber tyred wheels and a single front retractable castor. Models KE07-KE15 fitted on 2 x 200mm dia wheels and two retractable front castors.

Treads Height of Overall height Overall Overall inc platform from floor to pulpit length at width at platform floor mm rail mm base mm base mm 5 1250 2250 1270 835 6 1500 2500 1360 835 7 1750 2750 1450 850 8 2000 3000 1575 850 9 2250 3250 1730 850 10 2500 3500 1905 1000 11 2750 3750 2070 1000 12 3000 4000 2230 1000 13 3250 4250 2470 1230 14 3500 4500 2630 1230 15 3750 4750 2795 1320

Double handrail PRICE REF KE05 KE06 KE07 KE08 KE09 KE10 KE11 KE12 KE13 KE14 KE15 £318.00 £365.25 £441.79 £500.66 £559.07 £613.20 £669.02 £732.15 £959.07 £1074.52 £1162.66 £339.00 £392.55 £469.55 £534.82 £595.36 £656.97 £717.06 £782.33 £1009.25 £1133.23 £1222.44

Single handrail PRICE £309.60 £363.87 £433.25 £493.19 £549.46 £603.60 £660.48 £720.41 £943.06 £1058.50 £1146.65 £333.75 £392.69 £462.08 £527.35 £588.96 £648.43 £707.45 £771.65 £997.50 £1116.15 £1207.50

Metal treads PVC treads Metal treads PVC treads

HEAVY DUTY MOBILE SAFETY STEPS
Manufactured using heavy duty tubular steel to grade 43C. They are ideal for heavy industrial applications where exceptional strength and stability is required. • Many optional extras to choose. • Punched metal or anti-slip pvc treads. • 3-6 tread models are one piece manufactured whereas 7-19 tread are based on a three section manufacture allowing disassembly. No Ht Overall of of dimensions treads platform H x L x W mm 3 750 1650 x 965 x 750 4 1000 1900 x 1140 x 750 5 1250 2150 x 1315 x 750 6 1500 2400 x 1490 x 750 7 1750 2650 x 1665 x 950 8 2000 2900 x 1840 x 950 9 2250 3150 x 2015 x 950 10 2500 3400 x 2190 x 950 11 2750 3650 x 2365 x 1100 12 3000 3900 x 2540 x 1125 13 3250 4150 x 2715 x 1150 14 3500 4400 x 2890 x 1175 15 3750 4650 x 3065 x 1200 16 4000 4900 x 3240 x 1225 17 4250 5150 x 3415 x 1275 18 4500 5400 x 3690 x 1350 19 4750 5650 x 3865 x 1400 Steel treads PRICE - Handrail Single Double £384.79 £394.66 £420.31 £430.17 £463.31 £493.32 £542.73 £552.19 £643.95 £652.98 £690.65 £699.28 £773.53 £782.16 £845.17 £853.63 £955.27 £963.73 £1068.74 £1077.20 £1185.61 £1194.07 £1307.56 £1316.03 £1409.18 £1417.65 £1522.66 £1531.14 £1629.84 £1637.34 £1677.39 £1686.54 £1772.53 £1781.66 PVC treads PRICE - Handrail Single Double £400.58 £410.44 £440.05 £449.90 £486.00 £517.00 £557.86 £567.32 £680.12 £689.16 £721.73 £730.36 £823.59 £832.23 £895.98 £904.46 £1019.62 £1028.10 £1122.94 £1131.41 £1243.19 £1251.67 £1377.00 £1385.47 £1493.87 £1502.34 £1603.96 £1612.43 N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A PRICE £93.00 £153.45 £153.45 £46.50 £124.00 £124.00 £38.75 £108.50 £108.50 £62.00 £46.50

REF TWS3 TWS4 TWS5 TWS6 TWS7 TWS8 TWS9 TWS10 TWS11 TWS12 TWS13 TWS14 TWS15 TWS16 TWS17 TWS18 TWS19

REF Optional Extras TWS/WG Hinged gate at rear of pulpit TWS/WGL Hinged gate at left hand side of pulpit (inc 1 extra tread in platform) TWS/WGR Hinged gate at right hand side of pulpit (inc 1 extra tread in platform) TWS/WB Hinged bar at rear of pulpit TWS/WBL Hinged bar at left hand side of pulpit (inc 1 extra tread in platform) TWS/WBR Hinged bar at right hand side of pulpit (inc 1 extra tread in platform) TWS/WT Chain at rear of pulpit TWS/WTL Chain at left hand side of pulpit (inc 1 extra tread in platform) TWS/WTR Chain at right hand side of pulpit (inc 1 extra tread in platform) TWS/E1-4 Extended platform - increments of 190mm - max 4 extra Side mounted hand locking lever TWS/LR (replaces ascent safety bar/spring loaded castors)

PRICES INCLUDE DELIVERY ON ORDERS OVER £100

213

HORIZON WORK PLATFORM
The work platform has a multitude of uses from light duty maintenance work through to domestic uses like hedge trimming, fruit picking etc. It is particularly suited to operation on flower bed terrain and has adjustable base plates for stability. • Large pneumatic tyred wheels. • Easy to lift and push like a wheel barrow. • The platform board is height adjustable up to 1.40m with a double guardrail for added security. Constructed from 32mm tubular steel, the Horizon Work Platform is strong but light enough to comfortably reposition as required. • Four platform heights: 0.50m - 1.40m. • Platform size: 1.15m x 0.42m. • Assembles in minutes - no tools required. • 200Kg load capacity. • Weight 20Kg.

REF 3010-060

Platform height 0.5m, 0.8m, 1.10m, 1.40m

Overall height 1.95m

Overall depth 0.65m

Weight 20Kg

PRICE £140.00

EASY SLOPE ACCESS PLATFORMS
• Easy slope 48° incline - for safe and easy use. • Extra wide treads: 750mm wide x 180mm deep. • Platform size - 800mm wide x 1200mm deep. • Removable platform chains on three sides for access. • Fitted with grip lift mechanism fitted to the right hand side, to facilitate movement on the castors. • Available powder coated blue or galvanised.

No of Platform steps height mm 3 690 4 5 6 920 1150 1380

Overall size H x W x D mm 1690 x 950 x 1826 1920 x 950 x 2033 2150 x 950 x 2240 2380 x 950 x 2447

Weight Kg 74 82 90 98

Finish Powder coated Galvanised Powder coated Galvanised Powder coated Galvanised Powder coated Galvanised

REF MS9103M MS9103G MS9104M MS9104G MS9105M MS9105G MS9106M MS9106G

PRICE £587.19 £642.74 £636.84 £698.28 £686.49 £755.22 £752.18 £828.25 MS9106M

EASY SLOPE PLATFORMS
• Manufactured and approved to the recognised European GS standard. • Easy slope 48° incline for safe and easy use. • Extra wide treads: 750W x 180D mm. • Inward opening gates on 3 sides of the platform. • Fitted with grip lift mechanism to facilitate movement on the castors. • Platform size: 800W x 1200L mm. Optional retro-fitted lifting barrier to the front (entry) of the platform of these steps. REF SB910GS PRICE £62.09

REF GS9102M GS9103M GS9104M GS9105M GS9106M GS9107M GS9108M

No of steps 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

Platform height mm 460 690 920 1150 1380 1610 1840

Overall size H x W x D mm 1460 x 960 x 1479 1690 x 960 x 1686 1920 x 960 x 1893 2150 x 960 x 2100 2380 x 980 x 2307 2610 x 1030 x 2514 2840 x 1080 x 2721

Weight Kg 62 72 82 101 115 130 144

PRICE £825.32 £971.48 £1117.73 £1263.93 £1410.08 £1589.37 £1768.66

GS9108M

214

PRICES INCLUDE DELIVERY ON ORDERS OVER £100

Stainless steel steps are designed for use where hygiene and cleanliness are of the utmost importance. Constructed from tubular food grade 304 stainless steel, these steps are ideal for use in kitchens, hospitals, food and drink industry and the pharmaceutical trade. Stainless steel should be used where it is vital to avoid build up of ingredient spillage. The materials used in construction enable them to be sterilised to prevent the chance of cross contamination. The treads are covered in a ‘safety walk resilient anti-slip surface’ which is hard wearing, water, oil and chemical resistant.

STAINLESS STEEL STEPS
• A high quality range of steps with all welded 25mm 16swg tubular food grade 304 stainless steel. • Mobile models are fitted on 80mm dia sprung retractable swivel castors held within a galvanised housing.

SS4011

SS4013 Description Static double sided 2 step with single sided hand post Mobile double sided 2 step with single sided hand post 3 step with hand rail 4 step with hand rail 5 step with hand rail Platform height mm 550 525 770 1000 1260

SS4014 Overall width mm 510 500 800 800 800 Overall height mm 1350 1600 1800 2040 2280

SS4015 PRICE £452.20 £700.39 £957.90 £1131.72 £1283.28

REF SS4011 SS4012 SS4013 SS4014 SS4015

SS4012

LIGHT DUTY STATIC STEP

TILT AND PULL STAINLESS STEEL STEPS

SS9112 • Choice of version with handle - SS9112 or without - SS9111. • Tread size - 290 x 160mm. • Stainless steel 304. • Non-slip rubber feet. REF SS9111 SS9112 Size HxWxD mm 400x340x420 1120x450x420 PRICE £350.23 £417.06 SS2002 SS2003 SS2004

• Tilt and push steps onto grey non-marking rubber wheels to easily move into position. • Platform size 400x200mm. • Tread size 400x160mm. • Construction from food grade 304 tubular stainless steel. REF SS2002 SS2003 SS2004 No of steps 2 3 4 Top step height mm 500 750 1000 Overall HxWxD mm 1055x455x620 1300x480x790 1700x550x980 Weight Kg 10 12 16 PRICE £447.12 £654.22 £818.64

PRICES INCLUDE DELIVERY ON ORDERS OVER £100

215

STEEL WORK PLATFORMS
These standard units come in a choice of two platform sizes: 2000 x 1000mm or 1000 x 1000mm. • Manufactured from mild steel with expanded mesh treads and platform. • Finished in blue epoxy powder coating. • Special sizes made to order. • GS approved.

MWP33Z MWP30Z

Platform size: 1000 x 1000mm REF MWP20Z MWP30Z MWP40Z MWP50Z Platform height mm 460 690 920 1150 No of steps 2 3 4 5 Overall dimensions Weight LxWxH mm Kg 1000x1225x1460 53 1000x1450x1690 62 1000x1675x1920 71 1000x1900x2150 80 PRICE £592.93 £670.69 £748.22 £825.74 REF MWP23Z MWP33Z MWP43Z MWP53Z

Platform size: 2000 x 1000mm Platform height mm 460 690 920 1150 No of Overall dimensions Weight steps LxWxH mm Kg 2 2000x1225x1460 94 3 2000x1450x1690 104 4 2000x1675x1920 114 5 2000x1900x2150 124 PRICE £1015.75 £1101.32 £1186.66 £1272.14

MACHINE STEPS
These units are strong and stable, of welded tubular steel construction with wide aluminium treads. The optional handrail can be fitted either side and gives added support if required. Units can be carried and placed in position or the optional factory fitted wheel facility can be used to assist frequent movement if required. Wheels are positioned outside the frame for easy manoeuvring and can be stowed inside the frame to facilitate closer access to machinery if required. • Aluminium treads. • Platform size: 550 x 300mm. • Handrail increases height by 600mm. Wheels can be positioned within the frame or outside the frame for manoeuvring.

MCS04Z fitted with MCSHR4 and MCS01W

MCS05Z MCS03Z No of steps 2 3 4 5 Platform Overall size height mm LxWxHmm 400 660x665x400 Optional handrail to suit MCS02Z 600 800x715x600 Optional handrail to suit MCS03Z 800 1010x765x800 Optional handrail to suit MCS04Z 1000 1220x815x1000 Optional handrail to suit MCS05Z Optional wheels - factory fitted Weight Kg 12 16 20 25

REF MCS02Z MCSHR2 MCS03Z MCSHR3 MCS04Z MCSHR4 MCS05Z MCSHR5 MCS01W

PRICE £165.38 £32.86 £218.81 £36.43 £280.32 £40.59 £341.04 £44.22 £44.44 MCS04Z fitted with MCSHR4 and MCS01W

216

PRICES INCLUDE DELIVERY ON ORDERS OVER £100

BUTTRESS STEPS
• Comply to EN-14183. • Graduated widths and a 45° easy slope comfort angle makes these steps strong, comfortable and stable. • The 2 step unit is static on 4 landing feet but can easily be carried. 3-5 step units are mobile on 2 x 150mm rear wheels which enable 'tilt and pull'. • Platform sizes: 2 tread - 400H x 650W x 250D mm 3 tread - 600H x 600W x 250D mm 4 tread - 800H x 550W x 250D mm 5 tread - 1000H x 500W x 250D mm

BS9003R

BS9004A BS9003R BS9002M Painted tubular steel steps Rubber tread Aluminium tread REF PRICE REF PRICE BS9002R £107.23 BS9002A £108.34 BS9003R £185.76 BS9003A £188.08 BS9004R £224.94 BS9004A £227.30 BS9005R £262.61 BS9005A £265.03 Galvanised steps Step unit Handrails to suit PRICE REF PRICE REF BS9002G £113.22 BS9102G £28.84 BS9003G £196.19 BS9103G £28.84 BS9004G £246.87 BS9104G £33.42 BS9005G £280.04 BS9105G £38.02

Mesh tread No of Overall size Weight treads H x W x D mm Kg REF PRICE 2 400 x 760 x 600 10 BS9002M £104.77 3 600 x 900 x 800 18 BS9003M £180.89 4 800 x 900 x 1000 24 BS9004M £220.11 5 1000 x 900 x 1200 30 BS9005M £257.78

Handrails to suit REF PRICE BS9102 £26.47 BS9103 £26.47 BS9104 £30.77 BS9105 £35.12

ADJUSTABLE STEEL WORK PLATFORMS
• Approved to European GS standard. • Non-slip safety platform. • Special sizes can be made to order. • Adjustable screw feet to suit uneven surfaces. Mild steel angle construction, easily adjustable in height by turning the threaded feet. Available with either a galvanised 50 x 30mm mesh grid or a solid ribbed rubber platform. The rubber is set on top of 18” plywood. Units can be placed alongside each other to provide a large working area. Frame finish: epoxy powder coated grey.

GSO24Z GSO41Z

Galvanised 50 x 38mm grid Platform size 610x610 610x910 610x1210 610x1510 Adj height: 140 - 210mm Weight Kg REF PRICE 16 GSO11Z £201.78 25 GSO12Z £279.60 34 GSO13Z £363.88 43 GS014Z £441.70 Adj height: 230 - 300mm Weight Kg REF PRICE 17 GSO21Z £209.87 26 GSO22Z £287.84 35 GSO23Z £372.10 44 GS024Z £449.84

Ribbed rubber platform Adj height: 140 - 210mm Weight Kg REF PRICE 13 GSO31Z £165.93 16 GSO32Z £221.57 19 GSO33Z £281.33 22 GS034Z £336.90 Adj height: 230 - 300mm Weight Kg REF PRICE 14 GSO41Z £171.78 17 GSO42Z £227.40 20 GSO43Z £288.96 23 GS044Z £346.88

PRICES INCLUDE DELIVERY ON ORDERS OVER £100

217

UNIVERSAL WORK PLATFORMS
Manufactured and approved to the recognised European GS standard. Constructed from tubular steel with either a powder coated or galvanised finish. Non-slip aluminium platform and treads. 2 off fixed 125mm dia polypropylene wheels at one end which means that when the unit is lifted at the opposite end, it is easily wheeled into position. • Lightweight. • Mobile. • Non-slip aluminium platform and treads. • Optional handrails. • Three heights and lengths available. • Available with either a steel or galvanised frame.

MP301A fitted with 2 x HR300Z and 1 x MP100Z No of steps 2 Overall dims Platform dims Platform LxW mm LxW mm height mm 1300x670 900x600 1450x670 500 1050x600 1600x670 1200x600 Optional side handrail for 2 step units 1475x670 900x600 1625x670 1050x600 750 1775x670 1200x600 Optional side handrail for 3 step units 1650x670 900x600 1800x670 1050x600 1000 1950x670 1200x600 Optional side handrail for 4 step units Optional end rail Weight Kg 36 37 38 40 41 42 44 45 46 Painted version REF PRICE MP201A £434.85 MP202A £463.60 MP203A £489.93 HR200Z £77.78 MP301A £486.86 MP302A £515.43 MP303A £541.53 HR300Z £83.24 MP401A £529.34 MP402A £555.30 MP403A £584.03 HR400Z £90.20 MP100Z £64.00 Galvanised version REF PRICE MP201G £549.52 MP202G £581.41 MP203G £611.31 HR200G £113.75 MP301G £614.86 MP302G £646.85 MP303G £676.34 HR300G £120.82 MP401G £671.00 MP402G £703.72 MP403G £732.31 HR400G £131.20 MP100G £91.01

MP301A fitted with 1 x HR300Z and 1 x MP100Z

3

4

MP201G

UNIVERSAL MODULAR PLATFORM SYSTEMS
Constructed from tubular steel with either a powder coated or galvanised finish. Non-slip aluminium platform and treads. Designed to extend from the Universal platforms shown above into various configurations to suit site operational requirements. System facilitates various platform height options within any installation. Handrails can be fitted as required. These units can be terminated by using either a platform step unit or an end rail. Using the platform turn units, these units can be configured into a 'L' or a 'T' shape to suit your needs.
MUPHR2A MUPHR5A

MUPHR7A MUPHR8A

MUPHR5A

MUPHR3A

MUP205A MUP307A

MUP305A MUP308A

MUP208A

No of Platform Overall dims Weight Painted version Galvanised version steps height mm L x W mm REF PRICE REF PRICE Kg Platform step unit - platform size 500 x 600mm 2 500 730 x 690 24 MUP208A £310.27 MUP208G £387.30 3 750 900 x 690 28 MUP308A £353.94 MUP308G £444.21 4 1000 1070 x 690 32 MUP408A £403.51 MUP408G £508.61 Platform extension unit - 1160L x 600W mm 2 500 34 MUP205A £445.23 MUP205G £559.12 3 750 38 MUP305A £458.57 MUP305G £575.46 1160 x 690 4 1000 42 MUP405A £471.92 MUP405G £591.74 Platform infill unit - platform size 600 x 600mm 2 500 18 MUP206A £252.68 MUP206G £318.75 3 750 20 MUP306A £264.55 MUP306G £333.48 700 x 690 4 1000 22 MUP406A £276.43 MUP406G £348.30 Platform turn unit - platform size 680 x 600mm 2 500 18 MUP207A £291.48 MUP207G £367.37 3 750 20 MUP307A £306.47 MUP307G £385.30 730 x 690 4 1000 22 MUP407A £318.34 MUP407G £400.06

• Optional handrails available. • Three heights available. • Non-slip aluminium platform and treads. • Available with either a powder coated or galvanised frame.

Description Handrail to suit 2 step units Handrail to suit 3 step units Handrail to suit 4 step units Handrail to suit extension units Handrail to suit infil units Handrail to suit turn units End handrail - extension & infil unit End handrail - turn unit

Painted version REF PRICE MUPHR2A £52.55 MUPHR3A £61.22 MUPHR4A £68.67 MUPHR5A £78.14 MUPHR6A £47.78 MUPHR7A £52.55 MUPHR8A £50.91 MUPHR9A £54.08

Galvanised version REF PRICE MUPHR2G £67.81 MUPHR3G £78.89 MUPHR4G £88.72 MUPHR5G £101.09 MUPHR6G £61.64 MUPHR7G £67.81 MUPHR8G £65.59 MUPHR9G £69.88

218

PRICES INCLUDE DELIVERY ON ORDERS OVER £100

ALUMINIUM PLATFORM STEPS
• Serrated treads and platform helps to give an anti-slip work surface. • Legs fold up under the platform for compact storage and transportation. • Complies to EN-131 standards. • Platform height: 510mm. • Weight: 5Kg. • Folded size: 940L x 430W x 150H mm.

REF APSW02

Platform size mm 940L x 305W

PRICE £53.24

ALUMINIUM WORK PLATFORM STEPS
These two units are made from extended aluminium. They are engineered to extremely high standards and are GS approved. They can be used for access, maintenance or as a general work platform. • Foldable for ease of storage and transportation. • Slip resistant work platform. • Reinforced legs with safety lockclip. • Lightweight - only 8Kg max. • Platform heights: APGS02 - 460mm APGS03 - 660mm

APGS03

REF APG502 APG503

Platform size 870L x 300W 1080L x 300W

Folded size 870L x 500W x 220H 1100L x 500W x 220H

PRICE £81.97 £111.59

APGS02

LARGE ALUMINIUM PLATFORM
• Comply to EN-131 standard. • Ideal for compact storage and transportation as the unit is lightweight and the legs fold neatly underneath the platform. • The large serrated platform gives an anti-slip work surface. Large working platform

REF APJ03Z

Platform height mm Platform size L x W mm Folded size L x W x H mm Weight Kg 470 610 x 610 700 x 610 x 210 8

PRICE £101.95

PRICES INCLUDE DELIVERY ON ORDERS OVER £100

219

ECONOMY FOLDING STEPS
• Tubular steel construction finished in white epoxy powder coating. The tubular handrail is fitted with black foam rubber for additional grip. Fitted with non-slip black treads and black plastic feet. • Manufactured and approved to the recognised European GS Standard and tested to EN-14183.

REF Treads Platform height mm O/A erected WxHxD mm GS402Z 2 480 450x820x520 GS403Z 3 725 460x1180x670 GS404Z 4 980 500x1435x850

PRICE £46.92 £66.52 £88.57

FOLDING BLACK STEPS
• Manufactured in strong tubular steel, this range of steps fold down flat for easy storage. Complete with non-slip treads and grey plastic feet. • Size of treads 300 x 200mm. • Frame finish powder coated black.

FOLDING STEPS WITH BLACK TOOL TRAY
• Max load 150Kg. • White powder coated steel tube with grey plastic non-slip treads. • Black tool tray (370mm wide x 330mm deep). • Top tread - 374mm long x 313mm deep.

REF Treads Platform height mm O/A erected WxHxD mm FS202Z 2 470 410x810x540 FS203Z 3 710 410x1050x670 FS204Z 4 940 410x1300x810

PRICE £42.05 £54.44 £71.62

REF Treads Platform height mm O/A erected HxWxD mm FWS02Z 2 500 1135x535x600 FWS03Z 3 750 1385x535x780

PRICE £64.63 £80.95

FOLDING STEPS WITH HIGH BACK
• These folding steps are manufactured and approved to the recognised standard and tested to EN-14183. • Constructed from tubular steel and finished in white epoxy powder coating. • High safety rail. • Non-slip treads and feet.

ECONOMY FOLDING STEP LADDERS
• Tested to EN-131 standard and approved to EN-14183 - 100Kg cap. • Blue rubber handle. • Black plastic non-slip tread and non-slip feet. • EPC grey tubular steel frame.

REF Treads Platform height mm O/A erected WxHxD mm FJS62Z 2 470 520x1070x540 FJS63Z 3 705 520x1305x655 FJS64Z 4 960 520x1560x810

PRICE £40.78 £50.14 £59.77

REF Treads Platform height mm O/A erected HxWxD mm FJS72Z 2 490 830x470x550 FJS73Z 3 720 1060x470x880 FJS74Z 4 950 1295x470x1100

PRICE £41.08 £51.02 £61.29

220

PRICES INCLUDE DELIVERY ON ORDERS OVER £100

SWINGBACK STEPS
• Comply to EN-131 Regulations. Aluminium serrated treads, anti-slip rubber feet and a top tool tray make these lightweight aluminium steps ideal for use in a variety of workplaces.

REF ALI33Z ALI34Z ALI35Z ALI36Z

No of treads Height to top tread mm 3 700 4 950 5 1200 6 1450

Overall dim when in use HxWxD mm 950x450x620 1200x480x770 1450x510x915 1700x540x1075

Weight Kg 4.5 5.5 7 8

PRICE £41.44 £51.82 £62.16 £72.53

ALI33Z

ALI35Z

LIGHT DUTY ALUMINIUM FOLDING STEPS
• Comply to EN-131 standard and GS Approved. • Distance between platform and top hand rail: 600mm, provides safety when working at a high level. • Max load capacity: 150Kg. • Distance between rungs: 220mm. REF ALR03Z ALR04Z ALR05Z ALR06Z ALR07Z ALR08Z Treads 3 4 5 6 7 8 Platform height mm O/A erected HxWxD mm 640 1240x420x705 870 1470x440x870 1070 1670x470x1045 1300 1900x490x1205 1520 2120x520x1340 1740 2340x540x1475 PRICE £47.84 £55.55 £62.21 £69.62 £78.95 £87.16

LITTLE GIANT SAFETY STEP
This Little Giant Safety Step is a unique combination of strength and simplicity featuring slip resistant steps that give you unmatched comfort and stability. • Open and close it with one hand. • Tough compact construction for industrial use. • Save space and store in only 127mm of space. • Large 360mm deep platform style treads. • Folding safety bar with integrated tool tray (on 3 & 4 tread only). • Tip and glide wheels for easy movement around site. • 5 year warranty. • 150Kg work load capacity. • EN14183.

Tip n' glide wheels REF 1216-002 1216-003 1216-004 No treads 2 3 4 Height m top tread 0.45 0.68 0.91

Folds flat for storage Folded height m 0.80 1.11 1.42 Folded depth m 0.12 0.12 0.12 Weight Kg 7.0 9.0 11.5 PRICE £114.70 £130.20 £150.35

PRICES INCLUDE DELIVERY ON ORDERS OVER £100

221

TRADE SWING BACK STEPS
Designed to comply with BSEN131. Especially for the tradesman and carrying the relevant British standard. A super rugged step built to last but light enough for all use. • Class 2 kitemark. • Double rivetted treads. • Double braced legs. • Double braced horn end. • Deep non slip treads. • Non slip safety feet.

TRADE PLATFORM STEPS
Industrial platform steps with the BSEN131 Safety features. Larger and more comfortable working platform 320x345mm giving room for the broadest user. Can have as extra, handrails and/or bucket hooks at a small extra cost.

REF BSBB3 BSBB4 BSBB5 BSBB6 BSBB7 BSBB8 BSBB10 BSBB12

Open ht m 0.58 0.81 1.03 1.26 1.48 1.71 2.17 2.57

Closed ht m 0.66 0.89 1.14 1.38 1.62 1.86 2.12 2.60

Weight Kg 2.60 3.30 4.00 4.70 5.40 6.10 6.80 7.50

No treads 3 4 5 6 7 8 10 12

PRICE £55.78 £59.04 £66.47 £74.59 £83.72 £91.02 £97.89 £111.01

REF O/H m open Closed ht m Platform ht m Weight Kg Treads inc plat BSBP3 1.24 1.35 0.59 4.50 3 BSBP4 1.46 1.59 0.81 5.26 4 BSBP5 1.68 1.83 1.03 6.02 5 BSBP6 1.91 2.07 1.26 6.78 6 BSBP7 2.13 2.31 1.48 7.54 7 BSBP8 2.35 2.55 1.70 8.30 8 BSBP10 2.74 3.01 2.12 9.06 10 BSBP12 3.20 3.52 2.60 9.82 12

PRICE £71.00 £77.92 £85.91 £92.02 £98.14 £106.17 £122.40 £136.19

WOODEN BUILDERS STEPS
Class 1. Industrial swing-back steps to BS1129/82. Constructed from selected softwoods. 250mm non-slip treads, pinned into stiles. Tie bolted at intervals.

TRADE ALUMINIUM PLATFORM STEPS
• BS EN131. • 50% larger platform. • Extra strong. • Twin rail handgrips. • Extra high support rail. • Stow away work tray. • Extra wide treads. • Stability base width. • Super finish. • Light easy to handle. • Five models. • Use with safety and confidence in professional and domestic use.

Ht open m 1.2 1.4 1..7 1.9 2.2 2.4 2.9

Treads 5 6 7 8 9 10 12

REF BS05 BS06 BS07 BS08 BS09 BS10 BS12

PRICE £115.06 £129.29 £141.47 £152.33 £177.94 £190.26 £225.45

REF 1203-003 1203-004 1203-005 1203-006 1203-007

No of treads 3 4 5 6 7

Platform height 0.58m 0.80m 1.02m 1.25m 1.47m

Weight Kg 5 6 7 8 9

PRICE £74.63 £81.78 £93.23 £102.72 £115.07

222

PRICES INCLUDE DELIVERY ON ORDERS OVER £100

WAREHOUSE MOBILE STEPS (NON FOLDING) ALUMINIUM INDUSTRIAL FOLDING PLATFORM STEPS
REF 1202-004 1202-005 1202-006 1202-007 1202-008 1202-010 1202-012 Platform Height 0.98m 1.20m 1.40m 1.60m 1.90m 2.30m 2.80m No. of Treads 4 5 6 7 8 10 12 Wt Kg 5 9 10 11 12 14 19 PRICE £91.50 £99.05 £105.07 £112.13 £120.57 £140.51 £209.25 REF WS5 WS6 WS7 WS8 WS10 WS12 WS14 Platform Height 1.22m 1.46m 1.71m 1.95m 2.44m 2.93m 3.43m No. of Treads 5 6 7 8 10 12 14 Wt Kg 11.3 12.7 14.5 15.9 20.0 23.6 26.8 PRICE £188.30 £197.32 £207.31 £219.49 £268.85 £295.43 £324.58

ALUMINIUM SWING BACK STEPS
REF 1200-003 1200-004 1200-005 1200-006 1200-007 1200-008 1200-009 1200-010 1200-011 1200-012 Top Tread Height 0.71m 1.00m 1.20m 1.46m 1.71m 1.95m 2.19m 2.37m 2.68m 2.85m No. of Treads 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 Wt Kg 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 PRICE £59.89 £62.00 £66.23 £74.68 £83.14 £91.59 £100.05 £108.50 £121.18 £127.52

Certified to BS2037 Class 1. Heavy duty non slip treads. Heavy duty cross brace for strength and stability. 175Kg capacity.

Non slip treads and platform. Robust and stable ideal for all warehouse work. Handles for lifting onto rear rolling wheels rubber feet. Manufactured to BS 2037 (class 1). WS8 - WS14 supplied knocked down to minimise transport costs. Large platform 450 x 370mm.

Certified to BS2037 Class 1. Heavy duty non slip treads. Heavy duty cross brace for strength and stability. 175Kg capacity.

ALUMINIUM RIGID STEPS SINGLE AND DOUBLE SIDED
REF L3 L4 L5 Height Platform 0.73m 0.98m 1.22m No. of Treads 3 4 5 PRICE £99.78 £104.96 £117.49

ALUMINIUM COMBINATION STEP OR LADDER
REF LS6/4 LS7/5 LS8/6 Open Height 2.515m 3.0m 3.48m PRICE £110.07 £122.88 £140.85

HEAVY DUTY STEPS WITH FOLDING PLATFORM
REF SP6 SP8 SP10 Platform Height 1.46m 1.95m 2.44m 2.93m 3.42m No. of Treads 6 8 10 12 14 Wt Kg 9.5 12.3 15.0 17.7 20.4 PRICE £144.38 £161.51 £209.74 £247.16 £281.69

Double Sided LD3 LD4 LD5 0.73m 0.98m 1.22m 3 4 5 £102.92 £115.74 £128.89

Converts from medium height ladder into a pair of steps. Rapid conversion with heavy duty locking stays. Non slip treads and rungs. Rubber feet. Manufactured BS2037 (class 1).

SP12 SP14

Non slip treads and platform. Platform 510 x 460mm all to BS2037 (class 1). Any other sizes with or without handrails, posts and on wheeling to suit special needs.

Same design as industrial steps but heavy duty box section back legs. Heavy duty side arms and bracings. Very stable in use. Non slip platform feet and treads. Rubber Feet. Manufactured to BS2037 (class1). Platform 425 x 280mm.

PRICES INCLUDE DELIVERY ON ORDERS OVER £100

223

SUPER-PRO STEPS
The extra heavy duty construction uses scaffold tube stiles to provide you the most robust platform step on the market. • Extra heavy duty 50mm scaffold tube stiles. • Comfortable 100mm extra deep treads. • 700mm high pulpit for added safety and security. • Solid aluminium tool tray and bucket hook. • Unique centre folding platform. • Super size rubber non-slip feet. • 5 year warranty. • Brutally stress tested to 350Kg. • EN131.

REF Description Platform height m Closed height m Open footprint m Weight Kg 1205-004 4 tread 0.96 1.91 0.69 x 0.98 11 1205-005 5 tread 1.20 2.16 0.72 x 1.14 12.5 1205-006 6 tread 1.43 2.41 0.75 x 1.30 14.5 1205-007 7 tread 1.67 2.67 0.78 x 1.46 15.5 1205-008 8 tread 1.91 2.92 0.81 x 1.62 17 1205-009 9 tread 2.14 3.17 0.84 x 1.78 19.5 1205-010 10 tread 2.38 3.42 0.84 x 1.94 21.5 1205-012 12 tread 2.85 3.93 0.93 x 2.26 27.5

PRICE £213.00 £239.66 £277.99 £302.68 £326.09 £353.37 £367.04 £417.06

STORE PICKER STEPS
Double sided steps for retail and small warehouse environments. • Folding double sided step for easy access. • Wheel fitted to both sides for ease of manoeuvrability. • Top and side safety handrails. • 5 year warranty. • 150Kg work load capacity.

REF 1202-024 1202-025 1202-026 1202-027 1202-028 1202-029

Description 4 tread 5 tread 6 tread 7 tread 8 tread 9 tread

Platform height m Overall height m Overall footprint m Weight Kg 0.95 1.45 0.42 x 0.95 12 1.19 1.69 0.45 x 1.15 13 1.43 2.03 0.48 x 1.35 14 1.67 2.17 0.50 x 1.55 15 1.91 2.41 0.53 x 1.75 17 2.15 2.65 0.55 x 1.95 19

PRICE £236.24 £262.43 £309.58 £367.23 £388.15 £414.33

CARGO STEPS
The safer alternative to access goods vehicles trailers. • Single handle for safe access on and off trailer. • Complete with brackets and lock for secure vehicle storage. • Step height adjusts to accommodate varying ground. • Integral tie for securing to underside of vehicle. • 150Kg work load capacity. • 5 year warranty.

REF 1206-050 1206-051

Description Cargo 1 Cargo 2

Min/max height m Overall height m 0.95/1.17 2.13 1.17/1.40 2.53

Overall width m Weight Kg 0.48 7 0.48 8

PRICE £142.82 £153.90

224

PRICES INCLUDE DELIVERY ON ORDERS OVER £100

ALUMINIUM WIDE STEP RANGE
• Working platform size 410mm W x 600mm D. • All aluminium frame, treads and folding stays. • Suitable for both industrial and trade use. • Handrails fitted. Optional features • Rubber wheels at rear, lift front to wheel along. • Safety chain set 1m above platform. • Ladder tag for inspection and maintenance.

Shown with optional safety chain

REF BSWP3 BSWP4 BSWP5

Open height mm 1625 1855 2050

Platform height mm 610 835 1390

Closed height mm 1750 2020 2225

No treads 2 3 4

Weight Kg 8 9 10

PRICE £183.02 £187.63 £199.05

REF BSWP/RW BSWP/SC BSWP/LT

Optional Extras Rear wheels Safety chain Ladder tag

PRICE £12.83 £23.25 POA

GLASS FIBRE WIDE STEP RANGE
• Working platform size 410mm W x 600mm D. • Glass fibre frame and aluminium treads. • Glass fibre surestep insulated and non-conductive when in use. • Suitable for both industrial and trade use. • Handrails fitted.

Shown with optional safety chain

REF GFWP3 GFWP4 GFWP5

Open height mm 1625 1855 2050

Platform height mm 610 835 1390

Closed height mm 1750 2020 2225

No treads 2 3 4

Weight Kg 9 11 14

PRICE £207.67 £217.50 £229.91

REF GFWP/RW GFWP/SC GFWP/LT

Optional Extras Rear wheels Safety chain Ladder tag

PRICE £12.83 £23.25 POA

CASTLE WAREHOUSE STEPS
Robust and easy to manoeuvre folding warehouse step. Simple one person operation around the warehouse - lock handles in place, lift and push. Locking castors fix unit in place when in use. Unit folds for longer distance transport and storage, unlike traditional fixed alternatives. The platform ‘picking’ area is large and enclosed with an integrated tool tray for secure and comfortable working. • Extremely robust folding steps. • Simple to fold and easy to move. • Strong die cast aluminium treads. • 5 year warranty. • Complies to EN131.

REF 1273-104 1273-106 1273-108 1273-110 1273-112

Treads 4 6 8 10 12

Platform height 0.87m 1.33m 1.74m 2.18m 2.61m

O/S HxDxW mm 1900x1280x740 2380x1600x820 2820x1870x890 3270x2140x980 3690x2410x1070

PRICE £514.98 £586.19 £663.21 £720.36 £793.49 Folded

PRICES INCLUDE DELIVERY ON ORDERS OVER £100

225

PRO WORK PLATFORM
Providing safe low level access for contractors in confined areas - the Pro Work Platform is a tough yet portable option. • Robust construction. • Designed for painter/decorator/contractor. • Easy to use. • Folding dual purpose work tray. • Overall folded depth - 0.34m. • Ref 1274-024 comes complete with outriggers. • Platform size 401mm x 490mm. • Tip and push wheels included. • 5 year warranty. • Tested to 260Kg work load. • EN131 and PIRL NFP 93 353.

REF 1274-023 1274-024

Description 3 tread 4 tread

Platform height m 0.69 0.92

Overall height m 1.69 1.92

Closed height m 1.82 2.05

Open footprint m 0.65 x 1.04 1.40 x 1.14

Weight Kg 13.5 14.5

PRICE £350.70 £365.54

SHERPAMATIC WORK PLATFORM
• Fixed height alternative to the Sherpascopic - offering the same safety features and robust construction. • The 250mm spaced and 80mm deep treads afford comfortable climbing for the user - much like a traditional stepladder. The reinforced gate is tested to withstand a lateral force of 125Kg which equates to great security while at work. • Safe enclosed work zone. • Optional outriggers included. • Integrated tool tray. • Working height up to 3.65m • 150Kg capacity. • Conforms to PIR NFP 93353 and PIR NFP 93352.

REF 1274-003 1274-004 1274-005 1274-006 1274-007

Description 3 tread 4 tread 5 tread 6 tread 7 tread

Platform height 0.72m 0.95m 1.20m 1.42m 1.65m

Overall height 1.73m 1.96m 2.21m 2.52m 2.66m

Closed height 1.91m 2.16m 2.41m 2.66m 2.91m

Weight 19.5Kg 21.5Kg 24.5Kg 26Kg 28Kg

PRICE £385.07 £401.03 £413.42 £451.98 £495.41

SHERPASCOPIC WORK PLATFORM
• Top of the range adjustable work platform with legs and outriggers that telescope up and down for increased versatility and stability. One model ... three different work heights. • Sherpascopic was conceived to combine the inherent safety of an enclosed work area with the flexibility and manoeuvrability of a stepladder. Designed for a single user/operator, Sherpascopic has two large rear wheels to allow tip ‘n’ push movement around site. When not in use the unit folds neatly and can be stowed on a roof rack for transfer between jobs. • The actual platform is enclosed on all sides by a guardrail and reinforced gate. The toe-board on three sides reduces the risk of items inadvertently being kicked from the platform. • The versatility afforded by Sherpascopic with its telescopic legs and outriggers, allows the operator to work safely and efficiently on all sorts of uneven surfaces, including stairwells. • 150Kg load capacity. • One person operation. • Working height up to 4.23m. • Tool tray. • Conforms to PIR NFP 93352.

Description Platform height Overall height Closed height REF 1274-013 4-6 tread 1.06m-1.52m 2.05m-2.51m 2.38m 1274-014 7-9 tread 1.77m-2.23m 2.76m-3.22m 3.13m

Weight 30Kg 36Kg

PRICE £657.44 £811.25

226

PRICES INCLUDE DELIVERY ON ORDERS OVER £100

SMART PODIUM
The first hop-up with fully protected guard rail and gate - ideal for quick jobs around site, whilst still remaining compliant with working at height legislation. Folds neatly for carrying or wheeling to next job. • Tough but lightweight scaffold tube construction. • Four locking castors. • Fixed height platform. • Platform size 600mm x 540mm. • 5 year warranty. • 150Kg work load capacity.

REF 1274-052 1274-053

Description Smart pod 1 Smart pod 2

Platform height m 0.40 0.70

Overall height m 1.40 1.70

Open footprint m 0.65 x 0.73 0.65 x 1.10

Weight Kg 15 20

PRICE £269.42 £339.06

PODIUM LOW LEVEL PLATFORM
• Designed to conform to the Working at Height Regulations, the podium is essentially a single user low-level tower. The tough scaffold tube components provide the expected on-site durability, whilst remaining light enough for single user operation. • The base pack folds to conveniently fit through doorways and into your van. The steps and work platform can be removed and placed at two heights when using just the base pack, or three with the optional extra, telescopic extension packs (which extends platform height to a max of 1.9m). • Anti-slip platform and treads. • Folds for transport and fits through standard doors. • 150Kg capacity. • Four lockable castors. • 5 year warranty.

Enclosed work zone

Easy folding frame

REF 1274-056 1274-057 1274-058

Platform height 0.96m 1.54m 1.90m

Overall height 1.91m 2.55m 2.90m

WxLm 0.68 x 1.25 0.90 x 1.25 1.80 x 1.30

Weight Kg 22 29 46

PRICE £408.21 £437.43 £631.61

Model 1274-058 includes outriggers

DELTA DECK PLATFORM
Compact low level access solution for effortless and safe access at lower height. Simple to assemble and ideal for one or two operatives, requiring an adjustable enclosed work platform. Delta-Deck is one complete unit - without separate pins or clips to lose/forget. • Quick and easy single user set up and breakdown. • Compacts for transport in van or car. • Tip and push wheels on both sides for on-site movement. • Access and egress from either end of platform via locking gate. • Platform size 1100mm x 600mm. • 5 year warranty. • 200Kg work load capacity.

REF 1274-080

Description Delta-Deck

Platform height m Overall height m Max footprint m 0.45, 0.53, 0.60, 1.87 0.73 x 1.85 0.73, 0.87

Weight Kg 24

PRICE £584.52

PRICES INCLUDE DELIVERY ON ORDERS OVER £100

227

CASTA ALUMINIUM STEPS
• Suitable for intensive professional use. • Unit incorporates guardrail with tool holder. • Large rubber anti-slip feet for increased stability. • Comply to EN-131 Standard.

DOUBLE DECKER ALUMINIUM STEPS
• Unit incorporates a tool holder, bucket hook and a screw tray. • Large rubber anti-slip feet for increased stability. • Comply to EN-131 Standard. • The aluminium platform features a red safety step indicator for maximum recommended step height and protective edge to prevent cuts, grazes and bangs to limbs. • There is also a patented large double step underneath the platform for safe and comfortable standing. The unit also incorporates tool holder fittings to enable safe storage of tools and materials when in use. The unit comes complete with heavy duty sturdy feet to make this a superior, professional, platform stepladder.

REF ALT-503105 ALT-503106 ALT-503107 ALT-503108

Rungs 5 6 7 8

Platform Ht 1150 1400 1650 1900

Weight Kg 7.5 8.5 9.5 11

PRICE £159.17 £173.73 £189.25 £198.17

REF ALT-502103 ALT-502104 ALT-502105 ALT-502106 ALT-502107 ALT-502108

Rungs 3 4 5 6 7 8

Platform Ht 600 850 1050 1250 1450 1700

Weight Kg 3.8 4.4 5 6.1 7.2 8.4

PRICE £59.67 £66.75 £75.35 £84.80 £92.60 £100.48

REGINA RANGE OF ALUMINIUM STEPS
• Unit incorporates a tool tray. • Large rubber anti-slip feet for increased stability. • Comply to EN-131 Standard. • Regina special steps with handrails. • A high quality professional aluminium stepladder complete with large safe hand rails allowing easy usage to standing heights of up to 2.77m. The user benefits from sturdy deep treads welded to ensure maximum strength and longevity of performance. • There is an integral tool tray in the guardrail, which enables safe storage of tools and materials when in use. Complete with heavy duty non-skid sturdy feet, this is a superior product to a traditional UK builder step.

Regina Steps REF SV-REG-4 SV-REG-6 SV-REG-8 SV-REG-10 SV-REG-12 Rungs 4 6 8 10 12 Platform Ht 920 1390 1850 2300 2770 Weight Kg 5.5 7 8 11 13.5 PRICE £99.02 £117.18 £147.26 £178.93 £207.43 REF SV-REGSP-5 SV-REGSP-6 SV-REGSP-8 SV-REGSP-10 SV-REGSP-12 Rungs 5 6 8 10 12

Regina Special Steps Platform Ht 1160 1390 1850 2300 2770 Weight Kg 8 9 11 13.5 16 PRICE £159.94 £173.36 £213.72 £252.50 £292.06

228

PRICES INCLUDE DELIVERY ON ORDERS OVER £100

TAURUS TGB STEPS
• The guardrail is equipped with a tool tray. • Large anti-slip feet provide extra strength. • Comply to EN-131 Standard. On this premium quality professional aluminium stepladder the user benefits from a black powder coated finish, which keeps the users hands warm and prevents dirt accumulation caused by oxidisation of bare metal. The box section sturdy deep treads are considerably larger and thicker than on traditional products and will not move or loosen despite the heaviest use.

TAURUS TME STEPS
• The enclosed hinge system provides extra stability. • Large handrails and guardrails for extra stability. • Comply to EN-131 Standard. The same as the Taurus TGB with an extra high guardrail and some handrails for extra safety. The extra large 850mm deep guardrail facilitates safe use for all tasks and the large safety handrails ensure safe usage and wheels allow easy movement around warehousing and stores. A secure and safe hinge mechanism allows closure and storage in restricted space.

REF ALT-191503 ALT-191504 ALT-191505 ALT-191506 ALT-191507 ALT-191508 ALT-191510 ALT-191512

Rungs 3 4 5 6 7 8 10 12

Platform Ht 700 950 1200 1400 1650 1900 2350 2800

Weight Kg 7.5 8.5 9.5 13 14 14.5 18 20

PRICE £154.35 £170.15 £185.18 £227.87 £244.47 £267.40 £311.67 £348.04

REF ALT-193207 ALT-193209 ALT-193211

Rungs 7 9 11

Platform Ht 1645 2115 2585

Weight Kg 18 24 27

PRICE £350.37 £402.93 £454.27

VERA ALUMINIUM STEPS
• Unit incorporates a tool tray in the guardrail. • Large platform size: 450 x 500mm. • Comply to EN-131 Standard. Made from welded ribbed aluminium, this quality folding warehouse stepladder is designed for heavy duty professional use in stores, warehouses and other applications demanding a safe, secure folding heavy duty stepladder. The VERA features a comfortable and sturdy yet spacious lay out to the steps with a large sturdy aluminium platform, which allows safe work at height in the most demanding of environments.

MOUNTER COMBINATION STEPS
• Unit has roller wheels for easy movement on a building. • Large stabiliser bar to stop the unit sinking in the ground. • Comply to EN-131 Standard. This premium quality professional aluminium combination ladder enables the user to benefit from a black powder coated finish, which keeps the users hands warm and prevents dirt accumulation, caused by oxidisation of bare metal. Featuring large comfortable flat ‘D’ rungs, which are 45mm deep and are flat at the correct usage angle of 70°, there is no product comparable in the market today. Strong, safe, durable and versatile, this is one ladder that gives the user a variety of capabilities and options and keeps the users hands warm and clean at the same time.

REF SV-VERA-6 SV-VERA-8 SV-VERA-10 SV-VERA-12

Rungs 6 8 10 12

Platform Ht 1400 1900 2300 2800

Weight Kg 17 20 23 26

PRICE £360.90 £405.98 £454.28 £502.53

REF ALT-123610 ALT-123612 ALT-123614

Rungs 3 x 10 3 x 12 3 x 14

Max Ht 6900 8000 9350

Weight Kg 24 28 34

PRICE £426.35 £499.13 £578.47

PRICES INCLUDE DELIVERY ON ORDERS OVER £100

229

RETAILERS MOBILE STEPS
Mobile aluminium steps constructed to BS2037. Platform height 750mm. Overall width 490mm. Overall length 970mm. Platform 550 x 490mm. Fitted with a positive locking stay mechanism. Steps can be moved around by tilting onto two fixed 100mm dia plastic tyred wheels. Parcel shelf height 1510mm.

ORDER PICKING STEPS
Choice of either fixed or mobile aluminium steps. Constructed to BS2037. Mobile steps are fitted with two retractable castors to the rear. Overall height 2150mm. Platform height 1460mm. Overall width 640mm. Overall length 1520mm. Fitted with a positive locking stay mechanism. Parcel shelf 560 x 290mm.

REF REF AKS3750 Description Folding Aluminum Steps PRICE £242.34 AST/7 AST/7/CAS

Description Folding Steps Folding Steps + 2 Castors

PRICE £243.95 £261.38

ALUMINIUM DOUBLE-SIDED STEPS
• Conforms to BS 2037 Class 1. • Good quality for trade and industrial uses. • Non slip treads both sides 80mm depth. • Non slip rubber safety feet fitted all round. • Horizontal locking torsion bars and bottom tread supports. • Optional handrail all models. REF ADS03H ADS04H ADS05H ADS06H ADS07H ADS08H ADS0/HR Ht open m 0.74 0.98 1.22 1.46 1.71 1.95 No of treads 2x3 2x4 2x5 2x6 2x7 2x8 Optional handrail Wt Kg 4.2 5.3 6.4 7.6 8.8 10.1 PRICE £108.23 £129.37 £150.39 £171.17 £187.49 £209.90 £17.05

ALUMINIUM STAGING TRESTLES AND STAGING BOARDS
• Conforms to BS2037 Class 1. • Trestles for use with 450mm or 600mm wide staging boards. • Staging boards have non-slip rot proof decking and aluminium/wood struts. • ‘K’ straps fitted to end struts.

Aluminium Staging Boards REF PRO24 PRO30 PRO36 PRO42 PRO48 PRO54 PRO60 PRO66 PRO72 PROEX24 PROEX30 PROEX36 PROEX42 PROEX48 PROEX54 PROEX60 PROEX66 PROEX72 Width 450mm 450mm 450mm 450mm 450mm 450mm 450mm 450mm 450mm 600mm 600mm 600mm 600mm 600mm 600mm 600mm 600mm 600mm Length 2.4m 3.0m 3.6m 4.2m 4.8m 5.4m 6.0m 6.6m 7.2m 2.4m 3.0m 3.6m 4.2m 4.8m 5.4m 6.0m 6.6m 7.2m Weight 13.00Kg 15.30Kg 19.50Kg 22.00Kg 23.50Kg 33.00Kg 36.00Kg 44.00Kg 47.00Kg 17.40Kg 20.50Kg 26.20Kg 29.50Kg 31.50Kg 44.50Kg 48.50Kg 59.30Kg 63.40Kg PRICE £88.14 £100.29 £117.56 £143.46 £159.75 £209.36 £224.42 £315.11 £351.80 £97.10 £111.11 £130.61 £179.16 £200.90 £224.66 £246.51 £446.13 £466.10

Aluminium Staging Trestles REF PTP1 PTP2 PTP3 PTP4 Open height 1740mm 2300mm 2900mm 3500mm Weight 12.70Kg 15.90Kg 20.00Kg 23.60Kg PRICE £151.79 £173.07 £195.29 £219.39

230

PRICES INCLUDE DELIVERY ON ORDERS OVER £100

PROFESSIONAL 3 WAY COMBINATION LADDER WITH WORK TRAY
A stepladder, an extension ladder and a stairwell ladder in one product! Suitable for both professional and domestic use, the unique sliding mechanism enables easy conversion into each mode. The wide splayed base and heavy duty feet give stability and grip. The strong work tray is useable in all positions and takes loads up to 12Kg. • Comply to BS Class 1 and EN-131 Regulations. • Complete with strong work tray. • Load capacity: 130Kg.

Stepladder Stairwell Ladder PRICE £106.22 Extension Ladder Stairwell Ladder

REF AFA15Z

Stepladder top rung height 1560mm

Extension ladder length 2740mm

Weight Kg 7.5

HEAVY DUTY 3 WAY COMBINATION LADDER
Built to trade standards, tested and approved BS.EN 131. • Easy to use and transport. • Stabiliser bar. • Anti splay bar • Tough rubber feet. • Available in 2 sizes.

Step Ladder REF 308381 310381 Closed Length m 2 3 Max Extended m 4 7.0

Extended Step Ladder Min Int Rung Width 300mm 300mm

Extension Ladder Loading Kg 150 150 PRICE £113.39 £182.24

PROFESSIONAL 4 WAY COMBINATION LADDER
This versatile combination ladder can be used as a stepladder, an extension ladder, a freestanding extension ladder and a stairwell ladder. Suitable for professional and domestic use, the unit has wide nonslip treads for comfort and security. A unique operating mechanism enable easy conversion to all 4 ways. • Comply to EN-131 Regulations. • Load capacity: 150Kg. Freestanding Extension Ladder

Stairwell Ladder

Extension Ladder

Stepladder Stepladder Extension top rung ladder height length AFA49Z 1560mm 3910mm REF Freestanding extension ladder length 2740mm Weight PRICE Kg 12 £174.45

PRICES INCLUDE DELIVERY ON ORDERS OVER £100

231

LITTLE GIANT CLASSIC STEPS
The World's most popular multi-purpose ladder system. With 24 ladders in one. The Little Giant hinge is the key to its inherent strength and versatility - hence no need for spreader bars or locking stays, leaving you to work freely over all kinds of obstructions. Use your Little Giant as a 90° step and get up close to your task - an impossibility with traditional step ladders. • 24 ladders in one. • Strong hinge for superb durability and flexibility. • Compacts down for storage and transport in your van. • Wide flared legs for stability and comfort. • 5 year warranty. • 150Kg work load capacity. • EN131-4.

Folded up

Four times height ladder

Extra stable mode

Uneven surface mode

High double sided step

Becomes two 1.5m trestles

REF 1303-101 1303-102 1303-103 1303-110 1303-111 1303-112 1303-113 1303-116

Description 3 rung classic 4 rung classic 5 rung classic LG work platform LG leg leveller LG wingspan LG 6' tele plank LG tip n glide wheels

Step ht m 0.95-1.48 1.22-2.01 1.48-2.46

Ext length m 1.92-3.04 2.48-4.16 3.05-5.21

Trestle ht m Closed m O/W m 0.95 1.09 0.61 1.22 1.28 0.62 1.48 1.56 0.70 Optional extra accessory Optional extra accessory Optional extra accessory Optional extra accessory Optional extra accessory - suitable for retro-fit

Weight Kg 12 16 19

PRICE £162.75 £178.25 £195.30 £51.82 £54.68 £54.68 £159.81 £38.83

Tilt n' glide Adjustable leg

Wingspan Work platform

UNIVERSAL 3 WAY ALUMINIUM STEPS
• Comply to EN-131 Standard. • Combination step available for use as a stepladder, extension ladder or freestanding extension ladder. • Max load 150Kg.

Locking mechanism

Stabiliser bar REF No of treads SV-UNIV-3X7 3x7 SV-UNIV-3X8 3x8 Closed length mm Extended length mm Overall height in /\ position mm Weight Kg 2010 3990 1860 10 2300 5130 2170 11.5 PRICE £154.50 £175.85

SV-UNIV-3X8

232

PRICES INCLUDE DELIVERY ON ORDERS OVER £100

EURO 3 WAY COMBINATION LADDER
• This combination ladder can be used as a stepladder with base stabiliser, free standing combination ladder and as a 3 part extension ladder. • Equipped with sliding wall wheels from 3 x 8 model upwards. • When used as a stepladder, the third section serves only as a guardrail.

Wall wheels

Base stabiliser

SV-EUR3-3X8 REF SV-EUR3-3X6 SV-EUR3-3X8 SV-EUR3-3X10 SV-EUR3-3X12 SV-EUR3-3X14 No of treads 3x6 3x8 3 x 10 3 x 12 3 x 14 Closed length mm Extended length mm Overall height in /\ position mm Weight Kg 1800 4100 1700 12 2400 5000 2300 15 3000 6300 2900 20 3500 8000 3400 26 4100 10250 4000 32 PRICE £194.00 £222.47 £269.21 £342.74 £415.48

PRIMA COMBINATION LADDER
If you want a triple ladder, an ‘A’ frame stepladder, an extendible stepladder, a stairwell ladder and a telescopic safety base - look no further than the Prima. • The rungs are rhomboid shaped for additional comfort when climbing or standing - unlike traditional square rungs which dig into your feet. The die-cast hinge and nylon coated steel guides enable tough but smooth operation and adjustment. The auto locking and max height adjustment feature mean you cannot over extend the ladder to an unsafe length. • Most combination ladders have nylon stays to support the ladder in the ‘A’ frame position. Prima has aluminium locking stays which ‘plug’ into the rung holes, giving tremendous support and rigidity. • Unique telescopic splayed base stabiliser. • Rhomboid shaped rungs. • Strong nylon coated steel guides. • Integrated wall wheels as standard. • Aluminium locking stays for additional rigidity. • Replaceable parts. • 150Kg work load capacity. • 5 year warranty. • EN131.

REF 1300-051 1300-053 1300-054 1300-056

Description 2m Prima 2.5m Prima 3m Prima 3.5m Prima

Step height 1.94m 2.54m 2.84m 3.44m

Extended step height 2.90m 3.40m 3.70m 4.30m

Extended length 4.20m 5.65m 6.25m 8.10m

Closed length 2.04m 2.64m 2.94m 3.54m

Weight 15Kg 19Kg 21Kg 31Kg

PRICE £210.42 £264.54 £304.05 £368.51

PRICES INCLUDE DELIVERY ON ORDERS OVER £100

233

PRO ADJUSTABLE LADDER
Robust engineering and construction ensures proven performance within intensive use environments. The reinforced auto-locking hinge enables the user to configure the PAL as a work bench, mini scaffold, A frame step and extension ladder. The tough black anodised armour finish protects the ladder against oxidisation - allowing clean hand usage - unlike most ladders. • Multiple configurations. • Lifetime warranty. • Durable black anodised finish. • 159Kg capacity. • Box section construction for extra rigidity. • EN131-4. • Splayed legs for additional stability.

REF 1303-020 1303-021 1303-022 1303-023

Description PAL 4x3 PAL 4x4

Step Extended Scaffold Stored height m length m height m height m 1.75 3.70 0.60 1.10 2.30 4.80 0.70 1.30 Scaffold board for PAL 4x3 Scaffold board for PAL 4x4

Overall width m 0.57 0.66

Weight Kg 12.5 15.5

PRICE £107.66 £138.03 £43.18 £49.82

COMBINATION LADDER/PLATFORM
Can be used as a ladder, stepladder and with the addition of the two metal platforms it converts into a work platform. • Non-slip aluminium treads. • Large non-slip safety feet. • Platform heights: AMP03Z - 910mm AMP04Z - 1220mm. • Platform size: AMP03Z - 300W x 1430L mm AMP04Z - 300W x 2050L mm. • Complies to EN-131.

REF AMP03Z AMP04Z

Stepladder Extension height ladder height 1690mm 3460mm 2230mm 4570mm

PRICE £116.91 £157.89

PRO-DECK
5-way ladder and deck combination ideal for all maintenance work. Can be used as an extension ladder, double sided step ladder stairwell ladder work platform and stairway work platform. • One person operation. • Simple to set up. • Aluminium and steel construction. • Lightweight and strong. • Compact. • Non-slip working surfaces.

SPECIFICATIONS

Closed height Open height Max. width Max. load Max. plat. height Max. working ht. Platform width Platform length Max. stair rise REF 301384

2000mm 3250mm 490mm 100Kg 4480mm

2000mm 1640mm 490mm 100Kg 3120mm

2000mm 490mm 100Kg

2000mm

2000mm

125Kg 1284mm 3284mm 350mm 1275mm

700mm Complete and with instruction leaflet

125Kg 1284mm 2354mm 350mm 1275mm 750mm PRICE £149.36

234

PRICES INCLUDE DELIVERY ON ORDERS OVER £100

VERTICAL ACCESS LADDERS
Fixed ladders suitable for buildings, lofts, mezzanine floors etc. Made to specification. Fitted with back hoops and bolt plates. Easy installation. Can be weatherproofed for outside use. Site survey can be arranged. Price on Application.

ALUMINIUM TELESCOPIC LADDER
• Closed 81cm - extended 3.8m. • Weight a mere 13.7Kg. • Easy to open or close quickly and complete safety in operation. • Certified to EN131.

REF 3055 Used extensively by operatives who need to take the steps from site to site. Folds up to easily fit in the boot of a car. Extend in length to suit the application and secure with safety latch.

HEAVY DUTY 2 AND 3 SECTION EXTENSION LADDERS
• Manufactured to BS EN131. • Heavy duty contoured feet and tips. • 150Kg capacity. These ladders are suitable for both professional and domestic use. Designed to give maximum strength and rigidity at any height. The units have wide non-slip ‘D’ rungs for comfort and security.

AEA214D

REF 1303-010

PRICE £168.53

INDUSTRIAL ESCAPE LADDER
AEA307T • Constructed from steel chain and heavy gauge tubing. • Easy to hook over window sill for an instant fire escape.

Dual Section - push up REF AEA209D AEA211D AEA212D AEA214D AEA216D No of Rungs 9 11 12 14 16 Length Extended Weight m length m Kg 2.59 4.48 10 3.13 556 12 3.4 6.1 13 3.94 7.18 18 4.48 8.26 20 PRICE £109.42 £124.28 £132.47 £162.08 £180.56

Triple Section - push up No of Length Extended Weight Rungs m length m Kg REF 7 2.0 4.7 10.4 AEA307T 9 2.57 6.35 15 AEA309T 3.4 8.24 23 AEA312T 12 REF PRICE £140.95 £168.44 £222.18 R15 R25 R45 Length 4.5m 7.62m 13.75m Weight 7Kg 9.4Kg 19Kg Test cap Kg 450 450 450 PRICE £94.61 £113.96 £165.54

PRICES INCLUDE DELIVERY ON ORDERS OVER £100

235

SURVEYORS SECTIONAL LADDER

ALUMINIUM SHELF LADDER

ALUMINIUM ROOF LADDER

Constructed oval box section with round non slip rungs at 300mm centres. Safe aluminium joining spigots one section to another. Rubber base feet. Easily stored in boot of a car. REF SU2 SU3 SU4 SU5 SU6 Length 1.80m 2.70m 3.60m 4.50m 5.40m No. of Sections 2 3 4 5 6 Wt. Kg 4.1 5.9 8.2 10.0 11.8 PRICE £68.96 £93.30 £129.33 £162.05 £193.97

Non slip treads. Rubber feet. Parallel sided 380mm wide or can be tapered to order. Timber top rail supplied standard. Can be supplied with shafting hooks on request.

Best available roof ladders. Stiles oval box section. Rungs 300mm centres – non slip. Rigid hook and bearers from solid flat bar. Durable PVC covered bearing surfaces. Solid joining spigots and drop nose locking pins. REF RL1 RL2 RL3 RL4 RLE3 RLE4 RLE6 RLE12 Overall Length Wt. Kg 3.8m 10.4 4.4m 11.3 5.0m 12.3 5.6m 13.2 Roof Ladder Extensions 0.9m 3.2 1.2m 4.1 1.8m 5.9 3.6m 8.6 PRICE £195.56 £207.19 £231.50 £246.28 £85.25 £90.00 £97.91 £126.15

REF SX7 SX8 SX9 SX10 SX11 SX12 SX13

Overall Length 1.86m 2.12m 2.39m 2.65m 2.92m 3.18m 3.45m

No. of Treads 7 8 9 10 11 12 13

Wt Kg 4.5 5.0 5.9 6.4 7.3 7.7 8.6

PRICE £76.06 £82.29 £88.38 £94.43 £99.73 £106.75 £112.94

POPULAR GENERAL DUTY LADDER

HEAVY DUTY ALUMINIUM LADDER TRADE ALUMINIUM

Comfortable non slip flat top rungs. Strong box section sides manufactured BS 2037 (class 1). REF GS125 GS130 GS135 GS140 GS145 GS150 GS160 GD225 GD230 GD235 GD240 GD245 GD250 Closed Ht. m 2.43 2.93 3.43 3.92 4.43 4.93 5.93 2.43 2.93 3.43 3.93 4.43 4.93 Ext Ht. m – – – – – – – 4.20 5.20 6.20 7.20 8.20 8.95 Wt Kg 5 6.4 7.7 8.6 9.5 10.4 12.3 10.9 12.7 15.0 23.1 25.9 28.6 No. Rungs 9 11 13 15 17 19 23 2x9 2x11 2x13 2x15 2x17 2x19 PRICE £74.74 £89.69 £104.64 £119.60 £134.53 £142.38 £164.45 £131.98 £153.96 £178.06 £209.48 £241.95 £270.24 Strongest commercial ladder all rope operated. Rubber articulated feet. Automatic gravity locks. REF Closed Ht. m Ext Wt No. PRICE Ht. m Kg Rungs Kite Marked to Double BS2037 (Class 1) 7.21 23.1 15 £291.20 8.21 26.8 17 £376.48 8.96 29.9 19 £454.15 9.96 37.2 21 £489.88 10.71 45.4 23 £557.02 12.71 50.4 27 £536.27 Kite Marked to Triple BS2037 (Class 1) 10.47 43.5 15 £565.59 11.97 52.6 17 £591.77 12.97 58.5 19 £614.83 Triple Not Kite Marked 13.97 15.47 64.4 71.2 21 23 £673.48 £727.97

Strong ladder multi-usage. Non slip D rungs. Moulded safety feet. Far superior to DIY models manufactured BS EN 131. REF Closed Ext Wt No. Ht. m Ht. m Kg Rungs Two Section Push Up – Double 2.42 4.2 9 8 2.92 5.2 10.5 10 3.42 6.2 14 12 3.92 7.2 16 14 4.42 8.2 20.5 15 4.92 9.2 23.5 17 5.42 10.2 29 19 Three Section Push Up – Triple 2.42 5.95 16.5 8 2.92 7.45 18.5 10 3.42 8.95 25.5 12 3.92 10.45 28.5 14 PRICE

Two Section HD240 HD245 HD250 HD255 HD260 HD270 3.94 4.44 4.94 5.44 5.94 6.94

Two Section – Push Up GB225 GB230 GB235 GB240 GB245 GB250 GB255 GB325 GB330 GB335 GB340

Three Section – Push Up GT320 GT325 GT330 GT335 GT340 1.93 2.43 2.93 3.43 3.93 4.46 5.96 7.46 8.96 10.46 14.5 16.8 27.7 33.6 42.2 3x7 3x9 3x11 3x13 3x15 £175.53 £195.86 £267.10 £339.36 £404.31

£64.06 £72.05 £90.86 £103.20 £118.03 £124.60 £135.48 £98.81 £117.70 £149.01 £170.34

Three Section HT340 3.94 HT345 4.44 HT350 4.94 Three Section HT355 HT360 5.44 5.94

236

PRICES INCLUDE DELIVERY ON ORDERS OVER £100

It's a fact - more accidents happen due to misuse on ladders than all other industrial accidents. Prevention is the key to this old age problem - ladder safety products help prevent accidents.

LADDERMAX SAFETY DEVICE
Large sturdy tray holds tools and materials exactly where they are needed. The ergonomic position created allows easier access to a greater working area. Allows work to be carried out faster and safer. Foolproof fastening clamps for all ladders and large serrated rubber wall locators prevent any slipping and maximum stability.

REF LADDERMAX

PRICE £38.80

ALUMINIUM STANDOFF LADDER STAY
• Long established favourite. Designed to keep the top of the ladder 300mm away from the wall, to assist in painting and general maintenance work etc. • Easy to attach and detach. Suitable for trade, industry and domestic use.

THE LADDER STOPPER
• One man safety - no need for another to 'foot' your base. • Tried and tested on wet and dry floors, concrete, polished floors, even on grass etc. • Prevents bottom and sideways slips. • Gives longer life to the rubber feet of the ladder. • Robust, rugged construction of solid rubber base and aluminium upstand bonded securely to the base. • The user is much safer on 2 square feet than 2 square inches.

REF LLS

PRICE £24.69

RIDGE HOOK
• Replacement hook for trade and industrial roof ladders. • Easily attached. • Fitted with easy positioning wheels.

REF RHW

PRICE £43.16

LADDER SAFETY FEET
• Designed to give good grip on a variety of surfaces. • Easy to fit on aluminium ladders. REF C1100 C1006 Type Suction Feet (C) pair Articulated Feet (D) pair PRICE £28.43 £36.26

C

D

ROOF RACK LADDER CLAMPS
• Easy to use. Designed to lock ladders or steps securely in place. Will secure up to three ladders.

REF C1443A

Description Per pair with padlock

PRICE £16.71

REF 1400-058

Description Suits ladders up to 610mm wide

PRICE £76.46

PRICES INCLUDE DELIVERY ON ORDERS OVER £100

237

• Non conductive glass fibre front and back legs. • Conform to ANSI 14.5 and EN131. • Top quality products for the professionals.

• Wide choice of types and sizes. • Double rivetted non slip aluminium treads. • Non slip rubber feet front and back.

GLASS FIBRE FOLDING PLATFORM STEPS

GLASS FIBRE SWINGBACK STEPS

Standard Duty

Heavy Duty

Standard Duty Standard Duty

Heavy Duty

Standard Duty REF GFBP3 GFBP4 GFBP5 GFBP6 GFBP7 GFBP8 GFBP10 GFBP12 Open height 1.24 1.46 1.68 1.91 2.13 2.39 2.72 3.18 Open height 1.47 1.93 2.44 2.91 3.38 Closed height 1.35 1.59 1.83 2.07 2.31 2.53 2.98 3.50 Platform height 0.59 0.81 1.03 1.26 1.48 1.66 2.10 2.58 Heavy Duty REF GSP4 GSP6 GSP8 GSP10 GSP12 Closed height 1.64 2.16 2.69 3.23 3.76 Platform height 0.98 1.45 1.94 2.41 2.90 No treads 4 6 8 10 12 PRICE £167.54 £183.32 £199.28 £223.32 £302.97 REF GSL4 GSL6 GSL8 GSL10 GSL12 GSL14 Weight Kg 5.00 6.00 7.00 8.00 9.00 10.00 12.00 14.00 No treads 3 4 5 6 7 8 10 12 PRICE £84.48 £93.78 £104.77 £114.43 £127.38 £140.72 £162.62 £186.04 REF GFBB3 GFBB4 GFBB5 GFBB6 GFBB7 GFBB8 GFBB10 GFBB12

Open height 0.58 0.81 1.03 1.26 1.48 1.70 2.17 2.57 Open height 0.99 1.47 1.93 2.44 2.91 3.42 Closed height 1.14 1.64 2.16 2.69 3.23 3.75

Closed height 0.66 0.89 1.14 1.38 1.62 1.86 2.10 2.34 Base width 0.41 0.46 0.51 0.56 0.61 0.66

Weight Kg 3.25 4.25 4.75 5.50 6.50 7.50 9.00 10.50 Base span 0.76 1.07 1.50 1.78 2.13 2.54

No treads 3 4 5 6 7 8 10 12 No treads 4 6 8 10 12 14

PRICE £53.51 £58.61 £70.78 £80.18 £101.54 £108.16 £122.82 £152.79

Heavy Duty PRICE £111.57 £127.54 £143.50 £171.39 £196.85 £264.22

GLASS FIBRE PLATFORM STEPS WITH TOOL TRAY
• Complies to EN131. • Glass fibre front & back legs. • Non slip aluminium treads. • Non slip rubber feet fitted to all four legs. • Tool tray fitted to top of handles.

REF GFP05Z GFP06Z GFP07Z GFP08Z

No of Treads 5 6 7 8

Platform Height mm 1185 1410 1650 1880

O/A Dims HxWxD mm 1795x560x1170 2030x595x1350 2265x625x1520 2495x660x1705

O/A Height Folded 1930 2180 2475 2675

PRICE £169.57 £190.19 £211.37 £232.78

238

PRICES INCLUDE DELIVERY ON ORDERS OVER £100

GLASS FIBRE SWINGBACK STEPS
Manufactured for industrial use, these lightweight steps are ideal for maintenance and electrical use and comply with EN131 regulations. Accessory top tray accommodates tools and fittings. Fitted with aluminium treads and anti-slip rubber feet. Close up of accessory tray

REF GFJ02Z GFJ03Z GFJ04Z GFJ05Z GFJ06Z GFJ07Z

No of Steps 2 3 4 5 6 7

Weight Kg 5 6 7 8 9 10

Overall Dimensions when in use HxWxD mm 790x430x610 1079x472x785 1368x509x955 1652x543x1125 1935x585x1295 2220x624x1480

PRICE £61.52 £81.64 £101.79 £121.95 £142.03 £162.16

VISION 360 GLASS FIBRE STEPS
Market leading super size industrial glass fibre folding platform. • Insulated to 25000 volts. • Comfortable extra deep serrated treads. • Extra strong reinforced channel section stiles. • Platform size 400mm x 550mm. • 5 year warranty. • 150Kg work load capacity. • BS EN131.

REF 1243-004 1243-006 1243-008 1243-010

Description 4 tread Vision 6 tread Vision 8 tread Vision 10 tread Vision

Platform height m 0.96 1.44 1.89 2.44

Closed height m 2.05 2.56 3.07 3.57

Open footprint m 0.59x1.09 0.65x1.52 0.71x1.84 0.77x2.16

Weight Kg 14 19 22 24

PRICE £582.86 £686.73 £813.55 £956.07

GRP COMBI LADDER
Some spark risk sites demand minimal metal content equipment. All glass fibre steps are the solution with robust GRP stiles and treads. The GRP Combi ladder is a fully insulated triple ladder, a frame step ladder and an extended step ladder. • Insulated to 100000 volts. • Supplied with base stabiliser. • Extension limiting device. • Strong nylon coated steel guides for ease of adjustment. • Sliding wall wheels. • 5 year warranty. • 150Kg work load capacity. • EN131.

REF 1300-081 1300-082 1300-083

Ext step height m 2.9 3.4 3.7

Ext length m 5.47 7.45 8.6

Overall width m 0.36 - 0.49 0.36 - 0.49 0.36 - 0.49

Rungs 3x8 3 x 10 3 x 12

Weight Kg 20.7 32 38

PRICE £342.32 £472.86 £555.97

PRICES INCLUDE DELIVERY ON ORDERS OVER £100

239

GRP EXTENSION LADDERS
Incredibly tough and durable extension ladders with rope operation for ease of adjustment. • Insulated to 35000 volts. • Comfortable D shaped rungs. • Super strong reinforced stiles. • Rope operation. • Dual action articulated feet. • 5 year warranty. • 150Kg work load capacity. • EN131.

REF 1119-003 1119-004 1119-005 1119-006

Description 2.6m GRP ladder 3.2m GRP ladder 3.8m GRP ladder 4.4m GRP ladder

Closed length m 2.60 3.20 3.80 4.40

Ext length m 3.80 5.00 6.20 7.40

Overall width m 0.45 0.45 0.45 0.45

Weight Kg 16 19 22 25

PRICE £201.61 £227.09 £254.70 £286.53

ALUGLAS LADDERS
An innovative Aluglas range of access equipment combines glass fibre sections with aluminium rungs. This range of glass fibre ladder has been designed specifically for professionals who require a lightweight, yet strong and durable, fibreglass extension ladder. The stiles are constructed from extruded rectangle box section glass reinforced plastic. The 'D' shaped aluminium rungs are secured to the stiles using a revolutionary method of fixing. The Aluglas ladder has been tested to comply with the strength requirements of the standards, En 131, ANSI 14.5 and BS2037 Class 1 (rungs). Single section can be supplied as a roof ladder, 2 and 3 sections can be fitted with rope and pulley operation - please enquire for prices.

EUROGLAS LADDERS
The Euroglas ladder is constructed from glass-reinforced plastic and represents the ultimate in GRP ladders. Not only are the box section stiles made of glass reinforced plastic, but also the rungs are manufactured from serrated non-slip, resin matrix glass reinforced tubes, which are fully bonded into specially designed box section stiles. It complies with the EN 131 standard, American ANSI 14.5 and British ESI 13.1. The 'Euroglas' ladder provides a structure which is totally electrically insulated and has a high degree of weather and chemical resistance. • Frodal ladder also available in the above size:Fire Resistant Offshore Designed Access Ladder (FRODAL). Please phone for further information. • Available with rope and pulley operation.

Single Section REF AGS8 AGS10 AGS12 AGS14 AGS16 AGS18 AGS20 REF AGD14 AGD18 AGD22 AGD26 AGD29 AGD33 AGD36 REF AGT20 AGT27 AGT32 AGT38 AGT40 Height m 2.44 (8') 3.05 (10') 3.66 (12') 4.27 (14') 4.88 (16') 5.49 (18') 6.10 (20') Closed Ht m 2.44 (8') 3.05 (10') 3.66 (12') 4.27 (14') 4.88 (16') 5.49 (18') 6.10 (20') Closed Ht m 2.44 (8') 3.05 (10') 3.66 (12') 4.27 (14') 4.88 (16') Rungs 8 10 12 14 16 18 20 2 Section Ladder Ext Ht m Rungs 4.2 (14') 16 5.49 (18') 20 6.70 (22') 24 7.92 (26') 30 8.84 (29') 34 10.06 (33') 38 10.97 (36') 42 3 Section Ladder Ext Ht m 6.2 (20') 8.2 (27') 9.7 (32') 11.57 (38') 12.0 (40') Rungs 24 30 36 42 48 Weight Kg 15.1 18.9 22.7 26.5 30.3 34.0 40.5 Weight Kg 23.7 29.4 35.0 40.7 46.4 PRICE £310.20 £362.98 £392.54 £445.32 £498.15 £700.18 £769.54 PRICE £443.63 £522.86 £602.07 £681.23 £998.00 REF EG14 EG18 EG22 EG26 EG29 EG33 EG36 REF TEG20 TEG24 TEG30 TEG36 TEG40 Closed Ht m 2.44 (8') 3.05 (10') 3.66 (12') 4.27 (14') 4.88 (16') 5.49 (18') 6.10 (20') Closed Ht m 2.44 (8') 3.05 (10') 3.66 (12') 4.28 (14') 4.88 (16') Weight Kg 7.5 9.5 11.4 13.3 15.2 17.0 20.0 PRICE £143.39 £169.77 £196.20 £222.58 £249.30 £350.02 £384.73 REF SEG8 SEG10 SEG12 SEG14 SEG16 SEG18 SEG20 Height m 2.44 (8') 3.05 (10') 3.66 (12') 4.27 (14') 4.88 (16') 5.49 (18') 6.10 (20')

Single Section Rungs 8 10 12 14 16 18 20 2 Section Ladder Ext Ht m Rungs 4.2 (14') 16 5.49 (18') 20 6.70 (22') 24 7.92 (26') 30 8.84 (29') 34 10.06 (33') 38 10.97 (36') 42 3 Section Ladder Ext Ht m 6.00 (20') 7.30 (24') 9.10 (30') 11.00 (36') 12.20 (40') Rungs 24 30 36 45 51 Weight Kg 17.7 22.1 25.9 29.6 33.4 37.1 40.9 Weight Kg 26.5 33.1 38.8 44.4 56.0 PRICE £365.38 £419.21 £498.15 £580.86 £765.06 £862.79 £958.71 PRICE £532.32 £648.18 £766.86 £891.20 £1168.16 Weight Kg 8.2 10.4 12.5 14.6 16.7 18.7 22.0 PRICE £181.52 £224.86 £264.41 £305.15 £396.30 £425.80 £471.03

240

PRICES INCLUDE DELIVERY ON ORDERS OVER £100

MINI FOLD TOWER
Lightweight and robust folding unit - ideal for one person use. Simply unfold, fit the board, lock the castors and use to gain access as required. An optional extra guardrail pack is available for those slightly higher jobs. • Six optional platform levels. • Ideal for most trades. • Complete with a non slip platform board. • Four lockable castors. • 150Kg work load capacity. • 5 year warranty.

REF 3010-003 3010-003A

Platform Overall Description height m height m Width m Length m Mini fold base 0.20 - 1.70 1.80 0.70 1.50 Mini fold guard 1.70* 2.80 0.70 1.50 * When used in conjunction with base.

PRICE £445.44 £258.96

SPEEDY MODULAR TOWER
Strong and lightweight folding base unit that can reach heights of up to 5.15m by using additional extension packs. • Quick and easy erection - no tools needed. • 25mm Bloctub® tubular aluminium frame. • Flexibility of modular packs for heights up to 7.15m. • Four lockable castors. • Suitable for indoor and outdoor use. • 3T compliant. • 3 year warranty. • 200Kg/m work load capacity - platform. • EN1004.

REF 3010-030 3010-031 3010-032 3010-033

Platform Description height m Pack 1 - Base 0.95 Pack 2 - Guardrail 1.80 Pack 3 - Extension 3.50 Pack 4 - Extension 5.15

Overall Max footprint height m m 1.93 0.78 x 1.78 2.94 0.78 x 1.78 4.62 3.06 x 3.81* 6.31 3.06 x 3.81*

Weight Kg 26 9.5 29 20.5

PRICE £342.94 £265.44 £459.19 £198.76

* Including outriggers. Each pack must be used in conjunction to reach maximum height.

OPTIMUM 50 TOWER
A single width trade tower for reaching working heights up to 4.90m. Uses the same 25mm patented Bloctub® frame as the above Speedy Modular Tower. • Easy to construct and dismantle. • Suitable for indoor and outdoor use. • 3T compliant. • 3 year warranty. • 200Kg/m work load capacity - platform. • EN1004.

REF 3010-050 3010-051

Platform Description height m Opto 50 Tower 2.80

Overall Width height m m 4.00 0.74 4 wheel kit

Length m 1.60

Max footprint m 3.52 x 2.83*

Weight Kg 43

PRICE £542.50 £77.30

* Including outriggers.

PRICES INCLUDE DELIVERY ON ORDERS OVER £100

241

SPEEDY 80 TOWER
A versatile aluminium tower system designed for light trade use and certified to HD1004 class 3 trade standard. Supplied in 4 platform heights 0.95 - 5.15m. Base size 1.6m long x 0.77m wide. Above 3.5m height stabilisers are supplied. • Trapdoor platforms supplied on all towers (2 off on 3.5m x 5.15m models). • Toeboards included (not applicable on 0.95m model). • Stabilisers included on 3.5m and 5.15m models.

REF PACK1 PACK1/2 PACK1/2/3 PACK1/2/3/4 PACK/AL

Description Tower to 0.95m ht Tower to 1.80m ht Tower to 3.50m ht Tower to 5.15m ht Adjustable legs

PRICE £334.95 £585.80 £961.35 £1036.75 £98.09

ALUMINIUM BRIDGING SYSTEM

APPLICATION ENVIRONMENTS • Leisure Facilities. • Local Authority. • Conference Centres. • Retail Outlets. • Hotels. • Manufacturing. REF A/1.5 A/2.5 A/3.2 Span x Underside Ht mm 1500 x 1900 2500 x 1900 3200 x 1900 PRICE £1728.95 £1845.26 £1984.43

SAFE ACCESS • Serrated non slip rungs for safe access to the working platform. • Weather proof, anti-skid decking and adjustable guardrail system provide a safe working area. • Incorporates the Safeguard fall protection system. • Platform safely accommodates up to 2 people plus tools. OPTIONS • Standard spans 1.5m, 2.5m and 3.2m. Special spans can be supplied up to 6m high. • Clearance height 1.9m and 2.150m. Height extensions 500mm and 1.0m. Stabilisers required on extra heights.

EFFORTLESS ACCESS • Limited number of components provide quick assembly for access up and over ground level obstacles. • No need to move desks, machinery, workstations etc allowing you to cause minimal disruption and get the job done quicker. • 7 rung frames for choice of platform height (up to 1.8m). • Span adjusts to suit your particular requirements. • Compact, lightweight components for easy handling and storage.

RAZOR DECK
The Razor Deck is a ground breaking, one-piece, self erecting, flat packing work platform. Creating a completely new category of access, it’s the world’s first ‘no power’ self erecting tower. Razor Deck is an instant tower like no other.

The Razor Deck can be set up from its flat packed transportable state to a fully extended worktable position in seconds with minimal assistance from the operator - aided by clever geometry and balanced tensioning springs. Without the expense of powered access or the hassle of conventional non-powered access it’s a clear-cut alternative with significant advantages. Packed height - 730mm Length - 1530mm Width - 740mm Deck size - 1000mm x 700mm Platform heights can be set at - 550mm - 1000mm or 2000mm Safe working load - 150Kg Weight - 82Kg REF RAZORDECK PRICE £2299.70

242

PRICES INCLUDE DELIVERY ON ORDERS OVER £100

THE CLASSIC ACCESS TOWER
The Classic scaffold tower range is the ultimate high quality versatile steel scaffold tower system. Classic scaffold towers can be used with confidence for most light duty tasks, a multitude of domestic maintenance applications and are extremely useful in the garden for hedge cutting/tree trimming. All Classic scaffold towers are now supplied with double handrails, trapdoor platform, internal ladders, stabilisers (except #) and toe boards for improved safety. Available in three useful base sizes - 1.2m x 0.76m, 1.2m x 1.2m & 1.8m x 1.2m - Classic Towers can solve almost any access problem. Manufactured from prime quality pre-galvanised mild steel tube the superior finish provides excellent resistance to corrosion which keeps the product looking good for many years.

REF BLTA42 BLTB42 BLTC42 BLTD42 BLTE42 BLTA44 BLTB44 BLTC44 BLTD44 BLTE44 BLTA64 BLTB64 BLTC64 BLTD64 BLTE64 BLTF64

Base size mm 1220 x 760 1220 x 760 1220 x 760 1220 x 760 1220 x 760 1220 x 1220 1220 x 1220 1220 x 1220 1220 x 1220 1220 x 1220 1830 x 1220 1830 x 1220 1830 x 1220 1830 x 1220 1830 x 1220 1830 x 1220

Platform ht mm 1830# 2670 3500 4340 5180 2670# 3500 4340 5180 6025 3500# 4340 5180 6025 6860 7700

PRICE £326.57 £585.05 £610.26 £704.83 £731.31 £466.52 £670.78 £760.31 £800.65 £890.17 £606.48 £863.69 £922.95 £1015.00 £1073.00 £1166.31

Add on optional extras REF T132/TT T133 T131 Description Set of 4 Locking Castors Set of 4 Adjustable Locking Castors Set of 4 Adjustable Base Feet PRICE £83.20 £140.80 £88.00

HEAVY DUTY ACCESS TOWER
Minor heavy duty scaffold towers are probably one of the strongest and safest steel scaffold towers available today. They are made to the highest possible standards, constructed from 2.0mm (horizontals) and 2.5mm (verticals) thick, prime quality British steel to BS 6323 34/26 and then hot dip galvanised to BS EN ISO 1461:1999 both inside and outside the tube to provide a corrosion free life. All Minor scaffold towers are now supplied with double handrails, Trapdoor platform, internal ladders, stabilisers (except #) and toe boards for improved safety. Minor heavy duty scaffold towers are available in two useful base sizes -1.2m x 0.61m or 1.2m x 1.2m. Type Minor – Galvanised finish Base size mm 1220 x 610 1220 x 610 1220 x 610 1220 x 610 1220 x 1220 1220 x 1220 1220 x 1220 1220 x 1220 1220 x 1220 1220 x 1220 1220 x 1220 1220 x 1220 Included Platform ht in the mm price 1830# 2440 Double Handrails, 3050 3660 Trapdoor and 3050# Solid Platform, 3660 Internal Ladders, 4270 4 Outriggers 4880 (except #), 5490 Toeboards 6100 and Frames 6710 7320 Add on or optional extras Set of 4 Locking Castors Set of 4 Adjustable Locking Castors Set of 4 Adjustable Base Feet

REF BA42 BB42 BC42 BD42 BA44 BB44 BC44 BD44 BE44 BF44 BG44 BH44 REF TO31 TO32 TO72

PRICE £534.33 £793.15 £891.75 £962.80 £890.30 £1162.90 £1278.90 £1338.35 £1468.85 £1529.75 £1660.25 £1719.70 PRICE £75.40 £150.40 £80.00

PRICES INCLUDE DELIVERY ON ORDERS OVER £100

243

Unique folding tower, recently developed. Conforms to BS1139 and HD1004. Narrow 700mm width means that you can work in the trickiest of places safely. Easy to assemble and store and can be transported in small vans and estate cars. • Folding base mechanism - A truly portable tower. • Fits easily into most small vans and estate cars. • Quick and easy to erect - time saver. • Narrow width - compact easy storage. • Quick release pull rings with stainless pins on all bracings for easy assembly. • Smooth and ribbed texture on braces for quick identification. • Risk assessment must be carried out prior to any work being carried out at height. • 1800mm platform length x 700mm width and a standard height of 0.6m which can be increased with additional stages. Wheel Brakes

Large Rubber Feet

Certified to BS1139 & HD1004

Quick Release Pull Rings

REF LSL06 LSL16 LSL21 LSL31 LSL36 LSL46 LSL51 LSL61

Platform Height 0.6m 1.6m 2.1m 3.1m 3.6m 4.6m 5.1m 6.1m

PRICE £339.63 £495.73 £729.97 £1020.84 £1042.93 £1340.91 £1363.00 £1443.44

COMPONENT SCHEDULE Platform Heights Description 125mm Locking Castor (Standard) 150mm Locking Castor (For use with adjustable leg) Adjustable Leg (Optional) 1.5m Base Unit (inc. 1 x 1.8m Hatch Deck) 1.5m Additional Frame 1.8m Additional Hatch Deck 1.0m Guard Rail Frame 1.8m Horizontal Brace (Ribbed) 2.1m Diagonal Brace (Smooth) 1.8m Toe Board Length 0.6m Toe Board End Standard Stabiliser Unit Telescopic Stabiliser Unit Max 0.6m 4 4* 4* 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 Max 1.6m 4 4* 4* 1 0 0 2 4 1 2* 2* 4* 0 Max 2.1m 4 4* 4* 1 2 0 0 5 1 2 2 4 4* Max 3.1m 4 4* 4* 1 2 0 2 6 3 2 2 4 4* Max 3.6m 4 4* 4* 1 4 1 0 6 3 2 2 4 4* Max 4.6m 4 4* 4* 1 4 1 2 7 5 2 2 4 4* Max 5.1m 4 4* 4* 1 6 2 0 7 5 2 2 4 4* Max 6.1m 4 4* 4* 1 6 2 2 8 7 2 2 4 4*

*Optional Components (If 150mm castors are required then the Adjustable Leg Unit must be used).

244

PRICES INCLUDE DELIVERY ON ORDERS OVER £100

ALUMINIUM MOBILE TOWER SYSTEMS
• • • • • • • • • Full specification to HD 1004 and BS 1139 (Part 3) UK and Euro. Easy and quick to erect or dismantle. Wide ladder with hexagonal rungs, easy to climb. Reinforced platforms and strong toeboards. Two widths available 1.45m and 0.850m. Three lengths available 1.8m, 2.5m and 3.2m. Heat treated gravity castings. Spring steel frame lock clips. Stainless steel bracing lock pins. Single width towers 1.8m x 0.85m REF LB22SW25 LB27SW25 LB32SW25 LB37SW25 LB42SW25 LB47SW25 LB52SW25 LB57SW25 LB62SW25 LB67SW25 LB72SW25 LB77SW25 LB82SW25 LB87SW25 LB92SW25 LB97SW25 LB102SW25 LB107SW25 LB112SW25 LB117SW25 LB122SW25 Platform Height 2.2m 2.7m 3.2m 3.7m 4.2m 4.7m 5.2m 5.7m 6.2m 6.7m 7.2m 7.7m 8.2m 8.7m 9.2m 9.7m 10.2m 10.7m 11.2m 11.7m 12.2m PRICE £1014.65 £1083.25 £1296.92 £1390.93 £1397.86 £1814.17 £1852.30 £1931.15 £2236.68 £2328.55 £2387.55 £2481.32 £2439.58 £2724.87 £2784.32 £2878.45 £3145.64 £3285.29 £3344.65 £3438.81 £3498.28 Double width towers 1.8m x 1.45m REF LB22DW25 LB27DW25 LB32DW25 LB37DW25 LB42DW25 LB47DW25 LB52DW25 LB57DW25 LB62DW25 LB67DW25 LB72DW25 LB77DW25 LB82DW25 LB87DW25 LB92DW25 LB97DW25 LB102DW25 LB107DW25 LB112DW25 LB117DW25 LB122DW25 PRICE £1128.42 £1203.68 £1450.27 £1545.46 £1533.00 £2000.05 £1935.29 £2015.38 £2080.87 £2387.35 £2561.30 £2656.59 £2823.25 £2813.08 £2845.19 £2940.73 £3006.33 £3242.75 £3308.08 £3402.91 £3516.40 • Quick release pull rings. • Large rubber feet. • Dual braking castors.

ALUMINIUM STAIRSPAN TOWER
Stairspan aluminium towers with their comprehensive range of base sizes and accessories can solve almost all access related problems in an industrial or trade environment. The Stairspan Aluminium tower fully complies with BS EN 1004:2004. The Stairspan Tower System is available in two widths - 0.8m and 1.4m (single width & double width), and two platform lengths 1.8m, 2.5m to satisfy most access requirements. The Stairspan system has 500mm rung spacing which gives the user multi-platform height options whilst maintaining the correct height for guardrails. The built in ladder design means no more searching for a separate ladder for safer access to the platform. Our Aluminium scaffold towers are supplied with adjustable legs,castors, toeboards and stabilisers (where necessary) as standard. REF SS1/T SS2/T SS3/T SS4/T SS5/T SS6/T SS7/T SS8/T SS9/T SS10/T SS11/T SS12/T SS13/T SS14/T SS15/T SS16/T SS17/T SS18/T SS19/T SS20/T SS21/T SS22/T SS23/T SS24/T Base size 1.8m x 0.8m 1.8m x 0.8m 1.8m x 0.8m 1.8m x 0.8m 1.8m x 0.8m 1.8m x 0.8m 1.8m x 0.8m 1.8m x 0.8m 1.8m x 1.4m 1.8m x 1.4m 1.8m x 1.4m 1.8m x 1.4m 1.8m x 1.4m 1.8m x 1.4m 1.8m x 1.4m 1.8m x 1.4m 2.5m x 1.4m 2.5m x 1.4m 2.5m x 1.4m 2.5m x 1.4m 2.5m x 1.4m 2.5m x 1.4m 2.5m x 1.4m 2.5m x 1.4m Platform ht 2.0m 3.0m 4.0m 5.0m 6.0m 7.0m 8.0m 9.0m 2.0m 3.0m 4.0m 5.0m 6.0m 7.0m 8.0m 9.0m 2.0m 3.0m 4.0m 5.0m 6.0m 7.0m 8.0m 9.0m PRICE £951.20 £1426.80 £1555.85 £1738.55 £2083.65 £2266.35 £2395.40 £2578.10 £1128.10 £1370.25 £1518.15 £2054.65 £2418.60 £2660.75 £2808.65 £3050.80 £1235.40 £1481.90 £1635.60 £2176.45 £2589.70 £2837.65 £2989.90 £3236.40

PRICES INCLUDE DELIVERY ON ORDERS OVER £100

245

T-ZIP ACCESS PLATFORMS
T-zip replaces the need for ladders, steps and kick stools. This easy to use, safe and secure lift platform is ready to use in an instant. Meet your legislative obligations with T-zip, working at height couldn't be simpler or safer! • The Micro, MicroXL and Microlite are designed for one operator and tools, the T-zip2 is for up to 2 operators and tools. • Auto-closing entry gate. • Spirit level. • Inertia belt descent protection. • Key switched controls and power pack. • IP65 deadman operated controls. • Non-slip platform surface. • Safety cage with top rail, mid bar and kick plates. • Emergency lowering. • Auto cut-off charger unit. • EN1757.1 loading compliance. • Overload protection. MICRO Platform height mm Working height mm Platform size mm REF 1320 3320 600 x 600 MICRO 1620 3620 600 x 600 MICROXL 2000 4000 480 x 480 MICROLITE 1620 3620 1000 x 800 TZIP2 Man/Cap Lift 1/120Kg 20 secs 1/120Kg 24 secs 1/120Kg 24 secs 2/300Kg 9 secs PRICE £7133.00 £7869.40 £8124.20 £6616.40

T-ZIP2

STAR 6 ELECTRIC DRIVE PLATFORM
• Ideal platform to reach awkward places. • Suitable for maintenance work and warehouse inventory. • Indoor or outdoor use. • Electric drive possible at full height. • Easy to drive in tight and congested areas. • Fits through standard doors and into lifts. REF Working height Platform height Lift capacity Platform size Length Width Height - stowed Drive speed Gradeability Turning radius - outside Tyres - non-marking Power source Weight PRICE STAR6 6m 4m 180Kg 0.8 x 0.7m 1.50m 0.76m 1.65m 1.5 - 5km/h 22% 1m 250 x 60 185v - 24amph 800Kg £10536.12

STAR 10 ELECTRIC DRIVE PLATFORM
• • • • Versatile machine with a 3m outreach facility. Maintenance work and warehouse inventory. Indoor or outdoor use. Electric drive in narrow aisles.

REF Working height Platform height Horizontal outreach Lift capacity Platform size Length Width Height - stowed Drive speed Gradeability Turning radius - outside Tyres - non-marking Power source Weight PRICE

STAR10 10m 8m 3m 200Kg 1.12 x 0.99m 2.62m 1m 1.99m 0.7 - 4.5km/h 23% 1.88m 16 x 5 x 10.5 240v - 24amph 2760Kg £24526.32

246

PRICES INCLUDE DELIVERY ON ORDERS OVER £100

QUICK UP PUSH AROUND PLATFORMS
The push around range of platforms are light, compact and designed for maintenance work and access to awkward locations. The electric platform is for indoor use and can rise between 7m and 14m in height dependent on model type. They are all ultra-light so can be used on fragile floor surfaces. • • • • • Easy to install, set up and operate. Easy 'stand up' access through flip up top rail into basket. One man loading and unloading. Cage and mast construction in aluminium. The Quick Range has compact dimensions and a unique design that enables access through most standard doorways. • These machines are easily transportable by vans or pickups making them invaluable for multi site operations.

REF Working height Platform height Lift capacity Platform size Length Width Height - stowed Width - stabilised Tilt bar Energy (AC) Weight (AC) Energy (batteries)

QUICKUP7 6.50m 4.5m

QUICKUP8 7.90m 5.90m 159Kg

QUICKUP9 9.30m 7.30m

QUICKUP11 10.70m 8.70m

QUICKUP12 12m 10m 0.66 x 0.68m

QUICKUP13 12.80m 10.80m 136Kg

QUICKUP14 13.90m 11.90m

0.68 x 0.66m 1.21m 0.74m 1.97m 1.4 x 1.7m 1.6 x 1.9m 1.81 x 2.1m 1.27m 1.34m 0.74m 1.97m 1.81 x 2.1m 110/230v 326Kg Weight (DC) 346Kg 366Kg 501Kg £5177.76 £5838.00 366Kg 401Kg 12v 386Kg 585Kg £6466.32 2.11 x 1.75m 1.40m

1.46m 0.74m 1.97m 2.02 x 2.32m

1.34m 0.80m 2.77m

1.40m

2.82 x 1.97m 440Kg 461Kg 406Kg £7233.24 £7258.44 545Kg 441Kg £7744.80

480Kg PRICE

£4949.28

REF QU/DC

Extra To change to DC version

PRICE £546.00

PRICES INCLUDE DELIVERY ON ORDERS OVER £100

247

• Electric drive for ease of operation. • Compact stowed height for easy access travel through standard doorways. • Length: 1.88m, width: 0.76m allows operation in the most congested areas. • Outside turning radius: 1.80m ensures excellent manoeuvrability. • Pothole protection ensures maximum safety. • High operating autonomy. • Robust, reliable and easy to maintain design.

REF Working height Platform height Lift capacity Platform size - extended Height - stowed Height - transport Width Length Lift/lower speed Drive speed Turning radius - outside Gradeability Tyres - non-marking Power source Weight PRICE

OPTIMUM8 7.76m 5.76m 230Kg 2.65 x 0.68m 2m 2m 0.76m 1.88m 23/32s 0.6 - 4.5km/h 1.78m 25% 12.5 x 4.25 24v - 185amph 1420Kg £12178.32

• Electric drive for ease of operation. • Stowed height allows passage through standard doorways. • 0.81m width allows operation in the most congested areas. • 2.38m outside turning radius ensures excellent manoeuvrability. • Pothole protection and load limiter in the platform ensures maximum safety. • High operating autonomy. • Robust, reliable and easy to maintain.

REF Working height Platform height Lift capacity Platform size - extended Height - stowed Height - transport Width Length Lift/lower speed Drive speed Turning radius - outside Gradeability Tyres - non-marking Power source Weight PRICE

COMPACT8 8.20m 6.20m 350Kg

COMPACT10N 10m 8m 230Kg

3.22 x 0.8m 2m 2m 0.81m 2.48m 41s/37s 1 - 3.5km/h 2.38m 23% 15 x 5 24v - 185amph 1730Kg £12437.88 2160Kg £15796.20 51s/42s 2.17m 1.33m

• Electric drive for ease of operation. • 300 - 450Kg platform capacity. • 1.20m width allows operation in the most congested areas. • 13cm ground clearance allows for both inside and outside use. • Pothole protection ensures maximum safety. • High operating autonomy. • Robust reliable and easy to maintain design. • For rough terrain applications and extra heavy load situations we are able to supply diesel powered models.

REF Working height Platform height Lift capacity Platform size - extended Height - stowed Height - transport Width Length Lift/lower speed Drive speed Turning radius - outside Gradeability Tyres - non-marking Power source Weight PRICE

COMPACT10 10.15m 8.15m 450Kg

COMPACT12 12m 10m 300Kg

3.22 x 1.2m 2.26m 1.40m 1.20m 2.45m 51s/42s 1 - 3.5km/h 2.50m 23% 15 x 5 24v - 255amph 2330Kg £16171.68 2630Kg £19183.92 83s/52s 2.38m 1.53m

248

PRICES INCLUDE DELIVERY ON ORDERS OVER £100

WALL MOUNTED BIKE RACKS
• • • • Either scroll or double ‘S’ design styles - 400/330 x 100 x 260mm. Fully welded construction from mild steel. Powder coated exterior grade colour black. Choice of 90° or 60° angle to the wall. Scroll design REF SRCSS904010A SRCSS604010A SRCSD903311A SRCSD603311A Type Scroll design 90° angle Scroll design 60° angle Double ‘S’ design 90° angle Double ‘S’ design 60° angle PRICE £30.02 £30.02 £30.02 £30.02

Double ‘S’ design

FLOOR MOUNTED BIKE RACKS
• • • • Choice of 1 or 2 bike capacity. Fully welded construction in mild steel. Powder coated exterior grade colour black. Sizes: 1 bike - 560 x 310 x 120mm. 2 bikes - 560 x 560 x 120mm. REF SRCSFM15631A SRCSFM25656A Type 1 bike rack 2 bike rack PRICE £40.33 £57.22

1 bike

2 bikes

CHARACTER BIKE RACKS
• • • • Bike stands for 1 or 2 bikes. 8mm thick steel construction. Powder coated black. Supplied with four fixing bolts suitable for concrete mounting. • Design your own style of bike rack: squirrels, dolphins, rockets, chipmunks are examples of other popular designs. Company names can also be added.

Design REF SQCRA85611AX Crank rack SQCOG84212AX Cog rack

Size mm 848 H x 1112 W 842 H x 1293 W

PRICE £229.82 £328.31

Crank design

Cog design

INDOOR VERTICAL BIKE RACK
• Space saving vertical bike storage using a unique mounting hoop. • Ramp to ensure rear mudguard avoids ground. • Simple self assembly - supplied with bolts. • Choice of single or double sided rack.

BIKE LOCKER
• Bike is stored vertically held in a mounting hoop. • 35-45% of floor space is saved. • Heavy duty galvanised steel, powder coated green. • Complete with disc padlock and concrete floor mounting bolts. • Size: 1830H x 715W (front), 405W (back) x 1145D mm. • Protects bike against theft, vandals and weather also store cycle clothing, helmet and luggage.

REF SRAVERTRACKS SRAVERTRACKD

Type Single sided Double sided

PRICE £180.24 £241.30

REF SRAVERTLOCKR

PRICE £837.17

PRICES INCLUDE DELIVERY ON ORDERS OVER £100

249

TRADITIONAL BIKE RACKS
A sturdy twin-level rack designed to fit in a Traditional Cycle Shelter or used freestanding. Up to 8 bikes can be stored by bars that grip the bike wheels. • • • • • Made from tubular steel. Simply bolts to floor. Fully welded - no assembly required. Powder coated dark grey. Pre-galvanised for added protection against corrosion as an extra.

REF SRTRADCR6KXX SRTRADCR8KXX

Capacity Mounting Size H x W x D 6 bikes above 935 x 1750 x 600 8 bikes below 935 x 2350 x 600

PRICE £187.60 £234.50

PILLAR CYCLE RACKS
Sturdy value for money rack that grips the wheels. Bikes can be stored at twin levels. Available as single or double units. • Made from tubular steel. • Simply bolts to floor. • Mostly welded construction - minimal bolting required. • Powder coated dark grey.

CLAW BIKE RACKS
Standalone twin level rack for up to 12 bikes. Available as single or double sided units. • Made from stylish curved tubular steel. • Simply bolts to floor. • Fully welded - no assembly required. • Powder coated dark grey.

REF SRPILLSG4KXX SRPILLSG6KXX SRPILLDS8KXX SRPILLDSTKXX

Capacity 4 bikes 6 bikes 8 bikes 12 bikes

Sides single single double double

Size H x W x D 690x1450x985 690x2320x985 690x1450x1840 690x2320x1840

PRICE £163.21 £192.29 £222.31 £261.70

REF SRCLAWSG4KXX SRCLAWSG6KXX SRCLAWDS8KXX SRCLAWDSTKXX

Capacity 4 bikes 6 bikes 8 bikes 12 bikes

Sides single single double double

Size H x W x D 670x1200x790 670x2150x790 670x1200x790 670x2150x790

PRICE £257.95 £304.85 £398.65 £558.11

HOOP BIKE RACKS
Excellent for use as a free-standing rack or for use with our cycle shelters. • Made from tubular steel. • Simply bolts to floor. • Fully welded - no assembly required. • Available in light grey, blue or green.

BIKE LOOPS
Simple design is rider friendly. Easy to use and also encourages controlled and efficient cycle storage. Two models available - one mounted above ground, other grouted 250mm below ground. • Made from tubular steel. • Simply bolts to floor or into concrete. • Fully welded - no assembly required. • Available in light grey, blue or green.

REF SRHOOP072 SRHOOP133

Capacity 4 bikes 6 bikes

Size H x W x D 810 x 470 x 930 810 x 470 x 1710

PRICE £204.48 £306.73

REF SRLOOPSU2 SRLOOPGR2

Capacity 2 bikes 2 bikes

Mounting above below

Size H x W 805 x 470 1055 x 470

PRICE £107.87 £107.87

250

PRICES INCLUDE DELIVERY ON ORDERS OVER £100

CYCLE COMPOUNDS
A stylish compound with facilities to house up to 48 bikes. Fitted with a curved roof, made from UV resistant opaque polycarbonate panels and optional central canopy for extra security and weather protection. • Covered shelter for minimum of 16 bikes - larger sizes available for higher numbers. • Attractive gate with hasp to take padlock. • Side panels made from tough clear perspex. • Optional central security canopy. • Comes complete with twin level bike racks. • All metal parts powder coated for weather resistance. • Must be bolted to 250mm thick concrete (fixings included). • Delivered in knock-down form.

Cycle Compound with Lockable Gate & Canopy Size HxWxD REF Stores PRICE 2325x5500x3000 SWC215530S2 16 bikes £5440.40 2325x5500x6000 SWC215560S4 32 bikes £8704.64 2325x5500x9000 SWC215590S6 48 bikes £11770.96

Size HxWxD 2325x5500x3000 2325x5500x6000 2325x5500x9000

Cycle Compound with Lockable Gate REF Stores SWC215530G2 16 bikes SWC215560G4 32 bikes SWC215590G6 48 bikes

PRICE £5094.28 £8011.46 £10785.12

Fits 16 bikes

Fits 32 bikes

Fits 48 bikes

Frame Colour Options. Please advise colour.

Dark blue

Green

Light grey

Compound with lockable gate and security canopy

Compound with lockable gate

PRICES INCLUDE DELIVERY ON ORDERS OVER £100

251

CYCLE SHELTERS
• Supplied with either galvanised corrugated sides and back panels or decorative powder coated. All have galvanised corrugated roofs with integral gutters for drainage. Options of closed back panel or open panel for wall fixing. • Shelter height - 2180mm. Choice of widths - 2450 or 3060mm. Choice of depth - 1900mm or 2500mm. • High capacity shelters created by adding extension shelters or double depth shelters. • Adjustable levelling feet, pre-drilled for floor fixing. Must be bolted to 250mm thick concrete for stability. • Framework is exterior grade powder coated in green, grey or blue. • Shelters supplied in knock-down. Installation available POA. SHELTER LAYOUTS Specify the deeper 2500mm shelters for motorcycle and scooter storage.

Complete Shelter Extension Unit

Depth mm 1900 1900 1900 1900 1900 1900 2500 2500 2500 2500 2500 2500

Back panel Closed Closed Closed Open Open Open Closed Closed Closed Open Open Open

Finish of sides & back Galv corrugated Blue Green Galv corrugated Blue Green Galv corrugated Blue Green Galv corrugated Blue Green

INITIAL SHELTER 219/C/G/I 219/C/P/IB 219/C/P/IG 219/O/G/I 219/O/P/IB 219/0/P/IG 225/C/G/I 225/C/P/IB 225/C/P/IG 225/O/G/I 225/O/P/IB 225/O/P/G

2450mm wide shelters EXTENSION PRICE SHELTER £987.71 219/C/G/E £1421.07 219/C/P/EB £1421.07 219/C/P/EG £857.33 219/O/G/E £1223.15 219/O/P/EB £1223.15 219/O/P/EG £1046.81 225/C/G/E £1530.82 225/C/P/EB £1530.82 225/C/P/EG £930.50 225/O/G/E £1339.46 225/O/P/EB £1339.46 225/O/P/EG

PRICE £845.14 £1270.05 £1270.05 £741.96 £1099.34 £1099.34 £888.29 £1389.18 £1389.18 £785.11 £1191.26 £1191.26

INITIAL SHELTER 319/C/G/I 319/C/P/IB 319/C/P/IG 319/O/G/I 319/O/P/IB 319/O/P/IG 325/C/G/I 325/C/P/IB 325/C/P/IG 325/O/G/I 325/O/P/IB 325/O/P/IG

3060mm wide shelters 0 EXTENSION PRICE SHELTER £1225.97 319/C/G/E £1691.21 319/C/P/EB £1691.21 319/C/P/EG £1102.15 319/O/G/E £1475.47 319/O/P/EB £1475.47 319/O/P/EG £1321.64 325/C/G/E £1870.37 325/C/P/EB £1870.37 325/C/P/EG £1195.95 325/O/G/E £1645.25 325/O/P/EB £1645.25 325/O/P/EG

PRICE £1096.52 £1568.34 £1568.34 £1028.99 £1376.05 £1376.05 £1136.86 £1718.42 £1718.42 £1114.34 £1510.18 £1510.18

ECONOMY SMOKING SHELTER
A range of 4 standard shelters supplied flat packed for easy assembly. • • • • • • 38mm square box section construction with 2mm thick steel gables, braces and gutters. Domed roof in 2mm opal polycarbonate sheet ensures water does not sit on roof. Side and rear glazing in 3mm thick clear PETG, all UV stabilised. Metal colour choice - powder coated blue, green, black or grey. Special colours to order. Supplied with ground anchor plates and levelling feet. Bespoke sizes on request.

REF A/TBS1 A/TBS2 A/TBS3 A/TBS4

Size L x W x H mm 2000 x 1000 x 2200 2000 x 2000 x 2200 3000 x 1000 x 2200 4000 x 1000 x 2200

PRICE £906.90 £1357.50 £1800.00 £2145.00

252

PRICES INCLUDE DELIVERY ON ORDERS OVER £100

TRADITIONAL SHELTERS
• Provides a covered facility for smokers in a designated area. • Heavy duty steel construction with galvanised steel corrugated roof. • Shelter sides are clear perspex, with a choice of perforated steel back or perspex panel for the shelter back. • Framework and decorative panel option are finished in exterior grade powder coating. • Framework supplied in green as standard, blue or grey are also available (please specify when ordering). • Shelter supplied with adjustable levelling feet, pre-drilled for floor fixing. Must be bolted to 250mm thick concrete for stability. • Extended feet are available for grouting at no extra cost (please specify this when ordering). • Optional lighting available. • 2 types of ashtrays with stainless steel stub out areas. • Optional perch seats. • Installation service available.

Description Perforated steel back panel Clear perspex back panel Perch seat - stainless/S Perch seat - powder coated Bulk head lighting unit Fluorescent lighting unit Ashtray - stainless/S Ashtray - stainless/S

REF SS212419P SS212425P SS213019P SS213025P SS212419X SS212425X SS213019X SS213025X SSSPSETZZXX SSPAPSETZLXX SSBHLGHTZZ SSFLLGHTZZ SSWMTBINZZ SSFLTBINZZ

People 7 9 9 12 7 9 9 12

Size HxWxD mm 2180x2450x1900 2180x2450x2500 2180x3060x1900 2180x3060x2500 2180x2450x1900 2180x2450x2500 2180x2450x1900 2180x2450x2500 900 x 1150 x 300 900 x 1150 x 300 110 x 210 x 210 1320 x 75 x 105 Wall mounted Tower bin 875H

PRICE £1952.92 £2299.98 £2208.05 £2940.63 £2100.18 £2471.63 £2376.89 £3126.35 £225.12 £138.82 £104.12 £97.55 £150.08 £264.52

PREMIER SHELTERS
• Curved roof made from translucent polycarbonate panels giving UV protection. • Provides modern and an aesthetic smoking area. • All weather construction. • Choice of clear perspex or powder coated steel side and back panels. • Adjustable feet. • Suitable for up to 9 people. • Parabolts for surface mounting included. Must be bolted to 250mm thick concrete for stability. • Frame colour options: blue, green or grey - please advise.

Smoking shelter with perspex panels

Perforated steel panels

REF SS223021X SS223021P SSFLLGHTZZ SSBHLGHTZZ S2INTPER1210 S2INTPER1410 SSFLTBINZZXX

Shelter description & size HxWxD mm Clear perspex sides - 2320x3000x2100 Perforated steel sides - 2320x3000x2100 Fluorescent light - 1320x75x105 Bulkhead light - 110x210x210 Frame mounted seat front - 1260L Frame mounted seat rear - 1400L Tower stainless steel bin - 875H

PRICE £2756.78 £2530.72 £97.55 £104.12 £126.63 £141.64 £264.52

PRICES INCLUDE DELIVERY ON ORDERS OVER £100

253

WALL MOUNTED SMOKING SHELTERS
Aimed at helping companies comply with the ban on smoking at work and in public places. • Mild steel framework, powder coated finish. • Translucent polycarbonate panels to provide UV protection. • Easy bolt point installation. • Supplied in knock down format for easy on site handling. • Provides shelter cover for 3 and 8 people respectively. • Choice of frame colours: green, grey or blue - please specify.

REF SS102015

Size H x W x D mm 1100 x 2000 x 1100

PRICE £440.86

REF SS241930

Size H x W x D mm 2270 x 3000 x 1900

PRICE £735.39

MEET AND GREET SHELTER
Provides a sheltered area for outdoor meet areas and cover for smokers. • Mild steel powder coated framework. • Side panels and roof in 4mm thick clear view polyethylene terephthalate sheet which is resealable, shatter resistant and recyclable. • Roof capping in galvanised sheet steel. • Size: LxWxH mm - 2440x1100x2250. • Choose between open panel ends or add single or double panels as an extra. • Supplied knock down for ease of installation. Shelter complete with two panel ends

REF BSSW6Z BSSP7Z

Description Roof shelter C/W uprights - open ends Single panel ends

PRICE £564.74 £198.49

MEET AND GREET SHELTER
Provides a large sheltered area for outdoor meeting places and cover for smokers. • Heavy duty box section framework. • Side panels are in-filled with clear view polyethylene terephthalate sheet which is recyclable, shatter resistant and resealable. • Choice of roofing from clear view panel or galvanised sheet steel. • Size: LxWxH mm - 3650x2440x2160. • Supplied knock down for ease of on site handling. • Finished in powder coated green.

REF BGSC1Z BGSC2Z

Description Shelter with clear view roof Shelter with galvanised roof

PRICE £2301.11 £2014.34

254

PRICES INCLUDE DELIVERY ON ORDERS OVER £100

SMOKING SHELTER
A modern and versatile shelter that features curved roofs and drainage gutters on a heavy duty steel frame. • Complies to smoking regulations set in place for implementation 1st July 2007. • Fitted with a pvc roof and 16mm triple wall polycarbonate panels to the back, sides and front of shelter. • Triple wall polycarbonate gives the shelter good insulation, high impact strength, excellent light transmission, fire resistance and is 200 times stronger than glass. • Size: WxDxH mm - 2580x2430x2230. • Supplied knock down for ease of installation - available as extra.

REF BSS27Z BSOS7Z

Description Smoking shelter Optional perch seat

PRICE £2181.17 £184.56

FREE STANDING OR WALL MOUNTED WALKWAYS
Stylish and contemporary walkways enhance building entrances and are ideal for connecting multiple buildings. Free standing or wall mounted units are available with extension units to make up longer runs. • • • • • • Curved roof from UV resistant polycarbonate panels. Powder coated steel framework with a choice of colours- green, grey or blue. Optional side panels in perspex for weather protection. Supplied knock down. Installation service available. Must be bolted to 250mm thick concrete (fixings included).

Wall mounted walkways Premier covered walkways

WALL MOUNTED WALKWAYS Description Roof only unit Roof and one side unit Size: H x W x D mm 2270 x 1900 x 3000 2270 x 1900 x 3000

Initial unit REF SWM241930MR SWM241930MS PRICE £735.39 £1582.41

Add on extension unit REF SWM241930ER SWM241930ES PRICE £686.62 £1435.14

PREMIER COVERED WALKWAYS Description Roof only unit Roof and one side unit Roof and two side unit Size: H x W x D mm 2330 x 2000 x 3000 2330 x 2000 x 3000 2330 x 2000 x 3000

Initial unit REF SWV3000MIR SWV3000MI1 SWV3000MI2 PRICE £1336.65 £1782.20 £2227.75

Add on extension unit REF SWV3000MER SWV3000ME1 SWV3000ME2 PRICE £980.21 £1425.76 £1871.31

PRICES INCLUDE DELIVERY ON ORDERS OVER £100

255

MESH FENCING
Mesh panels can be used as an economy fencing solution. They can be joined together to form a run of fencing and can also have either vehicle or pedestrian gates fitted between panels. All panels and sections are galvanised but can also be supplied painted.

REF HT/MACP HT/MSAPD HT/MVG HT/CB HT/RB HT/COU

Description Mesh fencing panel 3.5m W x 2m H Pedestrian mesh door 1m W x 2m H Mesh vehicle gate 2m W x 2m H Concrete foot blocks Rubber foot blocks Coupling brackets to join panels

PRICE £41.57 £73.35 £105.95 £8.97 £9.78 £0.90

STRONGHOARD FENCING
The corrugated design provides extra rigidity and strength compared to conventional hoardings. • Choose between 2m or 2.4m high panels, both - 2.05m wide. • 38mm OD tube frame with 0.6mm thick corrugated sheet. • Supplied galvanised as standard - please enquire for optional painted finish. • Other optional extras are mesh extension panels, barbed wire extensions, stabilising bars, viewing panels, panic doors, digi lock doors and anti lift brackets.

Shown with infill panel Shown with infill panels & top strips

REF SH/2CP SH/2.4CP SH/2PD SH/2.4PD SH/2/4VG SH/2.4/4VG SH/2/6VG

Description 2m high x 2.05 wide panel 2.4m high x 2.05 wide panel 2m H x 1m W pedestrian door 2.4m H x 1m W pedestrian door 2m H x 4m W vehicle gate 2.4m H x 4m W vehicle gate 2m H x 6m W vehicle gate

PRICE £50.69 £57.21 £163.00 £179.30 £301.55 £317.85 £456.40

REF SH/2IP SH/2.4IP SH/GS SH/STS SH/CB SH/RB SH/COU

Accessories 2m infill panels 2.4m infill panels Groundskirt Top strips 150 or 300mm Concrete blocks Rubber blocks Coupling brackets

PRICE £9.37 £10.19 £10.19 £9.78 £8.97 £9.78 £0.90

DEFENDER FENCING
The Defender Range is designed to be used where a more traditional finish is required. • Choose between 2m or 2.4m high panels x 2.125m wide. • 38mm OD tube frame with 0.7mm galvanised box profile sheeting. • Standard finish is galvanised - please enquire for colour finishes. • Other optional extras are mesh extension panels, barbed wire extensions, stabilising bars, viewing panels, panic doors, digi lock doors and anti lift brackets. Shown with infill panel

Shown with pedestrian gate REF D/2PP D/2.4PP D/2PD D/2.4PD D/2/4VG D/2.4/4VG D/2/6VG Description 2m high x 2.125m wide panel 2.4m high x 2.125m wide panel 2m H x 1m W pedestrian door 2.4m H x 1m W pedestrian door 2m H x 4m W vehicle gate 2.4m H x 4m W vehicle gate 2m H x 6m W vehicle gate PRICE £57.21 £60.47 £163.00 £179.30 £301.55 £317.85 £456.40 REF D/2IP D/2.4IP D/GS D/STS D/CB D/RB D/COU Accessories 2m infill panels 2.4m infill panels Groundskirt Top strips 150 or 300mm Concrete blocks Rubber blocks Coupling brackets PRICE £9.37 £10.19 £10.19 £9.78 £8.97 £9.78 £0.90

256

PRICES INCLUDE DELIVERY ON ORDERS OVER £100

STEELWALL
This system offers quick installation and flexibility, making it one of the most popular, semi-permanent fencing solutions available. Installed on T section posts with 3 quick fix brackets, there is no requirement for numerous parts which can easily be lost or mislaid on site. Corner posts and 'mid run' posts are used to secure the panels in place. They need to be concreted into the ground using the ground sleeves so that the posts can be removed and re-used at any later time. • Fast and easy installation and dismantling. • Reusable time and time again. • Finished in corporate colours. • Low maintenance. • Private and secure. • Long life expectancy. • Environmentally friendly when compared against conventional wooden hoarding solutions. • Deterrent to bill stickers and graffiti artists. • Available in 2m or 2,4m high panels 0.7mm thick x 2.1m wide. • Channel frames are 40 x 40 x 1.6mm. • Supplied galvanised as standard. Colour finishes available on request.

REF SW/2PP SW/2.4PP SW/GP SW/CP SW/PD SW/VG

Description 2m high x 2.1m wide profile panel 2.4m high x 2.1m wide profile panel Ground posts (mid run) Corner posts (external or internal) Pedestrian door 5m wide vehicle gate

PRICE £81.50 £89.65 £52.16 £89.65 £391.20 £1100.25

ULTIMATE STEELWALL
The ultimate in long term fencing. The heavy duty panel is designed and wind loaded to BS6399. This system, along with the 'Steelwall' is totally re-useable, giving very competitive comparisons to traditional wooden hoarding solutions. The panels are held together by 3 heavy fixing brackets fixed to a heavy duty 'T' shaped post which is then concreted into the ground, giving the system its strength. Mainly used on long term developments where to its aesthetic appearance and robust qualities offer better options than conventional hoarding. • Fast and easy installation and dismantling. • Reusable time and time again. • Finished in corporate colours. • Low maintenance. • Private and secure. • Long life expectancy. • Environmentally friendly when compared against conventional wooden hoarding solutions. • Deterrent to bill stickers and graffiti artists. • Available in 2.4m high panels 0.8mm thick x 2.47m wide. • Channel frame is 60 x 60 x 2mm. • Supplied galvanised as standard. Colour finishes available on request.

REF Description USW/2.4PP 2.4m high x 2.47m wide profile panel USW/GP Ground posts (mid run) USW/CP Corner posts (external or internal) USW/PD Pedestrian door USW/VG5 Vehicle gate - 5m wide USW/VG7 Vehicle gate - 7.5m wide

PRICE £146.70 £81.50 £114.10 £537.90 £1181.75 £2119.00

PRICES INCLUDE DELIVERY ON ORDERS OVER £100

257

STEEL FENCING ACCESSORIES
Our range of fencing and hoardings have a selection of optional extras mentioned on the previous pages. Here are illustrations and additional details of those accessories.

1 2 3 4

5

6

7 8

9 No 1 2 3 4 5 6 REF COUPBRACKET CONFOOTBLOCK RUBFOOTBLOCK 2/2.4IP BARBWE MESHEXT

10 Description Coupling brackets (not Steelwall panels) Concrete foot blocks (not Steelwall panels) Rubber foot blocks (not Steelwall panels) Infill panels 2m or 2.4m (not Steelwall panels) Barbed wire extensions (not Steelwall panels) Mesh extensions (not Steelwall panels)

11 PRICE £0.90 £8.97 £9.78 £10.19 £6.52 £29.34

No 7 8 9 10 11

REF STEEL/VG STAB/B ANTI/LB GROUNDSKIRT TOPSTRIPS

Description Steelwall gates - variety of sizes Stabiliser bars (not Steelwall) Anti lift bracket (not Steelwall) Groundskirt (not Steelwall) Top strips (not Steelwall)

PRICE POA £7.74 £4.08 £10.19 £9.78

VEHICLE GATES
Vehicle gates can be fitted to all our ranges of fencing and hoardings. Within each product box we have priced the most popular types. We are also able to make gates to your exact specification up to a width of 7.5m. Gates can be manufactured either fully clad or half mesh configurations. Corrugated or profiled sheet panels are standard. Guide castors can be fitted to the gates to facilitate quick and easy movement of the gate. Please contact our sales department for further details. Stronghoard Gate

Steelwall Gate

Stronghoard Gate

258

PRICES INCLUDE DELIVERY ON ORDERS OVER £100

SWING GATE BARRIERS
Strongly constructed based on rigid triangular form c/w strengthening struts with central plate to enable a sign to be affixed. Mounted on brass bearing bushes for ease of movement and to combat corrosion. From mild steel finished one undercoat and two top coats (colour scheme catered for on request including banding). Ask for quote special sizes. • Bearing post: Up to 3.75m, width 50mm, dia x 1700mm. • Latch post: 76mm dia x 1700mm with 150mm sq base. • Gate beams: 54mm dia. • Recommended height of top beam 1000mm a/ground.

COUNTERBALANCED BARRIER
Aluminium construction - easy to lift and lower with counterweight. Locks up or down provision. Gates 4m or less do not usually require a balance box. Pivots on brass bearing bushes. Supplied easy assembly with latch post and relevant fixing bolts (except foundation bolts if floor mounted). Finish undercoat and two top coats (special colours available on request), note minimum clearance of 1000mm required behind pivot post to allow correct operation. Fixing details for base plate sizes etc supplied. Skirt to attach below the boom is available - POA.

REF SGB/1A SGB/1B

Size Up to 4m Up to 6m

PRICE £855.00 £1020.00

REF CB/G/3 CB/G/4.5 CB/G/5 CB/G/6

Size Up to 3m Up to 4.5m Up to 5.0m Up to 6.0m

PRICE £1080.00 £1155.00 £1185.00 £1215.00

PEDESTRIAN GUARD RAIL
• Made to measure guard rails. Fabricated from mild steel and galvanised finish, posts from 50 x 30 x 3mm RHS. Intermediate bars 12mm dia bar. Each panel supplied complete base plates, 2 no. M12 x 100mm long hex head bolts, nuts and washers. • Special sizes and types made to order.

HEIGHT RESTRICTION BARRIERS
• Made to measure barriers. To restrict the size of vehicles allowed into certain areas, such as car parks etc. Supplied in sections for easy erection complete with all necessary fixings made to specific requirements finished as shown yellow and black (or other colours as required). Can be supplied with swinging cross beam to allow entrance for emergency vehicles etc.

REF PGR/1

PRICE POA

WHEEL CHOCKS
• Wide choice of six models. • Ensure safe and secure parking. • Safety grip surface - max adhesion between wheel and chock. • Built-in lifting handles and anti-theft chain as option.

REF HRB/1 TWC1

PRICE POA

TRAFFIC FLOW CONTROL PLATES
TWC2 • Traffic flow encourages one way flow. Constructed from robust steel, zinc plated and finished white gloss. • Plates are vehicle activated and self return by simple pivot.

TWC4

TWC3 REF TWC-1 TWC-2 TWC-3 TWC-4 TWC-6 TWC-9 TWC-10 Description Moulded Wheel Chock Retaining Chain Cast Aluminium Chock Low Cost Chock Aircraft Chock Aircraft Chock Steel Chock

TWC6/9 LxWxH mm 270x190x190 5 metres long 400x180x180 240x160x200 240x240x220 170x250x150 150x155x150 Weight Kg 6 1 3.25 4.5 8.5 4.25 3.5 PRICE £28.28 £21.65 £83.59 £22.99 £81.77 £41.58 £32.86 REF TFCP5 TFCP6 TFCP7 TFCP8 TFCP9 TFCP10 Road width - up to mm 2500 3050 3500 3960 4420 4880 No plates 5 6 7 8 9 10 PRICE £1330.00 £1596.00 £1862.00 £2128.00 £2394.00 £2590.00

PRICES INCLUDE DELIVERY ON ORDERS OVER £100

259

ANTI RAM RAID POSTS
Extremely strong posts, effective in protecting all properties against ram raiders. Approved by police, local government and recommended by leading insurance companies. Unit secured by padlock within post flanges, making it difficult to access by undesirables. Raised and lowering by ‘T’ key. • Post section 127 x 76mm RSJ. Galvanised finish. Padlock extra cost.

TRIANGULAR PADLOCKED PARKING BARRIER
Space reservation barrier folds flat when not in use to allow vehicles to drive over without damage to vehicle or barrier. Can be locked up or down. Padlock supplied with two keys to pass or differ. Floor mounted by 3 no. 12 anchor bolts supplied. Height open 650mm. Closed 58mm. Powder coated finish.

Flush Top Plate Key Release REF ARRP1 Specification Ht open 720mm. Closed O/A 950mm. Wt 40Kg. PRICE £375.00

REF TRIANGLE1

PRICE £109.50

HEAVY DUTY REMOVABLE BOLLARD POSTS
Prevents unauthorised entry and restricts access. Posts locate into below ground sockets embedded into concrete. Post is locked in place by socket flap and a padlock (supplied at extra cost). When post is removed flap closes and can be locked to close hole. • Three sizes available: Small - for driveways, forecourts etc. Medium - car parks, town centres, supermarkets. Large - heavy duty where lorries and vans are involved. • Finish: Powder coated black/white standard. • Lifting handles on large size only. • Padlocks not included standard supply - extra on request. REF SHRB/1 MHRB/2 LHRB/3 Post section mm 63 x 63 76 x 76 100 x 100 Ht above ground 690mm 965mm 1100mm Socket depth 200mm 250mm 300mm Base plate size 140mm 140mm 200mm Post weight 7Kg 13Kg 22Kg PRICE £76.50 £93.00 £139.50

STANDFAST - COLLAPSIBLE RESERVATION POSTS
Ever popular posts for reserving car parking spaces. For office forecourts, driveways etc, from mild steel and allows posts to be locked horizontally and vertically. Base plate is located by three no. 12 rawl bolts to a prepared concrete base. Post 63mm dia x 620mm O/A ht. Weight 7Kg. • Standard posts are yellow powder coated for visibility, other colours by special request. REF SCP/K SCP/P Detail Standard colour yellow - key operated Padlock locating lugs (padlock not supplied) galvanised finish PRICE £84.00 £72.00

BUCKINGHAM BOLLARDS
A quality product designed for prestige locations. Fixed posts and removable are available. Both can be supplied with chain eyes as an extra. Overall length 1100mm above ground 900mm x 100mm dia x 5mm. Finish black EPC other colours to order.

TELESCOPIC MOLE POSTS
Low cost solution to provide effective security for garage forecourts, drives and car parks etc, also useful for site demarcation ie cordoning off areas. Post retracts into ground when not in use and is manually raised and locked into raised position by padlock at the base. • Padlocks can be supplied at extra cost. • Rigid (non telescopic) version also available.

REF QBB1 QBB2 QBB/E

Type Detail Fixed posts Removable posts - key operated Extra provided with chain eyes

PRICE £187.50 £270.00 POA

REF TMP/1

Ht open 610mm

O/A length unit 785mm closed

Body section 100 sq mm

Finish Galvanised

PRICE £147.00

260

PRICES INCLUDE DELIVERY ON ORDERS OVER £100

RUBBER SPEED RAMPS
• Max recommended speed 5mph. • Supplied in pairs, one black and one yellow giving a 500mm length. • High impact rubber with surface channels for grip and drainage. • The black and yellow colour is an integral part of the moulding; the colour will not wear off as is common with some painted versions. • The underside of the ramp is moulded to accept a locating pole for ease of alignment and additional stability if required. • Includes pre-moulded holes for fixing. Fixings are sold in sets to install two sections - available if required. • End caps for the ends of ramps are available in yellow only. • Reflective studs are available for improved after dark visibility. They are recessed into the surface of the ramps and are red in dark applications.

REF TWSR-10-1 TWSR-10-1/C TWSR-10-2 TWSR-10-2/C TWSR-F-1

Type 5mph ramps without cats eyes 5mph ramps c/w cats eyes 5mph end caps without cats eyes 5mph end caps c/w cats eyes Fixings

Size L x W x H Weight Kg 250 x 405 x 75 12 250 x 405 x 75 12 250 x 405 x 75 12 250 x 405 x 75 12 M12 x 120mm long 1

Description 2 ramp sections 2 ramp sections 2 end caps 2 end caps 4 Expanda bolts

PRICE £51.03 £54.16 £48.95 £54.16 £20.47

PVC SPEED RESTRICTING RAMPS
• Designed to restrict speed on the straight, bends, blind spots and exits. • Manufactured in 2 heights, 5cm (10mph) and 7.5cm (4mph). • Fitted with internal channels for pipes and cables. • Client detail can be embossed for branding and security. • Each section has white reflectors incorporated within the leading edge. REF HAL010-125-300 HAM000-821-100 HAM000-820-200 HAL010-135-300 HAM000-831-100 HAM000-830-200 HAH000-000-000 HAJ000-000-000 Description 10mph 5cm x 50cm pair of speed ramps 10mph 5cm x 18.5cm pair of yellow end caps 10mph 5cm x 18.5cm pair of black end caps 4mph 7.5cm x 50cm pair of speed ramps 4mph 7.5cm x 18.5cm pair of black end caps 4mph 7.5cm x 18.5cm pair of yellow end caps Pair of concrete fixing bolts Pair of asphalt fixing bolts PRICE £36.07 £13.88 £15.59 £48.04 £26.95 £28.14 £5.34 £6.40

VEHICLE RESTRAINTS
• Vehicle Restraints are a simple and easy to install product which can be used to restrain vehicles and protect buildings, widows and equipment from damage, where vehicles are driving up to them. • The restraints are made up of parallel and corner sections. • Painted bright alert yellow. • Fixings provided at extra cost if required.

SECTIONAL STEEL BARRIERS
Manufactured and supplied to suit your exact requirement. We can fabricate straight runs and curves. Post construction can suit application. Installation on site is available and a range of finishes suitable for internal and external uses.

REF Type LxWxH mm No of holes Weight Kg TWVR-1 Parallel Section 3000x210x110 4 69 TWVR-2 Corner Section 610x210x110 2 23

PRICE £300.35 £167.27

PRICES INCLUDE DELIVERY ON ORDERS OVER £250

261

MESH SECURITY CAGE
Multi-purpose range of mesh storage cages, complete with mesh roof, for indoor or outdoor use. Suitable where 'light' security is required to combat theft. Standard cages are designed around our 1220mm wide x 2440mm high mesh panels. Non standard sizes available on request. Standard finish hot dip galvanised or more cost effective paint finish for indoor use. Construction in mild steel angles and rolled tees with weld 50mm x 50mm x 12 swg mesh infill sheet, spot welded in position, panels bolted together with M8 bolts, floor fixed with pan head screws and 6mm plastic plugs. Double doors are 2440mm wide, opening outwards of 2440mm height. Complete hasp and staple and shot bolts standard, and hung on 100mm steel hinges. Finish in either galvanised with zinc plated fixings or painted EPC grey, sandstone or yellow for indoor use.

2 sided cage and roof. 1 long front/double doors/1 end Painted Width & Depth mm 2440x1220 2440x2440 3660x2440 4880x2440 REF 2/2412/P 2/2424/P 2/3624/P 2/4824/P PRICE £372.65 £522.00 £671.35 £820.70 Galvanised REF 2/2412/G 2/2424/G 2/3624/G 2/4824/G PRICE £652.50 £762.70 £845.35 £1036.75

3 sided. 1 long front/double doors/2 ends Painted REF 3/2412/P 3/2424/P 3/3624/P 3/4824/P PRICE £452.40 £672.80 £878.70 £1039.65 Galvanised REF 3/2412/G 3/2424/G 3/3624/G 3/4824/G PRICE £561.15 £845.35 £1125.20 £1231.05

4 sided. 1 long front & rear/double doors/2 ends Painted REF 4/2412/P 4/2424/P 4/3624/P 4/4824/P PRICE £635.10 £829.40 £1125.20 £1267.30 Galvanised REF 4/2412/G 4/2424/G 4/3624/G 4/4824/G PRICE £774.30 £1046.90 £1331.10 £1609.50

HIGH VISIBILITY MACHINE GUARDING
Machine guarding to fit most needs, quick and easy to erect. Panels are raised 120mm above floor level to facilitate ease of cleaning. Assembled as free standing or fixed to existing walls. Comply BS5304 1988 'Safety of Machinery'. Safety isolating switches to suit individual applications available. For increased safety and security the system is also available in 25 x 25 x 12 SWG mesh. Construction in mild steel angle with 50 x 50 or 25 x 25mm weld mesh infill sheets spot welded together. Panels are bolted together through floor fixed mullions with M8 x 60mm bolts. EPC finish in yellow, grey or sandstone to choice. Optional doors supplied with mullions, two leverlocks, door fittings & base plates. A safety isolating switch can also be fitted to doors. Guarding components - choose to suit requirement Description Mesh panel section Mesh panel section Mesh panel section Mesh panel section Door (width includes mullions) Door (width includes mullions) Size W x H mm 1220 x 1830 915 x 1830 610 x 1830 305 x 1830 1220 x 1830 915 x 1830 REF M1218/50 M918/50 M618/50 M318/50 D1218/50 D918/50 PRICE £55.10 £50.75 £42.05 £34.80 £174.00 £169.65 REF M1218/25 M918/25 M618/25 M318/25 D1218/25 D918/25 MJP1950 CA1830 SIS/D PRICE £75.40 £65.25 £50.75 £39.15 £192.85 £179.80 £60.90 £9.86 £118.90

50x50mm 50x50mm mesh

4/2412/G £664.10 25x25mm mesh

Mullion joining post with base plate - 1950mm high - 80x40 RHS 1950mm angle--80x40 RHS Corner high 1830mm high - 40x40mm RSA Corner angle - switch - high Safety isolating1830mm optional extra for doors

BARRIER RAILS
A barrier system designed to protect racking, shelving and partitioning from fork trucks & pallet trucks. The rails are supplied in 3 metre lengths with posts supplied in two heights: 600mm or 800mm (for double rails). Construction of barrier rail is cold rolled from mild steel pre-galvanised. Posts are 80 x 40 x 3mm RHS with 120 x 140 x 140mm mild steel base plates. Corner posts 75 x 75 x 6mm M/S angle with cleats for floor fixing with 12mm anchor bolts, plastic caps terminating barrier rail ends. Posts EPC yellow, sandstone or grey to choice. Fixings are included within component prices.

Double Rail Single Rail Component Description Rail - 3000mm long (use as single or double) Post - 600mm high (for mounting single rail) Post - 800mm high (for mounting single or double rail) Corner post - 600mm high (for 90° turns) Corner post - 800mm high (for 90° turns) Plastic end caps for rails PRICE £78.30 £44.95 £63.80 £44.59 £62.35 £5.29

REF RAIL/3M POST/600 POST/800 COR/600 COR/800 PLAS/EC

262

PRICES INCLUDE DELIVERY ON ORDERS OVER £100

SAFETY BARRIERS
Modular safety barriers for dividing manufacturing units, stock and stores departments, warehousing and all commercial buildings where for safety and other reasons areas need to be segregated. For walkways in storage, racking and production areas. Safety of personnel and protection from moving equipment. Barriers are designed to be sited as individual units in specific positions or alternatively in long runs to subdivide complete areas. Barriers can be sited close together to form a continuous run or spaces can be left between adjacent barriers to provide access for personnel, or vehicles. A hinged access barrier is also available. • Straight sections either 1200mm or 2400mm long with a choice of 900mm or 1100mm height. • Corner sections are 1200 x 1200mm with a choice of 900mm or 1100mm height. • Hinged gate sections either 900mm or 1200mm long with a choice of 900mm or 1100mm height. • Please note that we can manufacture to any shape or size to suit your requirement and install on site. Specification: Heavy duty steel all welded construction. Horizontal rails: Stanchions: Infill Panels: Finish: Fixing: 50x50 mm. RHS. Rectangular section. 50x50 mm. steel welded mesh. High visibility yellow frame /black mesh. All base plates drilled for floor fixing. • Choose between open or mesh type.

Straight open type

Access gate shown fitted to corner section.

Corner mesh type

REF BS129 BS249 BS129M BS249M BC129 BC129M BG99 BG129 BG99M BG129M

Size L x H mm 1200x900 2400x900 1200x900 2400x900 1200x1200x900 1200x1200x900 900x900 1200x900 900x900 1200x900

Barrier type Straight - Open Straight - Open Straight - Mesh Straight - Mesh Corner - Open Corner - Mesh Hinged Gate - Open Hinged Gate - Open Hinged Gate - Mesh Hinged Gate - Mesh

PRICE £189.76 £231.36 £207.77 £295.35 £295.35 £295.35 £121.66 £134.03 £149.57 £163.40

REF BS1211 BS2411 BS1211M BS2411M BC1211 BC1211M BG911 BG1211 BG911M BG1211M

Size L x H mm 1200x1100 2400x1100 1200x1100 2400x1100 1200x1200x1100 1200x1200x1100 900x1100 1200x1100 900x1100 1200x1100

Barrier type Straight - Open Straight - Open Straight - Mesh Straight - Mesh Corner - Open Corner - Mesh Hinged Gate - Open Hinged Gate - Open Hinged Gate - Mesh Hinged Gate - Mesh

PRICE £200.98 £242.57 £231.36 £324.53 £303.53 £357.11 £137.76 £148.59 £171.48 £178.16

BARRIER RAIL KITS
• Comprising starter and extension kits to make up longer runs. Starter kit has two rail posts, barrier rail and fixings. Extension kit has one rail post. • Choose 400mm or 800mm barrier height. • Epoxy powder coated finish.

1000mm long Description Starter kit - 400mm high Extension kit - 400mm high Starter kit - 800mm high Extension kit - 800mm high REF LZD1000SYQ LZD1000EYQ HZD1000SYQ HZD1000EYQ PRICE £175.56 £101.08 £284.62 £170.24

1500mm long REF LZD1500SYQ LZD1500EYQ HZD1500SYQ HZD1500EYQ PRICE £183.54 £109.06 £297.92 £183.54

2000mm long REF LZD2000SYQ LZD2000EYQ HZD2000SYQ HZD2000EYQ PRICE £188.86 £114.38 £313.88 £196.84

2500mm long REF LZD2500SYQ LZD2500EYQ HZD2500SYQ HZD2500EYQ PRICE £196.84 £122.36 £329.84 £212.80

PRICES INCLUDE DELIVERY ON ORDERS OVER £100

263

STEEL BARRIER SYSTEM
• Simple and easy installation. • Triple ridge barrier for strength and rigidity. • Rolled top and bottom edges help eliminate sharp edges. This barrier system is available in 4 lengths with both single height and double height posts. Double height posts enable a high barrier system to further deter access to machinery etc. 3 x SGP04Z + 2 x SGR11Z Barriers REF SGR05Z SGR11Z SGR17Z SGR23Z Length mm 508 1118 1728 2337 Weight Kg 10 18 26 34.5 PRICE £59.46 £87.24 £119.56 £166.65

5 x SGP10Z + 8 x SGR11Z

SGP10Z

SGP04Z

Posts - suitable for use as both 'in-line' posts and corner posts. REF SGP04Z SGP10Z Height mm Single - 483 Double - 1093 Post size mm Mounting plate size mm 100 x 254 x 100 254 Weight Kg 16.5 27.5 PRICE £102.60 £136.37

TAILOR MAKE YOUR O WN BARRIER!

WEB FENCING
• Choice of two duties of webbing supplied in 50m x 1m rolls. • Standard colour is orange - other colours supplied for large quantities. • White fence support and sand weighted base sold individually.

REF HDF510 HDF540 HDK100 JEP800 HDL181

Description Heavy duty webbing Medium duty webbing Fence post Base Metal pins

PRICE £36.54 £28.68 £16.70 £11.20 £25.59

CHAMPION BARRIER
This robust system can be used for siting around excavations or as a linear barrier along trenching or cabling sites. Choice of 4 lengths of reflective boards. REF KAC023 KAC033 KAC053 KAC073 KEB000 Length of boards mm 750 1000 1500 2000 1 x base. 4 required PRICE £90.70 £100.24 £114.40 £130.43 £8.28

MOORGATE BARRIER
Both barriers are tough, stable but lightweight for ease of assembly. Suitable for pedestrian barriers, manhole barriers plus many other safety systems. Reflective boards are 750mm long. REF KAF023 KAG023 KAF163 KAF166 KAG163 KAG166 Description Moorgate 3 gate - 1000mm H Moorgate 4 gate - 1000mm H Hazard 3 gate - red/white reflective Hazard 3 gate - black/yellow chevrons Hazard 4 gate red/white reflective Hazard 4 gate - black/yellow chevrons PRICE £94.43 £126.05 £94.43 £95.53 £126.05 £127.38

HAZARD MOORGATE

264

PRICES INCLUDE DELIVERY ON ORDERS OVER £250

TITAN STACKING BARRIER
• Choice of two lengths - 1.5m or 2m. Both are 1.2m high including their heavy duty rubber feet. • Easy to stack when not in use. • Customised courtesy sign with clip on attachment - price includes one colour print. • Multiple barriers can be connected 'in train' or as a square 4 sided barrier.

PEDESTRIAN BARRIER
Designed to re-align pedestrian movement in busy areas. • 2.3m long. • 1.1m high. • Tube frame - 38mm O/D x 1.5mm. Infill bars 12.6mm O/D. • Hooks and eyes welded to sides. • Galvanised or painted finish. • Choose either fixed leg or detachable feet for ease of storage. • Weight 14Kg/12Kg.

Fixed leg REF PB/FL/G PB/FL/P PB/DF/G PB/DF/P Description Galvanised finish with fixed leg Painted finish with fixed leg Galvanised finish with detachable feet Painted finish with detachable feet PRICE £34.50 £44.50 £46.50 £56.50

REF KBA073000600 KBA053000600 KUV000000000 HBB500400101

Description Titan 2m barrier Titan 1.5m barrier Pack of 10 hinge connectors Customise sign c/w clips (1 colour)

PRICE £62.51 £56.47 £18.62 £14.42

CROWD BARRIER
Designed for pedestrian, traffic and crowd control or construction sites. • 2.5m long. • 1.1m high. • Tube frame - 38mm O/D x 1.5mm. Infill bars 12.6mm O/D. • Hooks and eyes welded to sides. • Galvanised or painted finish. • Choose either fixed leg or detachable feet for ease of storage. • Weight 16Kg/14Kg.

TITAN EXPANDA BARRIER
• 3m extended length. • 1.2m high. • Choice of colour: black/yellow, red/white, blue/white or green/white. • Can be joined to Titan barriers.

Detachable feet REF CB/FL/G CB/FL/P CB/DF/G CB/DF/P REF KAZ110 Description 3m Expanda barrier PRICE £125.77 Description Galvanised finish with fixed leg Painted finish with fixed leg Galvanised finish with detachable feet Painted finish with detachable feet PRICE £45.00 £55.00 £57.00 £67.00

DIY WINDOW GRILLES

WINDOW BARS

DIY WINDOW GRILLES
Strong tubular bars simply slot into steel frame. However, since all parts are relatively thin walled they are easily cut with a hacksaw permitting shorter bars and variable length frames. Furthermore, additional sets can be added to extend the overall length. Strong steel construction, hot dip galvanised for long life. • Special sizes made to order. • Supplied knockdown. Strongly constructed and designed for fitting on the surrounding wall to cover smaller windows or directly on to the frames of larger ones. 12mm dia bars with gaps of 55mm offer safety whilst allowing hand access for cleaning or opening window. • Special sizes made to order. REF S402 Size 920mm H x 920mm W Weight 15.5Kg PRICE £100.47 Size HxW REF PRICE S401 760mm x 760mm £69.70 REF Size H x dia mm S3535 890 x 12 S3518 445 x 10 PRICE £5.43 £3.22 Solid rod bars forged flat at ends with countersunk screw holes for window protection. Can be fitted on the wall above and below window or directly on frame. • Special sizes made to order.

PRICES INCLUDE DELIVERY ON ORDERS OVER £100

265

DOMINATOR 2 PART CONES
The preferred traffic management and term maintenance two part moulded cone with UV stabilised LDPE blow moulded top and heavy duty 100% recycled composite base. All cones come complete with Sealbrite class R1B sleeve.

ECONOMY TWO PART CONES
• Two part economy cone. • Fitted with reflective sleeves.

REF JAB049-240-600 JAB049-840-600 JAZ069-240-600 JAZ060-840-600 JAB079-240-600 JAB070-840-600

Description 50cm Sealbrite sleeve 50cm twin Des 2 sleeves 75cm Sealbrite sleeve 75cm twin Des 2 sleeves 1m Sealbrite sleeve 1m twin Des 2 sleeves

Base m3 27 x 27 27 x 27 43 x 43 43 x 43 58 x 56 58 x 56

Kg 1.8 1.8 6 6 9 9

PRICE £6.93 £7.35 £12.18 £14.28 £16.59 £16.71

Size & Type Base m3 PRICE 45cm two part cone complete JAC030-240-600 25x25 £5.22 with Des 2 sleeve

REF

ROADHOG RECYCLED CONES
• 100% recycled cones. • Choice of 2 sizes. • Fitted with reflective Sealbrite R1B sleeves.

CONE EMBOSSING

REF JAU030-200-600 JAU069-200-600

Size 45cm high 75cm high

Base m3 29x29 41x41

PRICE £5.57 £9.66

• We can stamp your name to advertise your company and prevent theft - POA.

BARRIER SYSTEMS
A choice of three styles of system all able to create a sturdy barrier for use in a multitude of situations. Select the system type and then add the style and length of barrier board required. The turret reflective board fits all systems except the cone type system which only takes the reflective & dayred barrier boards.

Choose type of barrier to suit system. Reflective & dayred barrier boards fit cone type system only. Turret Reflective Barrier Board Reflective Barrier Board Dayred

Round Turret

Cone Type

Dominator

Barrier System Round Turret Cone Type Dominator (lamp not included)

Part Type Upright Base Slotted cone Cone adaptor Upright c/w collars Base

REF KEA000-040 KEK000-000 JAV060200600 JEK000000600 KEA010600 KEK000000

PRICE £6.34 £8.56 £8.79 £3.20 £11.32 £8.56

Length 1.25m 2.00m 2.25m 3.00m

Turret Reflective REF PRICE KKD043 £9.03 KKD073 £12.93 KKD083 £14.25 KKD113 £18.18

Barrier Board Reflective REF PRICE KKA043 £6.53 KKA073 £10.41 KKA083 £11.73 KKA113 £15.65

Barrier Board Dayred REF PRICE KKA072 £5.43 -

266

PRICES INCLUDE DELIVERY ON ORDERS OVER £250

CONE PACKS
Two packs of cones supplied with 5 cones per pack. • Choice of 450mm or 750mm height cone. • The 450mm cones are supplied with DES 2 sleeves ensuring excellent daytime reflective luminance. The 750mm cones come with a Sealbrite R1B sleeve for day and night reflection. • Standard one piece construction.

REF JAA030-220-615 JAA060-220-615

Description Pack of 5 x 450mm cones Pack of 5 x 750mm cones

PRICE £25.29 £52.48

TRIANGULAR NO WAITING CONES
A choice of three triangular cones: plain sided, 'no waiting' or your own embossed emblems. The first two are sand weighted cones whilst the third is compound weighted. • UV stabilised polyethylene construction. • Mark II.

REF JAD080-020-200 JAD081-120-200 JAD081-130-200

Description Plain sided cone 'No waiting' cone Embossed emblems

PRICE £9.85 £12.20 £12.64

FLOOR CONES
A range of three cones that are four sided. One is 635mm high marked with a 'wet floor' warning sign (other caution signs to order). The other two cones are 890mm high and come in plain yellow or orange. • UV stabilised.

REF JCP111-200-200 JCP120-000-200 JCP120-000-800

Description 635mm - wet floor 890mm - yellow 890mm - orange

PRICE £15.10 £17.22 £17.22

FLOOR STANDS

Reverse of SW1

Caution
CLEANING IN PROGRESS

ST4 (frame only) 500mm high ST1 (frame only) 900mm high SW1 (sign only) 400 x 300

SW4 (sign only) 400 x 300

SW9 (sign only) 400 x 300 Special ST1 £23.08 ST4 £9.97 SW1 SW4 SW9

SW10 233 x 615 SW10 PS114

PS114

REF PRICE

£14.42 £14.42 £34.75 £12.45 £48.80

PRICES INCLUDE DELIVERY ON ORDERS OVER £250

267

ELEVATOR GUARD
• Fold away barrier - polyethylene plastic. • Comprises 2 panels - 1100mm high x 660mm wide x 40mm thick each. • Suitable for 1300mm openings. • Units can be linked together to form larger runs of barriers. • Complies with PM26 and BS7255:2001. • Telescopic poles extend to 2.2m above FFL. Warning sign fitted. • Bespoke signs available.

MINDER BARRIER
• Stand alone or link them together. • Fold away stand. • Stacks flat when stowed. • Size - 1030 x 780 x 26mm. • Weight - 2.5Kg. • Six messages supplied with each minder: Caution - Out of service Caution - Wet floor Temporarily closed Danger - Keep out Cleaning in progress Caution - Work area. • Special colours and signs available. REF MC1 PRICE £49.00

REF ELE1

PRICE £171.50

HANDI-GUARD MAINTENANCE BARRIERS
• All panels are modular and can link together. • Panels fold away for easy storage - polyethylene plastic. • Suitable for indoor and outdoor use. • Permanent graphics with caution sign as standard. • Interchangeable discs carry a variety of signage. • Available in sets of 2 or 3 panels - each panel 800mm high x 970mm wide x 30mm thick. Optional reflective red and white signage for outdoor use. • Optional outdoor rubber base for windy or straight line runs. REF HG/2R1 HG/3R1 HG/2R0 HG/3R0 BMUS1 Description Set of 2 black/yellow frames Set of 3 black/yellow frames Set of 2 frames with reflective sign Set of 3 frames with reflective sign Optional rubber bases PRICE £119.00 £166.25 £119.00 £166.25 £21.00

OUTDOOR BARRIER
• Complies with UK Chapter 8 Regulations for road works. • Size 1000mm high x 1000mm wide x 40mm thick per panel. • Available in sets of 1, 2 or 3 frame kits. • Reflective signage across the top of panel as standard. • Option of solid centre panel for signage. • Optional rubber base for windy conditions or straight line runs. • Bespoke colours and signs available. REF OD/1M1 OD/2M2 OD/2M3 B4WA4 Description 1 panel with reflective signage 2 panels with reflective signage 3 panels with reflective signage Optional base - 1 base for 2 frames PRICE £45.50 £91.00 £136.50 £21.00

SUPER GUARD SAFETY BARRIERS
• Two size of panels that can join together to form runs - both are 1100mm high. One is 1100mm wide, the other 550mm wide. • Panels fitted with rubber feet to grip any hard surface. Suction pads can also fit the barrier to balustrades, architrave or any glass and metal. • Fold away for stowage.

REF SG/2R11 SG/2R55

Description Set of 2 x 1100mm panels Single 550mm wide panel

PRICE £171.50 £66.50

268

PRICES INCLUDE DELIVERY ON ORDERS OVER £100

LANE MARKING APPLICATOR
The lane marking applicator is used to apply our range of floor marking tape to warehouse, factory and office floors. • Suits tapes up to 100mm wide. • Simple operation. • Heavy duty industrial quality. • Free applicator offer!!

REF TL001

Description Lane Marking Applicator

PRICE £84.48

Purchase an 10 boxes of floor y tape and receiv marking e lane marking ap one free plicator

FLOOR MARKING TAPE
• Premium quality tape. • Split quantity prices. Hazard Warning Tape - 50mm x 33m - price per roll or box Colour of tape Yellow/black Red/white Green/white Colour of tape White Blue Red Yellow Green Black Individual rolls REF PRICE TH6049/SB £3.44 TH6083/SB £3.44 TH6073/SB £3.44 Individual rolls REF PRICE TL6030/SB £3.41 TL6060/SB £3.41 TL6080/SB £3.41 TL6090/SB £3.41 TL6070/SB £3.41 TL6040/SB £3.41 Individual rolls PRICE REF £6.45 TL7530/SB £6.45 TL7580/SB £6.45 TL7590/SB £6.45 TL7570/SB 1 box of 18 rolls REF PRICE TH6049/1 £55.52 TH6083/1 £55.52 TH6073/1 £55.52 1 box of 18 rolls REF PRICE TL6030/1 £54.68 TL6060/1 £54.68 TL6080/1 £54.68 TL6090/1 £54.68 TL6070/1 £54.68 TL6040/1 £54.68 1 box of 12 rolls REF PRICE TL7530/1 £68.26 TL7580/1 £68.26 TL7590/1 £68.26 TL7570/1 £68.26 6+ boxes of 18 rolls REF PRICE TH6049/+6 £42.13 TH6083/+6 £42.13 TH6073/+6 £42.13 6+ boxes of 18 rolls REF PRICE TL6030/+6 £38.50 TL6060/+6 £38.50 TL6080/+6 £38.50 TL6090/+6 £38.50 TL6070/+6 £38.50 TL6040/+6 £38.50 6+ boxes of 12 rolls REF PRICE TL7530/+6 £50.41 TL7580/+6 £50.41 TL7590/+6 £50.41 TL7570/+6 £50.41

Coloured Floor Marking Tape - 50mm x 33m - price per roll or box

Coloured Floor Marking Tape - 75mm x 33m - price per roll or box Colour of tape White Red Yellow Green

GLOW IN THE DARK ANTI-SLIP TAPES
• Glow in the dark photoluminescent. • Supplied in 18.3m rolls. • Suitable for safety flooring and walls. • Choose plain or black/white striped.

ANTI-SLIP TAPES
• Choice of sizes and colours - all 18.3m rolls. • Tough, durable and long lasting - once it's put down, it stays down. • Heavy duty anti-slip surface - water resistant.

REF PT25 PT50 PT100

Size (WxL) 25mm x 18.3m 50mm x 18.3m 100mm x 18.3m

Colour Plain/striped Plain/striped Plain/striped

PRICE £35.31 £69.96 £141.90

REF AST25 AST50 AST100 AST150

Size (WxL) 25mm x 18.3m 50mm x 18.3m 100mm x 18.3m 150mm x 18.3m

Colour Black, Yellow, Black/yellow, Clear

PRICE £13.53 £27.06 £53.79 £89.43

PRICES INCLUDE DELIVERY ON ORDERS OVER £100

269

PREMIUM EXTENDING BELT BARRIERS
• Either post or wall mounted. • Post webbing 2.3m long. Wall mounted 2.3m or 4m. • Four way connectivity. • Supplied flat pack. • Post height 1.54m. • Wall unit complete with receiver bracket. • Sign holders, writing tops & literature dispensers available. • Colour choices: Post - red, grey, blue, black, yellow. Also supplied in bright chrome or stainless steel. Webbing tape - red, yellow, blue, black, green, grey or black/white, black/red and black/yellow.

GL45/W/2.3/CO

GL45/SP

GL45/16

GL45/15 GL45/RCP GL45/CP POSTS REF GL45/CP GL45/RCP GL45/CHP GL45/RCHP GL45/SP GL45/RSP Description 2.3m coloured post Receiving coloured post 2.3m chrome post Receiving chrome post 2.3m stainless steel Receiving stainless post PRICE £92.55 £86.72 £102.81 £96.98 £112.96 £107.13 REF GL45/W/2.3/CO GL45/W/2.3/CR GL45/W/2.3/ST GL45/W/4/CO GL45/W/4/CR GL45/W/4/ST WALL MOUNTED UNITS Description Wall 2.3m ext. Colour Wall 2.3m ext. Chrome Wall 2.3m ext. Stainless Wall 4m ext. Colour Wall 4m ext. Chrome Wall 4m ext. Stainless PRICE £43.43 £52.56 £47.75 £54.09 £63.22 £58.41 ACCESSORIES REF Description PRICE GL45/15 2 sided A4 sign £65.40 GL45/16 3 sided A4 sign £109.50 GL45/CART 2.3m replacement cartridge £38.50 GL45/WR Wall receiver £5.63

UNIVERSAL EXTENDING BELT BARRIERS
• Post height 955mm x base dia 400mm. • Webbing tape 4m long. • Supplied flat packed in pairs (except GL25-1). • Four way connectivity. • Post base in recycled black rubber. • Sign holder accessories. • Colour choices: Post - White, red or yellow. Webbing tape - yellow, red, blue, black. Also yellow/black and white/red. Special colours on request.

ECONOMY EXTENDING BELT BARRIERS
• UPVC self colour post 990mm high with cast black base. • Supplied assembled and boxed singularly. • Four way connectivity. • Colour choices: Post - White, red or yellow. Webbing tape - red, blue, black, green, grey and yellow. Also black/white, black/red and black/yellow.

GL25-1 GL20

REF GL25-1 GL25-IR GL25-15 GL25-16

Description 4 track post. 4 metre tape (supplied singularly) Receiving post/base Two sided A4 sign holder Three sided A4 sign holder

PRICE £162.55 £70.59 £65.40 £109.50

REF GL20 GL20/R

Description UPVC post/base - 2.3m extending Receiving post/base

PRICE £75.40 £69.57

270

PRICES INCLUDE DELIVERY ON ORDERS OVER £100

POPULAR EXTENDING BELT BARRIER
Post colour choice: • Yellow. • Red. • White. • Black. Webbing colour choice: • Black/White. • Black/Yellow. • Red/Black. • Two way connectivity. • Webbing extension 2m per post. • Supplied flat pack. • Range of accessories: Sign holders, leaflet dispensers, quick release wall clips, replacement parts. • Base: epoxy coated black moulded. • Post height 975mm, base dia 345mm. Weight 9Kg.

REF POP110 POP110/1

Description Pack of 2 UPVC barriers - 2 metre extension Single post & base - 2 metre extension

PRICE £184.15 £97.15

Extending Post

UTILITY EXTENDING BELT BARRIER
Post colour choice: • Red. • Yellow. • White. • Black. Webbing colour choice: • Red/Black chevron. • Black/Yellow chevron. REF UTY400 UTY400/X • Can be used indoors or outdoors. • Four way connectivity. • Webbing extension 4m per post. • Supplied flat pack - easy assembly. • Range of accessories: wall clip, quick release tape end, sign holder, leaflet dispensers, replacement parts. • Base: heavy duty moulded black rubber. • Post height 975mm, base dia 388mm. Weight 9Kg. PRICE £108.75 £101.79

Extending Post

Description Single post & base - 4 metre webbing extension End post

ADVANCE EXTENDING BELT BARRIER
Post colour choice: • Yellow, red, green, black, blue, white, hammer grey or charcoal. • Chrome finish. • Stainless steel. Webbing colour choice: • Yellow • Red. • Light blue. • Black/Yellow chevron. • Red/White chevron. • Black/White horizontal. • Black/Yellow horizontal. • Black/Red horizontal also additional colours on application. • Four way connectivity. • Webbing extension 2.3m or 4m per post. • Supplied fully assembled. • Range of accessories: Sign holders, leaflet holders, wall clips. • Heavy weight bases to match posts. • Post height 975mm, base dia 345mm. REF 889U 889U-1P 889U-3S 889U-M 889U-M-1P 889U-M-3S 889U-R 889U-R-1P 889U-R-3S Description Post with 2.3m belt. Choose post & belt colours. Chrome post with 2.3m belt. Choose belt colour. Stainless post with 2.3m belt. Choose belt colour. Post with 4m belt. Choose post & belt colours. Chrome post with 4m belt. Choose belt colour. Stainless post with 4m belt. Choose belt colour. Receiver post 2.3m or 4m. Choose colour. Chrome receiver post 2.3m or 4m. Stainless steel receiver post 2.3m or 4m. PRICE £140.07 £159.79 £172.55 £198.07 £217.79 £230.55 £133.11 £152.83 £165.59 Extending Post

ADVANCE DUAL LINE EXTENDING BELT BARRIER
Post colour choice: • Yellow, red, green, black or blue. • Chrome finish. • Stainless steel. Webbing colour choice: • Yellow • Red. • Light blue. • Black/Yellow chevron. • Red/White chevron. • Black/White horizontal. • Black/Yellow horizontal. • Black/Red horizontal also additional colours on application. • Dual line incorporates a second retractable belt to provide extra security, stopping people from ducking under the webbing. • Post height 975mm, base dia 345mm. • Four way connectivity. • Webbing extension 2.3m or 4m per post. • Supplied fully assembled. • Range of accessories: Sign holders, leaflet holders, wall clips.

REF 889T2U 889T2U-1P 889T2U-3S 889T2U-M 889T2U-M-1P 889T2U-M-3S 889T2U-R 889T2U-R-1P 889T2U-R-3S

Description Post with 2.3m belt. Choose post & belt colours. Chrome post with 2.3m belt. Choose belt colour. Stainless post with 2.3m belt. Choose belt colour. Post with 4m belt. Choose post & belt colours. Chrome post with 4m belt. Choose belt colour. Stainless post with 4m belt. Choose belt colour. Receiver post 2.3m or 4m. Choose colour. Chrome receiver post 2.3m or 4m. Stainless steel receiver post 2.3m or 4m.

PRICE £200.39 £217.79 £237.51 £272.31 £289.71 £307.11 £186.47 £203.87 £223.59

PRICES INCLUDE DELIVERY ON ORDERS OVER £100

271

OUTDOOR POSTS
• Base can be filled with either sand or water. • When empty, extremely light for easy transportation. • Delivered flat packed for easy storage. • 2 way connectivity with 4.0m webbing. • Strong UPVC post available in a choice of either black, red, blue, green or yellow colour. • Post - 960mm high x 64mm O/D. Base dia 380mm. Weight 2Kg. • Webbing colour choice: red/black chevron, black/yellow chevron, black, red, blue, green.

REF 885-M/4 885-R

Description Post with 4m belt Receiver post 4m

PRICE £85.55 £78.59

TENSACONE WEBBING
• The Tensacone transforms a series of standard traffic cones into an adaptable, cost effective temporary barrier system for roadside, health and safety, maintenance and engineering applications. • The unit fits to the top of any standard cone and incorporates four metres of retractable high visibility chevron webbing. • Available in orange, yellow, green or blue. • Tensacone height - 231mm. • 4 way connectivity.

REF TC114

PRICE £43.79

STOWAWAY KIT
• The Stowaway Kit is compact and lightweight and comes complete with a storage bag making the solution very portable and compact. • The four post Stowaway Kit lets you establish an immediate 15m highly visible perimeter in just seconds. • Suitable for indoor and outdoor use. • Stows easily in a car boot or cupboard. • Accommodates the full range of sign holders if required. • Post - 955mm high x 64mm dia tube. • Base dia - 750mm, weight 3Kg. REF SA1/KIT Description 4 posts & bag PRICE £426.30

ROLLABARRIER
• The Rollabarrier system is both portable and stable featuring two wheels which allows quick and easy movements of the posts. • Posts can be stacked together for easy deployment and compact storage, taking up 50% less storage than a standard post. • 2.3m webbing and 4 way connectivity. • Post available in a selection of colours and finishes: black, green, blue, red, yellow, chrome or stainless steel. REF RB1 RB1-1P RB1-3S RB1-R RB1-R-1P RB1-R-3S • Accommodates a range of sign holders and leaflets. • Posts - 1000mm high x 64mm dia tube. Base dia 337mm. Weight 10Kg. • Webbing colour choice: yellow, red, blue, black, green, black/yellow chevrons or red/white chevrons.

Description Post with 2.3m belt. Choose post & belt colours. Chrome post with 2.3m belt. Choose belt colour. Stainless post with 2.3m belt. Choose belt colour. Receiver post. Choose colour. Chrome receiver post Stainless steel receiver post

PRICE £165.59 £179.51 £192.27 £158.63 £172.55 £185.31

272

PRICES INCLUDE DELIVERY ON ORDERS OVER £100

WALL MOUNTED EXTENDING BELT BARRIERS
• Retractable units that easily mount to a wall or flush surface. • Choice of sizes: 2.3m, 4.6m or 7.7m. • Choice of belt colour: Black, red, blue, grey, black/red, black/yellow, black/white. Please specify. • Choice of body finish: Red, yellow, black, green or blue on REF 896. REF 897 has a black body with the option of yellow, black or red caps. • Supplied with one wall clip. • Custom web messages and custom graphics supplied to order. Wall clips REF 896 897 897/HC Description 2.3m extending belt 4.6m extending belt 7.7m extending belt PRICE £77.43 £80.91 £142.39 Standard 2.3m shown with custom web

PRINTED WEBBING
Printed webbing can be supplied on any of our extending belt range. We show some popular standard messages below but are also able to produce bespoke custom messages. Artwork design charges will apply.
Please have passports & landing cards Caution - Do Not Enter

BA
Please have your tickets ready

YA
Caution - Wet Floor

BB
Please wait here

YB
Cleaning in Progress

BC
This lane closed

YC
Danger - Keep Out

BD

YD
Out of Service

YE
Authorised Access Only Hazardous Materials Sale Danger Keep Closed

RA
No Entry

YF*
Danger - Fork Lift Trucks

RD*
NO Entry

BLI*
Closed

RB
No Parking

YG
Keep Out!

RE
NO Entry

BE* * Single sided print

RC REF SPW/2.3 SPW/4.6 SPW/7.7

YH Standard Print Webbings - 50mm - as above Description 2.3m long - list any ref nos 4.6m long - list any ref nos 7.7m long - list any ref nos PRICE £18.85 £36.25 £60.90

RF* Custom Print Webbings - 50mm. Min 50m order/artwork charge POA REF CUST/2.3 CUST/4.6 CUST/7.7 Description 2.3m long - advise wording 4.6m long - advise wording 7.7m long - advise wording PRICE £24.65 £47.85 £75.40

POST TOP SIGNAGE
Signage holders fit onto any of our extending belt barrier range. They are great for customer directing, information or promoting. • Available in A4 or A3, portrait or landscape orientation. • Polished chrome or black powder coated finish. • Custom graphics to order. Standard Sign Frame REF HDSHA4-33G HDSHA4-1P HDSHA3-33G HDSHA3-1P Type A4 - black - portrait/landscape A4 - chrome - portrait/landscape A3 - black - portrait/landscape A3 - chrome - portrait/landscape Heavy Duty Frame REF HDSHA4HD-33G HDSHA4HD-1P HDSHA3HD-33G HDSHA3HD-1P Type A4 - black - portrait/landscape A4 - chrome - portrait/landscape A3 - black - portrait/landscape A3 - chrome - portrait/landscape PRICE £68.15 £97.15 £85.55 £114.55 PRICE £55.39 £85.55 £72.79 £102.95

Light Duty

Heavy Duty

PRICES INCLUDE DELIVERY ON ORDERS OVER £100

273

LINE MARKING SYSTEM
Especially designed to produce hard wearing clearly visual lines most economically. Simple to use with no training and can be used both indoors and outdoors with equal ease. Used worldwide by industry, local and national government, the leisure industry, medical and educational establishments and in many other locations. Suitable for almost all surfaces from smooth even sports floors to the rugged terrain of a building site and even grass and trees. Whatever the surface use the marking system. Robustly constructed from tubular steel finished epoxy coated. Two wheeled and four wheeled models are interchangeable. Eight colours available: White, Blue, Red, Green, Yellow, Black, Orange (orange fluorescent for spot marking - 275mm). • Ozone friendly • No lead additives • Resistant to petrol, oil, grease and most common chemicals. SPOT

BD1

REF BD1 BD2 BD3 PAINT SPOT

Type Hand Held Applicator 2 wheeled trolley – when manoeuvrability is critical 4 wheeled trolley – for increased accuracy especially straight lines 700ml aerosols for BD1, 2 & 3. Pack of 6 Hand spot marker for small markings e.g. hole in the road. 275ml size. No applicator needed. Pack of 12

PRICE £38.78 £65.18 £98.18 £48.91 £41.78 BD3

ROPE BARRIERS
• High quality polished stainless steel posts for a durable and aesthetic finish. • The ropes are made from polyester. • Ideal for where you need to channel traffic; hotels, airports, warehouses, offices, showrooms etc. • Simply buy your post and add your rope to meet your requirements.

SRL21R

SHL01Z

SRL22B

SPL11Z

SPL21Z

SRL25B POSTS & WALL HOOK Description Post size H x W mm Stainless steel post with ball head 987 x 320 Stainless steel post with top hat head 935 x 320 Wall hook ROPES WITH SILVER POLISHED 'Q' HOOKS REF Rope colour Rope length mm PRICE SRL21R Red £26.45 SRL22B Blue £26.45 1500 SRL25B Black £26.45

REF SPL11Z SPL21Z SHL01Z

PRICE £68.30 £68.30 £11.94

274

PRICES INCLUDE DELIVERY ON ORDERS OVER £100

A range of 3 different posts and bases that all take the various sizes and colours of plastic chain available.

SHERPA CHAIN SUPPORT POSTS WITH DOME BASE

SHERPA CHAIN SUPPORT POSTS WITH FLAT BASE

• 75mm dia post with ball top and chain link. • 400mm dia high dome base - can be water or ballast weighted for extra stability. REF HDB910-005-300 HDB910-000-200 Description Yellow post & black base Yellow post & yellow base PRICE £23.64 £23.64

• 65mm dia post with ball top and chain link. • 350mm dia low profile base - can be water or ballast weighted for extra stability. REF HDB920-001-100 HDB920-015-300 Description Black post & black base Black post & yellow base PRICE £18.38 £18.38

HEAVY DUTY CHAIN SUPPORT POSTS AND BASE
• Heavy duty support posts with cap and locating pin for fixing into base - posts supplied separately to base. Ideal for exposed external areas.

PLASTIC CHAIN PACKS

REF HDE300-005-300 HDE300-005-400 KEQ000-000-000

Description Heavy duty post - black & yellow Heavy duty post - white & red Hexagonal black base

PRICE £6.44 £6.47 £9.62

POST AND CHAIN KITS
• Lightweight but sturdy posts and chain systems. • Variety of colours. • Suitable to channel crowds or cordon off an area. • Optional clip on sign holders. • Choice of chain packs to suit the 3 alternative bases.

REF HDE120-005-300 HDE120-005-400 HDE140-005-300 HDE140-005-400 HBS000-000-100

Description Kit x 2 black/yellow poles, 2 x base, 25m black/yellow chain Kit x 2 red/white poles, 2 x base, 25m red/white chain Kit x 6 black/yellow poles, 6 x base, 25m black/yellow chain Kit x 6 red/white poles, 6 x base, 25m red/white chain Clip on sign holder with press stud clips

PRICE £49.80 £49.80 £86.53 £86.53 £11.76

REF HDC000-265-400 HDC000-265-300 HDC000-260-600 HDC000-260-100 HDC000-260-200 HDC000-265-700 HDC000-275-400 HDC000-275-300 HDC000-270-600 HDC000-270-100 HDC000-270-200 HDC000-285-400 HDC000-285-300 HDC000-280-600 HDC000-280-100 HDC000-280-200

Description 6mm chain - 25m pack - red/white 6mm chain - 25m pack - black/yellow 6mm chain - 25m pack - red 6mm chain - 25m pack - white 6mm chain - 25m pack - yellow 6mm chain - 25m pack - blue/white 8mm chain - 25m pack - red/white 8mm chain - 25m pack - black/yellow 8mm chain - 25m pack - red 8mm chain - 25m pack - white 8mm chain - 25m pack - yellow 10mm chain - 25m pack - red/white 10mm chain - 25m pack - black/yellow 10mm chain - 25m pack - red 10mm chain - 25m pack - white 10mm chain - 25m pack - yellow

PRICE £15.43 £14.55 £14.55 £14.55 £14.55 £14.55 £23.03 £23.03 £21.73 £21.73 £21.73 £36.86 £36.86 £36.86 £36.86 £36.86

PRICES INCLUDE DELIVERY ON ORDERS OVER £100

275

Minimum Order Value £30.00. Order your tube requirements from us as well as your tubeclamp fittings.

TYPICAL USES
• Fast. • Efficient. • No Welding. • No Bending. • No Threading.

Handrails

Support Structures

PRICE EACH REF 101 104 116 119 125 128 131 132 133 135 A £3.99 £7.63 £5.99 £6.39 £5.36 £7.53 £4.78 £8.93 £0.49 £13.62 B £4.25 £6.67 £5.88 £6.39 £5.20 £7.40 £5.22 £7.67 £0.54 £9.98 C £5.78 £8.12 £6.84 £6.58 £0.67 D £6.86 £9.21 £8.45 £8.96 £0.74 E £13.91 £23.54 £19.09 £20.06 £20.83 – £12.22 £23.98 £1.14 £21.28 REF 138 140 143 144 147 148 149 150 158 A £5.44 £5.60 £6.25 – – £6.13 £5.15 – B

PRICE EACH C £5.48 £6.20 £8.21 £8.82 £7.67 £6.76 £6.27 D £6.18 £6.69 £9.91 £9.42 £7.96 £7.42 £7.39 E – – – – – £17.85 £11.29 – £29.30 REF 160 161 165 167 170 171 173 176 182 168 A £4.73 £4.88 £6.25 £1.79 £2.98 £9.22 £8.23 £5.53 B £5.04 £5.71 £5.60 £6.42 £6.20 £4.87 £6.27

PRICE EACH C £6.18 £6.27 D £7.60 £7.53 E £18.34 £13.62 £19.15 £29.37 £2.63 £3.83 £26.15 £26.15 – – £4.67 £4.81 £7.39 £1.75 £2.89 £8.80 £8.77 £4.38

£9.84 £11.03 £7.81 £10.12 £10.47 £12.88 £10.12 £12.88 £11.95 £13.93

£9.00 £11.95 £2.01 £2.91 £2.01 £3.01

£12.57 £15.47 £18.53

£17.10 £16.33 £17.76 £19.92

£9.96 £11.34 £12.78 £12.64 £5.44 £5.90

£10.75 £12.16 £18.04 £17.76

£21.81 £17.55 £20.51 £22.51

Racking

Safety Railing

276

PRICES INCLUDE DELIVERY ON ORDERS OVER £100

Minimum Order Value £30.00. Order your tube requirements from us as well as your tubeclamp fittings.
The most comprehensive range of fittings for five sizes of tube, which provide for a multitude of applications, such as handrailing, racking, shelving, building frames, temporary structures, walkways, market stalls, etc. The clamps are strong malleable iron castings hot dip galvanised smooth bright finish and fitted with industrial allen screws for secure locating. Fittings are available in a variety of tube sizes as listed alphabetically.
0

101 Short Tee A B C D E 104 Long Tee A B C D E

138 Gate Eye A B C D

160 Clamp on Crossover A B C D E
0

168 90 Corner Swivel Combination A B C D 0 125 90 Elbow

140 Gate Hinge A B C D

161 90 Crossover A B C D E

A B C D E

116 Corner with through the centre tube

143 Handrail Bracket A B C D E A B C D

165 Combination Socket Tee and Crossover

A B 232 Keys C D E REF 232ABC 232DE

119 Two Socket Cross with centre vertical tube

A B C D

144 Railing Side Support vertical base B C D

167 Double Swivel Combination

0 128 3 Way 90 Elbow A B C D 147 Internal Swivel Tee B C D 170 Mesh Panel Clip

A B C D E

To suit tube size O/D mm. 26.9, 33.9, 42.4 48.3 & 60.3

PRICE EACH £1.16 £1.80

233 Ratchet A B C D E RATCHET WITH BIT REF To suit tube size O/D mm. 33.9 & 42.4 48.3 & 60.3 PRICE EACH £40.50

233 131 Base Flange A B C D E 148 Short Tee Swivel A B C D E 171 Mesh Panel Clip A B C D E

Tube Detail REF O/D mm I/D mm PRICE per 6.47m A 26.9 33.9 42.4 48.3 60.3 20 25 32 40 50 £81.62 £68.61 £86.06 £106.01 £163.13

132 Railing Base Flange A B C D E

149 Sleeve Joint A B C D E

173 Single Swivel Combination

A B C D E

B C D E

133 Stop Ends (plastic) A B C D E

150 Internal Joint B C D

176 Side Outlet Tee A B C D E

*All tube ex-works prices Standard length 6.47m - also cut to length available • QUALITY: Castings manufactured to the higher standards of BS6681 (ISO5922) galvanised to BS729 (ISO1461). • SERVICE: If you are not sure our design service is at your disposal and will even design your project for you.

135 Clamp on Tee A B C D E

158 Four way Cross width centre tube

182 Hook A B C D E A B C D

PRICES INCLUDE DELIVERY ON ORDERS OVER £100 (EXCEPT FOR TUBE*)

277

EDGEGRIP SAFETY TREAD NOSING
Edgegrip has been developed to fulfil the obligations under the new UK Building Regulations and the Disability Discrimination Act Part 3. All stairs accessed by the public should have non slip coloured nosings. • Edgegrip is pre-formed fibreglass. • Choose between a small grit size (type ‘I’) - good slip resistance and easy to clean or heavy grit size (type ‘E’) - suited to external environment and heavy usage. Both types are the same price. • Choose from two sizes - 70mm x 30mm or 55mm x 55mm, both are the same price. Four standard lengths are available: 750, 1000, 1500 and 3020mm.We can also supply lengths cut to required size. • Standard stock colours: yellow and white. • Easy to install - see bottom of page for fixings. • Edgegrip Glow is used in areas where natural light can be interrupted by power failure or smoke obstruction. Size/grit options as above.

70 x 30 or 55 x 55mm Length of nosing mm 750 1000 1500 3020

Yellow or White Coloured Nosing REF EDGE/750 EDGE/1000 EDGE/1500 EDGE/3020 PRICE 1-10 £12.04 £15.18 £22.48 £35.74 PRICE 11-50 £10.79 £13.42 £20.56 £35.05

Glow in the Dark Nosing REF EDGE/750/G EDGE/1000/G EDGE/1500/G EDGE/3020/G PRICE 1-10 £18.50 £23.98 £32.35 £56.60 PRICE 11-50 £16.93 £21.98 £31.24 £52.86

SLIPGRIP STAIR TREADS AND LANDING COVERS
Slipgrip gives a complete covering of the entire stair tread or stairwell landing. The fibreglass profile is covered with a very hard wearing grit non slip laminate. • An instant remedy to slippery wood and steel staircases. Chequer plate is notoriously slippery in wet and icy conditions - Slipgrip is the answer. • Complies to UK Building Regs and DDA Legislation. • Colours are black with either a 55mm yellow or white nosing. • Stair Tread Slipgrip is supplied in a choice of five lengths and with a standard tread depth of 220mm, but depths up to 345mm can be supplied to order. • Easy to install - see bottom of page for fixings. Slipgrip Stair Treads PRICE REF 1-10 SST/600 £33.70 SST/750 £32.87 SST/1000 £39.12 SST/1500 £60.49 SST/3020 £110.53

Length x depth mm 600x220 750x220 1000x220 1500x220 3020x220

PRICE 11-50 £31.10 £30.68 £37.27 £57.21 £104.81

Slipgrip Landing Covers Length x depth mm REF PRICE 800x1200 SLC/800 £118.11 1200x1200 SLC/1200 £157.43 2440x1200 SLC/2440 £273.77

SLIPGRIP FLAT SHEET AND FIXINGS
Slipgrip Flat Sheet has the same characteristics as the Slipgrip Stair Treads and Landing Covers. • Ideal for walkways, ramps, gangways, factory floors etc. • Durable for forklift use. • Non slip safety laminate grip surface. • Three standard colours: black, yellow and blue, other colours to order. • Panels can be supplied cut to size. Slipgrip Flat Sheet Size LxW mm REF 800x1200 SFS/800 1200x1200 SFS/1200 2440x1200 SFS/2440 Edgegrip/Slipgrip Fixings REF Description GFA Gap fill adhesive 3M5200 Structural adhesive S&P Screws & plugs 30x8mm (25 off)

PRICE £114.21 £152.94 £274.42

PRICE £8.05 £24.30 £8.05

278

PRICES INCLUDE DELIVERY ON ORDERS OVER £100

NON SLIP SAFETY GRATING
FibreGrid is designed to provide the ultimate in reliable performance even in the most demanding conditions. This advanced grating system is a cost effective alternative to traditional materials where corrosion resistance and long maintenance free life is required. FibreGrid Grating is available with a grit top surface. It offers excellent slip resistance and the grit top surface will provide a long term solution where a heavier industrial application is required.

• Impact and slip resistant. • Corrosion resistant. • Fire retardant - Class 1 flame spread rating of 25 or less. Higher rating and low smoke generation available for special conditions. • Available in three panel sizes and three thicknesses. • Panels can be pre cut to size. • Choice of green or grey colour special colours to order. 25mm Thick Grating/Grit Surface REF 25/G/19 25/G/30 25/G/36 PRICE £233.46 £350.16 £506.18 25mm Thick Grating/Grit Surface REF 38/G/19 38/G/30 38/G/36 PRICE £319.99 £477.07 £692.94

Green or grey colour Size LxW mm 1985x996 3010x996 3660x1220

FIBRERAIL SYSTEM
This fibreglass handrail system offers high strength with electrical low conductivity for worker safety. Almost any layout or configuration of handrailing can be built up from a variety of tube lengths, attachments and fixings to your final specification. Our sales team can specify the parts you need. You can install the components with basic tools and the tube can be cut to length on site by hack saw if required. • Complies to Building Regulations. • 45mm dia tube in ‘safety yellow’ or colour grey. • Internal fit flush fittings. • No snag points, not cold to touch and slip resistant surface. • Build system using component parts - please contact our sales team for help in designing your layout.

PRICES INCLUDE DELIVERY ON ORDERS OVER £100

279

INFLATABLE DOCK PAD SEAL
• Dock pad seal inflates when lorry is in position, provides excellent seal and significantly reduces wear as no impact occurs. • Essential for de-mountable body and air suspension vehicles, which tend to damage conventional dock pad seals. • Manufactured from hard wearing neoprene as standard. • Seal inflates and deflates in approx 30 seconds. • Best suited to companies with a fleet of trucks similar sized. • Strongly recommended to use alignment guides/curbs in conjunction with this product (see below). • Essential also for dock bumpers to be fitted - as shown. • Price does not include isolator, interconnecting wiring or fixing bolts, can be provided extra on request. REF Usable width mm Usable height min mm Usable height max mm PRICE TIDP2828N 2285-2490 Dock ht + 2500 Dock ht + 2750 £1164.56

DOCK SHELTER CURTAIN/APRONS
• In situations where no loading dock exists, heat loss/gain must be minimalised around the warehouse door and over the vehicle. Shelter curtains and aprons provide a PVC barrier to the overall width of the door opening, which can be set via brackets to accommodate different vehicle height. • There are two methods of securing the apron, one by rubber bungy cords (see fig 3) and the other by a pole slotted through the top of the curtain/apron and located in brackets (see fig 4). REF TDSA-3012-P TDSA-BP TDSA-BB Description PVC Apron 2 brackets + pole 2 brackets + bungys Usable width 3000x1200 3000 Wt Kg 5 5 3 PRICE £247.78 £89.41 £88.34 Fig 3 Fig 4

• Other sizes to order.

WHEEL GUIDES/ALIGNMENT CURBS
• Invaluable aid for guiding lorries into correct position, recommended guides are fixed below ground level onto concrete base for strength. • Finished alert yellow with black stripes. • Either straight section or splayed out.

REF option B or option M TWAC-18-A-B TWAC-18-B-B TWAC-28-A-F TWAC-28-B-F

Config Straight Straight Splayed Splayed

Fixing type - above/below ground level Above Below Above Below

Wt Kg 57 64 77 75

Dimensions mm Above ground O/A length 320 1800 320 1800 320 2800 320 2800

PRICE £249.94 £242.39 £285.48 £304.87

STANDARD DOCK LIGHT
• Steel construction, hinged bracket allowing pivoting and extension in one plane. Lamp head also pivots for further positional control. • Tungsten halogen lamp 1000w. Protected by safety glass guard. • Will run off 240v or 110v. Please specify when ordering.

LOADING BAY LADDERS
• Ladders are permanent fixtures designed to allow personnel to climb easily up and down the dock. • Includes heavy duty rungs made from 25mm diameter tubing with an anti-slip finish. • All fixing holes are pre-drilled to allow easy installation. • Mild steel construction with a load capacity of 130Kg.

Shown in open position.

Shown in closed position. • Note transformer not supplied. REF TWPDL-2 TWPDL-3 TWPDL-4 TWPDL-5 TWPDL-6 No of rungs 2 3 4 5 6 Deck height range mm 650-900 950-1200 1250-1500 1550-1800 1850-2100 Wt Kg 13 15 16 19 20 PRICE £356.22 £361.18 £377.25 £385.92 £394.57

REF TWDL-1-240 TWDL-1-110

Supply voltage 220-240 110

Weight Kg 6.5 6.5

PRICE £189.61 £189.61

280

PRICES INCLUDE DELIVERY ON ORDERS OVER £100

HEAVY DUTY MULTI PURPOSE RUBBER BUMPERS
• For safety and protection on loading bays, vehicles etc - multi uses. Type 6 L Type 1 L

MODULAR LOADING DOCKS
The absence of a raised loading dock can be a threat to safety and also uneconomic. This can be remedied with our versatile modular system which can be designed to suit individual locations and requirements. • Its semi-permanent nature allows quick simple relocation or change of layout. • Rugged construction for up to eight tons axle load. • Minimum disruption during installation. • Smart streamline appearance. • Complies with Health and Safety Regulations. • A wide range of accessories are available. • Dock is a valuable asset to the company. • Contact us now for a free survey and quotation. • We offer a full supply, delivery and installation service. • Platforms can be provided in heights ranging from 800 to 1,600mm.

T W Type 7 Type 9 Type 10

Type 8 Type 2

Type 3 Type 4

REF TWB-1030-4 TWB-L TWB-1018-6 TWB-1018-4 TWB-1018-4.S TWB-1013-4 TWB-818-4.S TWB-5 TWB-10 TWB-15 TWB-20 TWB-30 TWB-E TWB-EH TWB-EST TWB-W TWB-FI TWB-F2 TWB-F3 TWB-F4 TWB-F5 TWVB-D-96 TWVB-D-48 TWVB-D-20 TWVB-D-18 TWVB-D-8 TWVB-6-2 TWVB-8-2 TWVB-10-2 TWVB-16-2 TWVB-5-1.75 TWVB-MOUSE

WxLxT No of Weight PRICE Type mm holes Kg £78.07 2 254x762x101 3 22 £67.25 1 203x457x101 3 13 £74.43 2 254x457x150 2 16 £61.29 2 254x457x101 2 11 £59.97 2 square edges 2 12 £48.03 2 254x335x101 2 8 £59.97 2 square edges 2 10 £10.82 3 120x127x76 1 1.5 £21.65 3 120x254x76 2 3 £28.83 3 120x381x76 3 5 £40.75 3 120x508x76 4 7 £62.06 3 120x762x76 6 9 £67.25/m 4 100 x to order x 100 10 holes in ‘D’ section bumper price/hole (optional) £3.83 fixing strip for TWB-E (optional) £12.99/m £1.98 washer 21/2" dia zinc plated washer £2.85 fixing 12mm dia x 130mm long £4.20 fixing 12mm dia x 180mm long £4.20 fixing 16mm dia x 130mm long £4.20 fixing 16mm dia x 180mm long £6.43 fixing 16mm dia x 220mm long £96.22 6 80x2440x80 10 14.0 £54.37 6 80x1200x80 5 7.0 £26.72 6 80x500x80 2 2.9 £24.74 6 80x455x80 2 2.6 £5.19 7 80x200x80 2 1.0 £2.36 8 50x150x50 2 0.38 £2.60 8 50x200x50 2 0.5 £4.57 8 50x255x50 3 0.64 £6.80 8 50x405x50 3 1.0 £2.23 9 40x125x45 2 0.2 £1.49 10 35x65x20 2 0.03

REF TMD-SM TMD-DL TMD-FTR TMD-PTR TMD-HR TMD-AS TMD-CL

Description Standard Module Dock Leveller Module Fork Truck Rave Pallet Truck Rave Hand Rail Access Steps Cat Ladder

LxWxH m 3.57x2.38x1.0 3.57x2.38x1.0 0.3 high 0.04 high 1.00 high 0.81 wide 0.81 wide

Weight Kg 1110 600 24/m 5/m 19/m 115 66

PRICE POA POA POA POA POA POA POA

SAFETY TRAFFIC LIGHT SYSTEM
• Enables driver to observe correct reversed position at dock. • Helps to eliminate damage and improves safety. • Add on optional proximity switch which produces a beam. When vehicle breaks beam, lights change to indicate correct reversal position, easily visible from cab. • Wiring not supplied, complete wiring diagram included.

LAMINATED DOCK BUMPERS
A recent addition to the Action range to give an alternative, very hardwearing protection to the edge of the loading dock. Basically a sandwich of rubber strips mounted in an angle frame providing a facility for a larger range of dock bumper sizes.

REF TDL-1-N/S TDL-2-N/S TDL-5

Model Wt Kg PRICE Standard 2 £60.87 £168.06 De-luxe 1 Optional sensor £241.31

REF TWBL-1 TWBL-2

Type Laminated Laminated

WxLxT mm No of holes Wt Kg 330x510x140 4 30 210x460x65 2 20

PRICE £134.82 £102.28

PRICES INCLUDE DELIVERY ON ORDERS OVER £100

281

STANDARD DOCKPLATES
REF 3648 H3648 4248 H4248 4824 4830 L4836 4836 H4836 4842 H4842 L4848 4848 H4848 4860 H4860 4872 H4872 H6024 6036 H6036 6048 H6048 6060 H7236 H7248 Height differential Size Total max load Total WxL mm Max poss ±mm Max recomm ±mm cap Kg weight Kg 915x1220 178 125 770 32 915x1220 178 125 1360 44 1070x1220 178 125 910 37 1070x1220 178 125 1590 50 1220x610 76 50 2040 22 1220x760 101 70 1630 27 1220x915 127 90 610 24 1220x915 127 90 1360 32 1220x915 127 90 2450 43 1220x1070 152 110 1180 37 1220x1070 152 110 2090 50 1220x1220 178 125 450 30 1220x1220 178 125 1020 42 1220x1220 178 125 1810 56 1220x1525 228 160 810 52 1220x1525 228 160 1450 70 1220x1830 280 200 680 62 1220x1830 280 200 1180 84 1525x610 76 50 4540 36 1525x915 127 90 1700 39 1525x915 127 90 3040 52 1525x1220 178 125 1270 51 1525x1220 178 125 2270 69 1525x1525 228 160 1020 64 1830x915 127 90 3630 61 1830x1220 178 125 2720 81 REF FTH-1 SCC-2 FSL-1 Optional features Fork truck lifting handles Side curbs with castor for easy movement Fixed span locking legs PRICE £101.80 £166.98 £40.93 PRICE £455.69 £541.88 £530.04 £635.61 £359.82 £409.37 £363.06 £454.63 £541.88 £504.17 £604.37 £426.61 £550.50 £661.46 £645.30 £783.20 £740.11 £904.93 £479.40 £526.80 £631.30 £645.30 £782.12 £765.96 £721.79 £902.77

Fig 4 Fig 2 • Dockplates are manufactured from high tensile aluminium. • All models feature a built-in anti-slip finish. • Plates are crowned and bevelled for smooth operation. • Includes loop type handles for easy movement (see fig 4). • Optional feature of side curbs with castors for easy movement (see fig 2). To select correct board: 1. Calculate height differential between vehicle floor level and dock level. 2. Dockplate width should be 305mm wider than the equipment or load to be transferred. 3. Determine max total load. If not covered by plates listed, then refer to dockboards below. 4. Generally plates are for sack or pallet trucks, dockboards are recommended for fork truck use.

STANDARD DOCKBOARDS
REF 6-5448 6-5460 6-6036 6-6048 6-6060 6-6072 8-5448 8-5460 8-6036 8-6048 8-6060 8-6072 10-6036 10-6048 10-6060 10-6072 10-7236 10-7248 10-7260 10-7272 12-6036 12-6048 12-6060 12-6072 12-7236 12-7248 12-7260 12-7272 14-6036 14-6048 14-6060 14-6072 14-7236 14-7248 14-7260 14-7272 Overall WxL mm 1370x1220 1370x1520 1520x910 1520x1220 1520x1520 1520x1830 1370x1220 1370x1520 1520x910 1520x1220 1520x1520 1520x1830 1520x910 1520x1220 1520x1520 1520x1830 1830x910 1830x1220 1830x1520 1830x1830 1520x910 1520x1220 1520x1520 1520x1830 1830x910 1830x1220 1830x1520 1830x1830 1520x910 1520x1220 1520x1520 1520x1830 1830x910 1830x1220 1830x1520 1830x1830 Usable width mm 1295 1295 1450 1450 1450 1450 1270 1270 1450 1420 1420 1420 1450 1420 1420 1420 1750 1730 1730 1730 1450 1420 1420 1420 1750 1730 1730 1730 1420 1420 1420 1420 1750 1730 1730 1730 Height differential Max recomm ±mm 125 160 90 125 160 200 125 160 90 125 160 200 90 125 160 200 90 125 160 200 90 125 160 200 90 125 160 200 90 125 160 200 90 125 160 200 Cap Kg 2730 2730 2730 2730 2730 2730 3640 3640 3640 3640 3640 3640 4550 4550 4550 4550 4550 4550 4550 4550 5450 5450 5450 5450 5450 5450 5450 5450 6360 6360 6360 6360 6360 6360 6360 6360 Total weight Kg 65 80 52 70 86 110 68 85 52 73 90 115 62 98 110 135 72 95 125 155 62 86 115 135 72 100 130 155 65 86 115 140 72 100 130 160 PRICE £803.67 £934.02 £721.79 £854.29 £995.42 £1155.94 £815.52 £944.80 £721.79 £854.29 £1005.12 £1171.03 £817.67 £980.34 £1161.32 £1359.56 £907.09 £1098.85 £1311.08 £1502.83 £817.26 £980.34 £1172.10 £1359.56 £907.09 £1098.85 £1321.85 £1545.93 £817.67 £987.89 £1174.26 £1357.40 £907.09 £1103.15 £1375.72 £1557.78

• Dockboards are manufactured to the same high standards as dockplates but with the addition of red painted, steel safety curbs. • Where a vehicle stands away from the loading dock and cannot get closer than 150mm, the option of span locks are available as shown above. This is an extra pair of locking legs, which can be moved along the side curbs to prevent board from movement in use. • If required dockboards can be manufactured with shortened locking legs to load containers at ground level, thus preventing the board moving forward. Backward movement is prevented by chains and hooks at either side of the ramp which locate in the container locking points. • Special sizes and models can be made special to your requirement.

REF FTH-1 ASL-1 FSL-1 GLF-1

Optional features PRICE Fork lift handles recommended for boards/plates £101.80/pr over 60Kg Spanlocks - adjustable for rail use or truck parked out from £301.64/pr dock £40.93/pr Fixed span (please specify span) £141.13/set Ground level loading fittings

282

PRICES INCLUDE DELIVERY ON ORDERS OVER £100

HINGED BRIDGEPLATES

Fig 2 Fig 3
Courtesy Warburtons Bakery

• Manufactured from high tensile aluminium plate. • Crowned with safety tread finish and 75mm guideline printed edges. • Bridgeplates are locked in a mating hinge rail, which is fixed to the dock edge. The plate hinge on the rail and acts like a drawbridge. The plate can be moved along the rail to different loading positions, as required and locked in position until ready for use (see fig 2). • A locking clamp is included to prevent the plate from falling forward when in stored vertical position and acts as safety barrier (see fig 3). • Optional lifting handles are available on request. • Other sizes available on request.

Overall WxL mm REF BH4820 1220x510 BH6020 1524x510 BH6026 1524x670 B6018 1524x460 B6020 1524x510 BH6038 1524x980 BH4838 1220x980 BX4850 1220x1280 B4838 1220x980 BH3656 915x1420 B4850 1220x1280 BL4843 1220x1110 REF HRCF-1 HRC-1 HRH-1

Span mm 550 550 710 500 550 1020 1020 1320 1020 1460 1320 1150

Height differential Total max load Total cap Kg weight Kg Max poss ±mm Max recomm ±mm 62 45 4000 25 62 45 4000 32 88 60 4000 39 53 40 3250 22 62 45 3000 26 145 100 2500 55 145 100 2250 44 194 140 1000 48 145 100 1000 36 220 155 1000 50 194 140 500 46 164 115 500 29.5 Wt Kg 15 15 -

PRICE £384.60 £442.77 £518.18 £391.05 £394.29 £669.01 £561.28 £610.83 £481.56 £618.37 £580.66 £424.45

Description Hinge rail with clips and fixings in multiples of 2.5m lengths Hinge rail with clips but no fixings in multiples of 2.5m lengths Optional - Lifting handle

PRICE £182.06 £160.52 £44.17

HINGED RAMP COMBINATION

DOCKPLATE RAMPS

• For height differences greater than 155mm a longer ramp is needed. We therefore recommend a hinged type ramp combination. • Recommended that a standard hinged bridgeplate in conjunction with a hinged ramp as shown - prices below are for primary ramp only. • This combination is easy to house via cut-outs under the ramp which are positioned to suit your pallet or fork truck. • Anti-slip mat under front of ramp to resist movement standard.

• Dockplate ramps handle lower capacity applications ranging from 500Kg-3600Kg. • These ramps are light and can be moved easily by personnel. • Optional extras include side curbs, handrails and wheels for ease of movement. • Combinations of more than 2 ramps can be provided if the application requires it, in order to keep the weight and size of each ramp to a minimum, for ease of movement and storage. • Ramps attach via a simple location pin system at each side of the ramp. • Prices quoted are for primary ramp only.

REF BR4848 BHR4848 BR4860 BHR4860 BHHR-1 LP-1

Size WxL mm 1220x1220 1220x1220 1220x1525 1220x1525 1.00 high

Height differential Total max load Weight cap Kg Kg PRICE Max recomm mm 150 1000 68 £1093.46 150 4000 81 £1213.04 190 1000 80 £1305.69 190 4000 96 £1453.28 19/m £138.97/m Hand rails 4 £76.38 Locking pins (each)

REF R4836 RH4836 R4848 RH4848 REF SC-1 WKR-5

Size WxL mm 1220x915 1220x915 1220x1220 1220x1220

Height differential Total max load Weight cap Kg Kg Max recomm mm 115 910 26 115 3630 38 150 910 35 150 3630 49

PRICE £646.38 £748.72 £746.56 £885.55 PRICE £143.92 £625.91

Description Optional side curbs Wheels and screw mechanism for easy movement

PRICES INCLUDE DELIVERY ON ORDERS OVER £100

283

COUNTER BALANCED DRAWBRIDGE DOCK LEVELLER
The dock leveller is welded and anchored to a built in channel on the dock edge. When not in use the leveller is stored in the vertical position. To operate, a foot lock releases the leveller and lowers it to the vehicle bed. Strong springs on the underside make operation easy as the springs counter balance the leveller. During operation, height differences between vehicle and dock are self compensating. For fixing the leveller requires a 150mm deep steel channel to be built into the top edge of the dock (not supplied). Units are available in various widths and lengths as detailed with capacities of 4000Kg or 6000Kg. • Strongly recommended is the extra steel goalpost and dock bumper support to protect against vehicle damage to the dock and leveller when reversing into position. If in doubt kindly consult us. Size WxL mm 1500x1275 1500x1500 1500x1725 1500x2000 1750x1275 1750x1500 1750x1750 1750x2000 2000x1275 2000x1500 2000x1750 2000x2000 1500x1275 1500x1500 1500x1750 1500x2000 1750x1275 1750x1500 1750x1750 1750x2000 2000x1275 2000x1500 2000x1750 2000x2000 Height differential Total max load cap Kg Max poss ±mm Max recomm ±mm 175 130 4000 225 170 4000 265 200 4000 310 230 4000 175 130 4000 225 170 4000 265 200 4000 310 230 4000 175 130 4000 225 170 4000 265 200 4000 310 230 4000 175 130 6000 225 170 6000 265 200 6000 310 230 6000 175 130 6000 225 170 6000 265 200 6000 310 230 6000 175 130 6000 225 170 6000 265 200 6000 310 230 6000 Optional CB-Side Curbs 150mm high - additional cost Steel Goalpost 1200mm high Dock Bumper support with TWB-1018-4 dock bumper Total weight Kg 210 250 290 320 235 275 320 345 275 312 372 390 225 265 300 335 245 290 335 365 275 330 370 410

REF TO1512-4 TO1515-4 TO1517-4 TO1520-4 TO1712-4 TO1715-4 TO1717-4 TO1720-4 TO2012-4 TO2015-4 TO2017-4 TO2020-4 TO1512-6 TO1515-6 TO1517-6 TO1520-6 TO1712-6 TO1715-6 TO1717-6 TO1720-6 TO2012-6 TO2015-6 TO2017-6 TO2020-6 CBC-2 GP-1 DBS-1

PRICE £1559.93 £1648.27 £1747.39 £1894.97 £1732.29 £1770.00 £1916.51 £2166.45 £1861.57 £1948.83 £2101.82 £2380.83 £1637.50 £1930.53 £2133.05 £2336.66 £1786.16 £2122.28 £2367.90 £2679.25 £1904.66 £2234.32 £2583.36 £2934.56 £75.41 £1021.28 £194.99

THE MINI DOCK LEVELLER
• Provides a safe bridge between the loading dock and vehicle for personnel and equipment. • The ramp is pivoted at its centre and remains in balance at all times. • Buffers attached at either side of the unit aid vehicle positioning and prevent damage. • Minimal manual effort is required to set the leveller in its operating position. • The ramps surface is anti-slip. • All loads are taken on the ramp alone and not the balance mechanism. • Automatic operation of dock leveller plate ensures it follows the rise and fall of vehicle. • Price includes dock bumpers attached to either side of unit to minimise damage. • The leveller parks automatically after use and there is no danger of: • Plate falling from the dock. • Ramp being left in operating position. • Vehicle drifting away with the plate. • Personnel tripping on the bay when ramp is not in use. • Minimum civil work required. Minimum maintenance. Low cost installation. Delivered assembled.

Courtesy of Schreiber Furniture

(LP) levelled for normal trucks. (HP) only suitable for hand/sack truck operation. REF CB7230LP CB7230HP Size WxL mm 1830x760 1830x760 Height differential Total max load Weight O/A width cap Kg Kg mm Max recomm mm 75 5000 350 2370 75 5000 350 2370 PRICE POA POA

DOCKBOARD RAMP COMBINATION
• For heavier operations from 2500Kg - 6400Kg. Dockboard ramps are recommended. • Dockboard safety side curbs are built into the ramp to prevent equipment and vehicles leaving the ramp. • Ramps are attached together by a simple location pin system and can be easily separated for storage. • A chain and bracket assembly is included which locates the ramp into the correct position prior to the dockboard being fitted. • Primary ramps can be manufactured up to 4800mm in length, onto which is fitted an appropriate dockboard. • Optional fork truck lifting handles are available on request to assist movement of ramps. • To obtain correct combination for the height difference required kindly consult for best advice from our technical staff.

REF R6-5436 R8-6048 R10-6060 R12-7272 FTH-1/COMBI

Height differential Total max load Size Weight WxL mm cap Kg Kg Max recomm mm 1370x915 115 2730 62 1525x1220 150 3640 86 1525x1525 190 4550 122 1830x1830 225 5450 167 Optional fork truck lifting handles ie over 60Kg

PRICE £742.26 £922.17 £1216.27 £1599.79 £101.80/pr

Prices quoted are for the Primary Ramp only.

284

PRICES INCLUDE DELIVERY ON ORDERS OVER £100

MOBILE YARDRAMP
Fast and efficient loading and unloading of trucks/trailers by fork truck where no loading bay is present. • Purchase on sale or return basis with also rental hire available. • Maintenance service available. • CE conformity. • Optional accessories like hydraulic pumps, wheel chocks and safety jacks are available. • Carrying capacity up to 10 tonnes. REF SMY-16-9037-FW-7 SMY-24-9037-FW-7 SMY-24-9040-FW-6 SMY-27-9040-FW-6 SMY-33-9040-FW-6 SMY-24-9040-FW-5 Max load cap Kg Length m Usable width mm 7000 11.5 2240 10000 11.5 2250 10000 12.2 2250 12000 12.2 2250 15000 12.2 2190 10000 12.2 2250 PRICE On application for purchase or rental

RENT OR BUY

ALUMINIUM WALK RAMPS
• Suitable for small trucks and hand balling. • Designed to handle total maximum loads up to 680Kg. • Safety tread anti-slip surface and built-in safety curbs to prevent equipment leaving the ramp. Widths Usable O/A mm mm 600 910 600 910 600 910 600 910 Length mm • Includes built-in safety chains and hooks for locating. • Top locating lip length 150mm. • Optional retractable wheels to wind up when ramp is in use. Height Differential Max. Max. Poss. Recomm. 370 370 450 450 520 520 600 600 Min. Ht. mm 370 370 450 450 520 520 600 600

REF WKR15-24-10 WKR15-36-10 WKR15-24-12 WKR15-36-12 WKR15-24-14 WKR15-36-14 WKR15-24-16 WKR15-36-16 WKR5-M

Wt Kg

PRICE £985.73 £1151.63 £1083.77 £1246.44 £1190.42 £1402.65 £1261.52 £1504.99 £625.91

700 3050 36 960 1010 3050 47 960 700 3660 49 1170 1010 3660 62 1170 700 4270 57 1400 1010 4270 72 1400 700 4880 65 1580 1010 4880 83 1580 Wheels and screw mechanism extra

Other sizes available on request.

ALUMINIUM ACCESS RAMPS
• Used for access to vehicles or buildings. • A pair of ramps provide safe and convenient access for cars and equipment into high building entrances and vehicles. Also suitable for disabled usage. • Built-in anti-slip, side curbs 38mm high and safety chairs for locating. • Capacities from 2400-3600Kg per pair. Wheeling and handrail options. REF TWR14-12 TWR14-14 TWR14-16 TWR14-18 TWR14-20 TWR14-24 TWR-C WRW-1 Total max load Kg 3630 3130 2720 2400 3410 2410 Widths Usable O/A mm mm 356 356 356 356 356 356 457 457 457 457 508 508 Length mm 3660 4260 4880 5480 6100 7300 Wt Kg 96 112 129 145 181 217 Height Differential Max. Max. Recomm. Poss. 870 1040 1190 1360 1510 1830 450 520 600 670 740 890 Min. Ht. mm 450 520 600 670 740 890 PRICE £1413.42 £1517.91 £1614.87 £1919.75 £2136.28 £2360.37 £73.90 £42.44

To secure TWR-C ramp to dock, fittings supplied at extra cost per pair Wheels fitted to ease movement

MOBILE ALUMINIUM WHEEL RISER RAMPS
• Best used for high docks or low bed trailers. Backing onto risers to bring truck to dock level to allow for efficient loading or unloading of goods. • The mobility of the risers and easy application are ideal for any tyre size. • Total max load cap 5400Kg per unit with a top deck length of 610mm. • Wheels are fitted Ht Approach 457mm Width 610mm Width standard to all risers. mm mm REF PRICE EACH REF PRICE EACH 150 533 WR1845-6 £361.98 WR2445-6 £414.76 200 710 WR1852-8 £411.53 WR2452-8 £502.02 250 890 WR1859-10 £510.64 WR2459-10 £583.90 300 1066 WR1866-12 £589.29 WR2466-12 £677.62

PRICES INCLUDE DELIVERY ON ORDERS OVER £100

285

EXTENDIBLE WHEELCHAIR RAMPS
• Specifically designed for wheelchair users, a pair of extendible ramps give wheelchairs easy access to doorways and vehicles. • The extendible product stores at approx 60% of the usable length to allow minimum storage space, for example in the boot of a car. • This product has the facility to give a variable ramp length of up to 3000mm. • Aluminium, ultra light, highly portable, compact design. • Includes: locking legs to prevent ramps moving forward, small safety side curbs and an anti-slip surface. • Total maximum load capacity 160Kg or 250Kg. • Width of each ramp 150mm or 200mm.

FOLDING WHEELCHAIR RAMPS
• Specifically designed for wheelchair users, a pair of folding ramps provides an easy to store and transport, lightweight solution, to access for wheelchairs to buildings, shops, offices and transport. • Constructed from lightweight aluminium, each ramp is 150mm wide with 50mm high side curbs. • Available in three standard lengths to cover height differences up to 1000mm at an angle of 20 degrees. • All ramps are rated at an axle load capacity of 250Kg per pair, which covers most applications including electrical and manual wheelchairs. • Available as a non-folding length if required, for use in a single location where a fixed ramp is impractical. • Both models have carrying handles incorporated.

REF TWDR-F-2 TWDR-F-2H TWDR-F-3 TWDR-F-3H TWDR-S-5 TWDR-S-5H TWDR-S-8H TWDR-S-10

Ramp Max Usable Cap Kg Max ht in type length mm width mm pair position mm Fixed 600 150 160 75 Fixed 600 150 250 75 Fixed 1000 150 160 115 Fixed 1000 150 250 115 Variable 1525 150 160 190 Variable 1525 200 250 190 Variable 2440 200 250 300 Variable 3150 200 160 370

PRICE £151.90 £156.21 £161.60 £166.98 £248.86 £308.11 £363.06 £408.29

REF DLFR-6 DLFR-8 DLFR-10 DLR-6 DLR-8

Length mm 1825 2440 3050 1825 2440

O/A ramp type Folding Folding Folding Non-folding Non-folding

Ht diff mm Max Max Weight poss recomm Kg 550 225 12 800 300 19 1000 370 23 550 225 9 800 300 17

PRICE £497.72 £553.73 £592.52 £296.26 £373.83

LIGHTWEIGHT ACCESS RAMPS
• An invaluable product to have at hand, we recommend it to every company, since you never know when you may have a wheelchair bound visitor who needs access to your premises, or when you may want to wheel a sack truck of goods in or out. • Suitable for garden tractors, hand balling, trucks, motorbikes and wheelchairs. • Full width lightweight aluminium ramp, which, depending on size, can be stored easily in the back of a vehicle. • Includes: built-in side curbs 75mm high along each side of the ramp, a 150mm lip for location on the vehicle or building, castors for ease of movement on each side, an anti-slip surface and a built-in lifting handle.

LIGHTWEIGHT HIGH ENTRY RAMP
• This lightweight aluminium ramp is for situations where there is a high height difference between two levels. • Suitable for motorbikes, wheelchairs, sack trucks etc. For gaining access to trains, buildings and vehicles. • Ramps are folding design. When not in use ramps fold in half and are easily moved via built-in wheels. • Ramps are self supporting, when not in use, therefore taking up minimal space on loading docks or work areas. • Anti-slip ramp surface and side curbs.

REF DLR3236C DLR3248C DLR3648C DLR3660C DLR3672C
Heavy Duty
.

Width O/A mm Usable mm 800 800 800 800 915 915 915 915 915 915 915 915 825 825

Length Max ht in Total max mm position mm load Kg 915 90 400 1220 130 400 1220 130 400 1525 170 400 1825 205 400 1825 2440 225 300 500 400

PRICE £393.21 £437.39 £444.92 £492.33 £546.20 £632.38 £754.11 O/A size WxL mm 800x1825 Folded size WxL mm 800x1120 Axle Ht diff mm Max Max load cap Wt poss recomm Kg Kg PRICE 485 380 300 35 £1007.28

WKRL-36-06 WKRL-36-08

Other sizes available on request

REF DLRF3272

286

PRICES INCLUDE DELIVERY ON ORDERS OVER £100

ROLL-A-RAMP
Strong, lightweight, durable and convenient. Roll-A-Ramp in pairs or single width complete with carrying straps. • Highly visible reflective yellow pinch guards. • Very easy to store in little space. • Roll-A-Ramp supports up to 900Kg of distributed weight. • Portable easy to carry and set up. • Adjustable - easy to add or take out treads (simple tools included). • Durable - made of high tensile aerospace aluminium and anodised for weatherproof life. • Built in safety bars and slip resistant treads. • Gently cambered and with special approach treads to ensure smooth on and off travel. • Handrail kits available for all ramps.

Single Ramps (width 762mm) REF RAR/3S RAR/4S RAR/5S RAR/6S RAR/7S RAR/8S RAR/9S RAR/10S RAR/11S RAR/12S RAR/13S Ramp length Load bearing mm length mm 910 610 1220 910 1520 1220 1830 1520 2130 1830 2440 2130 2740 2440 3050 2740 3350 3050 3660 3350 3960 3660 REF RAR/PLP RAR/UMB Weight Kg 8.8 11.8 14.7 17.7 20.6 23.6 26.5 29.5 32.4 35.4 38.3 Total point loading Kg (each ramp) 453.6 453.6 453.6 453.6 453.6 453.6 453.6 396.9 362.9 382.9 294.8 PRICE £296.80 £386.40 £476.00 £565.60 £655.20 £744.80 £834.40 £938.00 £1027.60 £1117.20 £1206.80 REF RAR/3 RAR/4 RAR/5 RAR/6 RAR/7 RAR/8 RAR/9 RAR/10 RAR/11 RAR/12 RAR/13

Twin Ramps (305mm width each) Ramp length Load bearing Weight Total point loading mm length mm Kg each Kg (per pair) 910 610 4.1 907.2 1220 910 5.4 907.2 1520 1220 6.8 907.2 1830 1520 8.2 907.2 2130 1830 9.5 907.2 2440 2130 10.9 907.2 2740 2440 12.2 907.2 3050 2740 13.6 793.8 3350 3050 15 725.8 3660 3350 16.3 657.7 3960 3660 17.7 601.0 PRICE £23.10 each £36.96 PRICE £403.90 £529.20 £654.50 £779.80 £905.10 £1030.40 £1155.70 £1295.00 £1420.30 £1545.60 £1670.90

Description Locking pins to enable ramp to be split into smaller sections for ease of transport Universal mounting bracket to anchor ramp to homes, buildings or vehicles, per pair

LIGHTWEIGHT KERB RAMPS
• Durable plastic. • Lightweight, robust, low cost. • Non slip surface, secure footing. • Suitable for any kerb to 200mm high. • Easy to carry with handhole. • Size LxW 685x685mm. • Weight 4Kg. • Capacity 270Kg. • Colour: yellow, red or blue available subject to quantity.

REF PKR220

PRICE £103.50

PRICES INCLUDE DELIVERY ON ORDERS OVER £100

287

SAFETY TREAD
• Durable non-slip self adhesive grit tape. • Quick and easy installation with longlife usage. • Available in black, clear and luminous that glows in the dark. • Suitable for stair and ladder treads, ramps and walkways, entrances, loading docks, plant and machinery, boats and vehicles. • Luminous colour should be used in safety areas, dark and semi-dark areas to act as guidance for emergency escape. • Special sizes to order.

REF GF010001 GF010002 GF010003 GF010004 GF010005 GF010006

Size mm 25 50 102 152 140 x 140 152 x 610

Colour Black Black Black Black Black Black

Type Roll on 75mm dia core Roll on 75mm dia core Roll on 75mm dia core Roll on 75mm dia core Tiles with rounded corners Strips with rounded corners - cleats Type Roll on 75mm dia core Tiles with rounded corners Strips with rounded corners - cleats Type Roll on 75mm dia core Roll on 75mm dia core Roll on 75mm dia core

Length 1 x 18m 1 x 18m 1 x 18m 1 x 18m 10 10

PRICE £23.81 £39.73 £71.46 £103.22 £18.21 £42.90

REF GF120002 GF120005 GF120006 REF GF110001 GF110002 GF110003

Size mm 50 140 x 140 152 x 610 Size mm 25 50 102

Colour Clear Clear Clear Colour Luminous Luminous Luminous

Length 1 x 18m 10 10 Length 1 x 18m 1 x 18m 1 x 18m

PRICE £47.62 £19.66 £59.94 PRICE £40.42 £72.90 £137.87

Easily installed to: Wood, metal, sealed concrete, plastic, painted surfaces, indoor use and outdoor applications.

Stairs

Ramps

Walkways

Loading Bays

SAFETY DECKPLATE
• Withstands the most demanding applications. • Yellow bordered edges for added safety. • Self extinguishing and chemical resistant surface. • Foam back offers superior ergonomic benefit. • 14mm thickness with a ramped edge. • Colour - black/yellow.

REF SD130001 SD130002 SD130003 SD130004

Size m 0.6 x 0.9 0.9 x 1.5 0.9 x 3.0 0.9 x 6.0

PRICE £60.35 £145.97 £294.77 £589.56

288

PRICES INCLUDE DELIVERY ON ORDERS OVER £100

RIBBED ANTI-FATIGUE

STANDARD ANTI-FATIGUE

• Manufactured from 100% closed cell vinyl foam. • Ribbed surface for sure footing and minimises slipping. • Cushion effect reduces operator fatigue. • Insulates against cold concrete floors. • Easily cleaned with mild detergent. • Colour - dark grey. • Provided, built-in diminishing safety edge. • Ideal almost all applications. • Thickness 9mm. REF AL010001 AL010002 AL010003 Detail - Size m 0.6 x 0.9 mat 0.9 x 1.5 mat 0.9 x 18.3 roll PRICE £21.42 £51.15 £497.03

• Manufactured from 100% closed cell vinyl foam. • Reduces fatigue - leading to higher productivity. • Insulates against cold concrete floors. • Pebble surface allows for ease of cleaning. • Ideal for assembly lines and packing areas. • Two colours: charcoal or grey (specify). • Provided with diminishing safety edge. • Thickness 9mm. REF AF010001 AF010002 AF010003 Detail - Size m 0.6 x 0.9 mat 0.9 x 1.5 mat 0.9 x 18.3 roll PRICE £22.19 £47.33 £350.57

RIBBED SAFETY ANTI-FATIGUE

SAFETY ANTI-FATIGUE

Main details as above. • Enables workers to increase their efficiency. • Colours dark grey with yellow borders to increase safety awareness. • Thickness 9mm, helps reduce operator fatigue. REF AL060701 AL060702 AL060703 Detail - Size m 0.6 x 0.9 mat 0.9 x 1.5 mat 0.9 x 18.3 roll PRICE £37.59 £82.01 £681.87 REF

Main details as above. • Bright yellow borders to increase safety awareness. • Ideal for use when standing for long periods. • Helps reduce back and leg pain. • Colour: charcoal with yellow borders. • Thickness 9mm, helps eliminate operator fatigue. Detail - Size m 0.6 x 0.9 mat 0.9 x 1.5 mat 0.9 x 18.3 roll PRICE £24.03 £53.98 £525.08

AF010701 AF010702 AF010703

PRICES INCLUDE DELIVERY ON ORDERS OVER £100

289

INTERFLEX SPLASH - WET AREAS
Blue

STANDARD INTERFLEX - INDUSTRIAL & CATERING
Black

Red

Green

• Strong flexible PVC, ideal slip resistant for changing rooms, pool surrounds, showers and all wet areas. • Unique design for drainage in all directions, leaving no puddles. • Resistant to bacterial and fungal growth. • Barefoot comfort - indoor or inside usage. • For larger widths or lengths connector clips are available. • Depth 12mm Colours blue, red or green. Complete Rolls REF 96/60 96/80 96/100 1XC Size WxL 60cm x 10m 80cm x 10m 100cm x 10m Connector clip PRICE £448.81 £598.41 £747.35 £1.90 Cut Lengths per metre REF 96/60/C 96/80/C 96/100/C Size W 60cm 80cm 100cm PRICE £60.60 £80.78 £100.99

• Grid welded PVC, hard wearing, allows dirt and spillages to drain away leaving clean top surface. • Depth 12.5mm. • Both anti-fatigue and anti-slip etched into top surface. • Oil, grease and chemical resistant. • Colour black. • For larger widths or lengths, connector clips are available. Complete Rolls REF 95050S/60 95050S/80 95050S/100 1XC Size WxL 60cm x 10m 80cm x 10m 100cm x 10m Connector clip PRICE £448.81 £598.41 £748.01 £1.90 Cut Lengths per metre REF 95050S/60C 95050S/80C 95050S/100C Size W 60cm 80cm 100cm PRICE £60.60 £80.78 £100.99

INTERFLEX HAZARD HIGH VISIBILITY WORKPLACE SAFETY

INTERFLEX GRIP MODERN REPLACEMENT FOR DUCKBOARDS

• Hard wearing PVC with bold yellow strips both sides. • Oil, grease and chemical resistant. • For larger widths connector clips are available. • Depth 12.5mm. Colour black/yellow. Complete Rolls REF Size WxL 95050H/60 60cm x 10m 95050H/80 80cm x 10m 95050H/100 100cm x 10m PRICE £493.71 £658.25 £822.82 Cut Lengths per metre REF 95050M/60 95050M/80C 95050M/100C Size W 60cm 80cm 100cm PRICE £66.67 £88.85 £111.09

• From recycled plastic and synthetic rubber, extremely tough and highly anti-slip. Fatigue relief. • Duckboard style allows liquids and swarf to safely disperse. • Resistant to most acids, oils and industrial chemicals. Complete Rolls REF 91770/60 91770/80 91770/100 Size WxL 60cm x 5m 80cm x 5m 100cm x 5m PRICE £298.02 £397.36 £496.68 Cut Lengths per metre REF 91770/60C 91770/80C 91770/100C Size W 60cm 80cm 100cm PRICE £80.48 £107.29 £134.10

HAPPY FEET
• Anti-fatigue, anti-slip, anti-static and oil resistant. • Dense cushion core encapsulated with solid nitrile rubber. • Bevelled borders, gripper back and can be used in wet or dry conditions. Complete Rolls all black REF PRICE Size WxL HFR2436B 58cm x 87cm £85.34 HFR3660B 87cm x 150cm £213.30 HFR310B £434.44 87cm x 3m Complete Rolls black/black & yellow border REF PRICE Size WxL HFR2436BY £96.04 58cm x 87cm HFR3660BY £241.04 87cm x 150cm HFR310BY £480.18 87cm x 3m

290

PRICES INCLUDE DELIVERY ON ORDERS OVER £100

RELIEF MATTING
• The application of safety and relief matting are numerous from work stations to swimming pools, door mats to golf tees, bar floors to walkways, boat decks to oil rigs, lorry cargo areas to garages. • Infact anywhere that grip and added comfort would be a welcome feature. • Fully reversible - identical both sides. • Really comfortable to walk or stand on. • Noise reduced dramatically on all surfaces. • Flame retardant - conforms to DIN4102. • Anti-slip test - conforms to BIA. • Extra grip - ribbing in both directions, even on wet floors. • Construction: patented design of woven pvc extrusions without welds, virtually indestructible. • Available in widths: 610mm; 915mm; 1220mm; in rolls of 5m or 10m long. • Colours: black; red; blue; green.

Light Duty

Optional extra - bevelled safety edging - factory fitted Optional extra fixing blocks matching colours

Standard Duty

Description Roll size 0.6m x 5m Roll size 0.9m x 5m Roll size 1.2m x 5m Roll size 0.6m x 10m Roll size 0.9m x 10m Roll size 1.2m x 10m Part roll per metre sq. Diminishing edge, black per metre Fixing blocks, all colours per 10

Light Duty REF: 3030 £144.68 £216.47 £288.24 £288.24 £432.38 £576.47 £52.85 £5.72 -

Standard Duty Inter Heavy Duty REF: 2222 REF: 3010 £172.04 £213.03 £263.00 £319.01 £348.06 £424.97 £344.09 £424.97 £518.13 £638.01 £688.19 £850.49 £63.14 £77.97 £6.63 £11.18 £3.41 -

Inter-heavy Duty

FLOOR SLATS
These floor slats have a specially designed cushioned profile. This reduces strain on legs and back from constant standing. The slats can be combined and interlocked as required. Slats withstand most chemicals, oils and weak acid. Suitable to use in temperatures between -10°C and +80°C. Available in green or blue colour.

Individual Floor Slats

REF 6401.000

Description Floor Slat

Size LxWxH mm 1200x600x25

Weight 4Kg

PRICE £36.52

PRICES INCLUDE DELIVERY ON ORDERS OVER £100

291

MATWALK HIGH IMPACT PVC DUCKBOARD MATTING
A slip resistant duckboard matting for indoor or outdoor wet areas in industry or sports/leisure environments. Resistant to most acids, oils, grease and alkalis. 10mm gauge. Specify colour when ordering: cream, yellow, blue, red, green grey, brown or black.

PLASTIFLOR H/DUTY INTERLOCKING VINYL TILING

Super quality, instant lay, no adhesive usually required. Ingenious new invisible interlocking system. Oil grease and flame resistant. Tile size 500x500mm. Specify colour when ordering: Black, grey, light grey, blue, red, yellow, green or brown. Roll size REF PRICE 10mx60cm 10mx80cm 10mx100cm 10mx1120cm 10mx200cm M715 £355.27 M715-1 £473.69 M715-2 £592.11 M715-3 £710.53 M715-4 £1184.22 Type REF PRICE per m2 Round stud design M358 £43.84 Leathergrain tiles M357 £43.84

AZTEC MULTI-DIRECTIONAL ANTI-SLIP RUBBER MATTING

RIDGEWAY FINE FLUTED RUBBER MATTING

With a raised pyramid design. Multi purpose applications. 3mm gauge. Colour black. Roll size 10m x 1m.

A hardwearing anti-slip matting with a multitude of industrial and commercial uses to protect overlays in walkways and corridors, behind counters and check outs, kick plates, wall protection, transport flooring and roll up flooring for inclement weather. 3mm or 6mm thick. Colour black. REF M92 PRICE £166.77 Roll size REF 10mx915mmx3mm M95 £103.58 10mx915mmx6mm M95-3 £207.97 10mx1000mmx3mm M95-1 £113.19 10mx1000mmx6mm M95-4 £209.99 10mx1220mmx3mm M95-2 £138.09 10mx1220mmx6mm M95-5 £277.27

PROTECT KING ECONOMIC TRANSLUCENT MAT
Anti-slip ramped edge for easy chair roll on or off. Patented gripper back for better stay-put on low to medium piled carpet. Sand patterned surface conceals scrapes and scratches. Very hardwearing. Suitable for all office applications. REF M488

PRICE Roll size REF PRICE

Cut lengths available on request

Size: 1200 x 915 mm PRICE REF £30.29 M488-1

LEG-O-MAT EXTRA H/DUTY INTERLOCKING RUBBER TILING

Size: 1345 x 1145 mm PRICE £46.90

KEYHOLE AND EXECUTIVE CHAIRMATS
Protects expensive carpets from wear, tear, dirt and spillage. Available in black. Patterned top to prevent any unwanted chair movement bevelled anti-trip edges. REF Type x size PRICE M312 Keyhole 1350x760mm £43.35 M624 Executive 1450x1110mm £66.78 Exceptional hardwearing slip resistant and loose laid. Suitable factories, workshops, warehouses, gymnasium, weight lifting areas, sports clubs, showrooms, offices etc., specify colour when ordering: blue, black, grey, green. Tile size 458x458mm. REF M315 PRICE £50.15

292

PRICES INCLUDE DELIVERY ON ORDERS OVER £100

POLYPLUSH - BUDGET ALL PURPOSE MATTING

LUSTRE - PREMIER LAUNDRY MAT

Navy Blue

Hunter Green

Brown

Hunter Green

Red/Black

Charcoal

Brown

Red/Black

Charcoal

Slate Blue

• Durable polypropylene fibres are heat cured into a dense vinyl base to produce this hard wearing mat. • Dirt hiding tweed pattern has proved popular, easy to clean. • Recommended for normal indoor use. Depth 6.5mm. • Choice of colour: brown, navy blue, hunter green, charcoal or red/black. Indicate colour choice when ordering. REF PPV2436 PPV3648 PPV3660 PPV310 PPV4872 PPV4896 Size WxL cm 61 x 91 91 x 122 91 x 152 91 x 3m 122 x 183 122 x 244 PRICE £20.47 £40.93 £51.18 £102.35 £81.88 £109.17 • Custom made mats can be made to any length up to 18.3m x widths shown. Enquire for details.

• Rubber gripper backing minimises mat movement. • Crush resistant pile maintains luxurious look despite heavy use. • Machine launderable, can also be vacuumed, extraction cleaned or simply hosed off with water. • Recommended for normal indoor use. Depth 9mm. REF LMR2436 LMR3648 LMR3660 LMR310 LMR4872 LMR4896 Size WxL cm 61 x 88 88 x 120 88 x 150 88 x 3m 114 x 180 114 x 240 PRICE £32.53 £65.07 £81.32 £182.99 £127.10 £169.47 • Indicate your choice of colour when ordering: brown, red/black, hunter green, charcoal or slate blue.

FLOOR PROTECTION RUBBER RIB MATTING

SANITOP DELUXE - FOR TOUGHEST WORK AREAS

Edge Bevel

• Low cost, sure footed floor protection, easy to clean. • 100% rubber, very tough and unaffected by temperature changes. • Recommended for industrial floors, aisles, around machinery and other places where objects tend to slide, work desks, workshops and lorries.

Complete Rolls REF Thickness 50132 3 50133 3 50134 6 50135 6 Size WxL 91cm x 10m 122cm x 10m 91cm x 10m 122cm x 10m Size W 91cm 122cm 91cm 122cm PRICE £121.75 £162.50 £299.24 £399.44 PRICE £18.27 £24.38 £44.88 £59.93

Connector • Tough rubber matting, ideal for areas around machinery. • Free drainage design with safety option of anti-slip bevel edging in yellow. • Recommended uses: heavy duty industrial, dry or wet areas and food environment service. • Depth 20mm. Colours: black - resilient standard rubber. Terracotta - grease proof rubber. REF MB23 MPR23 C23 BV3 BV5 Type Mat Mat Connector Edge bevel Edge bevel Colour Black Terracotta Yellow Yellow Size cm 91 x 152 91 x 152 91 152 PRICE £119.14 £195.79 £2.18 £30.72 £51.20 • Other lengths of edging can be supplied to order.

Cut Lengths per metre REF Thickness 50132C 3 50133C 3 50134C 6 50135C 6

NON-CONDUCTIVE ELECTRICAL MATTING
• Electrical shocks prevented by worker being non grounded. • Depth 6mm. Tested to 11000 volts. Max working voltage 450 volts. Tested to 1500 volts. Max working voltage 650 volts. Complete Rolls REF 50140 50141 50142 50143 Thickness 3 3 6 6 Size WxL 91cm x 10m 122cm x 10m 91cm x 10m 122cm x 10m PRICE £550.61 £734.96 £722.70 £964.65 Cut Lengths per metre REF Thickness 50140C 3 50141C 3 50142C 6 50143C 6 Size W 91cm 122cm 91cm 122cm PRICE £82.58 £95.87 £94.27 £125.84

PRICES INCLUDE DELIVERY ON ORDERS OVER £100

293

GATEKEEPER CHEQUER RIBBED LOOSELAY BARRIER MATS

WAR-ZONE H/DUTY BARRIER MATS AND MATTING

Attractive, effective, hardwearing dirt barrier mat with a clever raised bevelled edging. Traps dirt and moisture within the mat. Easy to clean. Colours available: Charcoal, Navy Blue, Burgundy, Red/Black, Sable, Mottled Teal, Fall Tweed, Hunter Green, Autumn Green. Mat size REF PRICE 915x610 1220x915 1525x915 1830x1220 3050x915 3050x1220 M436 £46.29 M436/1 £72.59 M436/2 £90.73 M436/3 £145.20 M436/4 £181.46 M436/5 £242.13

Suitable indoor or outdoor use. Absorbs more water and dries three times faster than conventional nylon. Stain resistant and retains its colour. Easy to clean by vac or hose. Mats have anti-trip safety edge on all 4 sides. Rolls have edging on sides only. Colours available: Beige, Blue, Charcoal, Walnut, Berry, Ocean Blue, Mottled Teal, Red/Black Tweed. Full Rolls Size mm REF PRICE 915 x 610 M437 £17.07 1220 x 915 M437/1 £34.12 1525 x 915 M437/2 £42.53 1830 x 1220 M437/3 £68.24 2440 x 1220 M437/4 Size: 18.3m x 915mm 1830mm M203 M206

£90.81 £493.24 £986.48

MATKANDU BROAD RIBBED RUBBER MATTING

PICADOR EXTRA H/DUTY RUBBER RING LINK MATTING

Economical, hardwearing rubber matting with a wide range of thickness and size to suit all commercial needs i.e. walkways, ramps, corridors, lifts, stair treads, landings, matwells, foyers. Roll size 10m x 1000mm 10m x 1200mm 10m x 1000mm 10m x 1200mm 6m x 1000mm 6m x 1200mm 6m x 1350mm 6m x 1000mm 6m x 1200mm 6m x 1350mm Thickness mm 5 5 8 8 10 10 10 12 12 12 REF M574 M574/1 M574/2 M574/3 M574/4 M574/5 M574/6 M574/7 M574/8 M574/9 PRICE £498.73 £598.47 £899.81 £1079.76 £685.29 £822.34 £925.14 £797.98 £957.59 £1077.26

Slip resistant ring construction. Ideal indoor or outdoor. Use anti-fatigue safety mat in commercial kitchens, food shops, ships, oil rigs, commercial uses where spillages can cause a problem. Special joining clips to suit. 23mm thick. Black. Type Size mm REF PRICE Connector Clips REF PRICE Standard Mats 1500x1000 1000x500 750x500 600x400 M188 £70.69 M188-1 M188-2 M188-3 £23.56 £17.75 £10.95 Oil Resistant 1500x1000 M188-4 £89.83 CC/OR £1.68

CC/SM £1.31

Type Widths mm Thickness SNR REF PRICE Thickness JNR REF PRICE

Roll x 10m long 915 9.5 M343 £370.58 6.0 M343-5 £268.06 1220 9.5 M343-2 £494.10 6.0 M343-6 £357.41

Cut length per m2 915 9.5 M343-3 £61.31 6.0 M343-7 £46.66 1220 9.5 M343-4 £61.31 6.0 M343-8 £46.66

ELECTROMAT ELECTRICAL INSULATED RUBBER MATTING
To BS 921/1976 for use around machinery, control panel, fuse boxes etc., anti-slip design. Colour black. Type SNR tested to 15,000 volts. Max recommended working voltage 650V. Type JNR tested to 11,000 volts. Max. recommended working voltage 450V.

NOTE: JNR specification not to BS 921/1976

294

PRICES INCLUDE DELIVERY ON ORDERS OVER £100

BRABANTIA TOUCH BINS
• High quality touch top bin. • Quality steel with plastic trim. • Easy to use, empty and clean.

363962 348549 REF 338229 391163 338304 336560 Cap ltr 30 30 30 50 Finish Polished Metallic Stainless Polished Size H x dia mm 720x320 720x320 720x320 720x400 PRICE £123.65 £117.74 £129.06 £166.37 348587 REF 390760 348587 348549 363962 Cap ltr 50 40 40 3 Finish Metallic Polished Stainless Polished 338229 Size H x dia mm 720x400 730x440x300 730x440x300 285x185 PRICE £164.00 £172.04 £179.87 £59.82

SWING LID PUSHBINS
• Indoor pushbins with swing lids. • Stainless steel. • Matt or bright finish options.

ECONOMY TOUCH TOP BIN
• Touch top operation. • Stainless steel finish.

SWINGIT

REF 404510 404510/SS SWINGIT

Shape Oval Oval Round

Cap ltr 75 75 50

Finish Matt Bright Satin

Size H x dia mm 710x410x310 710x410x310 750x350 dia

PRICE £111.41 £111.41 £123.93

404510

REF 140007 140013

Cap ltr 60 40

PRICE £103.04 £84.26

METAL WASTE BINS
Square or round metal waste bins with an enamelled finish in colour black, grey or red. • Lipped rim for ease of lifting. • Capacity: Square - 27 litres. Round - 15 litres.

RECYCLING PEDAL BIN
• Recycling centre ideal for domestic and office use. • Silver metal casing and plastic pedal lid. • Hygienic and easy to clean.

REF 888/S 889/R

Type Square Round

PRICE £16.20 £13.95

REF RCJ30Z RCJ45Z

Cap ltr O/S L x W x H mm Compartments 30 410 x 340 x 485 2 45 605 x 340 x 485 3

PRICE £66.05 £85.89

PRICES INCLUDE DELIVERY ON ORDERS OVER £100

295

COLOURED CLIP BINS WITH LIDS
• Clip on lids for added security and helps prevent spillage. • Manufactured from food safe materials (except black). • Strong robust body. • Five colours to choose from: black, yellow, green, blue and red. • Includes lid. • Capacity - 110 litres. • Size H x dia (top/bottom) - 720mm x 590/435mm.

REF CLIPBIN110/BLK CLIPBIN110/BLUE CLIPBIN110/RED CLIPBIN110/GREEN CLIPBIN110/YEL

Colour Black Blue Red Green Yellow

PRICE £45.55 £63.63 £63.63 £63.63 £63.63

PEDAL BINS
• White steel or stainless steel. • Plastic or galvanised liners. • Pedal operated. PED 7

PED 9 PED 6

DUST BIN
• Capacity - 80 litre. • Black with clip-on lid supplied. • Size: 760 x 450mm dia.

PED 1 REF PED1 PED2 PED6 PED7 PED9 Type 3 litre white - plastic liner 3 litre s/steel - plastic liner 12 litre white - galvanised liner 12 litre s/steel - galvanised liner 20 litre s/steel - galvanised liner Size H x Dia 270x180 270x180 365x275 365x275 500x275

PED 2

PRICE £23.64 £27.55 £42.42 £48.98 £61.79

REF BL535

PRICE £34.46

PUSH BINS
• Choice of 5 colours: blue, black, red, grey or graphite. • Size - 30 litre 550 x 310mm dia. 40 litre 660 x 310mm dia. 55 litre 820 x 310mm dia. • Epoxy powder wipe clean. • Rolltop push bin.

PEDAL OPERATED BINS
• High quality pedal bin. • Choice of colours. • Galvanised liner. • Epoxy coated wipe clean. • 40 litre capacity - 755 x 390mm dia.

STAINLESS STEEL PEDAL BIN
• Superb quality stainless steel bin. • 52 litre capacity. • 890mm H x 380mm dia. • Galvanised inner. • Either matt or mirror finish.

REF TOR1/30 TOR1/40 TOR1/55

Litre Size 30 litre 40 litre 55 litre

PRICE £60.12 £69.11 £92.60

REF PED40/BLK PED40/BLUE PED40/SS PED40/SILGREY PED40/RED

Colour Black Blue Stainless steel Grey Red

PRICE £97.82 £97.82 £121.07 £97.82 £97.82

REF PED52/M PED52/SS

Finish Matt Mirror

PRICE £123.87 £112.91

296

PRICES INCLUDE DELIVERY ON ORDERS OVER £100

STEP ON CONTAINERS
• Ideal for hands free, food service, refuse disposal. • Deodorant black holder helps combat odours. • Tight fitting, overlapping lid helps contain odours. • Rounded corners and smooth contours for easy cleaning disinfecting. • Tough polypropylene, puncture resistant, all plastic construction, won’t rust and dent, chip or peel. • Quiet, heavy duty pedal for hands free use. • Optional rigid liners for 6143, 6144, 6145, 6146 containers provides leak-proof base to help contain liquids. • Containers 6143, 6144, 6145 and 6146 are TUV approved. • Choice of colours.

6146 PRICE £109.87 £128.07 £146.31 £174.31 £45.64 £53.81 £61.08 £62.96

REF 6143 6144 6145 6146 6243 6244 6245 6246

Description Step On Container Step On Container Step On Container Step On Container w/Wheels Rigid liner fits 6143 Rigid liner fits 6144 Rigid liner fits 6145 Rigid liner fits 6146

Dimensions cm Cap ltrs Colour 43.1x40x43.5(h) 30.5 Beige, Red, White, Yellow 41.5x40x60(h) 45.5 Beige, Red, White, Yellow 50x41x67.5(h) 68 Blue, Green, Beige, Red, White, Yellow 50x41x82.5(h) 87 Blue, Green, Black, Beige, Red, White, Yellow 36.5x30x33.5(h) 27 Grey 36.5x30x50(h) 38 Grey 46x31x56(h) 57 Grey 46x31x72.5(h) 72 Grey

6146 container and 6246 optional rigid liner

TIDY BINS
REF RN0013Y Tough litterbin. Suitable for all applications. With single aperture closed top. Perfect against walls or corners. REF RN0007Y/PL Oval shaped. Ideal for all locations. Tamper-proof lockable lid. Black polythene liner with ballast unit. REF RN00012Y Used in all applications, fast food and supermarkets etc., flip top. Ideal in corners or against walls. REF RN0003Y Circular, easy to clean, designed for use in public areas, factory canteens, leisure, sports etc. very practical. REF RN0013Y RN0007Y/PL RN0012Y RN0003Y Description SPACE SAVER 2 SLOT TOP NOVA SPACE SAVER 1 HOLE TOP NIMBUS Cap litres 114 135 114 114 Height mm 990 965 990 990 Width mm 432 457 432 470 dia PRICE £99.74 £163.55 £122.61 £101.22

RN0013Y

RN0007Y/PL

RN0012Y

RN003Y

HANDS FREE FIRE RETARDANT SACK HOLDERS

MEDICAL AND SANITARY BINS

• Fire retardant developed with infection control guidelines: • Valid Certificate of Fire Retardancy BS476 Part 7 - Class 0. • UK Hospital Technical Memorandum 83.1982. REF FR17HF FR64HF FR82HF Dimensions mm 600x270x285 810x450x370 915x500x365

• Fire Safety in Health Care Premises Section 5.31.2. • Recessed lid only opened by foot pedal. • Available in stainless steel - POA. • Fitted with 2 castors - extra 2 available. Description Small removable body hands free fire retardant Medium removable body hands free fire retardant Large removable body hands free fire retardant PRICE £119.00 £150.50 £143.50

MB50 SB28 • Sanitary bins with discretion flap, discrete and designed to fit in with modern washrooms. • Medical bins in various colours and choice of two sizes. Safe and durable solution. Waste is hidden using a discretion flap which makes it also ideal as a nappy bin. • Sanitary bin available white or grey. • Medical/Nappy bin available in grey, white or yellow - specify colour when ordering. REF SB28 MB50 MB70 Dimensions mm 580x210x360 670x415x415 825x415x415 Capacity 28 litre 50 litre 70 litre Description Sanitary bin Medical/Nappy bin Medical/Nappy bin PRICE £51.63 £120.66 £123.64

Capacity 17 litre 64 litre 82 litre

PRICES INCLUDE DELIVERY ON ORDERS OVER £100

297

WALL MOUNTED SACK HOLDERS
Painted or galvanised options. Choose from round or rectangular lid.

FULLY OR HALF GUARDED SACK HOLDERS

REF SH008 SH009 SH010 SH008G

Type Medium rectangular painted Medium circular painted metal lid Medium circular galvanised rubber lid Rectangular galvanised black rubber lid

PRICE £46.64 £54.86 £54.86 £48.47 • Either fully or half guarded. • Plastic coated red, green or blue. • All units with rubber lid. REF Type Size H x Dia. PRICE SHO12P Half guarded 910 x 430 £95.58 SH013P Fully guarded 910 x 430 £110.73

FIRE RETARDANT SACK HOLDERS

WHEELED PLASTIC SACK HOLDER
• 120 litre capacity. • Grey plastic body fitted with a hinged green lid. • Pedal operation. • Designed to hold plastic sacks.

REF 23400 • Lids may be colour coded in black, orange or yellow. • All units have fixed bodies. REF SH004 SH005 SH006 Capacity Small, 20 litres Standard, 60 litres Large, 80 litres HxDxW 610 x 325 x 240mm 790 x 410 x 420mm 860 x 410 x 420mm PRICE £85.34 £101.37 £103.92

PRICE £69.21

FOLDING SACK HOLDER
• Lightweight frame holds bag fully open for filling. • Folds flat for storage when not in use. • Zinc plated finish. • Extra strong nylon web limiting straps.

PEDAL OPERATED OPEN TYPE SACK HOLDERS

• Free standing pedal-operated sack holder. • Available in white or yellow. REF REF SH002 HxDxW 860 x 440 x 370mm PRICE £70.04 S191 Detail Height open 710mm - closed 800mm. Width 420mm - closed 30mm. Depth 370mm PRICE £45.84

298

PRICES INCLUDE DELIVERY ON ORDERS OVER £100

HEAVY DUTY LITTER BINS
• Manufactured from Heavy Duty Polyethylene. • Hygienic and odour free. • With durable and easy emptying lids. A superb range of litterbins. Free standing and wall or post mounted models. Silk screen printed ‘Tidyman’ logo which is universally recognised on all models except RN0005K. Own message or logo can be provided on any model as optional extra. Wall or post models come with mounting plates as standard. Orbit has no liner Apollo and Tardis have a plastic liner and Sonic, Solar, Cirrus and Space have a galvanised liner. REF RN0010T RN0005K RN0006/PL RN0008T/G RN0009/G RN0011/G RN0004R/G Description ORBIT APOLLO TARDIS SONIC G SOLAR G CIRRUS G SPACE G Cap litres 40 57 114 100 100 100 145 Height mm 495 610 965 710 965 970 1015 Width mm 280 355 380 560 dia 560 dia 585 dia 585 dia PRICE £101.00 £147.99 £164.25 £139.04 £175.91 £138.05 £134.45

RN0005K RN0010T

RN0006/PL RN0009/G RN0008T/G RN0011/G

RN0004R/G

OUTDOOR LITTER BINS
• Tough polyethylene rotationally moulded. • Rugged Steel Galvanised Liners. • Key lock security. • Easy to empty with ‘low lift’ liner removal. • Standard colours: Black, bottle green, or red. • Special colours available to order yellow, burgundy, light blue or dark blue. • Tidy man logo standard. • Custom colours and special logos etc., to order. REF OD4020 OD4021 OD4023 OD4024 Description Capacity litres Height mm Hooded bin 94 1015 Open top bin 94 750 Ground fixing plate Ground fixing rawl bolts (3) Diameter mm 500 500 PRICE £199.58 £183.07 £24.95 £14.55 OD4021 OD4020

ECONOMY LITTER BINS
The pillar bin is 30 litres capacity and comes complete with a plastic liner. The open top and hooded bins are supplied with either a plastic or galvanised liner as an optional extra and are 90 litres capacity. • Choice of 3 types of litter bin - open top, hooded top or pillar bin. • Weather resistant UV stabilised polyethylene. • Hooded top options include ‘cans only’, ‘glass only’, ‘confidential’ or plain. • Choose and specify colour from: yellow, maroon, light blue, dark blue, white, black, light green, dark green, red, orange, light grey, dark grey. • Pillar bins are supplied with a choice of floor or wall mountings. All have stainless steel flap. REF BIN/OT BIN/HT PILLAR/FM PILLAR/WM Type Open top Hooded top Floor mount Wall mount

BIN/OT

BIN/HT

HOODED

Size mm 750 H x 430 dia 1000 H x 430 dia 770 H x 315 x 315 770 H x 315 x 315

PRICE £107.20 £173.33 £153.60 £158.67

Extra for liner Plastic Galv -

REF PLA/LIN GAL/LIN -

PRICE £24.00 £40.00 -

PRICES INCLUDE DELIVERY ON ORDERS OVER £100

299

SLIM JIM RECYCLING CONTAINERS AND TROLLEY
• Containers suitable for waste disposal and recycling separation. Choice of two sizes and with or without handles. • Durable and crack resistant even under outdoor conditions. • Choice of lids: swing lid for dropping waste in, handle lid for general refuse with a removable handle, bottle and can recycling lid or paper recycling lid - colour coded options. • Innovative trolleys suitable for linking together and pulling in train.

Recycling Lids

Swing Lid

REF 3540 3541 2673 2688 2692 2703 3551

Description Waste container Waste container and handles Swing lid for all containers Handle lid for 3540 and 3541 Bottle lid for 3540 and 3541 Paper lid for 3540 and 3541 Slim Jim trolley

Size L x W x H mm 510 x 280 x 760 590 x 280 x 630 523 x 294 x 127 518 x 287 x 70 518 x 287 x 70 518 x 287 x 70 595 x 381 x 275

Cap ltr 87 60.5 -

Colour Grey, blue Grey, blue Grey Grey, yellow Green, brown Blue Black

PRICE £61.81 £52.98 £45.68 £39.89 £39.89 £39.89 £77.42

TIDY CONTAINERS
Strong containers for use in any workplace. • Hygienic wipe clean pale grey plastic. • Built in handles for easy lifting. • Optional snap-on lids for stacking. • Optional bag converts the bin to a janitorial trolley. • Optional dolly to suit the two larger models allows easy movement. GIT893 GIT893 + GID812 GID812 Capacity litres 37 76 120 167 External dimensions Weight diameter x height mm Kg 400 x 430 1.5 500 x 580 3 560 x 820 8.5 13.5 610 x 930 Container REF PRICE GIT843 £38.12 GIT858 £51.97 GIT882 £73.03 GIT893 £82.03 Lid to suit REF PRICE GIL840 £25.56 GIL850 £26.85 GIL856 £29.56 GIL861 £29.56 Dolly to suit REF PRICE GID812 £48.59 GID812 £48.59 GIT893 shown with dolly GID812 and bag GIB811

REF GIB811

Description Bag

PRICE £59.56

SWING LID DUSTBINS
Rectangular bins ideal for any busy workplace. • Hygienic wipe clean pale grey plastic.

WASTE BINS
Excellent for use in any workplace. • Hygienic wipe clean pale grey plastic. • Push flap opening with clear lettering and directional arrow.

REF GI5832 GI5831

Capacity litres 30 42

External dimensions L x W x H mm 380 x 280 x 510 430 x 300 x 660

Weight Kg 1.5 2

PRICE £29.75 £33.96

REF RCY29Z RCY43Z RCY57Z

Capacity litres 20 50 60

External dimensions L x W x H mm 355 x 255 x 500 430 x 310 x 600 455 x 320 x 750

Weight Kg 1.2 2 2.5

PRICE £25.94 £31.11 £34.16

300

PRICES INCLUDE DELIVERY ON ORDERS OVER £100

INTERNAL LITTER BINS
Zintec steel body with a stainless top. • Choice of bezel or swivel top. • An optional galvanised metal liner is included. • Choice of colours: white, black, grey, blue, green, red, yellow, beige, maroon and silver.

INTERNAL WALL BINS
Powder coated Zintec steel - 20 litre capacity. Supplied as a pack of 2. Size - 395W x 190D x 480H mm. • Available in white, black, blue, red, green and yellow.

701STB REF 701L 701STB Size DxH mm 455x760 455x760 Cap ltr 120 120 Top Swivel lid Bezel top

701L PRICE £167.12 £147.18 REF 464 464T 464/L Description Pack of 2 bins - no lid Pack of 2 bins - with lid Optional galvanised liner (2) PRICE £81.15 £89.87 £51.26

INTERNAL LITTER BINS
A choice of polished stainless steel or powder coated Zintec steel bodies. Supplied with either a bezel (STB) top or a funnel top (STF) both in stainless steel. • 60/51 litre cap (without/with liner). • 360D x 720 H mm. • Choice of painted colours: red, blue, green, white, grey, yellow, black, beige.

FIRE RETARDANT PUSH FLAP BIN
Zintec steel powder coated. • Capacity with/without liner - 54/60 litre. • 310W x 310D x 895H mm. • Lightly sprung push flap. • Optional lift out galvanised liner. • Available in red, blue, yellow, grey, white, silver or green.

544STF

REF 544STBSS 544LSTBSS 544STB 544LSTB 544STF 544LSTF

Description Stainless Stainless + liner Painted Painted + liner Painted (funnel) Painted + liner

PRICE £103.56 £124.76 £84.89 £106.07 £83.63 £104.82

REF 555PF 555PLL

Description Bin without liner Bin with liner

PRICE £99.23 £125.39

EXTERNAL ASH/LITTER BIN
• Powder coated Zintec body and stainless steel top. • Size: 360D x 720H mm. • Capacity 37 litres. • Galvanised liner. • Colour choice: blue, red, green, white, black, silver or beige.

EXTERNAL ASH/LITTER BIN
• Powder coated Zintec body. • Stainless steel ashtray top and metal bowl. • Galvanised liner. • Size: 455D x 760H mm. • Capacity 50 litres. • Colour choice: red, blue, green, white, black, yellow, beige or grey.

EXTERNAL ASH/ LITTER BIN
• Stainless steel or Zintec body- colours: red, blue, green, white, grey, beige, silver or black. • Galvanised liner. • Ashtray bowl. • Size: 250D x 600H mm. • Capacity 16 litres.

REF 497STF 497STR

Type of Top Funnel + bowl Ashtray recess

PRICE £125.37 £109.80

REF 501STC

PRICE £146.57

REF 487HL 487HLSS

Type Powder coated Stainless steel

PRICE £82.40 £111.74

PRICES INCLUDE DELIVERY ON ORDERS OVER £100

301

CIGARETTE BINS

A/TBS18

A/TBS16

A/TBS34 A/TBS16SS A/TBS32 Specifications Jumbo size unit - 380mm high x 245mm wide x 60mm deep. Finished in either powder coat colour black/yellow, black, hammered green or stainless steel. Galvanised collection hopper, lock with 2 keys and wall fixing kit. Standard size unit - 325mm high x 145mm wide x 60mm deep. Finished in either powder coat colour textured black, antique silver, hammered green or stainless steel. Galvanised collection hopper, lock with 2 keys and wall fixing kit. Hooded floor standing unit - 730mm high x 305mm wide x 213mm deep. Powder coat finish colour yellow/black, antique silver or black. Hinged door, internal hopper with lock, ground fixing bolts. Advertising bin - takes an A4 size advert. 465mm high x 245mm wide x 60mm deep. Powder coated orange, antique silver or textured black. Galvanised collection hopper, lock with 2 keys and wall fixings. PRICE £60.00 £78.00 £49.50 £63.00 £157.50 £69.00

REF A/TBS16 A/TBS16SS A/TBS18 A/TBS18SS A/TBS32 A/TBS34

Finish Paint Stainless Paint Stainless Paint Paint

CIGARETTE ASHTRAYS AND ASHBINS

58700 MAXIMASH/SS REF MAXIMASH MAXIMASH/SS 58700 58701 58702 58703 58690 58691 58692 MAXIMASH

58690

58691

58692

Detail Wall mounted bin c/w lock & inner liner. Colours: red, black or grey. 320 H x 360 Wx100 D As above but body in stainless steel Wall mounted ashtray, steel, white 113x200x137mm Wall mounted ashtray, steel, beige 113x200x137mm Wall mounted ashtray, steel, grey 113x200x137mm Wall mounted ashtray, aluminium, matt 113x200x137mm Small wall mounted ashtray, steel, white 82x160x108mm Small wall mounted ashtray, steel, beige 82x160x108mm Small wall mounted ashtray, aluminium, matt 82x160x108mm

PRICE £35.07 £54.81 £82.04 £82.04 £82.04 £91.07 £71.56 £71.56 £82.04

WALL MOUNTED AND FLOOR STANDING BINS
ASH039 ASH037 REF ASH038 ASH039 ASH040/R ASH037 Detail Floor cigarette bin, bronze finish with hinged flaps Circular floor cigarette bin with lift off top, gold finish Ash/cigarette safety collecting bin, powder coated in red Wall mounted ashtray, stainless steel Size HxLxW 130x270x230mm 180x230mm dia 160x260x210mm 90x180x100mm PRICE £32.39 £32.39 £34.34 £37.96

ASH040

ASH038

302

PRICES INCLUDE DELIVERY ON ORDERS OVER £100

STANDING ASH TOWER
Internal or external usage. Manufactured from Zintec steel and epoxy powder coated. • Separate ash collection. • Locking facility. • Fixing holes for bolt down. • Concrete fixing optional. Size: H 1m x D 200mm x W 200mm. • Capacity 6 litres.

PYRAMID ASH TOWER
Internal or external usage. Manufactured from Zintec steel and epoxy powder coated. • Stainless steel top. • Separate ash collection. • Locking facility. • Fixing holes for bolt down. • Concrete fixing optional. Size: H 1m x D 200mm x W 200mm. • Capacity 20 litres.

REF SAT/LIN

PRICE £220.68

REF PAT/LIN

PRICE £220.68

FIRE RETARDANT BIN
Self-extinguishing bin in either stainless steel or powder coated black, white, red, blue, green, silver or beige. • Size: 250D x 300H mm. • Capacity 12 litres. • Sold in a pack of 2 off.

EXTERNAL WALL ASHBIN
Zintec steel - epoxy powder coated green - other colours to order. • Collection box with key. • Wall fixings supplied. • Size: 280W x 85D x 350H mm.

SMOKE STAND
A stylish sleek and attractive cigarette receptacle is designed to complement the decor of any facility. • Internal cigarette snuffer keeps outside appearance ash-free. • Powder coated aluminium and steel construction. • Easy to clean and maintain, just empty on a regular basis. • Pre-drilled hole in base for bolt-down. • Size: H 1m x D 355mm base. • Available in black or silver.

REF 516FGS

PRICE £42.53

REF PRICE LP100-06 £70.80

REF SOP200

PRICE £195.77

FIRE RETARDANT BIN
Self-extinguishing bin in either stainless steel or powder coated black, white, red, blue, green, silver or beige. • Size: 250D x 600H mm. • Capacity 24 litres.

FIRE RETARDANT SWIVEL TOP BINS
Bright polished stainless steel or powder coated Zintec steel body (colours: red, blue, green, black, silver, grey, beige). • Stainless steel lift off top assembly. • Easy lift out galvanised liner. • Size: 360D x 720H mm. • Capacity 51 litres.

REF 374FL

PRICE £69.96

REF 882L 882LSS

Description Powder coated Stainless steel

PRICE £133.47 £180.83

PRICES INCLUDE DELIVERY ON ORDERS OVER £100

303

GRIT SALT BINS
• Lockable shovel hatch for easy salt removal whilst keeping supplies dry and secure. • UV stable. • 10 year minimum life. • Very robust construction. 450L and 750L versions have lockable lower shovel hatch for easy salt removal - keeps salt dry and secure (also available without hatch for quantities of 10+). • All have lockable top lids with 450L and 750L units having double skinned insulated lids to stop condensation spoiling salt. REF CB1 CB2 CB3 Description/Cap Grit salt bin 206 ltr Grit salt bin 450 ltr Grit salt bin 750 ltr

NB - shovel is not supplied with these bins. PRICE £181.25 £232.00 £363.95

LxWxH cm 78x60x68 90x76x97 109x85x109

GRIT/SALT STORAGE BINS
• Water resistant UV stabilised polyethylene. • Own logo as required - please enquire. • Colour options are available.

Large opening for access REF GRIT6 GRIT12 Capacity 6 cu ft - holds175Kg approx 12 cu ft - holds 375Kg approx

Fork lift channels in base Size LxWxH mm o/a 886 x 615 x 670 1220 x 650 x 750 PRICE £172.00 £194.05

Nesting for storage

PEDESTRIAN SPREADER
Ideal for use in many applications, for treating paths, walkways, forecourts and all areas that require anti-slip treatment. Suitable for office forecourts, yards, loading bays, public areas, hospitals, schools, drives etc.

MINI GRIT BIN WITH SALT
Manufactured from very tough medium density recycled poly. • Ideal for commercial and domestic use. • Water tight lid with lock. • Size: 475 x 383 x 305 W x D x H mm. • Bin comes complete with a 25Kg bag of rock salt and a moulded hand scoop.

REF RW0007

PRICE £62.25

ECONOMY SALT SPREADER
Compact economy salt spreader. • Capacity: 12 litres. • Body width - 450mm, handle height - 1070mm. • Fitted on 200mm dia rubber tyred wheels. • Weight: 3Kg.

• Polyethylene hopper basket. • Strong steel frame. • Mounted on 500mm dia pneumatic tyred wheels. • Capacity: 43 litres. • Size LxWxH 1170 x 690 x 925mm. • Weight: 13Kg. REF SQT01Y PRICE £168.42

REF SCA04Y

PRICE £44.68

304

PRICES INCLUDE DELIVERY ON ORDERS OVER £100

TWO WHEELED WASTE BINS
Manufactured from high quality, high density polyethylene (HDPE) and compliant to EN840, RAL and DIN 30760. Unique design has produced noise level not exceeding 92dB. Containers are supplied with highly robust rubber 200mm dia wheels with sturdy axle mountings made from tempered steel. • Choice of 6 colours: grey, green, brown, yellow, blue or red. • Resistant to UV, frost, heat and chemicals. • Cadmium-free and easily recycled. • Rear handles for ease of movement. • Range of accessories including: tow bar, paper slot, drop front, customised markings and logos. REF MGB120 MGB140 MGB240 MGB360 Cap litres 120 140 240 360 Max Kg 60 70 110 160 Size HxWxD mm 920x480x550 1050x480x550 1070x580x740 1100x600x880 Weight Kg 9.90 10.60 14.15 20.20 PRICE £44.55 £47.85 £53.35 £126.50

FOUR WHEELED WASTE BINS
Designed in accordance with latest European specification EN840, made from 100% high quality HDPE. Equipped with side lifting trunnions and a comb lift moulding and can be lifted by either REL bin lifters or trunnion lift equipment. • Choice of 5 colours: grey, green, blue, yellow, or red (1110 litre in green only). • Solid rubber tyred wheels 200mm dia fitted with footbrakes. • Resistant to UV, frost, heat and chemicals. • Cadmium-free and easily recycled. • 1100 litre model has a choice of three lid styles. • Large range of accessories including: tow bars, customised markings and logos, fork lift pockets, glass/paper slots, central braking and locks.

Roll top & flat top 1100 litre

1100 litre with flat lid

Towbar

REF MGB660 MGB770 MGB1100/FL MGB1100/RT MGB1100/RTL

Lid type Flat Flat Flat Roll top Roll/lid

Cap litres 660 770 1100 1100 1100

Size HxWxD mm 1200x1350x770 1360x1350x770 1330x1400x1090 1450x1400x1090 1450x1400x1090

Weight Kg 45 54 66 71 75

PRICE £207.20 £225.70 £224.75 £348.75 £348.75

770 litre bin

CLINICAL WASTE BINS
Suitable for clinical waste plus all other materials or tools. • Colour yellow. Refs 5120, GRIT1/Y and GRIT2/Y can also be supplied in colour green and beige medium density polyurethane. • Locks available extra. WB140 REF 5120 WB140 WB240 GRIT1/Y GRIT2/Y Size HxWxD mm 570x235x245 1070x480x560 1070x580x740 710x720x750 710x1260x750 Detail 50 litre pedal bin. Bag fitting snag free 140 litre wheeled bin 240 litre wheeled bin 7 cu.ft. (200 litre) 14 cu.ft. (400 litre) PRICE £48.00 £84.60 £86.30 £181.99 £227.43

WB240 Grit1/Y 5120

PRICES INCLUDE DELIVERY ON ORDERS OVER £100

305

WHEELED BINS RECYCLING CENTRE
• Comply to BS/EN 840. • Easily manoeuvrable on 200mm wheels. • Ideal for use in schools, colleges, hospitals, healthcare centres, offices, warehouses etc. • Manufactured from 30% recycled polyethylene. • LW1120Y is a one off unit, please specify which colour you require: dark grey (cans), blue (paper), red (plastics), light grey (general waste). • LW4120Y comes complete as a pack of 4.

REF LW1120Y LW4120Y

Description 1 off Set of 4

Capacity litres 120

Overall size L x W x H mm 460 x 550 x 940

Weight Kg 8.5

PRICE £55.99 £180.50

RECYCLING BINS ON A POST
• Comply to BS/EN 840. • Suitable for outside use. • Ideal for public waste and public areas. • Manufactured from 30% recycled polyethylene.

RECYCLING CENTRE BINS
• Supplied as a set of 3 bins. • Suitable for paper, plastic and can/tin waste. • Manufactured from steel.

REF LIP50Z

Capacity Overall size Weight LxWxH mm litres Kg PRICE 710x430x970 50 8 £101.87

REF RCJ49Z

Capacity litres 49

Overall size: top ø x bottom ø x H mm 390 x 320 x 580

Weight Kg 8

PRICE £100.70

POLO TRIPLE RECYCLING UNIT
Self closing, fire retardant metal bins with colour coded tops to segregate waste prior to disposal. • Robust construction manufactured in heavy gauge Zintec steel and powder coated. • Unique bag tidy rings. • Security triangle lock. • Tops supplied with any colour and new WRAP recycling logos. • Available with optional easy lift out galvanised metal liner. REF • Self-adhesive wording supplied - please ask for further details. POLOTRIPLE • H 810mm x D 420mm x W 1120mm. • Capacity 270 litres.

PRICE £728.00

306

PRICES INCLUDE DELIVERY ON ORDERS OVER £100

OPEN TOP BIN RECYCLING STATION
Made from durable polythene for indoor or outdoor use. Sold as a 4 bin station. • 90 litre capacity in each bin. • Weather resistant UV stabilised. • Colour coded for segregation of recyclable materials. • Choice of plastic or galvanised liners.

PILLAR BIN RECYCLING STATION
Made from durable polythene for indoor or outdoor use. Sold as a 4 bin station. • 30 litre capacity per bin. • Weather resistant UV stabilised. • Colour coded for segregation of recyclable materials. • Complete with plastic liners. • Choice of wall or floor mounted.

REF OTRECY/4 OTRECY/P OTRECY/G OTRECY/FK

Description 4 bin station Plastic liners - each Galvanised liners - each Ground fixing kit - each

PRICE £455.62 £24.00 £40.00 £16.00

Floor mounted Wall mounted REF PBRECY/F PBRECY/W Description Floor mounted Wall mounted PRICE £404.14 £498.43

HOODED BIN RECYCLING STATION
Made from durable polythene for indoor or outdoor use. Sold as a 4 bin station. • 90 litre capacity in each bin. • Weather resistant UV stabilised. • Colour coded for segregation of recyclable materials. • Choice of plastic or galvanised liners. • Ground fixing kit available. • Optional locks.

ADVERTISING LITTER BINS
Advertise your company or product - simply send us your design and we will create and fit the personalised vinyl wrap. • 90 litre capacity. • Minimum order of 5 off bins. • Indoor use only. • UV stabilised. • Ground fixing kit and locks available. • Plastic or galvanised liners.

Plastic liner REF HBRECY/4 HBRECY/P HBRECY/G HBRECY/FK HBRECY/L Description 4 bin station Plastic liners - each Galvanised liners - each Ground fixing kit - each Locks PRICE £474.07 £24.00 £40.00 £16.00 £23.00 REF ADLB ADLB/P ADLB/G ADLB/FK ADLB/L

Galvanised liner

Advertising bin PRICE £270.02 £32.00 £40.00 £16.00 £23.00

Description Advertising litter bin - min 5 Plastic liner Galvanised liner Ground fixing kit Locks

RECYCLING CENTRE BINS
Self closing, fire retardant Zintec powder coated metal bins with colour coded flaps to segregate waste. • Bins have flaps with either green, yellow or blue recycling logo fitted - other colours to order. • Easy lift out galvanised liner. • Self adhesive wording to your choice can be supplied as an extra (one word per extra cost). REF 555PF/RC 555PF/RC/W Description W x D x H mm Cap ltr Either green, yellow or blue logo bin 310 x 310 x 895 54 Extra for wording on bins - see illustration PRICE £104.82 £4.50

PRICES INCLUDE DELIVERY ON ORDERS OVER £100

307

MILD STEEL RECYCLING UNIT
Heavy duty and sturdy mild steel construction. Suitable for robust usage and bulky materials. Once placed in location it tends to become a semi permanent fixture. • Entry slot fitted to top surface. • Easy to empty when full. • Takes a standard sackholder bag. • Multiple units can be utilised in various recycling situations. • Available in red, green, blue and yellow. • 60 litre capacity. • Dimensions: 760mm H x 405mm W x 275mm D.

REF STERECY

PRICE £95.72

CARDBOARD RECYCLING UNITS
Very light cardboard recycling units supplied flat packed for ease of storage and assembly. • Three sizes available. • Non bleached cardboard. • Units totally recyclable when ready for disposal. • Easy to wipe clean. • Detachable lids.

REF RECY60 RECY100 RECY120

Capacity litres 60 100 120

O/S H x dia mm 700 x 185 700 x 230 700 x 260

Pack qty 5 5 5

PRICE £54.47 £68.27 £72.51

CORREX RECYCLING UNIT
These units are light and easy to handle. They can be utilised in any number of units in whatever colour choices required. • Base station holds two units. • Correx construction ensures that they are easily wiped and cleaned. • Supplied flat pack - easy to store and assemble. • Takes a standard sackholder bag. • 75 litre capacity. • Dimensions of all four bins: 743mm H x 348mm W x 298mm D. REF PPRECY75/BLU PPRECY75/GRE PPRECY75/YEL PPRECY75/RED PPRECY75/BASE Type Letterbox opening Round opening Round opening Letterbox opening Base station Pack qty 5 5 5 5 5 PRICE £67.31 £67.31 £67.31 £67.31 £46.68

RECYCLING BINS
Supplied as a set of 3 complete with 5 stickers: general waste (white), paper (blue), plastic (red), food and drinks cans (dark grey) and glass (green). Simply select the ones you want to use. • Ideal for offices, warehouses and factories. • Hygienic wipe-clean plastic. • Capacity – 60 litres. • Overall size L x W x H mm: 320 x 455 x 800.

REF RCY63Z

PRICE £91.04

308

PRICES INCLUDE DELIVERY ON ORDERS OVER £100

MULTI-DRY HAND AND FACE DRYER
• Choice of 3 dryers with standard or turbo power options. Also standard touch or automatic 'air on demand' operation. • Tough, fire retardant ABS cover with cast aluminium chromed nozzle. • Quiet operation suitable for hospitals, hotels, offices and restaurants etc. • Standard - 1800va, turbo 2200va with heater respectively 1.5kw and 2.2kw. 230v ac.

MAGNUM SUPER HAND DRYER
• Choice of 3 finishes on front cover. • Fast and quiet automatic drying. • Vandal resistant. • Infra red sensor 'no touch' operation. • Automatic switch off. • CE compliant. • 2000 watts heater. • 230 volts ac.

REF ZBOM1X ZBOM3X ZBOM4X

Type/Operation Standard power/Touch Standard power/Automatic Turbo power/Automatic

PRICE £115.20 £126.40 £153.60

REF HSUPXX HSUPXS HSUPXP

Type of finish White Grained stainless steel Polished stainless steel

PRICE £176.00 £225.60 £236.80

AIR FRAGRANCE MACHINES
The Scentronic is a battery operated aerosol air freshener that dispenses perfume in metered doses. • Sleek white body unit 215mm H x 90mm W x 80mm D with the option of a stainless steel outer case - 270 x 95 x 80mm for aesthetic appearance. • 3 operating options - 24 hours, light sensing or dark. • Order a choice of fragrance canisters to suit (each box contains 12 cans). WSCE2W-E

REF WSCE2W-E WSCE2S-L SGESAP SGESBA SGESCI SGESLE SGESM2

Description Scentronic machine only Stainless steel outer case Apple blossom fragrance cans Baby powder fragrance cans Citrus fragrance cans Les hommes fragrance cans Mixed box fragrance cans

PRICE £30.24 £38.40 £49.92 £49.92 £49.92 £49.92 £49.92

WSCE2S-L

FLY KILLERS
• Designed, developed and manufactured in UK. • Easy to service. • Removable catch tray. • All steel main case (None of the problems associated with plastic fly killers). Colour white. • Suitable for wall mounting, suspending or free standing. • Supplied with mains lead and plug. • Stainless steel killing grid. • Hygienic aluminium catch tray. • Specially formulated high attraction UV tubes. • CE approved & formally tested to BS EN 60335-2-59.

Maxi 40w

Compact 15w Circline 22w

REF F25CBW F25CSW F45CBW F45CSW F18CBW F18CSW

Model Compact Circline Maxi

Approx sq. m coverage 30-40 50-80 180-280

Shatter resistant tube(s) No Yes No Yes No Yes

WxDxH mm 370 x 225x115 310 x 340x115 650 x 395x155

Weight Kg 4 4.5 9.0

Tube(s) 1 x 15w x 300mm 1 x 22w circline 2 x 40w x 600mm

PRICE £79.20 £81.60 £104.00 £110.40 £204.80 £212.80

PRICES INCLUDE DELIVERY ON ORDERS OVER £100

309

Whatever the location, whatever the requirement - hot or cold, performance can be guaranteed with these effective units. All products are CE approved.

PROPANE HEATERS
• LPG heating - clean and efficient. • Models G33 & G80 have dual voltage 230v/110v. • G80 fitted on rear wheels.

REF Duty Kw BTU Heated areas Noise BDA @1m Weight Kg Size: WxLxH mm PRICE

G33 15 - 38.6 51180 - 131703 923m3 72 15.5 372x610x480 £463.55

G80 67.6 - 102.9 230000 - 351094 2486m3 75 28.2 470x935x532 £799.65 G80

G33

OIL FIRED HEATERS
• Gas oil - kerosene heaters. • All models are available in 230v or 110v and automatic external controls are available. REF Duty Kw BTU Heated areas Noise BDA @1m Weight Kg Size: WxLxH mm Hours run PRICE 30 28 95,536 675m3 73 31 485x860x530 11.3/tank £703.77 40 43 146,716 1050m3 79 37 560x930x615 11.2/tank £895.68

40

30

ELECTRIC HEATERS

• Fan assisted, radiant, popular and efficient. • Power supply 230v (DE25/110-110v).

REF Duty Kw BTU Heated areas Weight Kg Size: WxLxH mm Power supply PRICE DE25

DE25/240 2.8/9,553 67.6m3 11 260x320x360 240v £352.99

DE25/110 2.8/9,553 67.6m3 11 260x320x360 110v £369.66

LOTUS 2.4/8.188 57.9m3 6 400x340x490 240v £215.98

LOTUS

VENTILATION AND COOLING FANS
• Variable speed. • Power supply 230v. • Choice of two sizes. • Superb quality unit suitable for all applications.

AIR CONDITIONING UNITS
• The Polar units have exhaust tubes fitted - 1m long. • Power supply 230v. POLAR BREEZE

ASF50 REF REF Max air flow Noise BDA @1m Weight Kg Size: WxLxH mm PRICE ASF21 3600m3/h 67.5 16 640x300x640 £406.64 ASF50 7600m3/h 80 21 840x345x820 £561.96 Duty Kw BTU Air flow Cooled area Noise DBA/4m Weight Kg Size: WxLxH mm PRICE POLARBREEZE 2.6/9000 300m3/h 63.7m3 55 35 380x480x830 £649.60 POLARWIND 4.1/1400 360m3/h 99m3 56 45 480x400x840 £794.60

POLAR WIND

310

PRICES INCLUDE DELIVERY ON ORDERS OVER £100

CONVEX SAFETY/SECURITY MIRRORS
Convex mirrors help you to see around corners so you can stop the crash, deter the shoplifter and prevent accidents. • Interior use - factories, offices, warehouses, shops and stores. • Exterior use - car parks, yards, roads, forecourts and fields. • Bright zinc ‘J’ arm adjustable fixing brackets for wall mounting please enquire for other types of fitting. • Shatter resistant acrylic face. Interior use acrylic convex mirrors REF Type Size M18021A Economy light 300mm dia M18036A Economy light 400mm dia M18040A Economy light 500mm dia M18057A Economy light 600mm dia M18020J Heavy duty 300mm dia M18038J Heavy duty 450mm dia M18056J Heavy duty 600mm dia M18108J Heavy duty 900mm dia M18330A Heavy duty 600x400mm rect

PRICE £46.20 £57.75 £73.15 £90.86 £56.98 £68.53 £104.72 £197.12 £106.26

REF M18044S M18062S M18114S

Exterior use acrylic convex mirrors Type Size Heavy duty 450mm dia Heavy duty 600mm dia Heavy duty 900mm dia

PRICE £90.86 £143.99 £210.98

HEMISPHERE CONVEX MIRRORS
• Choice of quarter, half or full face mirrors giving 90°, 180° or 360° clear vision respectively. • Impact resistant acrylic face. • Great deterrent to shoplifters. • Assists surveillance. • Fittings supplied.

HYGIENE MIRRORS
• Specifically designed for food processing areas or points where hygiene is paramount. • Assists with surveillance and theft prevention. • With the exception of the acrylic mirror face and surround all fittings are high grade stainless steel. • Easily cleaned. • Safety usage with no glass or wood parts.

Half face wall mirror REF M18541H M18560H M18535H M18553H M18585H M18590H Type of face Quarter Quarter Half Half 360° dome 360° dome

Full face ceiling dome Size 300mm 450mm 600mm 900mm 600mm 900mm Fixing Wall Wall Wall Wall Ceiling Ceiling PRICE £30.80 £59.29 £77.77 £122.43 £130.13 £222.53

REF M18244V M18266V M18287V

Type Acrylic Acrylic Acrylic

Size 450mm round 600mm round 800mm round

PRICE £179.41 £297.22 £403.48

PORTABLE INSPECTION MIRRORS
Made in tough lightweight acrylic for easy cleaning, these convex inspection mirrors are designed for all security inspection work where vision is obscured. Used by anti-bomb squads, drug search teams, the armed services and security guards for searching aircraft, ships, cars, trucks building etc. When not in use, the mirror folds neatly away for easy storage. The arm extends to 1 metre in length. REF M18660 M18662 M18664 Description Mirror portable 150mm dia. 4 piece handle Mirror portable 230mm dia. 4 piece handle Mirror portable 450mm dia. 4 piece handle PRICE £133.98 £154.77 £220.22

FORKTRUCK REAR VIEW MIRROR
• See full 180° vision with clear dome shaped safety mirror. • Mirror dome 300mm wide x 150mm deep, easy to fit brackets included. • Safer reversing for driver, truck and racking etc. REF M19952A M19952T Description Domed mirror 300 x 150 with totally enclosed rear in ABS suitable indoor/exterior use Domed mirror 300 x 150 with open back except for 'TEE' bar suitable indoor use only PRICE £63.14 £54.67

PRICES INCLUDE DELIVERY ON ORDERS OVER £100

311

SPILL CONTROL
We are able to offer customers complete environmental protection with a comprehensive range of environmental services and products including:
• Emergency Spill Response - a non-contract service available to companies throughout the UK for the provision of spill control products and spill response strategy. • Spill Impact Assessment - our team are ideally placed and trained to provide an assessment of the broader environment impacts of an incident and where necessary recommend, design and implement an effective response. • Pollution Incident Response Planning - we can assist companies to achieve the objectives of pollution prevention guidance and other environmental legislation compliance issues. We can supply pollution prevention equipment and formulate a full site specific pollution incident response plan (PIRP). • Bund Inspection, Cleaning and Maintenance - we can offer bund maintenance packages including: inspection, cleaning, decontamination, repairs, preparation, sealing and coating. • Spill Training Courses - we can provide a range of spill training courses to ensure the understanding of current legislation, how to respond to and recover from an incident.

How can you deal with major spill or pollution incidents like this? GIVE OUR SALES TEAM A CALL.

DECOY CCTV CAMERAS
• No maintenance required. • Complete with wall brackets and pan and tilt. • Batteries included. • Five year life flashing LED. • Fully weatherproof. • External model with anti-corrosion finish and impact proof window. • Data Protection Act 1998 became law March 2000. Appropriate signs should be displayed. REF PVSCIDC Internal Decoy PVSV1000 Type Internal decoy camera External decoy camera PRICE £21.84 £33.60 External Decoy

DIGITAL DOOR LOCKS
• Prevents unauthorised entry to restricted areas. • Over 8000 possible combinations with simple code change facility. • Fail safe design gives free egress at all times. • Stainless steel buttons will not indicate usage. • Snib holdback facility supplied as standard. • Mechanical operation - no wiring or batteries required. • Satin chrome finish with the option of brass on DXLOCKITHB/B. • DXLBG400ISCLH is DDA compatible with a clutched handle to help prevent forced entry. DXLBG4001SCLH

REF DXLOCKITHB/B DXLOCKITHB/C DXLBG3700SCOR DXLBG4001SCLH

Finish Brass Chrome Chrome Chrome

Type Light duty Light duty Light duty - key override Medium duty - handle

PRICE £65.45 £65.45 £102.24 £119.14

312

PRICES INCLUDE DELIVERY ON ORDERS OVER £100

SPILL CUSHIONS
Cushions and mini cushions are high capacity absorbents for large spill quantities. They have a tough, durable tear resistant cover. Use: • On major spills or in sumps and bilges. • Under machines. • During maintenance works. • Use mini cushion with drip tray.

SPILL PADS AND SHEETS
Sheets and pads that absorb spills fast. High strength, even when saturated. Use under dripping machinery or for wiping down surfaces and as part of your spill response plan.

Chemical sheet Oil sheet REF Product 0144 Pads 0140 Sheet 0141 Sheet 0240 Sheet 0241 Sheet 0246 Sheet 0340 Sheet 0341 Sheet 0346 Sheet 0344 Pad (heavy duty) 0140/A Antistatic pads 0141/A Antistatic pads Sorbency Absorbency (L) Oil 150-200 Oil 150-200 Oil 38-50 Chemical 90-160 Chemical 23-40 Chemical 11.5-20 Maintenance 90-160 Maintenance 23-40 Maintenance 11.5-20 Maintenance 90-160 Oil 140 Oil 35 Maintenance sheet Size cm 40x52 40x52 40x52 40x52 40x52 40x52 40x52 40x52 40x52 40x52 40x52 40x52 Qty 100 200 50 200 50 25 200 50 25 100 200 50 PRICE £46.85 £46.85 £19.86 £55.77 £22.11 £21.05 £55.77 £22.11 £20.99 £55.77 £59.64 £27.50

Oil cushion

Chemical cushion

Maintenance cushion Size cm Qty 55x35x10 10 33x21x6 20 55x35x10 10 33x21x6 20 55x35x10 10 33x21x6 20 35x25x6 20 PRICE £48.77 £33.27 £37.71 £40.69 £43.09 £34.81 £47.07

REF Product Sorbency Absorbency (L) 0110 Cushion Oil 135-150 0111/20 Mini cushion Oil 85-94 0210 Cushion Chemical 70-100 0211/20 Mini cushion Chemical 50-90 0310 Cushion Maintenance 70-100 0309/RC Mini cushion Maintenance 50-90 0309/RT Drip tray Maintenance -

SPILL ROLLS FORK LIFT TRUCK KIT
Clear, weatherproof, tear open bag. Double-sided tape for mounting on fork lift trucks. For spills caused whilst using fork lifts. Contains Dammit slab to seal leaks and tears. Contents: 8 x pads (40x52cm) 1 x Dammit slab 1 x gloves 1 x goggles REF Product Absorbency (L) Size cm 0170/FL/1 Oil fork lift kit 7 50x28x7 0270/FL/1 Chemical fork lift kit 5 50x28x7 Rolls that absorb fast. Retain strength when saturated. Form part of your spill response plan. Use under dripping machinery or for wiping down surfaces.

PRICE £28.07 £28.74 Oil roll Chemical roll Maintenance roll Size cm 100x42 40x52 50x42 100x42 100x42 50x42 100x42 50x42 Qty 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 PRICE £61.37 £36.14 £28.70 £46.50 £56.34 £33.59 £56.33 £33.59

SPILL CONTROL SOCKS
Highly absorbent cover and filler. Use as a spill containment device and around leaky machinery to prevent leaks from spreading. Excellent temporary bund.

REF Product Sorbency Absorbency (L) 0142/A Antistatic roll Oil 140-190 0143/A Antistatic mini roll Oil 70-95 0143 Mini roll Oil 75-100 0142 Roll Oil 150-200 0242 Roll Chemical 90-160 0243 Mini roll Chemical 45-80 0342 Roll Maintenance 90-160 0343 Mini roll Maintenance 45-80

DRUM TOP COVERS
Oil sock REF Product 0130/125/10 Sock 0130/300/5 Sock 0130/600/4 Sock 0230/125/10 Sock 0230/125/20 Sock 0230/125/40 Sock 0230/300/5 Sock 0230/600/4 Sock 0330/125/10 Sock 0330/125/20 Sock 0330/125/40 Sock 0330/300/5 Sock 0330/120/10 Super sock 0330/120/20 Super sock 0330/120/40 Super sock Chemical sock Sorbency Absorbency (L) Oil 35-40 Oil 42-48 Oil 68-76 Chemical 25-35 Chemical 50-70 Chemical 100-140 Chemical 30-42 Chemical 48-60 Maintenance 25-35 Maintenance 50-70 Maintenance 100-140 Maintenance 30-42 Maintenance 60 Maintenance 120 Maintenance 240 Maintenance sock Size cm 125x7.5 300x7.5 600x7.5 125x7.5 125x7.5 125x7.5 300x7.5 600x7.5 125x7.5 125x7.5 125x7.5 300x7.5 120x8 120x8 120x8 Qty PRICE 10 £30.51 5 £34.05 4 £44.01 10 £30.21 20 £48.63 40 £70.56 5 £33.53 4 £46.59 10 £30.35 20 £48.54 40 £85.79 5 £33.69 10 £40.76 20 £62.49 40 £111.90 Cut to fit 205 litre drum cover. Stop drips from reaching the floor and promote good house keeping.

Oil drum top cover Chemical drum top cover REF Product Sorbency Absorbency (L) 0148 Drum top cover Oil 20 0248 Drum top cover Chemical 13 0348 Drum top cover Maintenance 13

Maintenance drum top pad Size cm 56 dia 56 dia 56 dia Qty 25 25 25 PRICE £26.58 £27.75 £27.75

PRICES INCLUDE DELIVERY ON ORDERS OVER £100

313

ECOMAT SPILL CONTROL
Natural fibre absorbent - the natural choice. Absorbs up to 18 times its own weight. High strength, low linting and fire retardant. Ecomat oil range Ecomat maintenance range

DAMMIT EMERGENCY DRAIN MATS
• The most effective low cost drainseal on the market. • The three sizes will fit most drains - if not simply use two mats. • Used by most fire services as first line pollution defence. • This product gives 100% seal even on rough surfaces. • Resistant to oil, water and most chemicals. • Simple to use - peel off cover and tread onto drain. Place in areas of high risk in the wall mounted box. • Also available as a gulley blocker for blocking long gulley drains. • Remains flexible to -20°C.

REF 002/O/PAD/100 002/O/ROLL/0.5 002/O/ROLL/1.0 002/O/CARPET/1.5 002/M/PAD/100 002/M/ROLL/0.5 002/M/ROLL/1.0 002/M/CARPET/1.5

Product Pad Mini roll Roll Carpet Pad Mini roll Roll Carpet

Sorbency Absorbency (L) Oil 96-128 Oil 48-64 Oil 96-128 Oil 144-192 Maintenance 70-126 Maintenance 35-63 Maintenance 70-126 Maintenance 105-189

Size cm 50x40 50x20 100x20 150x20 50x40 50x20 100x20 150x20

Qty 100 1 1 1 100 1 1 1

PRICE £40.83 £27.20 £44.00 £56.46 £40.83 £27.20 £43.50 £56.46

Unique anti-freeze and anti-mould properties REF 4000/X 4010/X 4020/X 4030/X 4780 Product Emergency drain mat Emergency drain mat Emergency drain mat Emergency gulley mat Wall mounted mat box Size cm 65x45 45x45 22.5x20 65x15 76x56x7.5 Qty 2 2 12 6 1 PRICE £36.84 £33.74 £49.10 £42.20 £121.61

BIOCAT SPILL CONTROL
Leading edge absorbent for hydrocarbon spills and also general maintenance spills. A self contained bioremediation system with naturally occuring micro organisms. Can be re-used and recycled.

DAMMIT READY MIX CLAY PLUGGING COMPOUND
Specifically developed for the emergency sealing of leaks from holes, tears and ruptures. • Stops most spills at source. • Can be used on any non-flexible surface. • Product is ready for immediate application, just push Dammit onto the source of the leak. • Withstands pressure of up to .25 bar. • Stays in place for up to 24 hours. REF 4037/X 4040/X 4041/X 4050/X 4045/X 4047/X Product Dammit X pot Dammit X pot Dammit X pot Dammit X pot Dammit X slab Dammit applicator pack

Biocat

Unique anti-freeze and anti-mould properties Weight 500g 800g 1Kg 1.8Kg 1Kg 400g Qty 18 12 12 6 12 6 PRICE £50.57 £51.21 £55.43 £57.48 £49.05 £59.24

Biocat recycling centre (industrial) Recycling centre contents: 120 litre wheelie bin Brush Shovel Sieve

Biocat recycling centre starter kit Starter kit contents: 120 litre wheelie bin Brush Shovel Sieve 6 x 20 litre Biocat absorbent PRICE £30.18 £19.76 £260.63 £385.85

LOOSE ABSORBENT MATERIALS
Our range of loose absorbent materials is excellent for all industrial situations.

Product Sorbency Absorbency(L) Size litre Biocat 25-50 20 Biocat recycling 20 Oil / centre (mini) 001/RC/120L Biocat recycling maintenance 120 centre (industrial) 001/STARTER Biocat recycling 120 centre starter kit

REF 001/BIO/20L 001/RC/MINI

Biocat recycling centre 5 step guide: Step 1 - shovel Biocat from from the shutter at the base of the recycling centre. Step 2 - completely cover the spill with Biocat. Step 3 - Brush Biocat backwards and forwards to remove any residue. Step 4 - shovel up used Biocat and process through the recycling centre. Step 5 - waste caught by the sieve should be disposed of in accordance with local legislation.

Wood loose fibre

Granules Sorbency Oil Oil Oil/ maintenance Chemical Chemical Maintenance Maintenance

Zorb Absorbency (L) Size Qty 125-150 100L 1 140-160 10Kg 1 8-12 40-80 13Kg 1 4Kg 1 PRICE £31.19 £40.64 £15.00 £20.99 £35.07 £20.63 £29.48

REF Product 001/AQUA/100L Aquacat 0101 Wood loose fibre 10Kg 0399 Granules 0202/4 0202/10 0398/BAG 0398/TUB Loose absorbent 4Kg Loose absorbent 10Kg Zorb (bag) Zorb (tub)

100-200 10Kg 1 25-30 25-30 6Kg 1 6Kg 1

314

PRICES INCLUDE DELIVERY ON ORDERS OVER £100

SPILL KITS AND REFILL KITS

Spill kit 50

Spill kit 70

Spill kit 90

Spill kit 110

Spill kit 300

Large rolls 100cm x 42m

Mini rolls 50cm x 42m

Boom 4m x 20cm Cushions 55cm x 35cm x 10cm Dammit slab

Socks 125cm x 7.5cm

Dammit x 800g Dammit mat 65cm x 45cm Disposal bags & ties

Boom 3m x 12.5cm

Boom 4m x 12.5cm

Pads 40cm x 52cm

Socks 3m x 7.5cm

Personal safety kit

Gloves & goggles

Particulate 4Kg

Please note that we can also make up bespoke spill kits to suit your individual requirements - contact us for details

Stakes

SPILL KIT 50 Oil Chemical Maintenance SPILL KIT 70 Oil Chemical Maintenance SPILL KIT 70 Oil Chemical Maintenance SPILL KIT 70 Oil Chemical Maintenance SPILL KIT 70 Oil Chemical Maintenance SPILL KIT 70 Oil Chemical Maintenance SPILL KIT 70 Oil Chemical Maintenance SPILL KIT 70 Oil Chemical Maintenance SPILL KIT 70 Oil Chemical Maintenance SPILL KIT 70 Oil Chemical Maintenance SPILL KIT 70 Oil Chemical Maintenance

a 25 25 25 50 50 50 75 75 75 50 50 50 150 150 150 200 200 200 150 150 150 150 1 150 1 150 1 100 100 100 200 2 200 2 200 2 400 2 400 2 400 2 1 1 1 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 5 5 5 6 6 6 10 10 10 5 5 5 5 5 5 12 12 12 10 10 10 4 4 4 10 10 10 2 2 2 4 4 4 2 2 2 4 4 4 5 5 5 1 1 1 1 1 1 2 2 2 2 2 2 1 1 1 2 2 2 1 1 1 2 2 2 2 2 2 3 3 3 4 4 4 6 6 6 2 2 2 2 2 2 12 12 12 10 10 10 10 10 10 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 2 2 2 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 4 4 4 10 10 10 20 20 20 3 3 3 3 3 3 12 12 12 10 10 10 10 10 10 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1

Size cm 50x50x18 50x50x18 50x50x18 50x50x26 50x50x26 50x50x26 50x50x35 50x50x35 50x50x35 61x51x53 61x51x53 61x51x53 104x75x74 104x75x74 104x75x74 140x80x91 140x80x91 140x80x91 78x48x78 78x48x78 78x48x78 102x61x102 102x61x102 102x61x102 97x82x132 97x82x132 97x82x132

Cap ltrs 46-56 28-44 28-44 79-96 46-74 46-74 97-121 58-94 58-94 112-134 68-104 68-104 251-305 156-237 156-237 368-443 230-343 230-343 165-210 100-166 100-166 272-345 168-269 168-269 557-658 301-482 301-482 794-948 458-712 458-712

REF 0171 0271 0371 0172 0272 0372 0173 0273 0373 0174/4 0274/4 0374/4 0174/5 0274/5 0374/5 0174/6 0274/6 0374/6 0174/7 0274/7 0374/7 0174/8 0274/8 0374/8 0174/9 0274/9 0374/9

PRICE £46.73 £60.64 £46.04 £56.55 £70.18 £56.51

REFILL ltrs

REF 0171/R 0271/R 0371/R 0172/R 0272/R 0372/R

PRICE £39.30 £52.84 £38.24 £46.92 £60.55 £46.20 £51.65 £66.35 £52.42 £79.85 £91.65 £92.00 £135.47 £149.36 £149.63 £191.07 £198.58 £198.72 £116.57 £146.55 £145.57 £154.27 £188.18 £187.88 £234.41 £248.97 £254.04

REFILL

REFILL £61.58 £76.66 £62.31 REFILL £187.34 £199.53 £199.88 REFILL £340.85 £354.76 £355.02 REFILL £435.03 £442.54 £442.69 REFILL £168.36 £198.36 £198.45 REFILL £289.87 £323.77 £323.47 REFILL £475.93 £490.62 £495.70 REFILL 2 150x107x126 2 150x107x126 2 150x107x126 0174/10 £728.13 0274/10 £815.57 0374/10 £818.64 REFILL 2 145x100x135 979-1225 0174/11 £747.56 2 145x100x135 605-950 0274/11 £839.42 2 145x100x135 605-950 0374/11 £840.45 0174/11/R £405.77 0274/11/R £497.63 0374/11/R £498.66 0174/10/R £310.76 0274/10/R £398.45 0374/10/R £401.27 0174/9/R 0274/9/R 0374/9/R 0174/8/R 0274/8/R 0374/8/R 0174/7/R 0274/7/R 0374/7/R 0174/6/R 0274/6/R 0374/6/R 0174/5/R 0274/5/R 0374/5/R 0174/4/R 0274/4/R 0374/4/R 0173/R 0273/R 0373/R

Spill kit 240 Spill kit 460

Spill kit 340 Spill kit 660 Spill kit 1000

Spill kit 1100

PRICES INCLUDE DELIVERY ON ORDERS OVER £100

315

SAFETY GOGGLES

Pacific Safety Goggle • Deluxe anti-mist goggle with foam seal. • Gives wide angle vision with its large wraparound style lens. • Conforms to EN166 1B349.

Caspian Safety Goggle • Flexible nose bridge and a wide double lined elastic headband. • Polycarbonate optically curved lens resists scratches and fogging. • Moulded-in ventilation protects against dust, liquid, molten metal and hot solids. • Conforms to EN166 1B349. REF AGP020241300 AGR020443000 AGN020441300 Type Pacific Caspian Atlantic PRICE £6.60 £8.82 £4.96

Atlantic • Deluxe anti-mist wide angle goggle. • Wide elastic headband for improved comfort. • Moulded-in ventilation for dust, liquid, molten metal and hot solid protection. • Conforms to EN166 1B349.

SAFETY SPECTACLES
The new Forceflex spectacle utilises a novel application of the very latest in plastics technologies that makes them almost unbreakable. The frame of the spectacle is able to recover from almost any deformation that it may receive from simply being left in the wearers pocket to being stood on. The frame is injection moulded around the lenses to ensure that they stay in place should a particle hit the wearer, fully protecting the eyes. The frames also feature the use of comfortable polymers where they touch the wearers skin ensuring both a secure and comfortable fit. Exceeds EN166F impact requirements by over six times. Supplied boxed with a storage pouch and lens wipe.

3000

3010

3020

3030 PRICE £10.16 £10.16 £10.16 £10.16

REF Description ASA690-121-100 Translucent grey frame, clear hardcoat UV400 lens (3000) ASA690-12M-000 Blue frame indoor/outdoor, clear hardcoat UV400 lens (3010) ASA690-125-800 Orange frame, smoke hardcoat UV400 lens (3020) ASA690-12M-900 Black frame, smoke hardcoat UV400 lens (3030)

UNDERWORLD SAFETY SPECTACLES
The Underworld safety spectacle has been designed to fit close to the wearers face giving optimal levels of stylish eye protection. It features a frameless lens to reduce vision restriction and weight, to make these spectacles ideal for wearing over long periods and remain comfortable. Offers UVA, UVB and UVC protection and conforms to EN166 1B349. Supplied boxed with storage pouch and lens wipe. 8010

LUCERNE PLUS OVERSPEC
Ideal to be used as an over spectacle. Lightweight with cord attachment point. Conforms to EN166 7F.

8020

8030

8000

REF ASA700-121-100 ASA700-125-800 ASA700-12N-100 ASA700-12N-200

Description Underworld 8030 black frame, clear lens Underworld 8000 black frame, smoke lens Underworld 8020 orange frame, smoke lens Underworld 8010 tortoise frame, smoke brown lens

PRICE £8.68 £8.68 £8.68 £8.68

REF ASD010-121-300

PRICE £2.00

316

PRICES INCLUDE DELIVERY ON ORDERS OVER £250

MARK II HARD HAT
• Manufactured from impact resistant high density polyethylene. • UV stabilised. • CE marked and Kitemarked. • Conforms to EN397, ANSIZ89. • Standard fitting has an adjustable 6 point low density polyethylene harness and a fully adjustable slip ratchet headband. • Choice of standard colours: red, white, yellow, green. blue or orange. • Logos can be printed - POA.

HELMET LOGO PRINTING
• Names and logos can be printed on the front, side and back of our products. • Pad printed logos are permanent and will not peel, crack or fade. • A maximum of 6 colours can be printed. • Print sizes up to 75mm x 40mm. • Contact us for details and prices.

REF Description AHB010-000 Mark II hard hat AHA820-000-000 Nylon & foam sweatband AHV001-100-000 Elasticated chinstrap

PRICE £5.12 £0.76 £1.52

MARK III HARD HAT
• Manufactured from impact resistant UV stabilised HDPE. • CE marked and Kitemarked - conforms to EN397 and ANSIZ89. • Choice of slip wheel or ratchet wheel headband. • Choice of colours: red, white, yellow, green, blue or orange. • Visors conform to EN166.1

MARK 7 HARD HAT
• The ultimate hard hat - HDPE. • Conforms to EN397. • Extra comfort fit. • Slip ratchet headband. • Rain channel. • Choice of either with or without retractaspec eye protection. • Choice of colours: white, yellow, green, blue, red or orange.

Slip ratchet Wheel ratchet

Shown with ear defender, carrier & poly visor Without eye protection REF Description AHC110-000 Mark III with slip ratchet AHC130-000 Mark III with wheel ratchet ANV000-001-10A Visor carrier ANX010-230-000 Acetate visor - 20cm ANX060-230-000 Polycarb visor - 20cm PRICE £8.82 £10.74 £9.28 £13.94 £7.50 REF AHN120-000-200 AHN120-100-100 ANS010-200-000 Description Without eye protection With eye protection Replacement visor PRICE £9.96 £14.10 £4.40

Shown with Thruxton ear defender

HARDCAP A1+
• Low profile design like a high street 'fashion' baseball cap. • Castellated removable protective liner. • Conforms to A1 version of EN812. • Machine washable. • One handed adjuster means it gives a 'one size fits all' appeal. • Ventilation panels. • Reflective piping for extra safety visibility. • Sweat band. • Choice of colours: blue, black, black/grey, grey/red, blue/gold, black/hi vis orange.

REF ABR00000

PRICE £14.40

PRICES INCLUDE DELIVERY ON ORDERS OVER £250

317

HEARING PROTECTION

J Muff. Durable and lightweight. Conforms to EN352-1. REF AEA000-010-200 PRICE £3.51

Thruxton Surefit clip on light to medium duty industrial applications. Fits Mark III & II helmets. EN352-3. REF AEJ020-001-100 PRICE £12.91 Maxifit Pro with cord. Re-usable, washable with carry case. Pack of 50. The classic ear defender is designed with comfort in mind for use over extended periods. Conforms to EN352-1.

Big range - suitable for medium industrial use. EN352-1. REF AEA060-040-500 PRICE £9.65

Premium protection from the foldable sound stopper. EN352-1. REF AEA240-424-600 PRICE £12.13

Soundstoppers are self adjusting to minimise pressure on the ear canal and maximise noise protection. Available with or without cord. EN352-2. Pack of 100. REF AEE110060200 PRICE £1.14 REF Type PRICE each AEE090000200 Without cord. Pack of 100. £0.20 AEE090060200 With cord. Pack of 100. £0.30

REF AER100-020-500

PRICE £8.28

RESPIRATORY PROTECTION

821

822

823

832

REF BEQ122-101-000 BEQ122-201-000 BER122-101-000 BER122-201-000 BER152-101-000 BER152-201-000 BER130-001-000

FFP2-821-small/medium FFP2-821-medium/large FFP2 valved-822-small/medium FFP2 valved-822-medium/large FFP2 odour valved-823-sm/med FFP2 odour valved-823-med/lge FFP3 valved-832-one size only

Description and rating Flexinet masks incorporate a durable open mask outer shell to give minimum restriction to breathing, while offering excellent performance. Medium efficiency (94% minimum) dust mask. Pack of 10. Medium efficiency with exhalation to increase comfort. Pack of 10. Activated carbon layer is incorporated to remove nuisance odours. Pack of 10. High efficiency (99% min) filtering with exhale valve and fully adjustable 4 point harness. Pack of 10.

PRICE each £1.64 £1.64 £2.18 £2.18 £3.28 £3.28 £4.38

MAXIMASK 2000
A premium half mask with extra wide sealing surface. • Thermoplastic rubber. • Low profile filters EN143 and EN14387. • Replacement filters.

REF BHS213-005-800 BHS193-005-800 BHS263-005-800 BHS333-005-800 BHS383-005-800 BHS393-005-800 BHS323-005-800 BHS543-005-800 BHS553-005-800 BHS303-005-800 REF BMH210-011-700 BMH190-011-700 BMH260-011-700 BMH330-011-700 BMH380-011-700 BMH390-011-700 BMT380-000-700

Maximask 2000 c/w filter cartridges packed in clam shell Maximask 2000 c/w 2 x A1 filters - blue Maximask 2000 c/w 2 x A2 filters - blue Maximask 2000 c/w 2 x K1 filters - blue Maximask 2000 c/w 2 x ABEK1 filters - blue Maximask 2000 c/w 2 x P2 filters - blue Maximask 2000 c/w 2 x P3 filters - blue Maximask 2000 c/w 2 x AB1 filters - blue Maximask 2000 c/w 2 x AB1 filters and P2 pre-filters - blue Maximask 2000 c/w 2 x A1 filters and P2 pre-filters - blue Maximask 2000 c/w 2 x A2 filters and P3 pre-filters - blue

PRICE £19.96 £20.72 £22.76 £25.04 £14.52 £28.92 £25.30 £27.84 £22.38 £33.26 PRICE each £8.00 £8.76 £11.02 £13.50 £5.22 £13.22 £3.98

Maximask 2000 replacement cartridges and filters in hanging bag (pair) A1 organic vapour cartridge A2 organic vapour cartridge K1 ammonia cartridge ABEK1 combination cartridge P2 dust cartridge P3 dust cartridge P2 pre-filter pack (2 covers and 2 filters)

318

PRICES INCLUDE DELIVERY ON ORDERS OVER £250

HIGH VISIBILITY CLOTHING
A high quality range of Hi-Vis clothing conforming to EN471. All range has superbly finished seams, cuffs and loop fastenings.

ACE610-K0-200

Choose size to suit:F-HVV2-Y, F-HVV2-O and F-HVT2: Medium, Large, XLarge, XXLarge or XXXLarge. F-HVMWJ and ACE610: Small, Medium, Large, XLarge, XXLarge or XXXLarge. F-HVV2-Y F-HVT2 REF F-HVV2-Y F-HVV2-O F-HVMWJ ACE610-K0-200 ACE610-K0-800 F-HVT2 F-HVMWJ F-HVV2-O PRICE £2.74 £4.22 £27.70 £66.00 £85.00 £20.02 Description Yellow waistcoat. Class 2 polyester Orange waistcoat. Class 2 polyester PV coated jacket/HD nylon quilt. Class 3.1 Outer coat & inner reversible jacket, detachable inner arms. Class 3.3, yellow Outer coat & inner reversible jacket, detachable inner arms. Class 3.3, orange Trousers, elastic waist. Class1

EVACUATION CHAIR
Evacuation chairs are proven reliable and highly effective solutions for businesses who need to be compliant with health and safety legislation. When the situation demands, a single user can assist in the evacuation of a colleague over stairs with a smooth, controlled descent with no heavy lifting or manual handling required. Meet workplace safety obligations: For multi-storey buildings, the strategic placing of Evacuation chairs, together with on or off-site training, will help your organisation meet the duty of care in risk assessments, DDA (Disability Discrimination Act) and emergency evacuation procedures. Training: Comprehensive training packages that cover all aspects of evacuation training are available from our qualified safety instructors including 'Train the Trainer' and 'Basic Operator' courses.

THE WINTER SAFETY PACK
The perfect health and safety solution for factory, office or warehouse. The winter pack has been put together as a 'front of house' business solution ie car parks, walkways, private roads etc. The pack consists of: • 54Kg polypropylene salt spreader. • 200 litre rock salt bin. • Snow shovel. • 4 x 20Kg bags of rock salt.

• Simple set up offers fast deployment and ease of use. • Extremely versatile for optimum manoeuvrability. • Chair includes arm rests, seat belt, cushioned head rest and brake for ultimate safety and comfort. Each Evacuation chair comes with: • A durable, protective cover. • Sturdy hooks on which to hang the chair. • A complete training manual. • A comprehensive instructional CD-ROM. • A highly visible overhead sign. • Sizes: Folded - 1120mm high x 150mm deep x 540mm wide. Unfolded - 1460mm high x 700mm deep x 540mm wide. • Weight - 12.5Kg. • Capacity - 136Kg. REF WINTERPACK REF EVAC/CH EVAC/TR Description Evacuation chair Basic training course or Train the Trainer course PRICE £725.00 POA PRICE £433.55

PRICES INCLUDE DELIVERY ON ORDERS OVER £250

319

• Designed to provide the highest level of fall protection and comfort. • Complies with work at height regulations. • Harnesses conform to EN361. • Lanyards conform to EN355. • Connectors conform to EN362. BE EN Standards at a glance: • EN353-2 Specification for guided fall arrestors with a flexible anchor line. • EN355 Specification for energy absorbers. • EN358 Specification and testing for work positioning lanyards. • EN361 Specification for full body harnesses. • EN362 Specification for connectors. • EN364 Test methods for fall arrest equipment.

STRETCH

WEBBING
For Added Comfort

Pioneer S This full body harness is adjustable both on the shoulders and the leg straps therefore adding considerable comfort, variable sizing, with rear attachment. REF FA8050 PRICE £34.31

Pioneer DS The most commonly used full body harness comes with metal D ring attachment at the back and front to increase usability. Fully adjustable shoulder and leg straps with front and rear attachment. REF FA8055 PRICE £42.55

Pioneer DS Comfort Plus The most popular full body harness but made out of stretch webbing for added comfort and freedom of movement. Fully adjustable with front and rear attachment. Conforms to EN 361. REF FA8060 PRICE £93.33

Pioneer S2C Full body harness with 2 front textile attachment loops and rear attachment D-ring. Fully adjustable shoulder and leg straps. REF FA8075 PRICE £36.22

Pioneer DS24 Comprises of the Pioneer DS full body harness with a work positioning support belt with two lateral D-rings for attaching a work positioning lanyard. The Pioneer DS24 has excellent back support for improved comfort over long periods. Fully adjustable with front and rear attachment points. Conforms to EN 361 and EN 358. REF FA8065 PRICE £81.52

Hi Vis Jacket c/w Harness The jacket can be fitted with a one point or two point attachment harness. It is made from hivisibility material and helps make donning the harness much simpler. The jacket harness is ideal for use on construction sites. (Fits Pioneer S, Pioneer DS, Pioneer S2C and rescue harness). REF FA8080 PRICE £95.17 FA Harness and Lanyard Kit Kit includes Pioneer S Harness and FA8106 Lanyard in a handy kit bag. REF FA9901 PRICE £99.09

NECPROTECH
Proven to greatly reduce neck pain, strain and injury the Necprotech is lightweight and very comfortable to wear, it slips on just like a backpack, is fully adjustable to suit all sizes and is made from long-lasting, durable materials. Suitable for: • Painters • Plasterers • Electricians • Joiners • Builders • Scaffolders • Boat builders • Miners • Forestry workers • Fork lift truck operators • Fruit pickers/harvesters • Aircraft maintenance • Crane operators • Car assembly workers • Motor mechanics • Telecoms engineers • Sports/leisure activities and more...

REF NECPROTECH

PRICE £41.38

320

PRICES INCLUDE DELIVERY ON ORDERS OVER £250

SCAFFOLDERS HEIGHT SAFETY KIT
Each kit contains: 1 x single point harness 1 x 2 metre shock absorbing rope lanyard 1 x screw gate snap hook 1 x scaffold hook 1 x kit bag 1 x certificate of conformity

BASIC HEIGHT SAFETY KIT
Each kit contains: 1 x single point harness 1 x 2 metre shock absorbing rope lanyard 1 x screw gate snap hook 1 x kit bag 1 x certificate of conformity

REF CMHYP03

PRICE each £88.04

REF CMHYP02

PRICE each £69.58

CONSTRUCTION HEIGHT SAFETY KIT
Each kit contains: 1 x two point harness 1 x 2.2 metre webbing retractor 1 x 600mm anchor sling 1 x kit bag 1 x test certificate

WORK POSITIONING HEIGHT SAFETY KIT
Each kit contains: 1 x four point harness 1 x 2 metre work positioning device 1 x 2.2 metre webbing retractor 1 x kit bag 1 x certificate of conformity

REF CMHYP04

PRICE each £127.80

REF CMHYP08

PRICE each £235.72

CONSTRUCTION HEIGHT SAFETY KIT
Each kit contains: 1 x two point harness 1 x 10 metre fall arrest block 1 x 600mm anchor sling 1 x carrying case 1 x certificate of conformity

TRIPOD
Adjustable height tripods with a telescopic leg adjustment operation. Fully complies with EN795. Working load limit 500Kg. Not supplied with hand winch.

REF CMHYP05

PRICE each £356.42

HAND WINCH
Choice of two winches with automatic brake and mounting bracket. Cable dia 6.3mm - 180Kg working limit. Conforms to EN1496.

REF CMHRUP20 CMHRUP25

Cable length 20m 25m

PRICE each £487.06 £511.20

REF CMHTM9

Height adjustment 1340 - 2300mm

Closed height 1.75m

PRICE each £502.68

PRICES INCLUDE DELIVERY ON ORDERS OVER £100

321

Under the Work Place (Fire Precautions) Regulations, employers and managers have a duty to ensure that suitable precautionary equipment is in place. Be prepared for any minor incidents with this range of fire safety products.

WATER FIRE EXTINGUISHER
• For class A fires only. • CE marked. • Kite marked to BS EN3. • Rechargeable and easy to service.

CO2 FIRE EXTINGUISHER
• For class B fires and electrical fires. • CE marked. • Kite marked to BS EN3.

BC POWDER EXTINGUISHER
• For class A, B, C, D fires and electrical fires. • Ideal for cars, vans, tight spaces or the home. • Factory sealed.

REF XWS9

Capacity 9Kg

Description Water

PRICE £56.02

REF XCA2 XCA5

Capacity 2Kg 5Kg

Description CO2 CO2

PRICE £61.68 £111.88

REF FM20 FM40

Capacity 0.6Kg 0.95Kg

Description Dry powder Dry powder

PRICE £17.87 £31.54

AFF FOAM FIRE EXTINGUISHER
• For class A and B fires. • Ideal for offices, petrol stations, restaurants. • CE marked and Kite marked.

ABC POWDER FIRE EXTINGUISHER
• For class A, B, C, D fires and electrical fires. • Ideal for warehouses, wood working and houses. • CE marked and Kite marked BS EN3. • Rechargeable.

REF XTS1 XTS2 XTS6

Capacity 1 litre 2 litres 6 litres

Description AFF foam AFF foam AFF foam

Fire rating 1A/12B 5A/55B 21A/183B

Weight 15.5Kg 15.5Kg 15.5Kg

PRICE £37.13 £51.95 £56.63

REF XAS1 XAS2 XAS4 XAS6 XAS9

Capacity 1Kg 2Kg 4Kg 6Kg 9Kg

Description Dry powder Dry powder Dry powder Dry powder Dry powder

Fire rating 8A/34B 13A/70B 21A/113B 34A/183B 43A/233B

Weight 1.8Kg 3.7Kg 7.5Kg 10Kg 14Kg

PRICE £33.97 £44.42 £56.46 £59.86 £69.70

FIRE POINT TROLLEY
• Supplied with a loud warning triangle (100dB). • Positions for two variable sized extinguishers and sand bucket. • Zinc plated steel frame. • Red bucket included, but extinguishers and sand excluded. • Size: 1190mm H x 440mm W x 440mm D.

FIRE BLANKETS
• Suitable for industrial/commercial use, especially where there are cooking facilities. • Designed for use on deep fat and grease fires. • Can be used to smother clothing fires etc. • Third party cert. to BS EN1869 1997. • Supplied in red hard pack plastic container.

REF S195

PRICE £150.14

REF FB110HP FB44HP FB64HP

Size cm 100 x 100 120 x 120 180 x 120

PRICE £9.16 £12.51 £19.82

322

PRICES INCLUDE DELIVERY ON ORDERS OVER £100

DELUXE FIRST AID KITS
• Comprehensively stocked and compliant with Health and Safety Regulations. • Contents clearly listed on inside lid. • Dust and moisture seal. • Available for 1-10, 11-20, 21-50 and 50+ persons. • Supplied with wall bracket. • Shatterproof ABS case. • No metal parts. • Clear perspex contents dividers.

STATUTORY WORKPLACE FIRST AID KITS

• Fully stocked and compliant with Health and Safety (HSE) Regulations. • Available for 1-10, 11-20, 21-50 persons. REF First Aid Kit Contents/No of Persons First aid guidance leaflet Sterile washproof plasters Sterile eye pads with bandage Triangular bandages Safety pins Sterile dressings with pad (med) Sterile dressings with pad (lge) Moist wipes Disposable gloves (pair) PRICE K10B 1-10 1 20 2 4 6 6 2 10 1

• Optional wall bracket. • Durable hinged case. • Refill kits available. K20B 11-20 1 40 4 6 12 9 3 10 2 £28.13 K50B 21-50 1 60 6 8 12 12 4 20 3 £44.25

REF First Aid Kit Contents/No of Persons First aid guidance leaflet Sterile washproof plasters Sterile eye pads with bandage Triangular bandages Safety pins Sterile dressings with pad (med) Sterile dressings with pad (lge) Moist wipes Disposable gloves (pair) PRICE

K10G-T 1-10 1 20 2 4 6 6 2 10 1 £33.30

K20G-T 11-20 1 40 4 6 12 9 3 10 2 £38.70

K50G-T 21-50 1 60 6 8 12 12 4 20 3 £49.50

K100G 50+ 1 100 8 10 12 14 6 40 5 £109.35

£21.88

Wall Bracket Refill Kits REF PRICE REF PRICE REF PRICE REF PRICE REF PRICE R10S £17.85 R20S £26.85 R50S £38.85 EVB02 £3.40 EVB03 £3.55

STANDARD BURNS KITS
• Contains variety of products specifically designed for the treatment of burn injuries. • All kits include Water-Jel dressings, the professionals choice to ensure the best treatment for burns injuries. • Medium kit also include clothing cutters for rapid removal of clothing from the burn site.

EYE WASH AND FIRST AID POINTS
Each First Aid Point includes: • Brackets that allow kits to be stored safely and securely. • Photoluminescent bracket headers for easy identification of kits location. • Bracket labels to identify when a kit is missing. • Kit shelves that allow storage when the kit is vertical. Eye Wash Kit contents: • 500ml sterile eye wash bottles x 2. • Sterile eye pad dressings x 2. • Clear shelf x 1.

REF Burns Kit Contents First aid guidance leaflet Water-Jel information leaflet Burn dressing (5x15cm) Burn dressing (10x10cm) Burn dressing (10x40cm) Burnjel sachets (4g) Safety pins Conforming bandage Disposable vinyl gloves (pair) Clothing cutters PRICE

K392 Small kit 1 1 1 1 3 6 2 2 £26.55

K390B Medium kit 1 1 2 1 1 3 6 2 2 1 £49.50

REF First Aid Kit Contents/No of Persons First aid guidance leaflet Sterile washproof plasters Sterile eye pads with bandage Triangular bandages Safety pins Sterile dressings with pad (med) Sterile dressings with pad (lge) Moist wipes Disposable gloves (pair) PRICE

FAP04EV FAP11EV FAP12EV 1-10 1 20 2 4 6 6 2 10 1 £51.30 11-20 1 40 4 6 12 9 3 10 2 £58.50 21-50 1 60 6 8 12 12 4 20 3 £65.70

VEHICLE FIRST AID KITS
• Ideal for trucks and long distance drivers. • Tough plastic case 147 x 230 x 81mm. • Includes 5 x 20ml eyewash pods and selection of suitable items. REF K346 PRICE £14.66 • Ideal for cars and vans. • Suitable for minor incidents. • Tough plastic case 147 x 230 x 81mm. • Selection of popular dressings. REF K365T PRICE £13.13 • Supplied in a nylon zipped case. • Size 250 x 180 x 70mm. • Selection of popular dressings. REF K366T PRICE £13.13

PRICES INCLUDE DELIVERY ON ORDERS OVER £100

323

QUADBLASTER
360° coverage – Blasts birds out but humans can’t hear it! Four speakers send overlapping sound in all directions. Controls allow situationspecific settings for speaker rotation rate, warble and frequency. Most effective in closed or semi enclosed areas. Size 300x300x100mm. With a coverage of 6,000 sq.ft.

REF QB-4

PRICE £489.00

• We strongly recommend the synergy concept . . . Use our products in combination: Electronic + Visual + Tactile for best results. • Avoid unpleasant, unsightly and unhygienic scenes like this with the use of effective, low cost products.

CRITTER BLASTER PRO
Digital harassment sounds repel rodents, foxes, bats, geese and all birds, including birds of prey. Choose any or all of eight harassment sounds then set volume, “silent” period, order of play & hours of operation. Suitable for up to 6 acres - airfields, rooftops, marinas, parks, farms, substations, landfills etc. Supplied with four powerful speakers each with 30m of cable for flexible placement.

BIRD X PELLER PRO
Sonic repeller that is programmable for all of or any of eight species of bird. PRO1 repels pigeons, sparrows, gulls and woodpeckers. PRO2 repels blackbirds, crows, geese and predatory birds. Covers one acre and suits parks, car parks, rooftops, yards, airfields and farms.

REF CB-PRO

PRICE £596.00

REF BXP-PRO1 BXP-PRO2

PRICE £280.46 £280.46

BX SPIKES
No landing strip – No birds. Most effective on ledges, window sills, building projections, signs, statues etc. Tough long lasting polycarbonate. Easy to fit with special adhesive. Maintenance free. Transparent material – practically invisible. Supplied in 305mm sections. Ref SPK1 for most applications. Ref SPK2 for ledges of 65mm deep or less. Can be fitted by adhesive, nails, screws or ties.

BIRD PROOF CARTRIDGES
Non toxic gel bird repellent. Environmentally safe and ecologically sound. Creates a sticky and uncomfortable surface which causes birds to roost elsewhere. Ideal for ledges, window sills, gutters, ornamental copings and beams etc.

REF SPK1 SPK2 SSA

Description Double sided size 115 x 115 x 25mm (per 25) Single sided size 115 x 58 x 13mm (per 25) Adhesive - One tube per 6m length

PRICE £177.43 £136.32 £8.87

REF BPC

PRICE £111.59 per carton of 12 tubes

324

PRICES INCLUDE DELIVERY ON ORDERS OVER £100

KLARITY DOCUMENT CONTROL PANELS
• Improve paperwork efficiency, location and control in any office environment. • Organise documents and files for easy accessibility. • Prioritise projects by simple rearrangement of paperwork. • Keep desks and other work surfaces clear. • Supplied complete all fixings and margin labels. • Prefix V or H indicates document position, vertical or horizontal. • Other sizes available including A6 foolscap and computer printouts.

KLARITY CARD RACK PLANNERS
• Ideal for recording forward planning, maintenance and office systems. • Colour coding aids for better identification. • Various formats covering columns, pockets and card sizes to suit your application. • Each pocket will accept up to 5 cards of standard thickness. • Complete multi-column card rack on one panel. • Complete with heading tracks, wall fixings and carry holds etc. • Finish satin black with anodised aluminium trim. • Card sizes A6 (105x150mm) A7 (75x105mm) A8 (53x75). All available in packs of 100 in the following colours: blue; white; yellow; pink; green and apricot. Please specify colour. REF A63104 A65004 A73106 A75006 A83113 Card size A6 A6 A7 A7 A8 A8 A6 A7 A8 No pockets 124 200 186 300 403 650 Pocket layout 31 down x 4 across 50 down x 4 across 31 down x 6 across 50 down x 6 across 31 down x 13 across 50 down x 13 across Pack of 100 Pack of 100 Pack of 100 £213.41 £290.47 £237.12 £308.26 £225.26 £308.26 £7.30 £6.08 £4.86 PRICE

REF VA41X VA402-25 VA42X VA401-25 HA41X HA401-25 HA51 HA52

Sheet size A4 A4 A4 A4 A4 A4 A5 A5

Visible edge mm 50 30 50 30 50 50 35 35

Panel size H x W mm 830 x 300 1145 x 550 830 x 550 1145 x 300 830 x 400 1040 x 400 830 x 300 830 x 550

No of pockets 1 x 10 2 x 25 2 x 10 1 x 25 1 x 10 1 x 25 1 x 18 2 x 18

Pocket Space mm 16 12 12 16 12 16 6 6

PRICE £136.13 £286.92 £184.48 £195.62 £140.33 £201.55 £132.13 £146.07

BADGE RACK AND IN/OUT BOARDS
• Display badges for visitors or personnel moving to other buildings. • Identify which staff are on the premises. • Invaluable aid for the busy receptionist. • Complete with heading track, card inserts and wall mounting kit.

A85013 REFILLA6 REFILLA7 REFILLA8

KLARITY POCKET DOCUMENT PANELS

PIT 201
REF IVBR40 BADGE RACKS Card size mm 40 pockets vertical 85 x 54 Capacity IN/OUT BOARDS REF PIT101 PIT201 PIT401 No of names 10 20 40

IVBR40

Size O/A H x W x D mm 645 x 225 x 30

PRICE £90.74

Size O/A W x H x L mm 360 x 207 x 30 360 x 382 x 30 360 x 732 x 30

PRICE £75.42 £112.30 £136.88

PERPETUAL YEAR PLANNING BOARD
• Ideal for: Maintenance; Work scheduling; Holiday planning; Media bookings etc. • Complete year on view, slot for each day. • Cards supplied date pack, weekends and bank holidays. • Expected work or projects can easily be identified, action recorded and all tasks monitored. • Each pocket holds 5 cards. • Order cards separately. REF A8YP REFILLA8 Card size mm A8 - 75 x 52 Panel size mm 648 x 838 Pack of 100 No of pockets 403 PRICE £224.08 £4.86 • Durable metal construction. • Red powder coated finish. • Clear plastic front. • 150 sheet capacity - 18mm. • A4 & A5 pocket sizes - either vertical or horizontal. REF Type Panel Size No Pockets PRICE KSVA4 A4 vert 305x230 1 £47.12 • Single, double or triple pockets. • Other sizes and types ie: stainless or alternate colours. • Ideal stock bins, pallet racking, notice boards, reception areas, exhibitions, meeting rooms, shows etc. KSVA5 A5 vert 214x160 1 £44.99 KSHA5 A5 horiz 153x230 1 £44.99 KSHA4 A4 horiz 325x230 1 £47.12

PRICES INCLUDE DELIVERY ON ORDERS OVER £100

325

MAGNETIC DISPLAY BOARDS
Our versatile display boards have been designed to be flexible to your needs. The boards are supplied with 10 or 20 blank positions (excluding header). The details can be instantly changed and updated by using the supplied blank labels or can simply be written on with a dry wipe pen. The boards are ideal to be used for in-out boards, duty rosters, staff tasks and any other information that needs regular updates. • Writable and dry erasable. • Boards accept magnetic accessories. • Supplied with fixing kit, blank labels and magnetic label holders. • Contemporary and robust design.

SELF ADHESIVE DOCUMENT POCKETS
• Industrial pockets with folded edges. • For use with A3 - A7 inserts vertical or horizontal. • Adhesive tape fixing along edges (A7 - top edge only).

REF MDB10 MDB20

Description 10 position board 20 position board

Size HxW mm 630x320 1170x320

PRICE £83.16 £132.00

REF AP1122/10 AP1111/10 AP3H/10 AP3V/10 AP4H/10 AP4H/50 AP4V/10 AP4V/50 AP5H/10 AP5H/50 AP5V/10 AP5V/50 AP6H/10 AP6V/10 AP7H/100

Size HxW mm 110x215 110x110 316x436 436x316 215x310 215x310 310x220 310x220 155x230 155x230 215x160 215x160 110x155 150x110 60x110

Pack 10 10 10 10 10 50 10 50 10 50 10 50 10 10 100

PRICE £24.42 £17.16 £51.15 £51.15 £18.48 £82.17 £18.48 £82.17 £15.84 £64.68 £15.84 £64.68 £20.79 £20.79 £56.76

TICKET POCKETS
An economical range of flexible pvc ticket pockets which have a clear front and yellow back, designed for use on racking and shelving. The clear front enables barcodes to be scanned without removing the ticket. The self adhesive pocket enables it to be permanently fixed, whereas the magnetic pocket can be easily relocated without removing the ticket.

MAGNETIC SELF ADHESIVE STRIP
Our magnetic strip is supplied in three widths, each backed with a strong permanent self adhesive for mounting items onto steel surfaces. This magnetic strip is ideal for many jobs in the factory or warehouse, eliminating the need for drilling or other methods of fixing.

REF SAP310 SAP610 SAP614 MP310 MP610 MP614

Description Self adhesive Self adhesive Self adhesive Magnetic Magnetic Magnetic

Size HxW mm 30x100 60x100 60x140 30x100 60x100 60x140

Pack 100 100 100 100 100 100

PRICE £57.09 £63.03 £70.62 £58.41 £87.78 £100.65

REF MSSA/13 MSSA/20 MSSA/50

Size HxW 13mm x 30m 20mm x 10m 50mm x 10m

PRICE £67.65 £35.97 £56.10

326

PRICES INCLUDE DELIVERY ON ORDERS OVER £100

INDIVIDUAL SHEETS OF LETTERS OR NUMBERS
• Supplied on sheets of identical letters or numbers.

5 6

F2 F1 These self-adhesive numbers and letters are printed 6x9.5mm 8.5x12.5mm black on yellow as well as being available in black 90 characters 168 F3 on white (except F7 and F8 which are only available characters per card 14x19mm in black on yellow), other colours available on per card 36 characters request. Easy to fix and remove without leaving per card adhesive residue. Suitable on shelving, bins, racking etc., also for file labelling in the office. Identical Numbers or Letters Please advise numbers/letters required 0-9, A-Z. Minimum order 20 cards, can be mixed characters. REF Size Characters PRICE/Card HxW mm F1 F2 F3 F4 F5 F6 F7 F8 9.5 x 6 12.5 x 8.5 19 x 14 38 x 21 56 x 21 90 x 38 130 x 45 230 x 140 per card 168 90 36 12 12 6 5 1 Min 20 Cards £0.99 £0.99 £0.99 £0.99 £1.39 £1.91 £2.48 £2.48

2

F4 21x38mm 12 characters per card

H

PLEASE NOTE THAT F7 & F8 ARE NOT ILLUSTRATED

F5 21 x 56mm 12 characters per card

R
F4

F6 38 x 90mm 6 characters per card

4
F4 F3 F4 F1 F2 Type Self adhesive Self adhesive Self adhesive Magnetic Magnetic Magnetic PRICE £0.30 £0.43 £0.59 £0.96 £1.22 £1.78

SELF ADHESIVE LETTERS OR NUMBERS IN PACKS
• 8 sizes in handy packs of numbers or letters. • Clean peel - leaves no residue. • Easy warehouse identification. • Bin numbering. • High visibility. F4

F5

F8

F7 Label Size HxW mm 9.5x6 12.5x8.5 19x14 38x21 56x21 90x38 130x45 230x140 9.5x6 12.5x8.5 19x14 38x21 56x21 90x38 130x45 230x140 Character height mm 6 9 16 26 50 75 100 160 6 9 16 26 50 75 100 160

F5

REF F1PACKA-Z F2PACKA-Z F3PACKA-Z F4PACKA-Z F5PACKA-Z F6PACKA-Z F7PACKA-Z F8PACKA-Z F1PACK0-9 F2PACK0-9 F3PACK0-9 F4PACK0-9 F5PACK0-9 F6PACK0-9 F7PACK0-9 F8PACK0-9

Characters per card 168 90 36 12 12 6 5 1 168 90 36 12 12 6 5 1

Colours yellow, white, red, green, blue yellow, white, red, green, blue yellow, white, red, green, blue yellow, white yellow, white yellow, white yellow yellow yellow, white, red, green, blue yellow, white, red, green, blue yellow, white, red, green, blue yellow, white yellow, white yellow, white yellow yellow

PRICE £25.74 £25.74 £25.74 £25.74 £36.04 £49.76 £64.35 £64.35 £9.90 £9.90 £9.90 £9.90 £13.86 £19.14 £24.75 £24.75

F6

MAGNETIC AND SELF ADHESIVE TILES
• Printed to your design with 1 or 2 characters. • Choice of self adhesive for permanent locations or magnetic for frequently changing locations. • Highly visible printed black on yellow or black on white, please specify. • Prices include printing.

REF TA50 TA70 TA90 TM50 TM70 TM90

Size HxW mm 50x50 70x70 90x90 50x50 70x70 90x90

• Please note there is a £45.00 minimum order for this product.

PRICES INCLUDE DELIVERY ON ORDERS OVER £100

327

Please request our 127 page sign catalogue containing the full range of Signs, Health & Safety and Site Maintenance Products

Price box covers all of the Sign Pages. Choose size of sign and either: Self adhesive (SAV) or Rigid plastic (RIGID) finish
SIZE 80x80 100x100 100x100 (Window) 100x150 125x90 125x125 125x200 148x210 150x75 150x150 200x75 200x100 200x200 200x300 202x82 300x100 300x150 300x300 SAV £1.05 £1.15 £2.98 £1.47 £7.74 £1.50 £1.82 £2.37 £1.20 £1.87 £1.35 £2.02 £2.93 £4.15 £1.48 £1.57 £2.50 £3.80 RIGID £1.53 £1.63 – £2.55
Pocket guide

£2.58 £3.10 £3.83 £1.63 £3.28 £1.83 £3.28 £5.05 £7.45 £2.60 £2.78 £4.18 £8.03

SIZE 300x400 350x150 400x150 400x200 400x400 400x600 450x150 450x200 600x100 600x200 600x450 600x800

SAV £5.73 £2.52 £4.58 £6.05 £7.67 £10.53 £6.32 £6.80 £4.48 £6.88 £11.37 -

RIGID £9.63 £4.40 £6.40 £9.87 £14.62 £17.72 £10.67 £11.40 £7.55 £11.88 £18.50 £28.78

CUSTOM SIGNS 300x100 300x200 600x200 600x400 HANGING SIGNS 400x200 600x200 600x450 1200x400 PHOTOLUMINESCENT 150x150 300x100 300x150 400x125 400x150 400x200 600x150 600x200

SAV RIGID £15.07 £18.12 £21.82 £22.73 £23.90 £31.62 £29.67 £41.05 3mm FOAMEX £16.17 £22.17 £31.15 £39.07 CLEAR RIGID £3.83 £9.17 £11.77 £14.65 £16.18 £19.03 £19.45 £20.55

CCTV 300x400 SAV 300x400 Rigid 300x400 Perspex w/channel 300x400 Perspex without add £4.37 for additional text SAFETY POSTERS 525x775 POS1-16 400x600 WSK1-10 430x560 S1113-S1106 HSL rigid plastic HSLL laminated BRASS OR SATIN SIGNS 75mm dia

£5.73 £9.63 £17.38 £13.02

£19.17 £17.72 £35.70 £12.62 £12.20 £14.90

328

PRICES INCLUDE DELIVERY ON ORDERS OVER £100

PRICES INCLUDE DELIVERY ON ORDERS OVER £100

329

MAST1 £12.28 for use with GUN1

GUN1 £12.50 accepts MAST1

FIRE EQUIPMENT SIGNS
This layout meets the safety signs and signals regulations 1996. Colour code concession of not more than 5% of extinguishers body. Red extinguisher body to EN3/5. Description and symbols for correct usage. Ensure your signs comply with ALL current legislation.

CUSTOMISE YOUR OWN SIGNS

Choose your own type and size of sign, choose your own symbol and text, finally choose your material.

330

PRICES INCLUDE DELIVERY ON ORDERS OVER £100

PROHIBITION SIGNS

GENERAL SIGNS

PHOTOLUMINESCENT SIGNS

PRICES INCLUDE DELIVERY ON ORDERS OVER £100

331

332

PRICES INCLUDE DELIVERY ON ORDERS OVER £100

SAFETY POSTERS
Please request our 127 page Sign catalogue, containing the full range of Signs, Health & Safety and Site Maintenance Products.

POS1 525 x 775 S1113 430 x 560 S1118 430 x 560 S1123 430 x 560

REQ UIR BY L ED AW

HSL 560 x 400 Rigid HSLL Laminated

S1127 430 x 560 S1101 430 x 560 S1106 430 x 560

POS5 525 x 775

POS7 525 x 775

POS8 525 x 775

POS10 525 x 775

POS12 525 x 775

POS16 525 x 775

WSK10 Emergency Resuscitation

WSK1 PG1 Personal Protective Equipment

WSK3 PG3 Safety Signs & Their Meanings

WSK4 PG4 Manual Handling Regulations

GRAPHIC FLOOR MARKERS
• High visibility signs. • To highlight warnings or special requirements. • Diameter of sign 430mm. • Tested non-slip and very hard wearing. • Laminated back with aggressive permanent adhesive. • Full range of various signs sent to you by request.

FM20

REF FM01-22

PRICE £18.60

FM19

FM22

FM05

PRICES INCLUDE DELIVERY ON ORDERS OVER £100

333

STACKING CHAIRS AND HIGH STOOLS
• Economical polypropylene seating. Four colours of seats. Stacking chairs with seat height of 430mm. Non stacking stools height 800mm and with built-in foot rest. • Black epoxy coated steel frames. Seat width: 420mm, seat depth: 370mm. • Ideal for canteens, training or meeting rooms. • High stools are suitable for production line, conveyors and assembly work. • Stacking chairs sold in a box of 4. PS1116 stacked PS1115

6.0 £4each 7
REF PS1111 PS1112 PS1115 PS1116 P1TROLLEY PS2111 PS2112 PS2115 PS2116

ONLY

PS2112

6.0 £1each 1
PRICE £64.02 £64.02 £64.02 £64.02 £57.54 £46.07 £46.07 £46.07 £46.07

ONLY

Detail Qty per box Stacking chair black frame, black seat 4 Stacking chair black frame, green seat 4 Stacking chair black frame, red seat 4 Stacking chair black frame, blue seat 4 Steel frame, rubber wheels, pick up most chairs 1 High steel black frame, non-stacking, black seat 1 High steel black frame, non-stacking, green seat 1 High steel black frame, non-stacking, red seat 1 High steel black frame, non-stacking, blue seat 1

P1TROLLEY

CANTILEVER STACKING CHAIRS
• Cantilever frame, epoxy coated black or silver to choice. • Waterfall front seat for added comfort. PS4160S stacked • Stack up to five high. • Seat height 510mm, width 480mm, depth 410mm. O/A height 760mm. • Choice of seat colours: charcoal, red, blue and green. • Supplied 4 chairs per box.

PS4160 stacked

PS4160 black frame

REF PS4160S PS4160

Detail Frame silver - specify seat colour Frame black - specify seat colour

PRICE per box 4 £188.27 £188.27

7.0 £4each 7

ONLY

RECEPTION - VISITORS - CONFERENCE CHAIRS
• Black epoxy coated steel frame. • With or without arms. • Low padded back stacking chair. Deep padded seat for comfort. • Stack four high when not in use. • Polyurethane arm caps to steel arms. • Supplied in boxes of four chairs. • Seat height 460mm. Seat width and depth 410mm. Overall height 790mm. • Choice of fabric, colour: charcoal or blue.

4.5 £3each 7

ONLY

PS4041 stacked

PS4041

REF PS4040 PS4041

Detail Without arms With arms

PRICE per box 4 £123.06 £138.28

0.7 £3each 7

ONLY

PS4040 stacked

PS4040

334

PRICES INCLUDE DELIVERY ON ORDERS OVER £100

HIGH STOOL

HIGH STOOL WITH BACK

DRAUGHTMAN’S CHAIR

PS4043 • Frame from 25mm steel section. Black epoxy coated. • Upholstered seat. Foot bar for easy access and descent. • Non slip rubber feet. • Seat height 700mm. Seat depth and width 410mm. • Colours: blue, charcoal & red.

PS4044 • Ideal for work benches, bars and checkouts. • Fully upholstered back. • Seat height 700mm. Back height 150mm. Overall height 1100mm. • Colours: blue, charcoal & red.

PS3333 • Fixed height back. • Seat depth adjustment. • Gas lift seat height adjustment. Five star base fixed with glides. • Seat height 530-780mm. Seat depth 430mm. Back pad height 320mm. Overall height 1220mm. • Colours: blue, charcoal & red. REF PS3333 PRICE £95.37

REF PS4043

PRICE £42.72

REF PS4044

PRICE £51.04

POLY CONFERENCE CHAIR
£35.05 each
ONLY

CONFERENCE CHAIRS
£40.30 each
ONLY

PS520 • Polypropylene moulded seat and back in blue, black, yellow or red. Black epoxy coated steel frame. • Stacks 10 high when not in use. • Supplied in boxes of 4 chairs. • Seat height 440mm. O/A height 780mm.

PS500S

PS500

• Traditional style conference chair. Upholstered seat, back and reverse. • Choice of frame finish, black or silver epoxy coated. • Stack 5 high when not in use. • Boxed in packs of 4 chairs. • Seat height 440mm. Seat width & depth 420mm. Back height 340mm. Overall height 840mm. Upholstery red or blue - specify. REF PS500 PS500S Detail Black frame Silver frame PRICE per box of 4 £161.20 £161.20

REF PS520

Detail Specify colour

PRICE per 4 £140.18

CONFERENCE AND BANQUETING HOSPITALITY CHAIR
• Epoxy coated frame in black or gold. • Comfortable high back general purpose chair. Popular in hotels, restaurants, conference and canteens. • Stack up to five high when not in use. • Upholstery in blue, charcoal & red. • Seat height 460mm. Seat width & depth 390mm. O/A height 900mm. REF PS916 PS916G Detail Black Gold PRICE per box of 4 £148.67 £148.67 PS916G

£37.17 each

ONLY

PS916 stacked

PRICES INCLUDE DELIVERY ON ORDERS OVER £100

335

CANTEEN
Supplied in a pack of 4

FACTORY / LABORATORY / DRAUGHTSMAN CHAIRS

• Great comfort with oval tubular frame. • Stackable up to 8 chairs high. • Standard colours are blue and orange. Alternative colours can be supplied for a minimum quantity of 20 off. • Supplied in packs of four. • Optional side arms and writing table available, see our ‘club’ range for prices. PRICE per pack REF £130.44 CH0506

• Highly recommended for use as an operators chair in factory, laboratory, assembly lines, checkouts or for draughtsman. • Seat tilt. REF T2 T3

• Seat and back are soft polyurethane coloured black. • Back height and depth are adjustable. • Gas Lift.

• Back rack angle. • Height adjustable foot ring. • Seat: 463 wide x 438mm deep. Back: 418 wide x 300mm high.

PRICE Description £99.38 Factory Chair on Castors Draughtsman Chair with Footrest + Glides £112.88

CLUB RANGE OF CHAIRS
Supplied in a pack of 4 Supplied in a pack of 4

WORKSTOOLS

TS2/450

SADDLE

• Highly recommended range of multi purpose chairs with options on side arms and beech writing table. • Large seats and backs are three dimensionally shaped and fitted with quality upholstery. REF CLUB CLUB/A CLUB/WT

• Oval tube frame with scratch resistant matt finish. • Standard colours are peat or charcoal. Alternative colours can be supplied for a minimum quantity of 20 off. PRICE per pack £137.94 £200.94 £299.94

Description Standard Club Chair Club Chair with Side Arms Club Chair with Arms and Writing Table

• Choice of 2 stools. • Gas lift adjustable height. • Fitted on 4 swivel non marking tyred castors with brakes (on TS2/450). • Polyurethane seat. REF TS2/450 SADDLE Height mm 450-590 500-630 PRICE £96.88 £96.10

336

PRICES INCLUDE DELIVERY ON ORDERS OVER £100

Polyurethane cushion effect seats and backs for great comfort. Clean wipe ideal for the food industry, office or factory floor. Economically best priced.

REF Detail Height adj mm PRICE S1/CHAIR Manual lift 580-800 £93.75

REF PS3

Detail Gas lift

Height adj mm PRICE 580-800 £86.25

REF PS2

Detail Gas lift

Height adj mm PRICE 580-800 £78.75

REF PU2

Detail Gas lift

Height adj mm PRICE 430-570 £104.63

REF PU2/C

Detail Gas lift

Height adj mm PRICE 450-590 £104.63

REF PU3

Detail Gas lift

Height adj mm PRICE 550-800 £111.75

REF S2/C

Detail Gas lift

Height adj mm PRICE 450-590 £60.75

REF S2

Detail Gas lift

Height adj mm PRICE 450-590 £60.75

REF S3

Detail Gas lift

Height adj mm PRICE 550-800 £71.25

Please note the above PU2 and PU3 range of chairs are also available specifically designed and manufactured static dissipative for use in the electronics and electrical industry to prevent the build up of static - details on request.

PRICES INCLUDE DELIVERY ON ORDERS OVER £100

337

INDUSTRIAL UPHOLSTERED

INDUSTRIAL UPHOLSTERED

INDUSTRIAL UPHOLSTERED

• Fitted on glides. • Gas lift adjustable seat: 430-570mm. • Available in blue, red, charcoal and brown fabric and black, blue, green or red vinyl. REF B2/430-570 PRICE £67.50

• Fitted on castors. • Gas lift adjustable seat: 450-590mm. • Available in blue, red, charcoal and brown fabric and black, blue, green or red vinyl. REF B2/C/450-590 PRICE £67.50

• Fitted on glides with foot rest. • Gas lift adjustable seat: 550-800mm. • Available in blue, red, charcoal and brown fabric and black, blue, green or red vinyl. REF B3/550-800 PRICE £81.00

OFFICE CHAIR

EXCEL OFFICE CHAIR

EXCEL OFFICE CHAIR

• Fitted on glides or castors. • Gas lift adjustable seat: 600-870mm, back rest and back rest angle. • Height adjustable chrome foot rest. • Charcoal or blue fabric. REF C3/600-870 PRICE £99.75

• Fitted on glides or castors. • Ergonomic gas lift seat height (430-570mm), seat tilt, back rest height and angle. • Two tone fabric - grey, blue, green, red. REF X2/430 X2/A Description Chair no arms Optional arms PRICE £102.38 £117.38

• Fitted on glides or castors. • Adjustable chrome, foot rest. • Ergonomic gas lift seat height (600-870mm), seat tilt, back rest height and angle. • Two tone fabric - grey, blue, green, red. REF X3/600 X3/A Description Chair no arms Optional arms PRICE £118.88 £133.88

PLASTIC SHELL CHAIR

PLASTIC SHELL CHAIR

PLASTIC SHELL CHAIR

• Fitted on glides. • Gas lift height: 430-570mm. • Polypropylene shell - grey, blue or red. REF P2/430-570 PRICE £64.13

• Fitted on castors. • Gas lift height: 450-590mm. • Polypropylene shell - grey, blue or red. REF P2/C/450-590 PRICE £64.13

• Fitted on glides with foot rest. • Gas lift height: 550-800mm. • Polypropylene shell - grey, blue or red. REF P3/550-800 PRICE £71.25

338

PRICES INCLUDE DELIVERY ON ORDERS OVER £100

An excellent range of chairs, which all carry a 2 year guarantee. CONCEPT DELUXE TILT CONCEPT HIGHBACK CONCEPT MID BACK

• A stylish chair shaped with back tilt and back adjustment. • 3-D back with lumbar & kidney support. • Gas Lift. • Choice of colours royal blue, claret & black. • Arms optional. REF CH0801 CH0801/A Type Without arms With arms PRICE £92.93 £111.68

• A good high back operators chair with back height adjustment. • 3-D back with lumbar & kidney support. • Gas Lift. • Choice of colours royal blue, claret & black. • Arms optional. REF CH0802 CH0802/A Type Without arms With arms PRICE £86.25 £105.00

• A good mid back chair with back tilt, also height adjustment. • 3-D back with lumbar & kidney support • Gas Lift. • Choice of fabric colours charcoal, blue & claret. • Arms optional. REF CH0803 CH0803/A Type Without arms With arms PRICE £84.75 £105.00

ZOOM VISITOR

POSTURE

POSTURA

• Visitors/Conference chair, with adjustable back height and depth. • Well shaped lumbar and kidney support. • Quality cover with choice of three colours: charcoal, blue and claret. • Arms optional as new ace or new king. REF CH0710 CH0710/A Type Without arms With arms PRICE £69.53 £82.58

• Lumber hugging posture. • Mid back and ratchet. • Soft moulded cushions. • Choice of arms or not. • Choice of fabric: charcoal, claret or blue. REF CH1001 CH1001/A Type Without arms With arms PRICE £207.00 £237.00

• Full spinal support. • Shaped back for comfort. • Back height adjustment. • Dished seat for support. • Choice of arms or not. • Fabric choice: charcoal, claret or blue. REF CH0900 CH0900/A Type Without arms With arms PRICE £310.50 £340.50

PRICES INCLUDE DELIVERY ON ORDERS OVER £100

339

Top quality chairs for senior executives • Components guaranteed for 2 years • Ex-stock delivery SOLITAIRE FONZ CASINO

• Deep cushioning. • Integral lumbar and kidney support. • Torsion control. • Lock tilt. • Choice of black or chrome base. • Choice of fabric: charcoal, peat, claret or blue. REF CH0109 CH0109/24 Description Black base Chrome base PRICE £115.50 £138.00

• High back modern operator chair. • Stylish mesh back design. • Adjustable headrest and arms. • Integral lumber support. • Chrome base and arm detailing. • Colour black. REF CH0730 Description Mesh/chrome base PRICE £176.90

• High back executive armchair. • Headrest. • Leather upholstery. • Lock tilt. • Choice of black or chrome base. REF CH0209 CH0209/24 Description Black base Chrome base PRICE £106.50 £114.00

NEW KING

CONCEPT MAXI ASYNCHRO

NEW ACE

• Operators chair with back tilt and height adjustment. • Back can be either fixed or floating for permanent contact. • Gas lift. REF N/K1 N/K2

• Spider base. • Moulded lumbar and kidney support. • Optional side arms. • Fabric colours: Charcoal, Blue and Claret. PRICE £132.00 £150.75

• Large seat and back. • Fully adjustable high back operators chair. • Choice of arms or not. • Synchro mechanism. • Choice of fabric: Charcoal, Peat, Claret or Blue. REF CH0805 CH0805/A Description Without Arms With Arms PRICE £108.75 £136.30

Type Without Arms With Arms

• Managers/VDU operators chair with deep seat. • Seat and back tilt. • Height adjustment. • Gas lift. • Spider base. REF N/ACE1 N/ACE2

• Moulded lumbar and kidney support. • Optional side arms. • Fabric colours: Charcoal, Blue and Claret. PRICE £148.50 £167.25

Type Without Arms With Arms

340

PRICES INCLUDE DELIVERY ON ORDERS OVER £100

• Specifically designed for use in electronics and electrical applications. • European Standards EN61340-5-1:2001 (ESD protective item requirements).

STATIC DISSIPATIVE CHAIR

STATIC DISSIPATIVE CHAIR

STATIC DISSIPATIVE CHAIR

• Fitted on glides. • Adjustable gas lift seat: 430-570mm. • Charcoal or blue fabric or black vinyl.

REF AS2/430

PRICE £89.25

• Fitted on castors. • Adjustable gas lift seat: 450-590mm. • Charcoal or blue fabric or black vinyl.

REF AS2/C/450

PRICE £110.25

• Fitted on glides with foot rest. • Adjustable gas lift seat: 550-800mm. REF • Charcoal or blue fabric or black vinyl. AS3/550

PRICE £100.50

ERGONOMIC STATIC DISSIPATIVE CHAIR

STATIC DISSIPATIVE POLY CHAIR

STATIC DISSIPATIVE POLY CHAIR

• Fitted on glides or castors. • Gas lift seat adjustment: 500-690mm, seat tilt, back rest height and angle. • Charcoal or blue fabric or PRICE REF black vinyl. £197.25 AS.SP3

• Fitted on castors. • Gas lift seat adjustment: 410-535mm, seat tilt, back rest height and angle. • Cushioned hard wearing PRICE REF polyurethane seat £162.38 AS.T2 and back.

• Fitted on glides with foot rest. • Gas lift seat height: 510-695mm, seat tilt, back rest height and angle. • Cushioned hard wearing REF polyurethane seat AS.T3 and back.

PRICE £178.13

ERGONOMIC STATIC DISSIPATIVE CHAIR

ERGONOMIC STATIC DISSIPATIVE CHAIR

STATIC DISSIPATIVE STOOL

• Fitted on glides with foot rest. • Gas lift seat height: 500-690mm, seat tilt, back rest height and angle. PRICE REF • Charcoal or blue fabric or £170.25 AS5/H black vinyl.

• Fitted on castors. • Gas lift seat height: 450-590mm, seat tilt, back rest height and angle. PRICE REF • Charcoal or blue fabric £149.25 AS5/450 or black vinyl.

• Fitted on glides with foot rest. • Gas lift height of seat: 500-690mm. • Charcoal or blue PRICE REF fabric or black vinyl. AS.SU3/CHROME £116.25

PRICES INCLUDE DELIVERY ON ORDERS OVER £100

341

FOLDING TABLES
• Choice of four quality laminates: oak, walnut, grey or ivory. • Six sizes of table tops but all of one height 698mm. • Easy to fold and stack. • Safety edging on all sides. • Stringent quality made to enable you to furnish your premises wisely. • Two sizes of benches or any colours from our range. • Two sizes of transporting and storage trucks available.

Product Table Table Table Table Table Table Bench Bench

Dimensions LxW mm 915 x 610 915 x 685 1020 x 610 1220 x 685 1830 x 610 1830 x 685 1220 x 254 1830 x 254

REF E/DC4 E/DB4 E/CC4 E/CB4 E/AC4 E/AB4 E/CF4 E/AF4

PRICE £70.25 £71.59 £82.12 £83.87 £103.15 £105.03 £54.56 £69.39

CONTOUR GENERAL PURPOSE FOLDING TABLES
• Wide choice of laminate tops with strong aluminium frame and easy folding legs. • Selection of table heights to suit your requirement, choose between the three heights - all priced the same: A) Buffet 760mm. B) Adult 698mm. C) Junior 635mm. GP16 Saxon Oak GP58 Japanese Beech GP51 Calcium REF C/DC2 C/DB2 C/DA2 C/CC2 C/CB2 C/CA2 C/BC2 C/BB2 C/BA2 C/AD2 C/AC2 C/AB2 C/AA2 Dimensions LxW mm 915x610 915x685 915x760 1220x610 1220x685 1220x760 1520x610 1520x685 1520x760 1830x480 1830x510 1830x585 1830x760 PRICE £85.92 £88.02 £91.22 £98.30 £100.78 £104.66 £105.62 £112.24 £116.16 £111.43 £122.53 £125.04 £129.08 • We can supply benches to suit the contour range of folding tables - see below.

GP07 Auburn Teak

GP05 Ailsa Grey

GP54 Paradiso

GP15 White

GP50 Sandstorm

GP57 Sparta

REF C/CF2 C/BF2 C/AF2

Dimensions LxW mm (choice of 3 heights) 1220 x 254 x (483 or 432 or 381) 1520 x 254 x (483 or 432 or 381) 1830 x 254 x (483 or 432 or 381)

PRICE £65.50 £73.98 £79.73

POLYPROPYLENE TABLES
• Easy to fold leg operation. • Polypropylene table top on a steel leg frame. • Choose between two sizes.

ROUND TABLES FOR BANQUETS AND MEETINGS
• Folding legs for ease of storage. • Wide choice of laminate tops colours as per contour tables above.

REF FST01Z FST02Z

O/S LxWxH mm Weight Kg 1200x600x740 1830x760x720 8.5 8.5

PRICE £62.32 £82.21

REF RD/CL40 RD/BL40 RDBP40-GP60

Dimensions diameter 1220mm 1520mm 1520mm

Approx weight Top finish Choice of 3 std heights 760mm or 698mm 20.00Kg Laminate 27.50Kg Laminate or 635mm 27.50Kg Sealed wood

PRICE £221.94 £258.88 £198.17

342

PRICES INCLUDE DELIVERY ON ORDERS OVER £100

CANTEEN SEATING
Quality range of modular seating for restaurants, Canteens and all fast food areas. The Marquise Range is very attractively finished with moulded polypropylene seats on heavy duty box section frames. Ergonomically designed for maximum benefit to the user and best utilisation of space available. Wide range of both seat colours and table tops. • Floor fixing plates can be requested as an extra.

REF M.4.1 M.4.2 M.2.1 M.2.S M.4.0 M.6.0 M.2.2 M.6.1 M.6.2 EXTRA EXTRA

Description 4 seats access one side 4 seats access two sides 2 seats facing access one side 2 seats s/side access one side* 4 seats to a 900mm dia table 6 seats to a 1200mm dia table 2 seats access two sides* 6 seats access one side 6 seats access two sides Upholstered seat pads fitted Upholstered back pads fitted

MARQUISE £266.40 £266.40 £176.49 £194.81 £338.00 £477.86 £194.81 £399.60 £399.60 £21.65 each seat £24.98 each seat

All prices are based on 600mm wide concept laminate tops.

* Denotes suitable for wheelchair use.

CANTEEN TABLES
• Ideal for use in eating areas in offices, halls, factories, warehouses and retail premises. • Seats are manufactured from moulded polypropylene mounted on a strong steel frame. • Table top is manufactured from chipboard with a melamine coating. • Supplied knock down for easy access into premises.

CBT41Z

CBT42Z

CBT21Z

REF CBT21Z CBT41Z CBT42Z CBT62Z

Overall size Table size Weight No of L x W x H mm L x W mm Kg seats Peninsula units - access 1 way 1690 x 510 x 790 600 x 600 26 2 1690 x 915 x 790 1100 x 600 38 4 Island units - access 2 ways 1690 x 915 x 790 1100 x 600 38 4 1690 x 1495 x 790 1600 x 600 55 6

PRICE £141.19 £211.64 £201.98 £301.92 CBT62Z

PRICES INCLUDE DELIVERY ON ORDERS OVER £100

343

Competitively priced range of hardwearing desks and accessories.
• Choice of rectangular or crescent shaped desk tops. Wave shaped tops can also be supplied - please enquire for details. • Choose from panel end or silver cantilever leg options. • Desks supplied with integral cable ports in both tops and modesty panel. • Large range of sizes - please enquire if you cannot see the size that you require. • Five year guarantee. • Finish - colour beech. • Workstation height 730mm.

All worktops are 25mm with 3mm edging.

PANEL END WORKSTATIONS
REF TK8080P TK1280P TK1480P TK1680P TK1880P TK1610WVRP TK1610WVLP TK8080P TK1280P TK1680P Size WxD mm 800x800 1200x800 1400x800 1600x800 1800x800 1600x1000 1600x1000 Top Rectangular Rectangular Rectangular Rectangular Rectangular Wave right Wave left PRICE £123.25 £129.05 £140.65 £146.45 £165.30 £187.05 £187.05

CANTILEVER LEG WORKSTATIONS
REF Size WxD mm TK8080CL 800x800 TK1280CL 1200x800 TK1480CL 1400x800 TK1680CL 1600x800 TK1880CL 1800x800 TK1610WVRCL 1600x1000 TK1610WVLCL 1600x1000 TK8080CL TK1280CL TK1680CL Top Rectangular Rectangular Rectangular Rectangular Rectangular Wave right Wave left PRICE £123.25 £129.05 £140.65 £146.45 £165.30 £187.05 £187.05

CRESCENT TOP WORKSTATIONS
REF Size WxD mm TK1612CWSRP 1600x1200 TK1612CWSLP 1600x1200 TK1812CWSRP 1800x1200 TK1812CWSLP 1800x1200 TK1612CWSRCL 1600x1200 TK1612CWSLCL 1600x1200 TK1812CWSRCL 1800x1200 TK1812CWSLCL 1800x1200 TK1812CWSRP TK1612CWSLCL TK1812CWSRCL Top Panel - right Panel - left Panel - right Panel - left Cant' - right Cant' - left Cant' - right Cant' - left PRICE £195.75 £195.75 £211.70 £211.70 £195.75 £195.75 £211.70 £211.70

SIDE FILLER
TKDH800SF

90° CONNECTION TOP & LEG
REF TKDH800SF TKCT90 Description/Size mm 800W x 600D x 730H 90° connection top PRICE £266.80 £89.90 TKCT90

344

PRICES INCLUDE DELIVERY ON ORDERS OVER £100

WORKSTATION PEDESTALS
To compliment workstations. Choose between fixed or mobile models.

Each pedestal includes a pen tray. All deep filing drawers are fitted with a heavy duty ballbearing runner. TKH2 TKH3

REF TKH2 TKH3 TKMP2 TKMP3 TKDHP3 TKDHP3/8

Type Fixed Fixed Mobile Mobile Mobile Mobile

Size WxDxH mm 400x500x510 400x500x510 404x500x595 404x500x595 400x600x730 404x800x730

PRICE £100.05 £100.05 £126.15 £126.15 £149.35 £165.30

TKMP2

TKMP3

TKDHP3

OPEN STORAGE UNITS

REF TK740 TK760 TK7480 TK7680 TK8495 TK1240 TK1260 TK1640 TK1660 TK2040 TK2060 TK1640 TK2040

Size HxWxD mm 730x952x400 730x952x600 730x800x400 730x800x600 800x952x400 1200x952x400 1200x952x600 1600x952x400 1600x952x600 2000x952x400 2000x952x600

Shelves 1 1 1 1 2 2 2 3 3 4 4

PRICE £133.40 £140.65 £133.40 £140.65 £137.75 £172.55 £198.65 £211.70 £245.05 £237.80 £282.75

TK1240

DOUBLE DOORS
Double doors to fit on the open storage units featured above. Add price to the open storage units to form a lockable cupboard unit.

MEETING TABLES

TK1810DE

TK1200D

TK2412DE

REF TK200CD TK1600CD TK1200CD TK800CD TK780CD TK700CD

To suit open unit TK2060/TK2040 TK1660/TK1640 TK1260/TK1240 TK8695/TK8495 TK7680/TK7480 TK760/TK740

PRICE £104.40 £95.70 £73.95 £75.40 £71.05 £68.15

REF TK1200D TK1810DE TK2412DE TKCT6060 TKCT1060

Description Discussion table Medium table Boardroom table Coffee table Coffee table

Size mm 1200 dia x 730H 1800W x 1000D x 730H 2400W x 1200D x 730H 600W x 600D x 360H 1000W x 600D x 360H

PRICE £162.40 £220.40 £292.90 £79.75 £102.95

PRICES INCLUDE DELIVERY ON ORDERS OVER £100

345

BUDGET WORKBENCH
• Easy to assemble - no nuts or bolts. • 300Kg capacity. • Complete with 18mm chipboard worktop REF Overall size H x W x D mm and shelf. RRWB/09/09/07 915 x 915 x 762 • Plastic feet inserts. RRWB/09/09/09 915 x 915 x 915 • Blue/grey or blue/orange. RRWB/09/12/07 915 x 1220 x 762 RRWB/09/12/09 915 x 1220 x 915 RRWB/09/18/07 915 x 1830 x 762 RRWB/09/18/09 915 x 1830 x 915 RRWB/09/24/07 915 x 2440 x 762 RRWB/09/24/09 915 x 2440 x 915

PRICE £64.89 £73.62 £80.15 £90.80 £108.08 £120.83 £137.60 £153.57

WORKSTATION
• Comes complete with 18mm chipboard worktop with T-bar underbrace and two upper storage shelves 305mm deep. • No nuts or bolts - easily assembled. • Blue/grey or blue/orange. • Overall height 1830mm.

ADJUSTABLE HEIGHT WORKBENCH
An economy workbench constructed from steel angle. Complete with half depth bottom shelf and rear lip. Worktop 38mm thick. • Height adjustable 760 - 880mm. • Flatpack knock down.

REF RRWS/18/09/09/03 RRWS/18/12/09/03 RRWS/18/18/09/03 RRWS/18/24/09/03

W x D mm 915 x 915 1220 x 915 1830 x 915 2440 x 915

PRICE £102.10 £115.76 £157.90 £193.35

REF WBI01Z

Size L x W mm 1530 x 760

Weight Kg 50

PRICE £186.20

ECONOMY WORKBENCH
Constructed from longspan shelving with a 22mm thick plywood worktop. • Available in 1500mm or 2000mm length. • Easy to assemble - supplied knockdown. • Main frame is galvanised - cross beam EPC blue.

REF 221120212 221120214 221120222 221120224

Description Bench - 1500mm x 700mm Bench - 2000mm x 700mm Lower shelf - 1500mm Lower shelf - 2000mm

PRICE £282.00 £322.50 £355.50 £418.50

MOBILE WORKBENCH
Longspan shelving construction with 22mm plywood worktop. • Capacity 250Kg. • 4 x 125mm dia rubber tyred castors, 2 brakes.

FOLDING WORKBENCH
Bench folds up in seconds giving compact storage. • Double gas struts. • Perforated tool panel. • Steel construction. • Weight 58Kg. • Table size: 1200mm L x 650mm W.

REF 221120242 221120244

Description L x W mm Bench 1500mm x 700mm Bench 2000mm x 700mm

PRICE £412.50 £454.50

REF O/S - open L x W x Hmm WBI09Z 1330 x 680 x 1380

O/S - folded L x W x Hmm 1330 x 370 x 1380

PRICE £402.79

346

PRICES INCLUDE DELIVERY ON ORDERS OVER £100

BASIC WORK BENCH
All purpose benching product suitable for use as a work bench or packing station. Standard benches constructed from steel angle posts and ‘c’ section beams that support 2 self-coloured chipboard shelves. Finish: Epoxy powder coating - posts blue and beams grey. REF SO91545/2 SO91560/2 SO91590/2 SO91845/2 SO91860/2 SO91890/2 SO92145/2 SO92160/2 SO92190/2 SO92445/2 SO92460/2 SO92490/2 Dimensions HxWxDmm 920x1500x450 920x1500x600 920x1500x900 920x1800x450 920x1800x600 920x1800x900 920x2100x450 920x2100x600 920x2100x900 920x2400x450 920x2400x600 920x2400x900 No levels 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 PRICE £94.96 £103.34 £120.09 £107.40 £115.06 £135.89 £115.77 £120.81 £147.67 £123.95 £127.14 £158.33

£94.96

LEDGE UNIT BENCH
Work bench complete with 2 tier shelf unit for storage (300mm deep). Overall height of unit including shelf unit: 1800mm (920mm working height). Finish: Posts - powder coated blue. Beams - powder coated grey.

PACKING BENCH
Budget packing bench complete with bench roll holder for easy access to rolls of packaging materials. Overall height of unit 1800mm (920mm working height). Finish: Posts - epoxy powder coated blue. Beams - epoxy powder coated grey.

£152.05

REF SBS181590 SBS181890

Size HxWxD mm 1800x1500x900 1800x1800x900

PRICE £213.92 £241.53

REF SPB181890

Dimensions HxWxD 1800x1800x900mm

No of levels 2

PRICE £152.05

CANTILEVER BENCH
Work bench complete with cantilever canopy (300mm deep). Overall height of unit including canopy: 1800mm (920mm working height). Finish: Posts - epoxy powder coated blue. Beams - epoxy powder coated grey.

PANEL AND ACCESSORY OPTIONS
Single Wire Hook

All Louvered

REF SSWS30S SSWS60S Double Wire Hook

Size 30mm 60mm

Qty 5 5

PRICE £14.80 £14.80

£301.88

NB Items shown are not included in the price PRICE £260.26 £259.74 £263.25 £298.37 £297.87 £301.88

All Toolboard

REF SDWS30S SDWS60S Circular Tool Clip

Size 30mm 60mm

Qty 3 3

PRICE £14.80 £14.80

REF SBC181590/L SBC181590/T SBC181590/5 SBC181890/L SBC181890/T SBC181890/5

Dimensions and Details 1800x1500x900mm - full louvered panel 1800x1500x900mm - full toolboard panel 1800x1500x900mm - 50/50 panel 1800x1800x900mm - full louvered panel 1800x1800x900mm - full toolboard panel 1800x1800x900mm - 50/50 panel

50% Louvered/ 50% Toolboard

REF SC18P SC24P

Size 18mm 24mm

Qty 6 6

PRICE £14.80 £14.80

PRICES INCLUDE DELIVERY ON ORDERS OVER £100

347

STEEL WORKBENCH
Heavy duty angle construction. Height 865mm standard bench has retaining lip on three sides. Colours Blue, Green or Yellow. Can be supplied in knockdown to order. Choice of tops as listed. Description Bottom shelf 1200 long x 600 deep - steel Bottom shelf 1800 long x 600 deep - steel Tool cupboard - shelf 610 x 455 x 455 Single drawer 450 x 450 x 455 Double drawer 450 x 450 x 455 each Triple drawer 450 x 450 x 455 each Filing drawer Vice plate - reinforcing to underside Vice 100mm jaw width - fitted Vice 150mm jaw width - fitted REF GB/BS1 GB/BS2 GB/TC GB/SD GB/DD GB/TD GB/FD GB/VP GP/V100 GB/V150 PRICE £58.99 £72.07 £103.58 £93.40 £167.83 £242.43 £139.86 £11.66 £87.71 £126.02

Illustration shows bench fitted with cupboard & drawer Vinyl (V) REF PRICE GB1V £177.22 GB2V £195.90 GB3V £208.46 GB4V £213.76 GB5V £240.98 GB6V £274.35 Hardwood (H) REF PRICE GB1H £154.54 GB2H £167.86 GB3H £185.97 GB4H £207.99 GB5H £235.11 GB6H £249.60

REF GB1S GB2S GB3S GB4S GB5S GB6S

Steel Tops (S) Size mm LxW 1200 x 600 1200 x 750 1200 x 900 1830 x 600 1830 x 750 1830 x 900

PRICE £147.49 £161.56 £175.67 £180.16 £202.74 £225.31

HIGH QUALITY STAINLESS STEEL WORKBENCHES

With Accessories Basic Workbench

• For environments requiring strict standards of cleanliness and hygiene. • Fully welded construction from 40mm square tube with grade 304 stainless steel work surface, bonded to a timber composite core to maintain a flat surface and provide sound deadening qualities. • Front edge folded down and under, with corners welded. • Fitted with plastic inset feet.

Dim 860mm high other dim below 1200 x 600 1200 x 750 1200 x 900 1500 x 600 1500 x 750 1500 x 900 1800 x 600 1800 x 750 1800 x 900

Workbench Stainless tops PRICE grey mild steel frame SSB1M SSB2M SSB3M SSB4M SSB5M SSB6M SSB7M SSB8M SSB9M £373.95 £386.21 £398.46 £393.30 £408.17 £422.98 £442.82 £430.06 £447.48

All stainless top and framework SSB1S SSB2S SSB3S SSB4S SSB5S SSB6S SSB7S SSB8S SSB9S

PRICE

Detail and dim mm

Accessories Mild PRICE steel

Stainless steel

PRICE

Bottom Shelf 1200L x 420W £526.19 £550.95 £575.66 £570.01 £597.96 £625.17 £613.78 £644.23 £674.59 Bottom Shelf 1500L x 420W Bottom Shelf 1800L x 420W Rear Retaining Lip 1200L Rear Retaining Lip 1500L Rear Retaining Lip 1800L Cupboard with Shelf 455mm Cube Single Drawer

BS1G BS2G BS3G

£58.99 £65.54 £72.07

BS1S BS2S BS3S RL1S RL2S RL3S

£115.87 £122.47 £129.03 £38.62 £40.83 £43.02 £207.18 £186.48

TC SD DD TD

£103.58 £93.24 £167.83 £242.43

TCS SDS

Double Drawer Triple Drawer

}

Each Drawer

450 x 450 x 125

348

PRICES INCLUDE DELIVERY ON ORDERS OVER £100

LIGHT ASSEMBLY WORKBENCHES
These ergonomic workbenches are suitable for light assembly. The modular construction allows many possibilities when planning a layout. • Height adjustment with allen key between 650-900mm. Frames are of epoxy powder coated steel in grey RAL 7045. The worktops are of 25mm laminated particle board. • As well as the basic bench there are 3 other bench options that can be used to construct a modular layout: add-on line extension benches, right angled extensions and corner bench units (only attach to right angled extension benches). • Capacity 300Kg UDL for TP710-TP918 and 150Kg UDL for all other benches.

Two basic benches with a corner section

Basic bench

Basic bench with add on extension bench

Right angled extension

Type of Bench Modular add-on bench types REF Description Size WxL mm TP510K Right angled extension bench 500x1000 TP712K Right angled extension bench 700x1200 TP715K Right angled extension bench 700x1500 TP718K Right angled extension bench 700x1800 TP915K Right angled extension bench 900x1500 TP918K Right angled extension bench 900x1800 TP707KK Corner section extension bench 1100x1100 TP909KK Corner section extension bench 1300x1300 PRICE £161.17 £186.62 £225.26 £238.45 £256.36 £275.21 £306.31 £341.19 Size WxL mm 500x700 500x1000 500x1500 700x1000 700x1200 700x1500 700x1800 900x1500 900x1800

Basic Bench REF TP507 TP510 TP515 TP710 TP712 TP715 TP718 TP915 TP918 PRICE £175.31 £194.16 £230.91 £215.83 £221.49 £243.17 £270.50 £278.04 £301.60

Extension Bench REF TP710L TP712L TP715L TP718L TP915L TP918L PRICE £177.19 £189.44 £214.89 £238.45 £245.05 £272.38

HEAVY DUTY WORKBENCHES
• A range of four benches with heavy duty construction supplied in knocked down flat pack. • Capacity - 800Kg. • Size - 1200mm long x 650mm wide x 840mm high. • Worktop - 30mm thick beech multiply. • Finish - epc red/grey.

210836056

210836048

210836050 REF 210836048 210836050 210836056 210836062 Description 2 side by side shelves 2 side by side 150mm deep drawers 1 x 150mm drawer + 1 x 400mm cupboard 2 x 150mm drawers + 2 x 400mm cupboards PRICE £435.03 £364.31 £345.44 £411.50

210836062

PRICES INCLUDE DELIVERY ON ORDERS OVER £100

349

A flat pack modular workbench system with a weight capacity of 450Kg UDL. All workbenches are 840mm high as standard, other heights available. All workbench frames, cabinet and drawer carcasses are epoxy polyester powder coated in mid grey RAL 7001. All cabinet doors and drawers are epoxy polyester powder coated in a choice of colours.
We offer two qualities of cabinets and drawers - choose between our Premier or Prem-Econo Range to suit your requirement. Base shelf with or without base mats along with castor sets are also available as extras. Workbenches can either be fitted with veneer, vinyl or MDF worktops. Colour choice: Basic workbench - PW157C

Basic Workbench REF PW156A PW157A PW156B PW157B PW156C PW157C PW126A PW127A PW126B PW127B PW126C PW127C PW156A + PC1 Size LxW Worktop Type 1500x600 Veneer 1500x700 Veneer 1500x600 Vinyl 1500x700 Vinyl 1500x600 MDF 1500x700 MDF 2000x600 Veneer 2000x700 Veneer 2000x600 Vinyl 2000x700 Vinyl 2000x600 MDF 2000x700 MDF PRICE £185.19 £219.45 £230.84 £269.68 £153.73 £188.09 £225.69 £266.90 £283.01 £338.44 £196.95 £234.97

PW156A + PD1A + PC1

PW156B + PC4

PW157B + E/D1

PW157B + E/D3 + E/C1

PW157B + E/C1

PREM-ECONO DRAWERS AND CABINETS E/D3

E/CD1

E/C1 Drawers & Cabinets Description Single drawer Double drawer Triple drawer Quad drawer Cabinet + 1 drawer Cabinet PC1 PC2 PC4 Premier Range REF PD1A PD2 PC4 PC2 PC1 PRICE £146.38 £256.14 £385.66 £235.91 £192.33 Prem-Econo Range REF E/D1 E/D2 E/D3 E/D4 E/CD1 E/C1 PRICE £84.59 £149.13 £207.91 £302.56 £219.38 £111.83

E/D1

PD2

PREMIER DRAWERS AND CABINETS
PD1A

REF Set of 4 castors PRICE PW4SC 300Kg UDL £62.04 REF PW156BS PW157BS PW126BS PW127BS Base shelf - extra 1500L x 600W mm 1500L x 700W mm 2000L x 600W mm 2000L x 700W mm PRICE £43.82 £48.22 £58.43 £64.27 REF PW156BM PW157BM PW126BM PW127BM Base shelf mat - extra 1500L x 600W mm 1500L x 700W mm 2000L x 600W mm 2000L x 700W mm PRICE £81.89 £86.28 £101.92 £107.76

Bench with castors

350

PRICES INCLUDE DELIVERY ON ORDERS OVER £100

Flat pack modular workbench system offering a variety of storage and workspace solutions. Leg frames are constructed from fabricated steel section to bolt to the worktop. 650mm high premier units are mounted on 150mm high steel plinths. All cabinets are lockable and contain one adjustable shelf. All drawers are mounted on precision ball bearing telescopic slides offering a 40Kg (UDL) capacity.
• Models 1-11 below are suggestions on popular configurations - alternatively choose components to suit your own requirements.

REF MODEL1

Comprising PLU600+PPC1+W56B

PRICE £360.43

REF MODEL2

Comprising PLU600+PPC2+W56B

PRICE £403.24

REF MODEL3

Comprising PLU600+PPC4+W56B

PRICE £550.37

REF MODEL4

Comprising PPC4+PPC1+W56B

PRICE £715.54

REF MODEL5

Comprising PPC4+PPC4+W56B

PRICE £905.48

REF MODEL6

Comprising PPC4+PPC2+W56B

PRICE £758.35

REF MODEL7

Comprising PPC2+PPC2+W56B

PRICE £611.24

REF MODEL8

Comprising PPC1+PPC2+W56B

PRICE £568.41

REF MODEL9

Comprising PPC1+PPC1+W56B

PRICE £525.60

REF MODEL10

Comprising PPC1+PPC4+PPC2+W56B+W56B

PRICE £1064.55

REF Comprising MODEL11 PLU600+PPC4+PPC2+W56B+W56B

PRICE £899.39

• Create a run... choose your size, storage option, worktop and go. • All benches are 830mm high. Mid grey (RAL 7001) carcass with colour choice drawer/doors. Colour options are red, blue, green and dark grey.

REF PLU600 PPC1 PPC2 PPC4

Description Leg unit Cabinet Cabinet/drawer 4 drawer unit

H (mm) 800 800 800 800

W (mm) 500 500 500

D (mm) 500 500 500 500

PRICE £54.22 £219.41 £262.22 £426.26

REF W56A W26A W56B W26B

Description Veneer worktop Veneer worktop Vinyl worktop Vinyl worktop

H (mm) 30 30 30 30

W (mm) 1500 2000 1500 2000

D (mm) 600 600 600 600

PRICE £80.30 £89.26 £86.79 £146.37

PRICES INCLUDE DELIVERY ON ORDERS OVER £100

351

STORAGE BENCHES
Superb range of benches available in four lengths: 1250, 1500, 1750 and 2000mm. • Multiplex worktops - 30mm thick. • Lockable cupboards. • All models are 600mm deep and height adjustable from 780mm - 930mm. • Benches supplied fully assembled. • Finish - epoxy powder coated - blue doors and grey frames - other colours available to order.

1250mm long benches

2 x 125mm drawers 2 x 500mm cupboards

1500mm long benches

REF 16902001.11V

PRICE £446.44

1 x 500mm 3 drawers 1 x 500mm cupboard

REF 16902003.11V

PRICE £461.51

1 x 750mm all drawers 1 x 500mm cupboard/drawer REF 16902024.11V PRICE £500.13

1 x 750mm all drawers 1 x 500mm storage area REF 16902023.11V PRICE £490.23

1750mm long benches

1 x 3 drawers 2 x cupboards

REF 16902042.11V

PRICE £558.51

3 x 500mm all drawers

REF 16902043.11V

PRICE £773.26

2000mm long benches

2 x 3 drawers 1 x centre storage area 2 x 500mm all drawers 1 x 750mm all drawers REF 16902064.11V REF 16902063.11V PRICE £810.93 PRICE £678.60

352

PRICES INCLUDE DELIVERY ON ORDERS OVER £100

INFINITE WORKBENCH SYSTEM
• Start with a 2m or 3m starter workbench and simply add on extension benches to create a run or block of benches. • Supplied in a flat pack form with a framework in fabricated steel sections, welded leg support and conveniently adjustable cross rails which can be assembled to suit individual applications. • Capacity 1000Kg UDL. • Steelwork EPC dark grey. • Height adjustable 840-940mm. • Easy to add accessories with drawers and cupboard units available in a variety of colours. • Choice of MDF, veneer or vinyl worktops with the option of a base shelf. Colour choice:

KDB2048A + KD/USS235

KDB2078BSA + KD/C1 + KD/D3 + KD/LS1

Create a run of benches using starter + add-on benches

Worktop Type Size LxW 2000x700 2000x700 2000x1200 2000x1200 2000x1400 2000x1400 3000x700 3000x700 3000x1200 3000x1200 3000x1400 3000x1400 2000x700 2000x700 2000x1200 2000x1200 2000x1400 2000x1400 Bench Starter Starter & base Starter Starter & base Starter Starter & base Starter Starter & base Starter Starter & base Starter Starter & base Add-on Add-on & base Add-on Add-on & base Add-on Add-on & base

25mm MDF REF KDB2078A KDB2078BSA KDB2028A KDB2028BSA KDB2048A KDB2048BSA KDB3078A KDB3078BSA KDB3028A KDB3028BSA KDB3048A KDB3048BSA KDA278A KDA278BSA KDA228A KDA228BSA KDA248A KDA248BSA PRICE £310.11 £368.23 £395.91 £482.89 £432.43 £570.81 £499.70 £571.77 £615.02 £697.67 £699.58 £887.93 £265.24 £322.88 £334.42 £420.26 £370.29 £508.67

30mm Veneer REF KDB2078B KDB2078BSB KDB2028B KDB2028BSB KDB2048B KDB2048BSB KDB3078B KDB3078BSB KDB3028B KDB3028BSB KDB3048B KDB3048BSB KDA278B KDA278BSB KDA228B KDA228BSB KDA248B KDA248BSB PRICE £376.70 £434.84 £450.68 £537.67 £498.74 £637.12 £593.87 £665.95 £766.85 £849.49 £895.61 £1083.97 £331.85 £387.43 £389.18 £476.16 £436.61 £574.97

30mm Vinyl REF KDB2078C KDB2078BSC KDB2028C KDB2028BSC KDB2048C KDB2048BSC KDB3078C KDB3078BSC KDB3028C KDB3028BSC KDB3048C KDB3048BSC KDA278C KDA278BSC KDA228C KDA228BSC KDA248C KDA248BSC PRICE £393.03 £451.17 £510.26 £597.25 £566.01 £704.39 £609.24 £681.32 £804.01 £886.65 £931.48 £1119.85 £354.60 £406.32 £448.78 £535.74 £503.87 £642.25

Drawers & Cabinets REF Description KD/C1 Cupboard unit KD/D1 Single drawer KD/D2 Two drawer KD/D3 Three drawer KD/CD1 Cupboard/Drawer KD/LS1 13 amp socket KD/TR20 2000mm tool rail 2000mm light & tool rail KD/LTR20 KD/USS235 2000mm upper shelf KD/USS335 3000mm upper shelf KD/SD20 2000mm service duct KD/SD30 3000mm service duct PRICE £111.83 £84.59 £149.13 £207.91 £219.38 £19.84 £107.13 £196.39 £115.24 £196.19 £136.39 £205.64

PRICES INCLUDE DELIVERY ON ORDERS OVER £100

353

Square tube and cantilever workstations are designed and manufactured in component form for complete flexibility in design and layout
• • • • • Welded tubular steel leg frames and worktop support channels for strength and rigidity. Adjustable levelling feet fitted as standard. Supplied in knock down form for easy on-site assembly. Choice of alternative sizes and worksurface for specific applications. Range of accessories for every requirement. • Durable polyester powder coated finish - framework light grey with drawer/cupboard colour options (as shown in accessories section). • Available in square tube 4-leg design or ergonomic cantilever design. • Static dissipative options for use in static electricity controlled areas. • Standard height 840mm-760mm or 920mm are also available.

SQUARE TUBE BENCHES

Standard Worksurfaces HxWxD mm 840x900x600 840x1200x600 840x1200x750 840x1200x900 840x1500x600 840x1500x750 840x1500x900 840x1800x600 840x1800x750 840x1800x900 MFC TOP BQ849060GLXX BQ841260GLXX BQ841275GLXX BQ841290GLXX BQ841560GLXX BQ841575GLXX BQ841590GLXX BQ841860GLXX BQ841875GLXX BQ841890GLXX PRICE £110.66 £144.45 £152.89 £161.34 £158.52 £167.90 £182.91 £175.41 £184.79 £187.60 LAMINATE TOP BQ849060PLXX BQ841260PLXX BQ841275PLXX BQ841290PLXX BQ841560PLXX BQ841575PLXX BQ841590PLXX BQ841860PLXX BQ841875PLXX BQ841890PLXX PRICE £135.35 £180.10 £216.68 £238.25 £214.80 £252.32 £273.90 £259.83 £275.77 £291.72

Static Dissipative Worksurfaces HxWxD mm 840x900x600 840x1200x600 840x1200x750 840x1200x900 840x1500x600 840x1500x750 840x1500x900 840x1800x600 840x1800x750 840x1800x900 NORASTAT TOP BQ849060NLXX BQ841260NLXX BQ841275NLXX BQ841290NLXX BQ841560NLXX BQ841575NLXX BQ841590NLXX BQ841860NLXX BQ841875NLXX BQ841890NLXX PRICE £164.63 £230.75 £251.38 £272.02 £259.83 £284.21 £311.42 £296.41 £319.86 £336.74 LAMSTAT TOP BQ849060LLXX BQ841260LLXX BQ841275LLXX BQ841290LLXX BQ841560LLXX BQ841575LLXX BQ841590LLXX BQ841860LLXX BQ841875LLXX BQ841890LLXX PRICE £182.91 £256.07 £279.52 £302.04 £288.90 £315.17 £347.06 £329.24 £355.50 £374.26

• See facing page for accessories and colour options.

CANTILEVER BENCHES

Standard Worksurfaces HxWxD mm 840x1200x750 840x1200x900 840x1500x750 840x1500x900 840x1800x750 840x1800x900 LINOLEUM BC8412758LXX BC8412908LXX BC8415758LXX BC8415908LXX BC8418758LXX BC8418908LXX PRICE £301.10 £311.42 £348.00 £363.01 £383.64 £403.31 LAMINATE BC841275PLXX BC841290PLXX BC841575PLXX BC841590PLXX BC841875PLXX BC841890PLXX PRICE £292.66 £303.91 £339.56 £354.56 £375.20 £394.90

Static Dissipative Worksurfaces HxWxD mm 840x1200x750 840x1200x900 840x1500x750 840x1500x900 840x1800x750 840x1800x900 NORASTAT TOP BC841275NLXX BC841290NLXX BC841575NLXX BC841590NLXX BC841875NLXX BC841890NLXX PRICE £322.67 £337.68 £352.69 £380.83 £391.15 £413.66 LAMSTAT TOP BC841275LLXX BC841290LLXX BC841575LLXX BC841590LLXX BC841875LLXX BC841890LLXX PRICE £358.32 £375.20 £392.08 £422.10 £435.23 £458.68

Cantilever workstation with side bench & accessories • See facing page for accessories and colour options.

354

PRICES INCLUDE DELIVERY ON ORDERS OVER £100

Height adjustable workstations are designed to meet the growing demand from industry to provide a safe and ergonomic work environment. Alternative heights are not only required to suit the physical height of individuals but also to aid specific production tasks.
• • • • Tubular steel leg frames and worktop support channels for strength. Supplied fully assembled. Choice of alternative sizes and worksurfaces. Accepts full range of accessories. Infinite height adjustment between 730-950mm. • Simple folding crank handle mechanism allows operators to adjust the working height quickly and easily. • Durable powder coated finish. • Static dissipative worktops are also available - please enquire for details.

ADJUSTABLE HEIGHT BENCHES

Standard Worksurfaces HxWxD mm 900x600 1200x600 1200x750 1500x600 1500x750 1800x600 1800xc750 LINOLEUM BA7990608LXX BA7912608LXX BA7912758LXX BA7915608LXX BA7915758LXX BA7918608LXX BA7918758LXX PRICE £457.74 £518.71 £533.72 £543.10 £572.18 £587.19 £613.45 LAMINATE TOP BA799060LLXX BA791260LLXX BA791275LLXX BA791560LLXX BA791575LLXX BA791860LLXX BA791875LLXX PRICE £537.47 £609.70 £645.34 £650.03 £668.79 £679.11 £711.94

ACCESSORIES TO SUIT SQUARE TUBE, CANTILEVER AND HEIGHT ADJUSTABLE WORKSTATIONS

Standard Worksurfaces Description Storage cupboard 435 x 420 x 420 Single drawer 220 x 420 x 420 Triple drawer 435 x 420 x 420 760mm rear support posts 1180mm rear support posts Upper shelf 300mm linoleum for 1200mm bench Upper shelf 300mm laminate for 1200mm bench Upper shelf 300mm linoleum for 1500mm bench Upper shelf 300mm laminate for 1500mm bench Upper shelf 300mm linoleum for 1800mm bench Upper shelf 300mm laminate for 1800mm bench Light/tool rail support for 1200mm bench Light/tool rail support for 1500mm bench Light/tool rail support for 1800mm bench Fluorescent light Louvered back panel with pinboard for 1200mm bench Louvered back panel with pinboard for 1500mm bench Louvered back panel with pinboard for 1800mm bench Worktop service duct for 1200mm bench Worktop service duct for 1500mm bench Worktop service duct for 1800mm bench Post fitted service duct for 1200mm bench Post fitted service duct for 1500mm bench Post fitted service duct for 1800mm bench REF BECU04041 BEDR04021 BEDR04043 BESP760SXXXX BESP1180XXXX BEUS12008XXX BEUS1200PXXX BEUS15008XXX BEUS1500PXXX BEUS18008XXX BEUS1800PXXX BERS1200XLXX BERS1500XLXX BERS1800XLXX BELF1200XLXX BELO48121XXX BELO4815IXXX BELO4818IXXX BESDWT122XXX BESDWT15XXXX BESDWT18XXXX BESDSP12XXXX BESDSP15XXXX BESDSP18XXXX PRICE £103.18 £103.18 £177.28 £39.40 £48.78 £65.66 £61.91 £78.79 £74.10 £93.80 £90.05 £49.71 £53.47 £55.34 £28.14 £91.92 £100.37 £111.62 £76.92 £78.79 £82.54 £84.42 £87.23 £89.11 STANDARD Supplied unless option specified FRAMEWORK Lt. GREY DRAWER/CUPBOARD GREEN DRAWER CUPBOARD OPTIONS DK. GREY BLUE RED Finish: Powder coated epoxy/polyester, semi gloss. Colours illustrated are a guide only.

PRICES INCLUDE DELIVERY ON ORDERS OVER £100

355

A range of high quality workbenches manufactured in 50 x 50 and 50 x 25 steel tube. There is a choice of sizes, worktops, cabinets, drawers and accessories. Standard colours: light grey frame with blue cabinets. Optional cabinet colours of dark grey and green.

REF BESP760SXXXX BESP1180XXXX BEUS1200GXXX BEUS12008XXX BEUS1200PXXX BEUS1500GXXX BEUS15008XXX BEUS1500PXXX BEUS1800GXXX BEUS18008XXX BEUS1800PXXX BERS1200XLXX BERS1500XLXX BERS1800XLXX BELF1200XLXX BEL04812IXXX BELO4815IXXX BEL04818IXXX BESDWT122XXX BESDWT15XXXX BESDWT18XXXX BESDSP12XXXX BESDSP15XXXX BESDSP18XXXX BZDRAW04DX

Accessories 760mm rear support posts 1180mm rear support posts Upper shelf 300mm MFC for 1200mm bench Upper shelf 300mm linoleum for 1200mm bench Upper shelf 300mm laminate for 1200mm bench Upper shelf 300mm MFC for 1500mm bench Upper shelf 300mm linoleum for 1500mm bench Upper shelf 300mm laminate for 1500mm bench Upper shelf 300mm MFC for 1800mm bench Upper shelf 300mm linoleum for 1800mm bench Upper shelf 300mm laminate for 1800mm bench Light/tool rail support for 1200mm bench Light/tool rail support for 1500mm bench Light/tool rail support for 1800mm bench Fluorescent light Louvered back panel for 1200mm bench Louvered back panel for 1500mm bench Louvered back panel for 1800mm bench Worktop service duct for 1200mm bench Worktop service duct for 1500mm bench Worktop service duct for 1800mm bench Post fitted service duct for 1200mm bench Post fitted service duct for 1500mm bench Post fitted service duct for 1800mm bench 4 drawer cabinet - 1 x 100, 3 x 150 drawers

PRICE £39.40 £48.78 £58.16 £65.66 £61.91 £71.29 £78.79 £74.10 £82.54 £93.80 £90.05 £49.71 £53.47 £55.34 £28.14 £91.92 £100.37 £111.62 £76.92 £78.79 £82.54 £84.42 £87.23 £89.11 £513.09

Heavy Duty Storage Benches - 920mm height also available Size HxWxD mm 840 x 1500 x 750 840 x 1500 x 900 840 x 1800 x 750 840 x 1800 x 900 STEEL PLATE REF BS841575SLXX BS841590SLXX BS841875SLXX BS841890SLXX PRICE £406.15 £438.05 £467.12 £501.83 HARDWOOD REF BS841575HLXX BS841590HLXX BS841875HLXX BS841890HLXX PRICE £357.38 £388.33 £401.46 £445.55 LINOLEUM REF BS8415758LXX BS8415908LXX BS8418758LXX BS8418908LXX PRICE £384.58 £407.09 £420.22 £462.43 LAMINATE REF BS841575PLXX BS841590PLXX BS841875PLXX BS841890PLXX PRICE £377.08 £398.65 £411.78 £454.93

Lower Shelves - 580mm deep To fit 1500mm bench with 0 cabinets 1500mm bench with 1 cabinets 1800mm bench with 0 cabinets 1800mm bench with 1 cabinets 1800mm bench with 2 cabinets LINOLEUM REF BZLSNC158XXX BZLS1C158XXX BZLSNC188XXX BZLS1C188XXX BZLS2C188XXX PRICE £105.17 £97.86 £117.98 £107.00 £96.03 MFC REF BZLSNC15GXXX BZLS1C15GXXX BZLSNC18GXXX BZLS1C18GXXX BZLS2C18GXXX PRICE £72.23 £66.60 £81.61 £73.16 £63.78 LAMINATE REF BZLSNC15PXXX BZLS1C15PXXX BZLSNC18PXXX BZLS1C18PXXX BZLS2C18PXXX PRICE £101.51 £94.19 £113.40 £103.35 £92.37

Cabinet options Size 610 x 615 x 640mm high. 1500mm long benches will accept one cabinet L/H or R/H. 1800mm long benches will accept two cabinets or one cabinet on L/H or R/H side.

NOTE: Drawers can be sub-divided using dividers for Euroslide cabinets.

With 2 x 100mm 1 x 150mm and 1 x 200mm deep drawers REF PRICE BZDROW04AX £496.20 REF PRICE

With 4 x 100mm 1 x 150mm deep drawer BZDROW05BX £551.54 REF PRICE

With 2 x 100mm deep drawers & one cupboard BZCBDR020X £272.96 REF PRICE

Cupboard with internal shelf BZCBDXSHX £181.03 REF

With 2 x 100mm & filing drawer for A4 files only BZDRAW03FX £435.33

PRICE

356

PRICES INCLUDE DELIVERY ON ORDERS OVER £100

A range of fully welded workbenches fabricated from high quality mild steel sections. Framework construction is heavy duty pattern – 45 x 45 x 3 section with 50mm sq. tube leg frames.
WORK BENCHES Standard height 840mm (760mm and 920mm also available). Colour: Dark grey. Door and drawer colour choices available. 840mm height will be supplied unless an alternative is specified. When ordering specify frame pattern, worktop option and accessories.

Sliding doors can be fitted to any bench to provide useful storage area

WORKTOP OPTIONS: STEEL PLATE 2mm thick on heavy pattern frame. Birch plyWOOD 25mm thick with timber edges. LINOLEUM 20mm thick PLASTIC LAMINATE Warerite or similar Grey linen pattern 20mm Core Balancing Veneer

Basic Workbench Size HxWxD mm 840x1200x600 840x1200x750 840x1200x900 840x1500x600 840x1500x750 840x1500x900 840x1800x600 840x1800x750 840x1800x900 STEEL PLATE BJ841260SKXX BJ841275SKXX BJ841290SKXX BJ841560SKXX BJ841575SKXX BJ841590SKXX BJ841860SKXX BJ841875SKXX BJ841890SKXX PRICE £168.84 £176.34 £189.48 £191.35 £196.98 £221.37 £211.05 £217.62 £253.26 HARDWOOD BJ841260HKXX BJ841275HKXX BJ841290HKXX BJ841560HKXX BJ841575HKXX BJ841590HKXX BJ841860HKXX BJ841875HKXX BJ841890HKXX PRICE £243.88 £261.70 £274.83 £268.27 £308.60 £335.80 £297.35 £334.87 £377.08 LINOLEUM BJ8412608KXX BJ8412758KXX BJ8412908KXX BJ8415608KXX BJ8415758KXX BJ8415908KXX BJ8418608KXX BJ8418758KXX BJ8418908KXX PRICE £259.83 £299.22 £315.17 £287.97 £340.49 £366.76 £319.86 £377.08 £401.46 LAMINATE BJ841260PKXX BJ841275PKXX BJ841290PKXX BJ841560PKXX BJ841575PKXX BJ841590PKXX BJ841860PKXX BJ841875PKXX BJ841890PKXX PRICE £251.38 £290.78 £307.66 £279.52 £332.05 £358.32 £311.42 £368.63 £393.02

Lower Steel Shelves REF BXLS1206XXXX BXLS1207XXXX BXLS1209XXXX BXLS1506XXXX BXLS1507XXXX BXLS1509XXXX BXLS1806XXXX BXLS1807XXXX BXLS1809XXXX PRICE £57.22 £68.47 £68.47 £66.60 £78.79 £78.79 £75.98 £86.30 £86.30

Accessories Description REF Retaining lip for 1200 x 600mm bench BXRL1206XXXX Retaining lip for 1200 x 750mm bench BXRL1207XXXX Retaining lip for 1200 x 900mm bench BXRL1209XXXX Retaining lip for 1500 x 600mm bench BXRL1506XXXX Retaining lip for 1500 x 750mm bench BXRL1507XXXX Retaining lip for 1500 x 900mm bench BXRL1509XXXX Retaining lip for 1800 x 600mm bench BXRL1806XXXX Retaining lip for 1800 x 750mm bench BXRL1807XXXX Retaining lip for 1800 x 900mm bench BXRL1809XXXX Vice plate BXVICEPLXXXX Sliding doors for 1200mm bench BXSL1284XXXX Sliding doors for 1500mm bench BXSL1584XXXX Sliding doors for 1800mm bench BXSL1884XXXX Cupboard 560x420x420 BXCU04051 Single drawer 220x420x420 BXDR04021 Triple drawer 435x420x420 BXDR04043

PRICE £18.76 £21.57 £24.39 £21.57 £24.39 £26.26 £24.39 £26.26 £29.08 £15.01 £383.64 £400.53 £429.60 £112.56 £103.18 £177.28

PRICES INCLUDE DELIVERY ON ORDERS OVER £100

357

CRAFTSMAN’S WORK BENCH

WORKSHOP BENCH
With a back lip, cupboard and lower shelf, this strong and well made timber bench is designed to meet the demands of the industrial workshop. Three different work surfaces and multiple sizes combine to give numerous alternate formats for the workshop environment. • Bottom shelf. • Lockable cupboard. • Back lip. • Vice not included.

• Bench is built from prime softwood framework and hardwood work surfaces. • Supplied fitted with the following accessories: Bottom shelf, cupboard and drawer, saw rack & back panel, 2 tool racks, adjustable plane stop, factory fitted 175mm vice. • Standard height 750mm.

Sizes LxD mm 1200x750 1200x900 1200x1200 1500x750 1500x900 1500x1200 1800x750 1800x900

REF EAT059 EAT060 EAT061 EAT062 EAT063 EAT064 EAT065 EAT066

PRICE £1055.85 £1100.26 £1149.57 £1115.52 £1164.04 £1217.23 £1175.50 £1228.68

Sizes PLYWOOD VINYL HARDWOOD LxD mm REF PRICE REF PRICE REF PRICE 1200x750 EAT085 £522.77 EAT094 £573.92 EAT103 £635.10 1200x900 EAT086 £556.22 EAT095 £612.47 EAT104 £679.50 1200x1200 EAT087 £592.90 EAT096 £654.79 EAT105 £728.81 1500x750 EAT088 £570.49 EAT097 £626.74 EAT106 £694.04 1500x900 EAT089 £606.65 EAT098 £668.54 EAT107 £742.56 1500x1200 EAT090 £646.25 EAT099 £714.32 EAT108 £795.75 1800x750 EAT091 £617.40 EAT100 £679.29 EAT109 £753.31 1800x900 EAT092 £657.01 EAT101 £725.07 EAT110 £806.48 1800x1200 EAT093 £700.39 EAT102 £775.26 EAT111 £864.84

STANDARD WORK BENCH
• Durable high quality bench, the basis for all our wooden benches, ideal for industrial or commercial use. • Supplied assembled ready to use, 750mm standard height. • Choice of worktops: Plywood 36mm thick with PVC edging Hardwood 35mm thick beech lipped edge Vinyl on timber 27mm thick PVC edged • All or any of accessories shown on ‘Craftsman’s Bench’ can be supplied to all benches. • All benches are supplied with one adjustable foot. • Finish double coated clear acrylic varnish. • Popular extra is a bottom shelf of 18mm plywood as shown.

Sizes LxD mm 1200x750 1200x900 1200x1200 1500x750 1500x900 1500x1200 1800x750 1800x900 1800x1200

PLYWOOD REF EAT001 EAT002 EAT003 EAT004 EAT005 EAT006 EAT007 EAT008 EAT009

PRICE £312.72 £343.98 £378.38 £343.98 £378.38 £416.22 £378.38 £416.22 £457.84

VINYL REF EAT067 EAT068 EAT069 EAT070 EAT071 EAT072 EAT073 EAT074 EAT075

PRICE £363.86 £400.23 £440.27 £400.23 £440.27 £484.29 £440.27 £484.29 £532.71

HARDWOOD REF EAT076 EAT077 EAT078 EAT079 EAT080 EAT081 EAT082 EAT083 EAT084

PRICE £425.04 £467.26 £514.29 £467.53 £514.29 £565.71 £514.29 £565.71 £622.29

Sizes LxD mm 1200x750 1200x900 1200x1200 1500x750 1500x900 1500x1200 1800x750 1800x900 1800x1200

SHELF REF EAT023 EAT024 EAT025 EAT026 EAT027 EAT028 EAT029 EAT030 EAT031

PRICE £43.55 £45.74 £48.02 £52.79 £54.56 £56.32 £58.09 £59.85 £61.61

SECURE STORE WORK BENCH

With a large capacity ‘drop front’ storage unit this work bench is designed to give extra security for tools and equipment. • Bottom shelf. • Lockable ‘drop front’ storage cabinet. • Drawer unit. • 3 different work surfaces. • 9 different sizes. Sizes LxD mm PLYWOOD REF 1200x750 EAT112 1200x900 EAT113 1200x1200 EAT114 1500x750 EAT115 1500x900 EAT116 1500x1200 EAT117 1800x750 EAT118 1800x900 EAT119 1800x1200 EAT120 PRICE £643.66 £677.11 £713.79 £684.17 £720.33 £759.93 £723.86 £763.46 £806.85 VINYL REF EAT121 EAT122 EAT123 EAT124 EAT125 EAT126 EAT127 EAT128 EAT129 PRICE HARDWOOD REF £694.81 EAT130 £733.36 EAT131 £775.68 EAT132 £740.42 EAT133 £782.22 EAT134 £828.00 EAT135 £785.75 EAT136 £831.53 EAT137 £881.72 EAT138 PRICE £755.99 £800.39 £849.70 £807.72 £856.24 £909.43 £859.77 £912.95 £971.29

358

PRICES INCLUDE DELIVERY ON ORDERS OVER £100

COMPUTER WORK STATIONS
• Robust, lockable cupboards with cable routing apertures. • Lockable, slide out keyboard tray. • Slide out shelf - ideal for printers (650w models only). • Static shelf, adjustable on 25mm pitch with 50Kg UDL. • Lockable, ventilated monitor housings. • Sloping writing surface (1000w models only).

REF 16912304.11V

H x W x D mm 1130 x 1000 x 550

PRICE £333.42

REF 16912307.11V

H x W x D mm 1000 x 650 x 550

PRICE £267.02

REF 16912305.11V

H x W x D mm 1680 x 1000 x 550

PRICE £447.85

WORK STATIONS
Ideal for quality assurance and supervisory areas. • Sloping top writing lecterns with pen tray and paper stop. • Two point locking, reinforced doors. • Roller bearing half width drawers with 10Kg UDL capacity. • Galvanised steel shelves adjustable on 100mm pitch. • 35Kg UDL capacity per shelf. • 1000mm wide x 550mm deep x 1130/2000mm high.

A

B

D

REF Description A Work station - 2 drawers, 2 shelves 16912300.11V 16912311.11V B Quality station - magnetic rear panel and file holder C Information station - magnetic rear panel 16912301.11V D Tool station - perforated back panel 16912302.11V

PRICE £329.65 £416.77 £380.04 £384.74

C

PRICES INCLUDE DELIVERY ON ORDERS OVER £100

359

A range of all steel workdesks for paperwork centres in factories, goods-inward, despatch and assembly areas. There are two versions within the range, Flat top and Sloping top (as shown).
• Available with either security cupboard or with open shelves. • For easy access mobile base option available. • Lockable drawer feature for secure storage of documents and tools. • All models supplied with two adjustable height shelves. • Backboard accessory for tools and notices with integral pencil tray. • Finish: Powder coated light grey with either blue, dark grey, yellow or green doors.

Backboard accessory

Mobile castor base

Sloping workdesk with lockable drawer Workdesk Accessories REF Description DKBACKBDXXXX Backboard BETCLIPSXXXX Tool clip kit (pack of 6) DKMAGPINQXXX Magnetic pins (pack of 6) DKCASTORXXXX Mobile base with castors

REF DW989246D DW989246O DW119246D DW119246X

Size HxWxD 980x920x450 980x920x450 1100x920x450 1100x920x450

Description Flat top with cupboard Flat top with open shelves Sloping top with cupboard Sloping top with open shelves

PRICE £204.48 £188.54 £218.55 £201.67

PRICE £84.14 £15.55 £18.30 £48.78

PREMIER DESK UNITS
• Welded and rivetted construction from 0.9mm sheet steel with 3 way locking chrome handle. • Contains 1 x 75Kg (UDL) adjustable shelf. • 25Kg capacity 3/4 extension lockable pull out drawers. • Mid grey (RAL 7001) carcass with choice of door/drawer colour. • Base cabinet external size: 915mm high x 915mm wide x 459mm deep. 88BDU1 88BDU2

REF 88BDU1 88BDU2

H (mm) 1205/1105 1205/1105

W (mm) 915 915

D (mm) 459 459

Shelves 1 1

PRICE £304.44 £324.74

360

PRICES INCLUDE DELIVERY ON ORDERS OVER £100

ELITE STORAGE LOCKERS

LOCKER SEAT AND STAND
To suit all locker depths - complete with two wooden slats. Supplied with adjustable feet. • Welded 38mm tubular steel. • Powder coated to match locker carcass. • Adjustable feet. • Supplied with two solid ashwood slats. • Locker raised 340mm.

• Robust steel welded frame construction. • Reduced co2 green credentials with sustainably sourced steel. • Airflow venting system as standard. • Anti-bacterial powder coated finish - grey frame and a choice of coloured doors - green, red, dark blue, pastel blue, yellow, maroon or grey. • Choice of key cam lock or padlock type fitting - cam lock supplied as standard. • Single door lockers supplied with a top shelf and double coat hook. Two door models have a double coat hook in each compartment. • State colour choice and door fitting on order.

Number of doors Single Single Single Two Two Two Three Three Four Four Four Five Five Six Six Eight Eight

REF 183030S 183045S 184545S 1830302 1830452 1845452 1830303 1830453 1830304 1830454 1845454 1830305 1830455 1830306 1830456 1830308 1830458

Overall size H x W x D mm 1800 x 300 x 300 1800 x 300 x 450 1800 x 450 x 450 1800 x 300 x 300 1800 x 300 x 450 1800 x 450 x 450 1800 x 300 x 300 1800 x 300 x 450 1800 x 300 x 300 1800 x 300 x 450 1800 x 450 x 450 1800 x 300 x 300 1800 x 300 x 450 1800 x 300 x 300 1800 x 300 x 450 1800 x 300 x 300 1800 x 300 x 450

Single PRICE £56.20 £67.77 £81.41 £71.49 £78.52 £92.15 £77.69 £88.44 £85.96 £95.87 £110.75 £97.11 £105.38 £105.38 £111.58 £129.76 £142.98

Nest of 2 Nest of 3 PRICE PRICE £154.97 £141.13 £231.42 £210.76 £174.80 N/A £261.17 £153.73 £189.33 £229.27 £282.25 N/A £209.10 £169.85 £311.59 £171.09 £133.07 £192.57 £199.19 £286.80 £181.42 N/A £219.02 £110.75 £159.93 £164.47 N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A

REF LSS30 LSS45 LSS60 LSS90 LSS120

Width mm 300 450 600 900 1200

PRICE £52.07 £58.68 £65.29 £78.52 £90.92

LOCKER STAND
• Welded 25mm tubular steel. • Powder coated to match locker carcass. • Adjustable feet. • Helps maintain a clear and clean floor surface. • Locker raised 150mm.

ELITE LOCKER ACCESSORIES
REF Optional extras Additional key ESL/AK Master key ESL/MK Spare cam lock ESL/SCL ESL/SPF Spare padlock fitting Number plates ESL/NP ESL/NKF Numbered key fob Hanging rail ESL/HR £1 coin return ESL/CR Token return ESL/TR Perforated doors Combination lock electronic Combination lock mechanical Jewellery box PRICE £6.61 £14.79 £5.66 £5.37 £1.74 £1.74 £4.13 £20.74 £20.74 POA POA POA POA

Padlock fitting

Number plate and key fob

Sloping top (factory fitted) REF ST3030 ST3038 ST3045 ST3845 ST4545 Sloping tops 150mm integral slope to suit locker 300 x 300 300 x 380 300 x 450 380 x 450 450 x 450 PRICE £6.61 £7.23 £7.65 £8.27 £8.68

REF LS30 LS38 LS45 LS60 LS90 LS120

Width mm 300 380 450 600 900 1200

PRICE £22.32 £28.51 £28.93 £33.89 £44.63 £55.38

Hanging rail

PRICES INCLUDE DELIVERY ON ORDERS OVER £100

361

EXPRESS LOCKERS
This range of lockers have been designed with economy and good basic quality in mind. • Supplied from stock for quick delivery. • Excellent value range. • Strengthened, ventilated doors fitted with rubber buffers. • Pre-drilled for nesting. • Fitted with mastered cam locks. • Single and two door lockers are fitted with a coat hook in each compartment. • Germ Guard powder coated in light grey.

PRICES REF LQ1830301L LQ1830302L LQ1830304L LQ1830306L LQ1830451L LQ1830452L LQ1830454L LQ1830456L Doors 1 2 4 6 1 2 4 6 Sizes HxWxD mm 1830x300x300 1830x300x300 1830x300x300 1830x300x300 1830x300x450 1830x300x450 1830x300x450 1830x300x450 1-4 OFF £58.92 £64.33 £76.96 £90.44 £64.33 £70.56 £83.25 £97.66 5+ £51.01 £57.23 £69.82 £83.30 £57.26 £62.62 £76.12 £90.50

PREMIER LOCKERS
• General purpose lockers designed for industry, commercial establishments, hospitals, schools, sports centres etc. • Germ Guard paint reduces the spread of E-coli & MRSA. • 22 gauge steel body doors. • Mastered camlock with 2000 differs. • Ventilated slots on lockers. Single Door Lockers REF LS1830301 LS1830451 LS1838381 LS1845301 LS1845451 Doors 1 1 1 1 1 Sizes HxWxD mm 1800x300x300 1800x300x450 1800x380x380 1800x450x300 1800x450x300 • Single door lockers a top shelf and coat hook, two compartment lockers have no shelf and one coat hook per compartment. • Powder coated finish: body - light grey, doors - light grey, blue, red, green or yellow. • Perforated doors and sloping tops available.

PRICES 1-4 £58.92 £64.33 £70.63 £64.33 £74.14 5+ £51.01 £57.26 £63.52 £57.26 £66.96

Compartment Lockers REF LS1830302 LS1830303 LS1830304 LS1830306 LS1830452 LS1830453 LS1830454 LS1830456 LS1838382 LS1838383 LS1838384 LS1838386 LS1845302 LS1845303 LS1845304 LS1845306 LS1845452 LS1845453 LS1845454 LS1845456 Sloping Top Doors 2 3 4 6 2 3 4 6 2 3 4 6 2 3 4 6 2 3 4 6 Sizes HxWxD mm 1800x300x300 1800x300x300 1800x300x300 1800x300x300 1800x300x450 1800x300x450 1800x300x450 1800x300x450 1800x380x380 1800x380x380 1800x380x380 1800x380x380 1800x450x300 1800x450x300 1800x450x300 1800x450x300 1800x450x450 1800x450x450 1800x450x450 1800x450x450

PRICES 1-4 £64.33 £71.49 £76.96 £90.44 £70.56 £76.04 £83.25 £97.66 £75.00 £80.49 £87.71 £102.99 £70.56 £76.04 £83.25 £97.66 £78.66 £87.67 £95.01 £110.88 5+ £57.23 £63.54 £69.84 £83.27 £62.62 £68.92 £76.12 £90.50 £67.04 £73.33 £80.53 £95.77 £62.62 £68.92 £76.12 £90.50 £71.50 £80.52 £87.85 £103.70

Locker Optional Extras REF ST/30/30 ST/30/46 ST/38/38 ST/46/30 ST/46/46 CL LL ML Description Sloping top for 300x300mm Sloping top for 300x450mm Sloping top for 380x380mm Sloping top for 450x300mm Sloping top for 450x450mm Replacement cam locks Latch locks for padlock Coin return lock Locker Seats PRICE £4.48 £6.50 £6.50 £6.50 £8.51 £3.25 £3.25 £14.34

Locker Stands

362

PRICES INCLUDE DELIVERY ON ORDERS OVER £100

WORKWEAR LOCKERS
Superb range of lockers that can all be supplied in a variety of door colours: green, dark blue, pastel blue, red, yellow, maroon or grey. COMBI LOCKER CLEAN AND DIRTY LOCKER TWO PERSON LOCKER TWIN LOCKER

• Ideal for the storage of personal possessions and equipment. • Vertical hanging compartment with hanging rail plus smaller storage compartments. • Integral seat and stands available. • Sloping top option.

• Two vertical hanging compartments to separate workwear and day wear. • Integral seat and stands available. • Sloping top option. • Lock options. Type Clean and dirty Combi Two person Twin locker REF 1845CD 1845N 1845TP 1845TW

• Space saving unit for 2 users. • Each user having a vertical hanging and a personal possession compartment. • Integral seat and stands available. • Sloping top option. • Lock options. O/S HxWxD mm 1800x450x450 1800x450x450 1800x450x450 1800x450x450 PRICE £91.78 £104.55 £118.19 £109.10

• Space saving unit. • Accommodates two users each having a slim vertical storage compartment with shelf and double coat hook. • Sloping top option.

ARCHWAY SPACE SAVING UNIT
• Maximises space with multiple storage compartments. • Garment rail. • Height - 1800mm. Depth - 450mm. • Anti-bacterial powder coating. Door colour options: green, dark blue, pastel blue, yellow, maroon or grey.

GARMENT HANGING UNIT
• Maximum garment length storage. • Width 900mm x depth 450mm. • Model GHU45S is fitted with an extra shelf level at top. • Anti-bacterial powder coating. Door colour options: green, dark blue, pastel blue, yellow, maroon or grey. • This unit is supplied to fit between our Elire Locker range which are ordered separately. REF GHU45 GHU45S PRICE £22.19 £30.58

REF Compartments Width mm 11 11ARCH 1500 19 19ARCH 2100

PRICE £314.07 £495.90

GHU45

MODULAR CUBE LOCKER
• Secure remote storage solution. • Ideal for utilising awkward areas. • Bolted to form stacks or nests. • Cam lock or hasp and staple for padlock. • Anti-bacterial powder coating. Door colour options: green, dark blue, pastel blue, yellow, maroon or grey.

MODULAR QUARTO LOCKER
• Build up your own storage requirement using individual modular lockers. • Pre-drilled for nesting. • Choice of cam lock or hasp and staple for padlock. • Anti-bacterial powder coating. Door colour options: green, dark blue, pastel blue, yellow, maroon or grey. • Size: 512 x 300 x 450mm.

REF 303030C 383838C 454545C

H x W x D mm 300 x 300 x 300 380 x 380 x 380 450 x 450 x 450

PRICE £30.58 £34.71 £39.26

REF 513045QU

PRICE £38.43

PRICES INCLUDE DELIVERY ON ORDERS OVER £100

363

VISION PANEL LOCKERS
• Allows compartment inspection from outside of door. • Steel framed door. • Polycarbonate clear vision panel. • Deters concealment within locker. • Available on 2, 4, 6 and 8 door lockers. • Sloping top option. • £1 coin return lock available on 2 door only. • Key cam lock or padlock fitting. • Choice of 7 colour door options: green, dark blue, pastel blue, red, yellow, grey or maroon.

REF 1830302VP 1830452VP 1830304VP 1830454VP 1830306VP 1830456VP 1830308VP 1830458VP

Doors 2 2 4 4 6 6 8 8

Size HxWxD mm 1800x300x300 1800x300x450 1800x300x300 1800x300x450 1800x300x300 1800x300x450 1800x300x300 1800x300x450

Single PRICE £147.12 £154.56 £166.95 £177.70 £201.67 £209.10 £242.16 £255.39

Nest of 2 PRICE £290.10 £303.74 £329.77 £350.02 -

Nest of 3 PRICE £433.09 £452.92 £492.59 £522.35 -

PPE LOCKERS
Locker compartment doors are individually labelled with 'Personal Protective Equipment' mandatory label and incorporate a number plate holder. Product codes prefixed PPE will be supplied with a grey carcass and dark blue doors. • Reinforced doors. • Hardwearing powder coated finish. • Key cam lock or padlock option. • Welded frame design. • Seat and stand options available. • Sloping top option. Size HxWxD mm 1800x300x300 1800x300x300 1800x300x300 1800x300x300 1800x300x450 1800x300x450 1800x300x450 1800x300x450

REF PPE183030S PPE1830302 PPE1830304 PPE1830306 PPE183045S PPE1830452 PPE1830454 PPE1830456

Description Single door Two door Four door Six door Single door Two door Four door Six door

PRICE £59.51 £75.21 £93.81 £115.71 £72.73 £82.24 £104.55 £122.32

DISABILITY LOCKER
• Special height for disabled users. • Low level shelf. • Reinforced doors. • Double coat hook. • Lock options. • Choice of 7 colour door options: green, dark blue, pastel blue, red, yellow, grey or maroon.

REF 133030DL 133045DL

Size H x W x D mm 1370 x 300 x 300 1370 x 300 x 450

PRICE £63.64 £71.49

364

PRICES INCLUDE DELIVERY ON ORDERS OVER £100

STORAGE LOCKERS
STAFF LOCKERS CLEAN AND DIRTY LOCKERS TWIN LOCKERS DUO LOCKERS

These lockers give alternatives to usual locker formats. From lockers offering storage for both clean and dirty apparel and full height twin lockers, to staff and duo lockers that provide multiple storage compartments within the locker for each individual. • Strengthened and ventilated doors with rubber buffers. • Powder coated with Germ Guard Active Technology anti-bacterial paint. • Choice of door colours: grey, dark blue, green, light blue, red and yellow.

REF LG184545S LG184545G LG184530T LG184545T LG184530D LG184545D

Description Staff locker - 3 shelves Clean & dirty - top shelf & central divider Twin locker - 2 full height tiers Duo locker - 2 full width & 2 slim tiers

Size HxWxD mm 1800x450x450 1800x450x450 1800x450x300 1800x450x450 1800x450x300 1800x450x450

1-4 PRICE £104.83 £100.35 £95.87 £114.69 £103.04 £125.44

5+ PRICE £100.35 £95.87 £88.70 £104.83 £94.08 £114.69

HEAVY DUTY LOCKERS
A really heavy duty, all-steel locker made to withstand even the toughest environments. We use thicker steel throughout, as well as tougher hinges and a very robust lock. • Carcass is made from 70% thicker steel than a standard carcass for added stability and rigidity. • Door is made from steel nearly three times thicker than a standard door to prevent forced entry. • Security shelf that prevents unauthorised access to the compartment below is over 70% thicker than a standard shelf. • Fitted with 5 knuckle hinges and heavy duty camlock for added security. • Can be made from zintec steel for wet area applications if required. • Powder coated with Germ Guard Active Technology anti-bacterial paint. • Choice of door colours: grey, dark blue, green, light blue, red and yellow.

2mm thick perforated steel doors

5 knuckle, zinc coated heavy duty hinges

Heavy duty, moisture resistant cam locks

Tiers 1 2 3 4 6 1 2 3 4 6

REF LH1830301 LH1830302 LH1830303 LH1830304 LH1830306 LH1830451 LH1830452 LH1830453 LH1830454 LH1830456

Size HxWxD mm

1800x300x300

1800x300x450

1-4 PRICE £120.96 £136.19 £147.84 £159.49 £165.76 £133.50 £146.05 £157.70 £169.34 £192.64

5+ PRICE £112.00 £121.86 £134.40 £146.05 £153.22 £120.96 £132.61 £143.36 £155.90 £178.30

PRICES INCLUDE DELIVERY ON ORDERS OVER £100

365

PERFORATED DOOR LOCKERS
Our perforated door lockers are designed for situations where efficient ventilation and maximum visibility combined with security are essential. • 2, 3, 4 and 6 door lockers fitted with security shelf to prevent unauthorised access to the compartment below. • Fitted with standard mastered cam locks with 2000 differs. • Single tier lockers fitted with top shelf and coat hook. • Two tier lockers fitted with coat hook in each compartment. • Available as individual lockers or in nests - see below. • Powder coated with Germ Guard Active Technology anti-bacterial paint. • Door colours: grey, dark blue, green, light blue, red or yellow.

REF LS1830301PX LS1830302PX LS1830303PX LS1830304PX LS1830306PX LS1830451PX LS1830452PX LS1830453PX LS1830454PX LS1830456PX LS1845301PX LS1845302PX LS1845303PX LS1845304PX LS1845306PX LS1845451PX LS1845452PX LS1845453PX LS1845454PX LS1845456PX

Doors 1 2 3 4 6 1 2 3 4 6 1 2 3 4 6 1 2 3 4 6

Size HxWxD mm

1800x300x300

1800x300x450

1800x450x300

1800x450x450

1-4 PRICE £59.14 £63.62 £69.89 £76.16 £88.70 £64.51 £68.99 £76.16 £82.43 £96.77 £64.51 £68.99 £76.16 £82.43 £96.77 £73.47 £78.85 £86.02 £94.08 £110.21

5+ PRICE £51.97 £56.45 £62.72 £68.99 £81.54 £57.34 £61.82 £68.99 £75.26 £89.60 £57.34 £61.82 £68.99 £75.26 £89.60 £66.30 £71.68 £78.85 £86.91 £103.04

Lockers can be supplied in nest of 2 or 3 lockers bolted together. Please contact our sales department for prices - on average you can save up to 10% over the price of individual lockers and they also take less time to install.

366

PRICES INCLUDE DELIVERY ON ORDERS OVER £100

WET AREA LOCKERS
These lockers are manufactured from pre-coated galvanised steel for damp environments or where frequent washing down is required. • Ideal for swimming pools, changing rooms, saunas, industrial wet areas and food preparation plants. • 2, 3, and 4 door lockers fitted with security shelf to prevent unauthorised access to the compartment below. • Moisture resistant cam locks are fitted as standard for superior lock durability in moist environments. • Strengthened and ventilated doors with rubber buffers. • Single tier lockers fitted with top shelf and coat hook. • Two tier lockers fitted with coat hook in each compartment. • Powder coated with Germ Guard Active Technology anti-bacterial paint. • Choice of door colours: grey, dark blue, green, light blue, red or yellow.

REF LW1830301 LW1830302 LW1830303 LW1830304 LW1830451 LW1830452 LW1830453 LW1830454

Doors 1 2 3 4 1 2 3 4

Size HxWxD mm 1800x300x300

1800x300x450

1-4 PRICE £81.54 £94.08 £105.73 £118.27 £86.91 £98.56 £112.00 £125.44

5+ PRICE £74.37 £86.91 £98.56 £111.10 £79.74 £91.39 £104.83 £118.27

LAUNDRY LOCKERS
These laundry lockers enable work clothing to be issued when clean and exchanged when dirty. Clothing compartments can be accessed individually or collectively using the master door. • Fitted with standard mastered cam locks with 2000 differs. • Flat Garment Series is recommended for ironed garments. • Soiled Garment Disposal Lockers have a letterbox opening to receive approximately 45 dirty garments. Garment Disposal Lockers Size HxWxD 1800x380x450 1800x450x450 REF LL1838451 LL1845451 1-4 PRICE £89.60 £94.08 5+ PRICE £83.33 £86.91 • Powder coated with Germ Guard Active Technology anti-bacterial paint. Door colour choice - blue or grey. • Pre-drilled for nesting.

Flat Garment Series Lockers H 1800 x W 450 x D 380 Description 5 compartments 10 compartments 12 compartments 15 compartments REF LF1845385 LF184538N LF184538W LF184538Q 1-4 PRICE £130.82 £160.38 £173.82 £191.74 5+ PRICE £117.38 £152.32 £164.86 £184.58

Flat Garment Series Lockers H 1800 x W 380 x D 450 Description 5 compartments 10 compartments 12 compartments 15 compartments 20 compartments REF LF1838455 LF183845N LF183845W LF183845Q LF183845Y 1-4 PRICE £130.82 £160.38 £173.82 £191.74 £222.21 5+ PRICE £117.38 £152.32 £164.86 £184.58 £216.83

PRICES INCLUDE DELIVERY ON ORDERS OVER £100

367

LAMINATE DOOR LOCKERS
• Door and end panel colour options - beech, oak, pastel blue, green or ice blue. • Tough, solid laminate doors that are highly resistant to dents and scratches and will not rust. • Doors open a full 180° for easy access to each compartment. • Available with a mild steel carcass for dry areas or galvanised steel for wet areas such as swimming pool changing rooms. • Dry area lockers fitted with standard camlocks; wet area lockers supplied with chlorine and moisture resistant camlocks. • Available in 2 sizes and 4 door configurations. • 2, 3 and 4 door lockers fitted with a security shelf to prevent unauthorised access to the compartment below. • Choice of 4 standard door colours with others available on request. • End panels available to create finishing touch. • Pre-drilled for nesting.

Dry area laminate door lockers H 1800 x W 300 x D 300 Description 1 compartment 2 compartments 3 compartments 4 compartments REF LU1830301 LU1830302 LU1830303 LU1830304 1-4 PRICE £117.80 £136.88 £154.19 £168.68 5+ PRICE £110.58 £129.67 £146.97 £161.46

Dry area laminate door lockers H 1800 x W 300 x D 450 Description 1 compartment 2 compartments 3 compartments 4 compartments REF LU1830451 LU1830452 LU1830453 LU1830454 1-4 PRICE £123.17 £140.41 £160.43 £175.88 5+ PRICE £115.97 £133.18 £152.27 £168.66

Wet area laminate door lockers H 1800 x W 300 x D 300 Description 1 compartment 2 compartments 3 compartments 4 compartments End panels 1800x300mm REF LZ1830301 LZ1830302 LZ1830303 LZ1830304 REF LVEP18301 1-4 PRICE £124.40 £147.89 £169.44 £187.46 1-4 PRICE £101.25 5+ PRICE £117.10 £140.62 £162.15 £180.16 5+ PRICE £91.39

Wet area laminate door lockers H 1800 x W 300 x D 450 Description 1 compartment 2 compartments 3 compartments 4 compartments End panels 1800x450mm REF LZ1830451 LZ1830452 LZ1830453 LZ1830454 REF LVEP18451 1-4 PRICE £130.61 £152.04 £175.57 £193.63 1-4 PRICE £142.46 5+ PRICE £123.32 £144.73 £168.27 £182.78 5+ PRICE £137.09

TIMBER LOCKERS
Timber Lockers have a strong steel body, with flush faced doors, offering an economical and stronger alternative to lockers constructed wholly from timber. • Available as single locker or with 2, 3 or 4 compartments. • Doors supplied in attractive light oak or medium oak - plain or routered finish. • Steel body for maximum strength and durability. • End panels are available for runs of lockers. • Standard mastered cam lock with 2000 differs. • Single compartment lockers have a top shelf and coat hook, two compartment lockers have no shelf and one coat hook per compartment. • Light grey coated steel body: Doors and end panels - choice of timber veneers.

Compartments Sizes No of HxWxD mm Compartments 1800x300x450 1 1800x380x380 1 1800x300x450 2 1800x380x380 2 1800x300x450 3 1800x380x380 3 1800x300x450 4 1800x380x380 4

REF LT1830451 LT1838381 LT1830452 LT1838382 LT1830453 LT1838383 LT1830454 LT1838384

PRICES 1-4 5+ £143.36 £136.19 £156.80 £149.63 £149.63 £142.46 £158.59 £151.42 £175.62 £168.45 £184.58 £177.41 £189.06 £181.89 £195.33 £188.16

End panels to provide that finishing touch in a matching timber veneer Size HxWmm 1800x380 1800x450 Plain REF LT1838EPZ LT1845EPZ PRICES 1-4 5+ £86.02 £78.85 £94.08 £89.60

Please state colour choice when ordering: light oak or medium oak and whether plain or routered finish.

368

PRICES INCLUDE DELIVERY ON ORDERS OVER £100

PERSONAL EFFECTS LOCKERS

ARCHWAY LOCKERS

• For personal security of small items. • Compartments - 205mm wide x 140mm high x 380mm deep. • Fitted with cam locks with 2000 differs. • Epoxy powder coated finish - choice of colours: body - light grey, doors - light grey, blue, red, green or yellow. Germ Guard anti-bacterial paint finish. • The LR189038F supplied in 2 sections.

• Space saving lockers for 8 to 16 people. As well as providing an individual locker for personal effects, clothing can also be hung on a coat rail. • The 8 and 12 comp lockers do not have lockers across the arch but are fitted with a clothes rail instead. • Reinforced 19 gauge frame with 22 gauge body and doors. REF LA1815458 LA181545E LA181630W LA181645W LA181830X LA181845X 12CCH

• Standard mastered cam locks with 2000 differs. • Supplied in sections for on site assembly. • Captive coat hangers which cannot be removed are supplied as an extra. • Sloping tops can be supplied on request. • Epoxy powder finish - colours as above. • Germ Guard paint finish. 1-4 PRICE £186.37 £265.21 £198.01 £210.56 £280.44 £297.48 £35.84 5+ PRICE £182.79 £262.53 £194.43 £206.98 £277.76 £292.99 £35.84

REF LR909038Y LR184538Y LR129038H LR189038F

CPTS 20 20 28 40

Size HxWxD mm 940x900x380 1800x450x380 1285x900x380 1800x900x380

PRICES 1-4 5+ £196.22 £191.74 £196.22 £191.74 £295.68 £286.72 £401.40 £383.48

Comp size O/A width CPTS HxWxD mm 1500 8 450x300x450 1500 11 450x300x450 1625 12 300x300x300 1625 12 300x300x450 1800 16 300x300x300 1800 16 300x300x450 Extra for captive coat hangers

STEEL POST BOXES
• Designed for use in offices, flats, hostels, schools and factories for central mail and integral post systems. • Reinforced 19 gauge frame with 22 gauge steel body and door. • Standard mastered cam lock with 2000 differs. • Each box has its own posting slot. • Powder coated finish - choice of colours: body - light grey, doors - light grey, blue, red, green or yellow. Germ Guard anti-bacterial paint finish. • Choice of floor mounting or table mounting units. • All doors have a cardholder for personal name or number except ref LX132325N and LX1023258.

REF Boxes Mounting LX132325N 10 Floor LX1023258 8 Table LX173038N 10 Floor LX1230387 7 Table LX1630386 6 Floor LX8730383 3 Table

Height of box and slot 100mm / 15mm 100mm / 15mm 140mm / 25mm 140mm / 25mm 240mm / 40mm 240mm / 40mm

Post size mm 150x230 150x230 355x240 355x240 355x240 355x240

Size HxWxD mm 1325x230x255 1075x230x255 1725x300x380 1230x300x380 1665x300x380 870x300x380

PRICES 1-4 5+ £151.42 £144.26 £138.88 £129.92 £173.82 £169.34 £145.15 £138.88 £145.15 £137.98 £109.31 £105.65

PRICES INCLUDE DELIVERY ON ORDERS OVER £100

369

These NEW and revolutionary lockers are hard wearing and easily washable. They can take far more punishment than a conventional steel locker and can be located in a damp and cold environment.
Great appearance with blue, red, yellow and green coloured doors. There are drain holes for internal wash down and optional sloping tops that can be retro fitted. Very popular with schools as the lockers can be positioned externally for massive space saving opportunities inside school buildings.

Ideal for: • Schools. • Cycle shelters. • Outdoor storage. • Swimming pool areas. • Wet changing areas. • Sports clubs & associations.

Fitted with sloping top

• Three locker sizes (450, 600, 900mm high) that are all stackable with one another. Base size of all 3 lockers is 320 x 460mm. • Suitable for outdoor use as well as wash down areas and wet changing rooms. • The tough polyethylene material is highly vandal resistant. • Retro fit sloping top for hygiene areas. • Grey bodies with blue, red, yellow or green doors are standard. Other colours are available. • Very strong hinge that can withstand 3200 N before breaking. • Label position and air vents on all door sizes. • Easily stacked and nested with specially marked fixing points. Three lock types available: • Cam lock with 2 keys (standard).

• Swivel catch to be used with a padlock (standard).

Very strong hinge.

Thick and robust door.

Specially designed stacking feature.

• Coin return for wet and dry environments (extra cost).

Sloping top for hygiene areas (extra cost).

REF 06EV01S000 06EV01S005 06EV01S010 06EV00S015 06EV00S020

Description Locker - 450mm high Locker - 600mm high Locker - 900mm high Extra for sloping top Extra for wet/dry coin lock

PRICE £95.70 £111.65 £130.50 £36.98 £31.90

370

PRICES INCLUDE DELIVERY ON ORDERS OVER £100

LAPTOP CHARGING OR LAPTOP STORAGE LOCKERS
Businesses using increased number of laptops need ways of storing them. We have a range of lockers that can charge them up whilst storing them or lockers that are designed just for storage. • Choose charging or storage locker. • Choose number of compartments and whether a single door or individual compartment doors are required. • Charging lockers have a 3 pin plug socket in each compartment to permit charging using each laptop's own main lead. Charging compartments 100H x 375W x 470D mm. Ventilated for heat dissipation. • Choose between three colours. • Finish - powder coated Germ Guard antibacterial paint, grey frame and a choice of red, grey or blue doors. Laptop charging lockers

Laptop charging lockers LAPTOP CHARGING LOCKERS REF Type Size H x W x D mm L7C10505088 8 doors for 8 laptops 1000 x 500 x 500 L7C10505081 1 door for 8 laptops 1000 x 500 x 500 L7C145050W1 1 door for 12 laptops 1460 x 500 x 500 L7C145050WW 12 doors for 12 laptops 1460 x 500 x 500

Individual compartments charging sockets LAPTOP STORAGE LOCKERS Compartment/doors Size H x W x D mm 15 comps/15 doors 1800 x 380 x 450 10 comps/10 doors 1800 x 450 x 450 15 comps/1 door 1800 x 380 x 450

Laptop storage locker

PRICE £335.10 £320.77 £448.00 £471.30

REF L7183845Q L7184545N L71838451

PRICE £256.26 £249.09 £180.99

WIRE MESH LOCKERS
• Fully welded tubular steel construction with a 50 x 50mm square mesh outer carcass and 25 x 25mm mesh shelves. • Fitted with a hanging rail and two storage shelves per compartment. • Suitable for storing coats, overalls, hats, boots etc. • Floor and wall fixing points provided. • Mobile unit available with grey non-marking rubber tyred castors and lockable hinged doors (padlocks not included).

WML02Z

REF WML01Z WML02Z WML04Z

Type No of comps O/S L x W x H mm Single sided wall unit 3 1590 x 565 x 1890 Double sided unit 6 1590 x 1130 x 1890 Mobile unit 3 1590 x 565 x 2090

PRICE £540.16 £1019.01 £841.65

WML04Z

PRICES INCLUDE DELIVERY ON ORDERS OVER £100

371

Mesh lockers are available in either electroplated zinc finish or powder coated in red, blue, yellow or green. There are four door configurations - single, 2, 4 or 6 door per unit with a choice of two base sizes. Single and 2 door lockers are fitted with coathooks. All lockers are fitted with hasp and staple and 150mm high legs. Lockers can also be supplied in nests or 2 or 3 units. Construction from 25mm x 25mm x 2.5 weld mesh on an 8mm rod frame. Other sizes are available on request. • If no colour is stated on order - zinc finish will be supplied. Many other styles of mesh cupboards can be supplied to specification.

REF 19303011 19303012 19303013 19304511 19304512 19304513 19303021 19303022 19303023 19304521 19304522 19304523

Doors Single Single Single Single Single Single 2 2 2 2 2 2

Nest 1 2 3 1 2 3 1 2 3 1 2 3

Size HxWxD mm 1980x305x305 1980x610x305 1980x915x305 1980x305x457 1980x610x457 1980x915x457 1980x305x305 1980x610x305 1980x915x305 1980x305x457 1980x610x457 1980x915x457

PRICE £106.95 £190.83 £278.50 £116.33 £209.89 £306.28 £111.69 £202.87 £296.65 £123.97 £227.02 £331.66

REF 19303041 19303042 19303043 19304541 19304542 19304543 19303061 19303062 19303063 19304561 19304562 19304563

Doors 4 4 4 4 4 4 6 6 6 6 6 6

Nest 1 2 3 1 2 3 1 2 3 1 2 3

Size HxWxD mm 1980x305x305 1980x610x305 1980x915x305 1980x305x457 1980x610x457 1980x915x457 1980x305x305 1980x610x305 1980x915x305 1980x305x457 1980x610x457 1980x915x457

PRICE £125.82 £232.54 £341.05 £138.57 £259.06 £380.03 £145.01 £274.64 £404.25 £159.12 £301.27 £443.39

MULTI COMPARTMENT MESH LOCKERS

Type 12 compartment 12 compartment 16 compartment 16 compartment 20 compartment 20 compartment 40 compartment 40 compartment

Compartment size HxWxD 305x305x305 305x305x457 305x305x305 305x305x457 305x305x305 305x305x457 150x150x305 150x150x457

REF - WITH DOORS SS1230D SS1245D SS1630D SS1645D SS2030D SS2045D SS4030D SS4045D

PRICE £298.76 £330.69 £394.14 £435.36 £475.54 £522.93 £307.02 £338.55

REF - NO DOORS SS1230 SS1245 SS1630 SS1645 SS2030 SS2045 SS4030 SS4045

PRICE £175.14 £207.07 £227.25 £267.74 £270.54 £316.89 £245.20 £270.38

372

PRICES INCLUDE DELIVERY ON ORDERS OVER £100

MESH COMPARTMENT LOCKERS
• Strong welded angle frame for durability. • Infilled with 25x25mm mesh - max visibility. • Can be-supplied with or without lockable doors. • Each compartment 305mmx305mm height and width. • Doors with hasp and staple or master series camlocks. • Cushion stops for quiet operation and plastic insert fleet. • Finish Grey. Additional colours available. • Special sizes, layouts and finishes can be supplied.

MESH CLOTHES LOCKERS

• Constructed with angle frame for strength. • Infilled with 25x25mm mesh for visibility. • Lockable doors for full security. • Contents fully ventilated.

• Hasp and staple or camlock designed. • Cushion door stops for quiet operation. • Fitted on plastic insert feet. • Finish grey - additional colours available.

Single Door Range With compartments 1830mm high x 305mm wide complete with top shelf and coat hook Type 305mm REF with hasp REF PRICE PRICE Deep and staple with Camlock Single MA1-1 £155.75 MA1-1/CL £162.02 Nest of 2 MA1-2 £280.37 MA1-2/CL £292.90 Nest of 3 MA1-3 £404.97 MA1-3/CL £423.76 Type 455mm REF with hasp Deep and staple Single MB1-1 Nest of 2 MB1-2 Nest of 3 MB1-3 Extra for self locking padlock + key Mesh compartment lockers with hasp & staple REF CA-10 CA-15 CB-10 CB-15 PL Compartments 305mm high x 305mm wide on 150mm legs Nest of 2 - 10 comps - 305 deep x 5 high Nest of 3 - 15 comps - 305 deep x 5 high Nest of 2 - 10 comps - 455 deep x 5 high Nest of 3 - 15 comps - 455 deep x 5 high Padlock - self locking Mesh compartment lockers with camlocks REF CA-10/CL CA-15/CL CB-10/CL CB-15/CL Compartments 305mm high x 305mm wide on 150mm legs Nest of 2 - 10 comps - 305 deep x 5 high Nest of 3 - 15 comps - 305 deep x 5 high Nest of 2 - 10 comps - 455 deep x 5 high Nest of 3 - 15 comps - 455 deep x 5 high PRICE £436.08 £633.38 £498.58 £723.63 PRICE £373.40 £539.35 £435.89 £629.60 £4.66 Two Door Range With compartments 915mm high x 305mm wide complete with coat hook Type 305mm REF with hasp REF PRICE PRICE Deep and staple with Camlock Single MA2-1 £171.66 MA2-1/CL £184.21 Nest of 2 MA2-2 £308.98 MA2-2/CL £334.06 Nest of 3 MA2-3 £446.30 MA2-3/CL £483.93 Type 455mm REF with hasp Deep and staple Single MB2-1 Nest of 2 MB2-2 Nest of 3 MB2-3 Extra for self locking padlock + keys PRICE £203.07 £365.49 £527.94 REF with Camlock MB2-1/CL MB2-2/CL MB2-3/CL PL PRICE £215.60 £390.57 £565.55 £4.66 PRICE £185.96 £292.90 £404.97 REF with Camlock MB1-1/CL MB1-2/CL MB1-3/CL PL PRICE £192.24 £317.98 £423.76 £4.66

PRICES INCLUDE DELIVERY ON ORDERS OVER £100

373

CLOAKROOM ISLAND SEATING
• Welded 38mm tubular steel. • Supplied with double coat hooks and ash wood slats. • Shoe compartments or tray options. • Powder coated to match locker carcass: green, dark blue, pastel blue, red, yellow, grey or maroon. • Floor fixing bracket.

Single sided plus shoe tray

Double sided plus shoe compartments

REF IS120S IS150S IS120D IS150D IS120SSB IS150SSB IS120DSB IS150DSB IS120SST IS150SST IS120DST IS150DST

Style Single sided Double sided Single sided plus shoe compartment Double sided plus shoe compartment Single sided plus shoe tray Double sided plus shoe tray

Number of hooks 9 12 18 24 8 10 16 20 9 12 18 24

Size HxLxD mm 1800x1200x400 1800x1500x400 1800x1200x760 1800x1500x760 1800x1200x400 1800x1500x400 1800x1200x760 1800x1500x760 1800x1200x400 1800x1500x400 1800x1200x760 1800x1500x760

PRICE £166.95 £178.52 £277.70 £294.23 £247.12 £273.57 £438.05 £483.50 £224.81 £244.64 £392.59 £426.47

Double sided

Single sided

BENCH SEATING
• Welded 38mm tubular steel. • Supplied with three ash wood slats. • Powder coated to match locker carcass: green, dark blue, pastel blue, red, yellow, grey or maroon. • Free standing.

REF BS60 BS90 BS120 BS150

Length mm 600 900 1200 1500

PRICE £66.12 £79.17 £92.22 £107.88

374

PRICES INCLUDE DELIVERY ON ORDERS OVER £100

SINGLE OR DOUBLE SIDED CLOAKROOM UNITS
• Choice of units fitted with either coathooks or coat hangers. • Choose from single or double sided units. • Manufactured from 38 x 38mm RHS steel framework, epoxy powder coated black. • Tops and seat slats are of 70 x 32mm sapele finished with a tough melamine lacquer. Alternatively an ash wood finish can be supplied. • All units 1803mm high, double sided 762mm wide, single sided 400mm wide. • Shoe baskets - optional extra. • Other frame and hook colour finishes can be supplied to order.

SS10H SS12 DS24 DS20H

Cloakroom Units with Coat Hooks Single Sided REF No of hooks Length SS6/MS 6 915mm SS9 9 1220mm SS12 12 1525mm PRICE £223.88 £250.88 £277.88 Double Sided REF No of hooks PRICE DS12 12 £292.65 DS18 18 £337.73 DS24 24 £373.88

Cloakroom Units with Coat Hangers Single Sided REF No of hooks Length PRICE SS6H 6 915mm £267.38 SS8H 8 1220mm £295.88 SS10H 10 1525mm £335.25 Double Sided REF No of hangers PRICE DS12H 12 £390.23 DS16H 16 £447.00 DS20H 20 £514.88

BENCH SEATS AND COAT HOOK RAILS
• Sturdy. • 3 sizes to choose from. • Sapele or ash timber. • Specials - sizes and configurations to suit your particular layout and requirement can be supplied.

SHOE BASKETS
SB10 • Strong wire mesh baskets 3 sizes to choose from. • To suit cloakroom units and benches 1525mm long. • Easy to fit as illustrated.

CR12 SB5 REF No of sections SB1/MS 1 SB5 5 SB10 10 PRICE £92.03 £99.38 £108.38

SB1

WALL MOUNTED SHELF UNITS WITH HANGING RAIL AND HANGERS
• Strong construction. • Ready to bolt to wall. • Hangers sliding/captive. • Choice of available lengths. • Sapele timber with a polished finished.

B60

Benches H 400 x W 300mm REF B36 B48 B60 Length mm 915 1220 1525 PRICE £119.03 £126.68 £131.18

Rails 70x20mm ready for wall fixing REF CR6 CR9 CR12 No of hooks 6 9 12 PRICE £48.38 £51.23 £55.28

REF No of hooks Length PRICE SH6 6 915mm £123.53 SH8 8 1220mm £133.88 SH10 10 1525mm £158.10

PRICES INCLUDE DELIVERY ON ORDERS OVER £100

375

High quality cabinets for workshops, tool rooms, laboratories and all commercial areas….
Dimensions/capacities • 2 height options 840/1200mm. • 2 width options 615/915mm. • All cabinets are 610mm deep. • 2 drawer capacity options 70/140kg per drawer. Specification • Heavy gauge fully welded construction. • Central locking system & anti-tilt safety mechanism. • Drawers mounted on telescopic ball race slides. • All drawers have slotted side walls to accept dividers. • Drawer depths – 100/150/200mm nominal depth. • Polyester powder coated finish for durability - all drawers are light grey. Standard cabinet colour is blue with options below. Colours: Drawers Cabinet Cabinet Cabinet

2 x 100 2 x 150 & 1 x 200mm drawers

915

840

615

Lt. GREY

BLUE

DK. GREY

GREEN

HxWxD mm 840x615x610 840x615x610 840x915x610 840x915x610

Drawer Cap 70Kg 140Kg 70Kg 140Kg

REF E7846161C E4846161C E7849161C E4849161C

PRICE £648.34 £750.82 £815.17 £874.00

840

4 x 100 1 x 150 & 1 x 200mm drawers

7 x 100mm drawers

915

915

840

840

615

615

HxWxD mm 840x615x610 840x615x610 840x915x610 840x915x610

Drawer Cap 70Kg 140Kg 70Kg 140Kg

REF E7846161E E4846161E E7849161E E4849161E

PRICE £739.89 £772.49 £926.76 £990.09

840

HxWxD mm 840x615x610 840x615x610 840x915x610 840x915x610

Drawer Cap 70Kg 140Kg 70Kg 140Kg

REF E7846161F E4846161F E7849161F E4849161F

PRICE £812.45 £886.73 £1020.87 £1099.85

840

2 x 100mm drawers & cupboard
915

Full cupboard

915

840

840

615

615

HxWxD mm 840x615x610 840x615x610 840x915x610 840x915x610

Drawer Cap 70Kg 140Kg 70Kg 140Kg

REF E78461612 E48461612 E78491612 E48491612

PRICE £371.89 £456.99 £437.06 £571.28

840

840

HxWxD mm 840x615x610 840x915x610

Drawer Cap 70Kg 70Kg

REF E78461611 E78491611

PRICE £200.35 £222.12

376

PRICES INCLUDE DELIVERY ON ORDERS OVER £100

CABINET ACCESSORIES
6 x 150 & 1 x 200mm drwr.
915

To suit all sizes of cabinet.

615

1200

1200

HxWxD mm Drawer Cap 1200x615x610 70Kg 1200x615x610 140Kg 1200x915x610 70Kg 1200x915x610 140Kg

REF E7126161V E4126161V E7129161V E4129161V

PRICE £803.35 £876.78 £966.51 £1053.59

Dividers Slotted dividers: in packs of 6. Front to back of drawers approx 500mm long. Slots at 25mm cts. Drawer height 100mm 150mm REF ED100FTB2 ED150FTB2 ED200FTB2 PRICE £32.70 £50.81 £58.97

3 x 100, 4 x 150 & 1 x 200mm drwrs.
615 915

200mm

Plain sub dividers: packs of 12 REF ES1001252 ES1501252 ES2001252 ES1002002 ES1502002 ES2002002 ES1002752 ES1502752 ES2002752 Drawer H x L mm 100x125 150x125 200x125 100x200 150x200 200x200 100x275 150x275 200x275 PRICE £11.91 £11.85 £13.07 £12.76 £18.53 £21.76 £14.04 £20.79 £23.58

1200

1200

HxWxD mm Drawer Cap 1200x615x610 70Kg 1200x615x610 140Kg 1200x915x610 70Kg 1200x915x610 140Kg

REF E7126161X E4126161X E7129161X E4129161X

PRICE £869.48 £958.48 £1102.56 £1200.45

Drawer Inserts

6 x 100, 2 x 150 & 1 x 200mm drwr.
615 915

Moulded plastic inserts - 55mm deep. Ideal for small parts storage. Size mm 610 x 615 910 x 457 REF ET610615 ET910457 PRICE £36.58 £33.77

1200

1200

HxWxD mm Drawer Cap 1200x615x610 70Kg 1200x615x610 140Kg 1200x915x610 70Kg 1200x915x610 140Kg

REF E7126161Y E4126161Y E7129161Y E4129161Y

PRICE £1065.36 £1189.64 £1375.50 £1499.65

PRICES INCLUDE DELIVERY ON ORDERS OVER £100

377

DRAWER CABINETS
Robust freestanding storage cabinets available in two widths. Can also be used as slide under pedestals for workbenches. • Tough welded steel construction. • 40Kg load capacity per drawer. • Fully lockable. • Finished in epoxy powder coat grey/blue.

Drawer dividers available

500mm wide x 550mm deep x 900mm high cabinets

750mm wide x 550mm deep x 900mm high cabinets

1 x 825mm cupboard REF 16911211.11V PRICE £171.42

2 x 75mm drawers 1 x 125mm drawer 1 x 525mm cupboard REF 16911212.11V PRICE £267.49

1 x 825mm cupboard REF 16911223.11V PRICE £212.62

2 x 75mm drawers 1 x 125mm drawer 1 x 525mm cupboard REF 16911224.11V PRICE £317.63

3 x 75mm drawers 2 x 125mm drawers 2 x 175mm drawers REF 16911213.11V PRICE £385.92 1 x 125mm drawer 4 x 175mm drawers REF 16911228.11V PRICE £384.74

1 x 75mm drawer 6 x 125mm drawers REF 16911215.11V PRICE £384.98

1 x 125mm drawer 4 x 175mm drawers REF 16911216.11V PRICE £335.77

3 x 75mm drawers 2 x 125mm drawers 2 x 175mm drawers REF 16911225.11V PRICE £443.15

1 x 75mm drawer 6 x 125mm drawers REF 16911227.11V PRICE £442.68

378

PRICES INCLUDE DELIVERY ON ORDERS OVER £100

MAINTENANCE TROLLEYS
Heavy gauge metal construction fitted on a castor base. • Central locking drawer stacks with individual trigger locks to prevent accidental opening. • Capacity per drawer - 40Kg UDL. • Two fixed and two swivel 125mm dia rubber tyred castors, two with brakes. • Available in 750mm or 1000mm widths. • Either fitted with a metal top tray with three raised edges and inlaid with a rubber mat or fitted with a beech layered multiplex top. • Finish - epoxy powder coated - blue/grey.

750mm wide x 550mm deep x 925mm high trolleys

4 x 175mm drawers REF 16913006.11V PRICE £457.98

2 x 75mm drawers 3 x 125mm drawers 1 x 175mm drawer REF 16913012.11V PRICE £530.73

1000mm wide x 550mm deep x 925mm high trolleys

2 x 700mm cupboards REF 16913200.11V PRICE £338.17

4 x 175mm drawers 1 x 700mm cupboard REF 16913220.11V PRICE £493.35

1 x 75mm drawer 5 x 125mm drawers 1 x 700mm cupboard REF 16913223.11V PRICE £552.33

8 x 175mm drawers REF 16913240.11V PRICE £648.99

4 x 175mm drawers REF 16913024.11V PRICE £503.89

2 x 75mm drawers 3 x 125mm drawers 1 x 175mm drawer REF 16913030.11V PRICE £587.48

Multiplex top 1000mm wide x 550mm deep x 925mm high trolleys

REF 16913201.11V

PRICE £375.62

REF 16913221.11V

PRICE £530.80

REF 16913224.11V

PRICE £589.78

REF 16913241